HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP INC
S-1, 1997-10-06
SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS, NOT FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: FIDELITY BANKSHARES INC, 8-K/A, 1997-10-06
Next: TRANSITION ANALYSIS OF COMPONENT TECHNOLOGY INC, SC 13D, 1997-10-06




     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 3, 1997
                                                    Registration No. 333-_______
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                       ----------------------------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                       ----------------------------------
                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.
                   (Name of registrant issuer in its charter)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Delaware                           6035                         65-0737675
          --------                           ----                         ----------
<S>                              <C>                                 <C>
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary standard industrial          (IRS employer
incorporation or organization)     classification code number)        identification number)
</TABLE>

                100 S. Second Street, Fort Pierce, Florida 34950
                                 (561) 461-2414
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices
                        and principal place of business)

                          Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc.
                              100 S. Second Street
                           Fort Pierce, Florida 34950
                                 (561) 461-2414
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           (Name, address, and telephone number of agent for service)

                  Please send copies of all communications to:

                           Raymond J. Gustini, Esquire
                             Jeremy J. Sher, Esquire
                                 Peabody & Brown
                        1255 23rd Street, N.W., Suite 800
                             Washington, D.C. 20037
                                 (202) 973-7700

              Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to
           the public: As soon as practicable after this registration
                          statement becomes effective.

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933 check the following box.   [X]

                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Title of each Class of          Amount to be       Proposed Maximum      Proposed Maximum         Amount of
 Securities to be Registered         Registered       Offering Price Per    Aggregate Offering    Registration Fee
                                                           Security              Price(2)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                    <C>                <C>                     <C>    
 Common Stock, par value $.01        15,208,750             $10.00             $152,087,500            $52,444
          per share
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The shares of Common Stock held by the Public  Stockholders were previously
     registered with the Commission on Form S-4,  Registration number 333-18381.
     The fee to register those shares was paid on December 20, 1996.

(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration  statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  registration  statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   Cross Reference Sheet showing the location
                   in the Prospectus of the Items of Form S-1

<S>   <C>                                              <C>
1    Forepart of the Registration Statement and        Forepart of the Registration Statement; Outside
     Outside Front Cover of Prospectus                 Front Cover Page

2    Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of      Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back Cover Page
     Prospectus

3    Summary Information; Risk Factors and Ratio of    Summary; Risk Factors
     Earnings to Fixed Charges

4    Use of Proceeds                                   Capitalization, Use of Proceeds

5    Determining of Offering Price                     Market for Common Stock; The Conversion - Stock
                                                       Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued, and - The
                                                       Distribution Exchange

6.   Dilution                                          Not Applicable

7.   Selling Security Holders                          Not Applicable

8.   Plan of Distribution                              The Conversion

9.   Description of Securities to be Registered        Description of Capital Stock of Harbor Florida

10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel            Legal and Tax matters; Experts

11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant

     (a)  Description of Business                      Business of Harbor Federal

     (b)  Description of Property                      Business of Harbor Federal - Properties

     (c)  Legal Proceedings                            Business of Harbor Federal - Legal Proceedings

     (d)  Market Price of and Dividends on the         Outside Front Cover Page; Market for Common Stock;
     Registrant's Common Equity and Related            Dividend Policy
     Stockholder Matters

     (e)  Financial Statements                         Consolidated Financial Statements; Pro Forma Data
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


PROSPECTUS


                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.

                     Up to 22,447,612 Shares of Common Stock
                              (Anticipated Maximum)
                         $10.00 Per Share Purchase Price


         Harbor Florida Bancorp,  Inc.  ("Harbor  Florida" or the "Company"),  a
Delaware  corporation,  is  offering  up to  22,447,612  shares  (which  may  be
increased to 26,162,135 shares under certain  circumstances  described below) of
its common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  in connection
with (i) the Distribution Exchange described herein to be effected in connection
with the Conversion of Harbor  Financial,  M.H.C. (the "Mutual Holding Company")
into an interim  federal stock  association  and its merger into Harbor Florida,
the owner of 100% of Harbor  Federal  Savings  Bank  (the  "Bank")  and (ii) the
Offerings described herein.

         The   Offerings.    In   addition   to   the   Distribution   Exchange,
nontransferable  subscription  rights to subscribe for up to  13,225,000  shares
(which  may be  increased  to  15,208,750  shares  under  certain  circumstances
described below) of Common Stock (the  "Conversion  Stock") have been granted to
certain  depositors of the Bank as of specified  record  dates,  and to the ESOP
(the  "Subscription  Offering"),  subject to the limitations  described  herein.
Commencing concurrently with the Subscription Offering, and subject to the prior
rights of  holders of  subscription  rights,  the right of the Bank,  the Mutual
Holding Company and Harbor Florida (the "Primary Parties") to reject such orders
in whole or in part, and the other limitations  described herein, Harbor Florida
is  offering  the  shares  of  Conversion   Stock  not  subscribed  for  in  the
Subscription  Offering, if any, for sale to stockholders of Harbor Florida as of
_____________, 1997, other than the Mutual Holding Company (the "Eligible Public
Stockholders" in the "Public Stockholder Offering"). After satisfying those with
subscription  rights and the Eligible  Public  Stockholders,  Harbor  Florida is
offering  shares of conversion  stock in a community  offering  (the  "Community
Offering")  to  certain  members  of the  general  Public to whom a copy of this
Prospectus is delivered by or on behalf of Harbor Florida, with preference given
to natural persons  residing in the Bank's Local  Community.  Harbor Florida and
the Bank have  determined  the  Bank's  Local  Community  to be the six  Florida
counties of Volusia,  Brevard,  Indian River, Martin,  Okeechobee and St. Lucie.
(The  Subscription  Offering,  Eligible  Public  Stockholder  Offering  and  the
Community Offering are referred to collectively as the "Offerings"). The Primary
Parties have engaged Friedman,  Billings,  Ramsey & Co., Inc. ("FBR") to consult
with and  advise  them in the  Conversion,  and FBR has  agreed  to use its best
efforts to solicit  subscriptions  and purchase  orders for shares of Conversion
Stock in the  Subscription  and  Community  Offerings.  See "THE  CONVERSION  --
Marketing Arrangements."


<PAGE>



         The  Subscription  Offering  will  terminate at Noon,  Florida Time, on
December ______,  1997 (the "Expiration  Date"),  unless extended by the Primary
Parties,  with  approval of the OTS, if  necessary.  The  Community  Offering is
expected  to  terminate  at the  same  time as the  Subscription  Offering.  The
Community  Offering  must be  completed  within  45 days  after the close of the
Subscription  Offering, or February ______, 1998, unless extended by the Primary
Parties  with the  approval  of the OTS,  if  necessary.  Orders  submitted  are
irrevocable  until the  completion  of the  Conversion;  provided  that,  if the
Conversion is not completed  within the 45 day period referred to above,  unless
such period has been  extended  with the consent of the OTS, if  necessary,  all
subscribers  will have their funds  returned  promptly  with  interest,  and all
withdrawal  authorizations  will  be  cancelled.  See  "THE  CONVERSION  --  The
Offerings" and " -- Subscription Offering."

         The Distribution Exchange. Pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Plan of
Merger (the "Plan" or "Plan of  Conversion")  adopted by Harbor  Florida and the
Mutual  Holding  Company,  the Mutual  Holding  Company  will be converted to an
interim federal stock  association and merged into the Company upon consummation
of the transactions  described  herein  (collectively,  with the Offerings,  the
"Conversion").  As a result of the Conversion,  each of the 2,654,369  shares of
Common  Stock  held by the  Mutual  Holding  Company  immediately  prior  to the
Conversion  will be cancelled and each of the  2,315,871  shares of Common Stock
held  by   stockholders   other  than  the  Mutual  Holding   Company   ("Public
Stockholders") (the "Public Harbor Florida Shares"), will receive a distribution
(the "Distribution Exchange") of additional shares of Common Stock together with
shares of Common Stock held prior to the  distribution  pursuant to a ratio (the
"Distribution  Exchange  Ratio,"  which ratio  includes  shares of Public Harbor
Florida Shares held prior to the  Distribution),  that will result in the Public
Stockholders  owning in the  aggregate the same  percentage  of the  outstanding
Common Stock  immediately  following the Conversion  before giving effect to (a)
the payment of cash in lieu of fractional  Distribution Exchange Shares, and (b)
the purchase by such  stockholders  of additional  Common Stock in the Offerings
described  herein.  As discussed  under " --  Independent  Valuation"  below and
herein,  the final  Distribution  Exchange Ratio will be determined based on the
Public  Stockholders'  ownership  interest  and not on the  market  value of the
Public Harbor Florida Shares.


                                       ii

<PAGE>



               FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE
                    CONSIDERED BY EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR,
                SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE ____ HEREOF.

                                   ----------

          FOR INFORMATION ON HOW TO SUBSCRIBE FOR SHARES OF CONVERSION
                 STOCK, PLEASE CALL THE STOCK INFORMATION CENTER
                                AT 1-888-613-2262
                                   (Toll-Free)

                                   ----------

            THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS
             ACCOUNTS OR DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL
              DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT
                                     AGENCY.

                                   ----------

            THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY
          THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, THE OFFICE OF THRIFT
          SUPERVISION, OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY OR STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION, NOR HAS SUCH COMMISSION, OFFICE OR OTHER AGENCY
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


====================================================================================================
                                                               Estimated Fees,
                                                                Underwriting
                                                               Commissions and
                                                               Reorganization          Estimated
                                       Purchase Price(l)         Expenses(2)        Net Proceeds(3)
- ------------------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- -----------------
<S>                                  <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Minimum Per Share                           $10.00                  $0.15                $9.85
- ------------------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- -----------------

Midpoint Per Share                          $10.00                  $0.13                $9.87
- ------------------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- -----------------

Maximum Per Share                           $10.00                  $0.12                $9.88
- ------------------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- -----------------

Maximum Per Share, as adjusted(4)...        $10.00                  $0.11                $9.89
- ------------------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- -----------------

Total Minimum.......................      $97,750,000            $1,424,475           $96,325,525
- ------------------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- -----------------

Total Midpoint......................     $115,000,000            $1,543,500          $113,456,500
- ------------------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- -----------------

Total Maximum.......................     $132,250,000            $1,662,525          $130,587,475
- ------------------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- -----------------

Total Maximum, as adjusted(4).......     $152,087,500            $1,799,404          $150,288,096
====================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  Based upon the minimum,  midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum of the
     Estimated  Price  Range,  respectively.  Does not include  shares of Common
     Stock to be issued to  Eligible  Public  Stockholders  in the  Distribution
     Exchange.

(2)  Consists of the  estimated  costs to the Primary  Parties to be incurred in
     connection  with the  Conversion,  including  estimated  fixed  expenses of
     $750,000  and  marketing  fees  and  reimbursable  expenses  to be  paid to
     Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. in connection with the Offerings See
     "THE CONVERSION AND  REORGANIZATION  --Marketing  Arrangements." The actual
     fees and expenses may vary substantially from the estimates. See "PRO FORMA
     DATA." The fees paid to the Friedman,  Billings, Ramsey & Co. may be deemed
     to be  underwriting  fees.


                                      iii


<PAGE>



(3)  Actual net proceeds may vary substantially from estimated amounts depending
     on the  number of shares  sold in the  Offerings  and  other  factors.  See
     "CAPITALIZATION" and "PRO FORMA DATA."

(4)  Gives  effect to an  increase  in the number of shares  which  could  occur
     without a resolicitation of subscribers or any right of cancellation due to
     an increase in the Estimated  Price Range of up to 15% above the maximum of
     the  Estimated  Price  Range to reflect  changes in market and  financial s
     following  commencement  of the  Offerings.  See "THE  CONVERSION  -- Stock
     Pricing and Number of Shares To Be Issued."


     Independent Valuation.  Pursuant to regulations of the OTS, the offering of
Conversion  Stock in the  Offerings  is required  to be based on an  independent
valuation  of the pro forma  market  value of Harbor  Florida,  the Bank and the
Mutual Holding  Company.  RP Financial,  Inc. ("RP") has prepared an independent
appraisal,  which states at the midpoint of the valuation range (the "Midpoint")
that the  estimated pro forma market value of Harbor  Florida,  the Bank and the
Mutual Holding Company on a combined basis was  $215,334,643 as of September 19,
1997 (the "Appraisal"). The Appraisal was multiplied by 53.41% (which represents
the  Mutual  Holding  Company's  percentage  interest  in Harbor  Florida  as of
September   19,  1997,   to   determine  a  midpoint  of  the   offering   range
($115,000,000),  and the  minimum  and  maximum  range were set at 15% below and
above  the  midpoint,  respectively,  resulting  in a range  of  $97,750,000  to
$132,250,000 (the "Offering Price Range").

     The  Boards  of  Directors  of the  Primary  Parties  determined  that  the
Conversion  Stock  would be sold at $10.00  per share  (the  "Purchase  Price"),
resulting in a range of 9,775,000 to 13,225,000 shares of Conversion Stock being
offered.  Upon  consummation  of the  Conversion,  the Conversion  Stock and the
Distribution  Exchange  Shares will represent  approximately  53.41% and 46.59%,
respectively, of the Company's total outstanding shares. Based upon the Offering
Price Range, the Distribution Exchange Ratio is expected to range from 3.6826 to
4.9824,  resulting  in a range of  6,212,573  Distribution  Exchange  Shares  to
9,222,612  Distribution  Exchange  Shares to be issued  in the  Conversion.  The
22,447,612 shares of Common Stock offered hereby include up to 13,225,000 shares
of Conversion Stock (subject to adjustment up to 15,208,750  shares as described
herein) and up to 9,622,612  shares of Distribution  Exchange Shares (subject to
adjustment up to 10,953,35 shares as described herein). The Offering Price Range
may be  increased  or  decreased  to  reflect  changes  in market  and  economic
conditions   prior  to   completion  of  the   Conversion,   and  under  certain
circumstances  specified  herein  subscribers  will be resolicited and given the
right to modify or cancel their orders.  See "THE  CONVERSION -- Stock  Pricing,
Distribution Exchange Ratio and Number of Shares to be Issued."

     Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription  Rights and Shares.  No person may
transfer or enter into any agreement or  understanding  to transfer the legal or
beneficial  ownership  of the  subscription  rights  issued  under  the  Plan of
Conversion or the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon their exercise.  Each
person  exercising  subscription  rights  will be  required  to  certify  that a
purchase  of Common  Stock is solely for the  purchaser's  own  account and that
there is no agreement or  understanding  regarding  the sale or transfer of such
shares.  See "THE CONVERSION -- Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription  Rights
and Shares." Harbor Florida will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies
in the event they


                                       iv


<PAGE>



become  aware of the transfer of  subscription  rights and will not honor orders
known by them to involve the transfer of such rights.

     Purchase  Limitations.  The Plan sets forth  various  purchase  limitations
which are applicable in the Offerings.  The minimum  purchase is 25 shares.  The
maximum  number of shares of  Conversion  Stock  which may be  purchased  by any
person  in the  First  Priority,  Third  Priority  and  Fourth  Priority  of the
Subscription  Offering,  any person in the Eligible Public Stockholders Offering
and any person in the Community  Offering  shall not exceed the number of shares
of Conversion  Stock as shall equal  $500,000  divided by the price at which the
shares are sold (the "Actual Purchase  Price").  The Plan also provides that the
maximum  number of shares of  Conversion  Stock which may be  subscribed  for or
purchased in all categories in the Conversion by any person (or persons  through
a single  account)  together  with any  associate or group of persons  acting in
concert  shall not exceed  such  number of shares of  Conversion  Stock as shall
equal $750,000 divided by the Actual Purchase Price except for the Tax Qualified
Employee  Benefit  Plans which in the  aggregate  may  subscribe  for 10% of the
Conversion Stock.  Further, the Plan provides that, except for the Tax Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans,  the maximum number of shares of Conversion  Stock
which may be purchased in all  categories  in the  Conversion  by any person (or
persons  through a single  account),  together  with any  associate  or group of
persons acting in concert that, when combined with Distribution Exchange Shares,
shall not exceed $7.5 million divided by the Actual  Purchase  Price.  Directors
and officers may not purchase in the aggregate more than 25% of the total number
of shares of Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings,  including any shares which
may be issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Estimated  Price
Range to reflect changes in market,  financial, or economic conditions after the
commencement  of the  Subscription  Offering and prior to the  completion of the
Offerings.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,  Public Stockholders will
not have to sell Company stock or be limited in receiving  Distribution Exchange
Shares  even  if  their   ownership  of  Company   shares  when  converted  into
Distribution Exchange Shares would exceed an applicable limitation.

     Required  Approvals.  The  consummation of the Conversion is subject to the
receipt of various  regulatory  approvals and the approval of the members of the
Mutual Holding Company and the  stockholders of Harbor Florida in the manner set
forth herein. See "THE CONVERSION -- Required Approvals."

     Market for Common  Stock.  The Public Harbor  Florida  Shares are currently
quoted on the National  Association of Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation
System ("NASDAQ National Market") under the symbol "HARB." After the Conversion,
shares of Harbor  Florida will continue to trade on the NASDAQ  National  Market
under the same symbol. See "MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK."

     The closing price of a share of a Public Harbor Federal Share was $47.75 on
August 26, 1997,  the most recent day in which trading of Public Harbor  Florida
Shares occurred  preceding the  announcement of the Conversion and was _________
on November 13, 1997, the date of this Prospectus.


                                       v


<PAGE>



     This Prospectus  contains  forward-looking  statements which reflect Harbor
Florida Bancorp Inc.'s views regarding future events and financial  performance.
Actual   results   could  differ   materially   from  those   projected  in  the
forward-looking  statements as a results of risks and  uncertainties  including,
but not  limited  to,  those  found  in the  Risk  Factors  section.  The  words
"believe,"   "expect,"  and  "anticipate"  and  similar   expressions   identify
forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on
these  forward-looking  statements  which speak only as of their  dates.  Harbor
Florida Bancorp,  Inc. undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any
forward  looking  statements,  whether  as a result of new  information,  future
events or  otherwise.  The Risk Factors  discussion  begins on page ____ of this
Prospectus.


                                       vi


<PAGE>



                                     SUMMARY

     This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed  information
regarding  Harbor Florida and the Mutual Holding  Company,  and the Consolidated
Financial  Statements  of  Harbor  Florida  and  the  Notes  thereto,  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.


                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.

     Harbor  Florida  Bancorp,  Inc.  is a  Delaware  corporation  organized  in
December of 1996. It is currently the mid-tier  holding  company (the  "Mid-Tier
Holding  Company") for Harbor  Federal  Savings Bank. At present,  53.41% of its
common  stock is held by the Mutual  Holding  Company.  The other  46.59% of its
outstanding Common Stock is held by the Public Stockholders.  Harbor Florida has
no other  business or  activities  other than  acting as the holding  company of
Harbor Federal Savings Bank.  After the Conversion,  Harbor Florida will be 100%
publicly owned and serve as the holding company for Harbor Federal Savings Bank.
Harbor  Florida's Common Stock is registered with the SEC under Section 12(g) of
the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").


                           HARBOR FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

     Harbor  Federal  Savings Bank is a federally  chartered  stock savings bank
that was  organized on January 6, 1994,  as a subsidiary  of the Mutual  Holding
Company.  Prior to that date, Harbor Federal Savings & Loan Association,  in its
mutual  form,  had  operated  in the market  area now  served by the  Bank).  In
connection  with the  organization  of the  Mutual  Holding  Company  (the  "MHC
Reorganization"),   Harbor  Federal  Savings  &  Loan  Association   transferred
substantially  all of its assets and  liabilities  to the Bank in  exchange  for
2,654,369  shares of common stock (the "Bank Common  Stock") and  converted  its
charter to that of a federal mutual holding  company known as Harbor  Financial,
M.H.C. As part of the MHC Reorganization,  the Bank sold an additional 2,239,831
shares of Bank Common Stock to certain members of the general public.

     On June 25, 1997,  pursuant to a reorganization,  all Bank Common Stock was
exchanged on a one-for-one  basis for Harbor Florida Common Stock. This resulted
in the Bank becoming the 100% owned subsidiary of Harbor Florida.

     As of June 30, 1997, the Bank had $1.1 billion of total assets,  $1 billion
of total liabilities (including $916.9 million of deposits) and $81.7 million of
stockholders equity.


                                       1


<PAGE>



                            HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.

     Harbor  Financial,  M.H.C. is a federally  chartered mutual holding company
chartered on January 6, 1994, in  connection  with the MHC  Reorganization.  The
Mutual  Holding  Company's  primary asset is 2,654,369  shares of Harbor Florida
Common Stock,  which  represents  53.41% of the shares of Harbor  Florida Common
Stock outstanding as of the date of this Prospectus.  As part of the Conversion,
the Mutual  Holding  Company will convert from mutual form to a federal  interim
stock savings institution and simultaneously merge with and into Harbor Florida,
with Harbor Florida being the surviving  entity. A special  liquidation  account
for the benefit of Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holders of the Bank will also be established. See "THE CONVERSION -- Liquidation
Rights" and " -- Effect on Liquidation Rights."


                                 THE CONVERSION

Purposes of the Conversion

     In their decision to pursue the Conversion,  the Mutual Holding Company and
Harbor Florida considered various regulatory  uncertainties  associated with the
mutual holding company structure including the ability to waive dividends in the
future as well as the general  uncertainty  regarding a possible  elimination of
the federal savings association  charter.  See "RISK FACTORS -- Proposed Federal
Legislation."  In  addition,  the Mutual  Holding  Company  and  Harbor  Florida
considered the various  advantages of a fully  converted  stock holding  company
form of organization including: (1) the larger capital base of a fully converted
stock holding company;  (2) the enhancement of Harbor Florida's future access to
the capital  markets;  (3) the increase in the number of  outstanding  shares of
publicly  traded stock (which may increase the  liquidity of the Common  Stock);
(4) a stock holding  company's  ability to repurchase shares of its common stock
without  increasing the Mutual Holding Company's  percentage  interest in Harbor
Florida;  and (5) recent  consolidations  in the Florida  market and the greater
ability to acquire other  financial  institutions or branches of other financial
institutions.  For additional information see "THE CONVERSION -- Purposes of the
Conversion."

Description of the Conversion

     On  September  24, 1997,  the Board of Directors of Harbor  Florida and the
Mutual Holding  Company  adopted the Plan.  Pursuant to the Plan, (i) the Mutual
Holding Company will convert to an interim federal stock savings institution and
simultaneously merge with and into Harbor Florida,  pursuant to which the Mutual
Holding  Company will cease to exist and the  2,654,369  shares or 53.41% of the
outstanding  Harbor Florida Common Stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will
be cancelled.  The outstanding  Public Harbor Florida Shares,  which amounted to
2,315,871  shares or 46.59% of the  outstanding  Harbor  Florida Common Stock at
June 30, 1997, will be converted into the Distribution


                                       2


<PAGE>



Exchange Shares pursuant to the Distribution  Exchange Ratio,  which will result
in the holders of such shares  owning in the aggregate  approximately  46.59% of
the Common Stock to be outstanding  upon the completion of the Conversion  (such
amount  which is equal to the amount of  Conversion  Stock and the  Distribution
Exchange  Shares)  (which is  approximately  equal to the  percentage  of Harbor
Florida  Common  Stock  owned  by them in the  aggregate  immediately  prior  to
consummation of the Conversion), before giving effect to (a) the payment of cash
in lieu of issuing fractional  Distribution  Exchange Shares, and (b) any shares
of Conversion Stock purchased by Harbor Florida's  stockholders in the Offerings
or by the ESOP thereafter.

         The following diagram outlines the current organizational  structure of
the Primary Parties' and their ownership interests:




- ---------------------------------     -------------------------------------

   Harbor Financial,                         Holders of Public Harbor
         M.H.C.                                   Florida Shares

- ---------------------------------     -------------------------------------

     53.41%                                              46.59%

             -------------------------------------------

                           Harbor Florida
                           Bancorp, Inc.

             -------------------------------------------

                                      100%

             -------------------------------------------

                           Harbor Federal
                            Savings Bank

             -------------------------------------------


     The following diagram reflects the Conversion,  including (i) the merger of
the Mutual Holding  Company  (following its conversion  into an interim  federal
stock savings  association)  with and into the Company,  with the Company as the
surviving entity; and (ii) the offering of Conversion Stock. The diagram assumes
that there are no  fractional  shares and does not give effect to  purchases  of
Conversion  Stock by holders of Public Harbor  Florida Shares or the exercise of
outstanding  stock  options.  In addition to shares of Common Stock to be issued
pursuant to the  Distribution  Exchange,  Harbor  Florida is offering  shares of
Conversion  Stock


                                       3


<PAGE>



in the Offerings as part of the  Conversion.  See "-- The  Offerings"  below and
"THE CONVERSION -- The Offerings."


- ------------------------------------     -----------------------------------

         Purchasers of                            Holders of Public
        Conversion Stock                        Harbor Florida Shares

- ------------------------------------     -----------------------------------

         53.41%                                            46.59%

                 -----------------------------------------

                              Harbor Florida
                              Bancorp, Inc.

                 -----------------------------------------

                                         100%

                 -----------------------------------------

                              Harbor Federal
                               Savings Bank

                 -----------------------------------------

     Pursuant to OTS regulations,  consummation of the Conversion is conditioned
upon the  approval  of the Plan by the OTS,  as well as (1) the  approval of the
holders of at least a majority of the total number of votes  eligible to be cast
by the members of the Mutual Holding Company (which consist of depositors of the
Bank)  ("Members")  as of the close of business on _________,  1997 (the "Voting
Record  Date"),  at a special  meeting  of  Members  called  for the  purpose of
submitting the Plan for approval (the "Members' Meeting"),  and (2) the approval
of the holders of at least  two-thirds of the shares of the  outstanding  Harbor
Florida  Common  Stock  held  by the  Mutual  Holding  Company  and  the  Public
Stockholders (collectively,  the "Stockholders"),  as of the Voting Record Date,
at a special meeting of  Stockholders  called for the purpose of considering the
Plan (the  "Stockholders'  Meeting").  In  addition,  the Primary  Parties  have
conditioned the consummation of the Conversion on the approval of the Plan by at
least a  majority  of the votes  cast,  in person or by proxy,  by the  Eligible
Public  Stockholders at the  Stockholders'  Meeting.  The Mutual Holding Company
intends to vote its  shares of Harbor  Florida  Common  Stock,  which  amount to
53.41%  of the  outstanding  shares,  in favor of the Plan at the  Stockholders'
Meeting. In addition,  as of June 30, 1997,  directors and executive officers of
the Bank as a group (11 persons)  beneficially  owned 410,331 shares or 8.26% of
the outstanding  Harbor Florida Common Stock,  which shares can also be expected
to be voted in favor of the Plan at the Stockholders' Meeting.


                                       4


<PAGE>



The Offerings

     Pursuant to the Plan and in connection with the Conversion,  the Company is
offering  up  to  13,225,000  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  in  the  Offerings.
Conversion  Stock is first  being  offered in the  Subscription  Offering,  with
nontransferable  subscription  rights being granted,  in the following  order of
priority: (i) First Priority, to depositors of the Bank with account balances of
$50.00 or more as of the close of business on July 31, 1996,  ("Eligible Account
Holders");  (ii)  Second  Priority,  to  the  ESOP;  (iii)  Third  Priority,  to
depositors  of the Bank with account  balances of $50.00 or more as of the close
of business on September 30, 1997 ("Supplemental Eligible Account Holders"); and
(iv) Fourth Priority, Depositors of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date (other
than Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders) and
certain  borrowers  ("Other  Members").  Subscription  rights will expire if not
exercised by Noon, Florida Time, on December _________, 1997, unless extended.

     Subject to the prior rights of holders of subscription  rights,  Conversion
Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription  Offering is being offered first to
Eligible Public Stockholders and then in a Community Offering to certain members
of the  general  public to whom a copy of this  Prospectus  is  delivered,  with
preference given to natural persons residing in the Bank's Local Community.  The
Primary Parties reserve the absolute right to reject or accept any orders in the
Community  Offering,  in whole or in part,  either at the time of  receipt of an
order or as soon as practicable  following the  Expiration  Date. The closing of
all shares sold in the Offerings  will occur  simultaneously,  and all shares of
Conversion Stock will be sold at a uniform price of $10.00 per share.

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Offerings.

     To help ensure that each purchaser  receives a Prospectus at least 48 hours
before the Expiration  Date in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the Exchange Act,
no Prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand
delivered  any later than two days prior to such  date.  Execution  of the order
form will confirm  receipt or delivery of the Prospectus in accordance with Rule
15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed with a Prospectus.

     To  purchase  shares in the  Offerings,  an  executed  order  form with the
required   payment  for  each  share   subscribed   for,  or  with   appropriate
authorization  for withdrawal  from a deposit  account at the Bank (which may be
given by completing the appropriate  blanks on the order form), must be received
by the Bank at any of its offices by 12 noon,  Florida Time,  on the  Expiration
Date.  Order  forms  which  are  not  received  by  such  time  or are  executed
defectively  or are received  without full  payment (or  appropriate  withdrawal
instructions)  are not  required  to be  accepted.  The Bank is not  required to
accept orders submitted on facsimilied order forms. The Primary Parties have the
right to waive or permit the  correction of  incomplete  or improperly  executed
forms,  but do not represent that they will do so. The waiver of an irregularity
on an order form,  the  allowance by the Primary  Parties of a correction  of an
incomplete or  improperly  executed  order form,  or the  acceptance of an order
after 12 noon on


                                       5


<PAGE>



the  Expiration  date in no way  obligates  the  Primary  Parties  to  waive  an
irregularity,  allow a correction,  or accept an order with respect to any other
order form. The interpretation by the Primary Parties of the acceptability of an
order  form will be final.  Once  received,  an  executed  order form may not be
modified,  amended or  rescinded  without the  consent of the  Primary  Parties,
unless the Offerings have not been completed within 45 days after the end of the
Subscription, Eligible Public Stockholders, and Community Offerings, unless such
period has been extended.

     In order to ensure that Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders and Other  Members are  properly  identified  as to their stock
purchase  priority,  depositors  as of the close of business on the  Eligibility
Record  Date ( July  31,  1996)  or the  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date
(September 30, 1997) must list on the order form all accounts in which they have
an ownership  interest at the applicable  eligibility  date, giving all names in
each account and the account numbers.

     Payment for  subscriptions  and orders may be made (i) in cash if delivered
in person at any office of the Bank,  (ii) by check or money order,  or (iii) by
authorization  of  withdrawal  from  certificate  of  deposit  accounts  or IRAs
maintained with the Bank. The Primary Parties may in their sole discretion elect
not to accept  payment for shares of  Conversion  Stock by wired funds and there
shall be no  liability  for  failure  to  accept  such  payment.  Funds  will be
deposited in a segregated account at the Bank and interest will be paid on funds
made by cash,  check or money order at the Bank's passbook rate of interest from
the date payment is received until  completion or termination of the Conversion.
If payment is made by authorization of withdrawal from certificate accounts, the
funds  authorized  to be withdrawn  from a Bank deposit  account may continue to
accrue interest at the contractual  rates until completion or termination of the
Conversion,  but a hold  will be  placed  on such  funds,  thereby  making  them
unavailable to the depositor until completion or termination of the Conversion.

     If a subscriber authorizes the Bank to withdraw the aggregate amount of the
purchase price from a deposit  account,  the Bank will do so as of the effective
date of the  Conversion.  The Bank may waive any applicable  penalties for early
withdrawal from certificate  accounts. If the remaining balance in a certificate
account is reduced below the applicable minimum balance  requirement at the time
that the funds actually are transferred under the authorization, the certificate
will  be  canceled  at the  time of the  withdrawal,  without  penalty,  and the
remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate.

     The ESOP will not be required to pay for the shares  subscribed  for at the
time it  subscribes,  but rather  may pay for such  shares of  Conversion  Stock
subscribed for upon  consummation  of the  Offerings,  provided that there is in
force from the time of its subscription  until such time, a loan commitment from
an unrelated  financial  institution or the Company to lend to the ESOP, at such
time, the aggregate purchase price of the shares for which it subscribed.


                                       6


<PAGE>



     Owners of self-directed Individual Retirement Accounts ("IRAs") may use the
assets of such IRAs to purchase  shares of  Conversion  Stock in the  Offerings,
provided  that  such  IRAs  are  not  maintained  at  the  Bank.   Persons  with
self-directed  IRAs maintained at the Bank must have their accounts  transferred
to an unaffiliated  institution or broker to purchase shares of Conversion Stock
in the Offerings.  In addition,  ERISA  provisions and Internal  Revenue Service
("IRS")  regulations  require that officers,  directors and 10% stockholders who
use  self-directed  IRA  funds to  purchase  shares of  Conversion  Stock in the
Subscription  and  Community  Offerings  make such  purchases  for the exclusive
benefit of the IRAs. Any interested  parties  wishing to use IRA funds for stock
purchases  are advised to contact the Stock  Information  Center for  additional
information.

     The  Primary  Parties  have  retained  FBR as  consultant  and  advisor  in
connection with the Offerings and to assist in soliciting  subscriptions  in the
Offerings on a best efforts  basis.  See "THE  CONVERSION -- The Offerings" " --
Subscription   Offering,"   "--   Community   Offering,"   and   "   --Marketing
Arrangements."

Purchase Limitations

     The Plan sets forth various  purchase  limitations  which are applicable in
the Offerings.  The minimum purchase is 25 shares.  The maximum number of shares
of Conversion  Stock which may be purchased by any person in the First Priority,
Third Priority and Fourth Priority of the Subscription  Offering,  any person in
the  Eligible  Public  Stockholders  Offering  and any  person in the  Community
Offering  shall not  exceed the  number of shares of  Conversion  Stock as shall
equal $500,000 divided by the Actual Purchase Price. The Plan also provides that
the maximum number of shares of Conversion  Stock which may be subscribed for or
purchased in all categories in the Conversion by any person (or persons  through
a single  account)  together  with any  associate or group of persons  acting in
concert  shall not exceed  such  number of shares of  Conversion  Stock as shall
equal $750,000 divided by the Actual Purchase Price except for the Tax Qualified
Employee  Benefit Plans which, in the aggregate,  may subscribe for up to 10% of
the  Conversion  Stock.  Further,  the Plan  provides  that,  except for the Tax
Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plans,  the  maximum  number  of  shares of
Conversion  Stock which may be purchased in all  categories in the Conversion by
any person (or persons through a single account), together with any associate or
group of persons  acting in concert,  when combined with  Distribution  Exchange
Shares equals $7.5 million divided by the Actual  Purchase Price.  Directors and
officers may not purchase in the aggregate  more than 25% of the total number of
shares of Conversion Stock sold in the Offerings, including any shares which may
be issued in the event of an  increase  in the  maximum of the  Estimated  Price
Range to reflect changes in market,  financial, or economic conditions after the
Commencement  of the  Subscription  Offering and prior to the  completion of the
Offerings.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,  Public Stockholders will
not have to sell Company stock or be limited in receiving  Distribution Exchange
Shares  even  if  their  ownership  of  Company  shares,   when  converted  into
Distribution Exchange Shares, would exceed an applicable limitation.


                                       7

<PAGE>



Stock Pricing,  Distribution Exchange Ratio and Number of Shares to be Issued in
the Conversion

     OTS  regulations  require the aggregate  purchase  price of the  Conversion
Stock to be consistent  with the Appraisal of the Bank,  Harbor  Florida and the
Mutual Holding Company,  which was $215,334,643 at the midpoint of the valuation
range as of September 19, 1997. Because the holders of the Public Harbor Florida
Shares will continue to hold the same aggregate percentage ownership interest in
the Company as they held in Harbor  Florida  (before giving effect to any shares
of Common Stock purchased by Harbor  Florida's  stockholders in the Offerings or
the ESOP) before the payment of cash in lieu of issuing fractional  Distribution
Exchange  Shares,  the Appraisal was multiplied by 53.41% (which  represents the
Mutual Holding Company's  percentage  interest in Harbor Florida as of September
19, 1997) to  determine  the  midpoint of the  Offering  Price  Range,  which is
$115,000,000. In accordance with OTS regulations, the minimum and maximum of the
Offering Price Range were set at 15% below and above the midpoint, respectively,
resulting in an offering range of $97,750,000 to $132,250,000.  The full text of
the  Appraisal  describes  the  procedures   followed,   the  assumptions  made,
limitations on the review undertaken and matters considered,  which included the
trading market for Harbor Florida Common Stock (see "MARKET FOR COMMON  STOCK"),
but was not dependent thereon. The Appraisal has been filed as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement and  Application for Conversion of which this Prospectus
is a  part,  and  is  available  in  the  manner  set  forth  under  "ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION."  The  Appraisal  is not  intended and should not be construed as a
recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing such stock.

     All shares of Conversion Stock will be sold at the Purchase Price of $10.00
per share,  which was  established  by the Boards of  Directors  of the  Primary
Parties.  The  actual  number of shares  to be issued in the  Offerings  will be
determined by the Primary Parties based upon the final updated  valuation of the
estimated pro forma market value of the  Conversion  Stock at the  completion of
the Offerings. The number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued is expected
to range from a minimum of 9,775,000  shares to a maximum of 13,225,000  shares.
Subject to approval of the OTS,  the  Offering  Price Range may be  increased or
decreased to reflect market and economic  conditions  prior to the completion of
the Offerings,  and under such circumstances the Primary Parties may increase or
decrease  the  number  of shares  of  Conversion  Stock.  No  resolicitation  of
subscribers  will be made and  subscribers  will not be  permitted  to modify or
cancel their  subscriptions  unless (i) the gross  proceeds from the sale of the
Conversion Stock are less than the minimum or more than 15% above the maximum of
the current Offering Price Range (exclusive of a number of shares equal to up to
an additional 8.0% of the Common Stock outstanding  immediately on completion of
the  Conversion  which may be issued to the ESOP out of authorized  but unissued
shares of Common  Stock to the  extent  such  shares  are not  purchased  in the
Offerings due to an  oversubscription  by Eligible  Account Holders) or (ii) the
Offerings are extended beyond  _________,  1997. Any increase or decrease in the
number of shares of Conversion  Stock will result in a  corresponding  change in
the number of Distribution  Exchange  Shares,  so that upon  consummation of the
Conversion,  the  Conversion  Stock and the  Distribution  Exchange  Shares will
represent approximately


                                       8


<PAGE>



53.41% and 46.59%,  respectively,  of the Company's  total  outstanding  shares.
Nevertheless, Distribution Exchange Shares may represent less than 46.59% of the
Company's total outstanding shares if there are insufficient shares for the ESOP
to purchase 8.0% of the Common Stock outstanding  immediately upon completion of
the Conversion  and,  consequently,  Harbor Florida has to issue  authorized but
unissued  shares  to the ESOP in order to  satisfy  its order to  purchase  such
amount of Conversion Stock in the Offerings. See "PRO FORMA DATA," "RISK FACTORS
- --  Possible  Dilutive  Effect  of  Issuance  of  Additional  Shares"  and  "THE
CONVERSION -- Stock Pricing, Distribution Exchange Ratio and Number of Shares to
be Issued."

     Based on the 2,315,871 Public Harbor Florida Shares outstanding at June 30,
1997, and assuming a minimum of 9,775,000 and a maximum of 13,225,000  shares of
Conversion Stock are issued in the Offerings, the Distribution Exchange Ratio is
expected to result in the distribution of approximately  6,212,573  Distribution
Exchange Shares to 9,222,612 Distribution Exchange Shares for each Public Harbor
Florida  Share  outstanding   immediately  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the
Conversion.  The  Distribution  Exchange  Ratio  will be  affected  if any stock
options to purchase  shares of Harbor Florida  Common Stock are exercised  after
June 30, 1997 and prior to consummation of the Conversion.  If any of such stock
options are  outstanding  immediately  prior to  consummation of the Conversion,
they will be converted into options to purchase shares of Common Stock, with the
number of shares  subject to the option and the  exercise  price per share to be
adjusted  based  upon the  Distribution  Exchange  Ratio  so that the  aggregate
exercise price remains unchanged,  and with the duration of the option remaining
unchanged.  As of the date of this  Prospectus,  there were  options to purchase
134,786 shares of Harbor Florida Common Stock outstanding,  which had an average
exercise  price  of  $11.71  per  share.  Harbor  Florida  has no plans to grant
additional stock options prior to the consummation of the Conversion.

     Upon  consummation  of the  Conversion,  holders of Public  Harbor  Florida
Shares in certificate form will receive additional certificates, pursuant to the
Distribution  Exchange Ratio,  based on the amount of Conversion  Stock sold, so
that the  percentage  of Common  Stock they own will remain  constant.  See "THE
CONVERSION -- Delivery and Exchange of Certificates."

     The following table sets forth, based upon the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum
and 15% above the maximum of the Offering Price Range,  the  following:  (i) the
total number of shares of Conversion Stock and  Distribution  Exchange Shares to
be issued in the  Conversion,  (ii) the  percentage  of the total  Common  Stock
represented by the Conversion  Stock and the Distribution  Exchange Shares,  and
(iii) the  Distribution  Exchange Ratio. The table assumes there is no cash paid
in lieu of issuing fractional Distribution Exchange Shares.


                                       9


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Total Shares
                                                                           of Common
                         Conversion Stock        Distribution Exchange    Stock to be     Distribution
                          to be Issued(1)            Shares (1)(2)        Outstanding   Exchange Ratio(2)
                       ---------------------    ----------------------   -------------  -----------------
                        Amount       Percent     Amount        Percent
                       ----------    -------    ----------     -------
<S>                    <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>               <C>
Minimum                 9,775,000     53.41%     8,528,444      46.59%     18,303,444         3.6826
Midpoint               11,500,000     53.41     10,033,464      46.59      21,533,464         4.3325
Maximum                13,225,000     53.41     11,538,483      46.59      24,763,483         4.9824
15% Above Maximum      15,208,750     53.41     13,269,256      46.59      28,478,006         5.7297
</TABLE>

                                -----------------

(1)  Assumes  that  outstanding  options to  purchase  134,786  shares of Harbor
     Florida  Common  Stock  at  June  30,  1997  are  not  exercised  prior  to
     consummation of the Conversion.

(2)  Includes  shares  of  stock  held  prior  to  the  issuance  of  additional
     certificates representing additional shares of Common Stock.

     Amendment of Certificate  of  Incorporation.  Pursuant to the Plan,  Harbor
Florida  will,  upon  approval  of   stockholders,   amend  its  Certificate  of
Incorporation.   Harbor  Federal  will  increase  its  authorized   shares  from
13,000,000 to _____________________. Harbor Florida is seeking this amendment so
that sufficient  authorized  shares are available for the Conversion Stock to be
sold  in the  Offerings  as  well  as the  Distribution  Exchange  Shares  to be
distributed to the Public  Stockholders.  The Mutual Holding  Company intends to
vote its shares of Harbor  Florida in favor of the amendment to the  Certificate
of Incorporation. Accordingly, its approval is assumed.

Benefits of Conversion to Directors and Officers

     Harbor Florida  currently  intends to adopt certain stock benefit plans for
the benefit of  directors  and  employees  of Harbor  Florida and the Bank.  The
proposed  benefit  plans are as follows:  (i) a Stock Option  Plan,  pursuant to
which a number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock equal to 10% of
the  Conversion  Stock  to be sold in the  Offerings  (1,322,500  shares  at the
maximum of the Offering  Price  Range) may be reserved for issuance  pursuant to
stock  options  and  stock  appreciation  rights  to  directors,   officers  and
employees;   and  (ii)  a  Management   Recognition   and  Retention  Plan  (the
"Recognition Plan"), which may purchase a number of shares of Common Stock, with
funds  contributed by Harbor Florida,  either from Harbor Florida or in the open
market,  equal to an amount which will equal 4.0% of the total  Conversion stock
issued in the  Conversion  (529,000  shares at the maximum of the Offering Price
Range) for  distribution  to  directors,  officers  and  employees  (without any
requirement of payment by the grantee).  Harbor Florida has not determined  when
it will implement the Stock Option Plan and the  Recognition  Plan. If, however,
it  is  implemented  prior  to  one  year  following  the  consummation  of  the
Conversion,  Harbor Florida will submit such plans to stockholders  for approval
at an annual or special meeting at least six months  following the  consummation
of the Conversion and the Reorganization.  In such event, OTS


                                       11


<PAGE>



regulations  permit individual members of management to receive up to 25% of the
shares reserved  pursuant to any stock option or non-tax qualified stock benefit
plan,  and directors who are not employees to receive up to 5% of such stock (or
stock options)  reserved  individually  and up to 30% in the aggregate under any
such plan. See "MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK -- Benefit Plans."

     In the event that the Recognition  Plan purchases shares of Common Stock in
the open  market  with funds  contributed  by Harbor  Florida,  the cost of such
shares initially will be deducted from the stockholders'  equity of the Company,
but the  number of  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock will not  increase  and
stockholders  accordingly  will  not  experience  dilution  of  their  ownership
interest.  In the event that the  Recognition  Plan  purchases  shares of Common
Stock from  Harbor  Florida  with funds  contributed  by Harbor  Florida,  total
stockholders'  equity  would  neither  increase  or  decrease,  but  under  such
circumstances   stockholders  would  experience   dilution  of  their  ownership
interests (by approximately 3.8% at the maximum of the Offering Price Range) and
per share  stockholders'  equity and per share net earnings  would decrease as a
result of an increase in the number of  outstanding  shares of Common Stock.  In
either  case,  Harbor  Florida  will incur  operating  expense and  increases in
stockholders'  equity as the shares held by the Recognition Plan are granted and
issued in accordance  with the terms thereof.  For a presentation of the effects
of anticipated purchases of Common Stock by the Recognition Plan, see "PRO FORMA
DATA."

     In  addition,  the ESOP  intends to purchase  up to 8.0% of the  Conversion
Stock issued in the  Conversion  (1,058,000  shares or $10,580,000 of Conversion
Stock at the maximum of the  Offering  Price Range) with a loan funded by Harbor
Florida.  See "USE OF PROCEEDS." In the event that there are insufficient shares
available  to fill the  ESOP's  order  due to an  oversubscription  by  Eligible
Account  Holders,  Harbor Florida may issue  authorized  but unissued  shares of
Common  Stock to the ESOP in an  amount  sufficient  to fill the  ESOP's  order,
subject to approval of the OTS,  and/or the ESOP may purchase such shares in the
open market,  if permitted.  In the event that additional shares of Common Stock
are issued to the ESOP to fill its order, stockholders would experience dilution
of their ownership interests (by up to _________% at the maximum of the Offering
Price Range,  assuming the ESOP  purchased no shares in the  Offerings)  and per
share stockholders' equity and per share net earnings would decrease as a result
of an  increase  in the  number  of  outstanding  shares of  Common  Stock.  See
"MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK -- Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan" and "RISK FACTORS --
Possible Dilutive Effective of Issuance of Additional Shares."

     The foregoing plans are in addition to a stock option plan and a directors'
stock option plan; which were adopted by the Bank in 1993. After the creation of
Harbor Florida as the Mid-Tier Holding Company of the Bank, these plans remained
as benefit plans of the Bank. The stock options and restricted stock awards made
pursuant to these plans are currently  for Harbor  Florida  Common Stock.  These
plans will continue in existence  after the  Conversion.  See "MANAGEMENT OF THE
BANK -- Benefit Plans" and "THE  CONVERSION -- Effects of the  Conversion," " --
Effect on Existing Option Plans."


                                       11


<PAGE>



Use of Proceeds

     Net  proceeds  from the sale of the  Conversion  Stock are  estimated to be
between $96.3 million and $130.6 million, depending on the number of shares sold
and the expenses of the  Conversion.  See "PRO FORMA DATA." Harbor Florida plans
to  contribute to the Bank 50% of the net proceeds from the Offerings and retain
the remainder of the net proceeds.  Harbor  Florida  intends to use a portion of
the net  proceeds  retained by it to make a loan  directly to the ESOP to enable
the ESOP to  purchase  up to 8.0% of the  Conversion  Stock to be  issued in the
Conversion.  The amount of the loan is expected to be between  $7.8  million and
$10.6  million  at  the  minimum  and  maximum  of  the  Offering  Price  Range,
respectively.  It is  anticipated  that the loan to the ESOP will have a term of
not less than 15 years and a fixed rate of  interest at the prime rate as of the
date of the  loan.  See  "MANAGEMENT  OF THE  BANK --  Benefit  Plans"  and " --
Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan." The remaining net proceeds will  initially be
used to invest primarily in short-term  interest-bearing  deposits and short and
intermediate term marketable securities. Funds retained by Harbor Florida may be
used to support the future expansion of operations or diversification into other
banking-related  businesses  and for  other  business  or  investment  purposes,
including the acquisition of other financial institutions and/or branch offices,
although there are no current plans, arrangements,  understandings or agreements
regarding such expansion,  diversification or acquisitions. In addition, subject
to  applicable  limitations,  such  funds  also  may be  used in the  future  to
repurchase  shares of Common Stock,  although  Harbor  Florida  currently has no
intention of  effecting  any such  transactions  following  consummation  of the
Conversion.  See  "THE  CONVERSION  --  Certain  Restrictions  on  Purchases  or
Transfers of Shares after the  Conversion."  Funds  contributed to the Bank from
the Company will be used for general  business  purposes.  The proceeds  will be
used to support the Bank's lending and investment activities and thereby enhance
the Bank's  capabilities to serve the borrowing and other financial needs of the
communities  it serves.  The Bank plans to initially  use the proceeds to invest
primarily in  short-term  interest-bearing  deposits and short and  intermediate
term marketable securities. See "USE OF PROCEEDS."

Dividend Policy

     Since  the   completion   of  the  first   full   quarter   after  the  MHC
Reorganization,  i.e.  March 31, 1994,  until the  adoption of the Plan,  Harbor
Florida or the Bank has paid a regular  quarterly cash dividend.  For the fiscal
year ending  September  30, 1996,  that  dividend was 30(cent) per quarter,  and
$1.20 per year.  The dividend was  increased by the Board of Directors to (cent)
per quarter for the quarter ended March 31, 1997.  Following the consummation of
the Conversion, the Board of Directors of Harbor Florida intends to declare cash
dividends on the Common Stock  commencing  with the first quarter  following the
consummation of the Conversion.  The first quarterly  dividend is expected to be
an amount of no less than  35(cent)  ($1.40  annualized)  per share on the total
Public Harbor Florida Shares outstanding  immediately before the consummation of
the Conversion.  For example, based on the Distribution Exchange ratio of 4.3325
at the  midpoint  of the  Offering  Price  Range,  the cash  dividend  after the
Conversion would be  approximately  $0.8078 per share per quarter.


                                       12


<PAGE>



However,  no  assurance  can be given as to the amount of a  dividend  or that a
dividend  will  be paid or if  paid  that  the  dividend  will  not  reduced  or
eliminated in future periods.  Pending the completion of the Conversion,  Harbor
Florida  intends to continue  paying its regular  quarterly cash  dividend.  See
"DIVIDEND POLICY."

Dissenters' Rights and Rights of Appraisal

     Pursuant to Section 262 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware,  Public
Stockholders  will  have  no  dissenters'  rights  or  rights  of  appraisal  in
connection with the Conversion.

Prospectus Delivery and Procedure for Purchasing Shares

     To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours prior
to the Expiration Date in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 under the Exchange Act, no
prospectus  will be mailed  any later  than five days prior to such date or hand
delivered  any later than two days prior to such  date.  Execution  of the order
form will confirm  receipt or delivery in  accordance  with Rule  15c2-8.  Order
forms will be  distributed  only with a  prospectus.  The Primary  Parties  will
accept for processing  orders submitted on original order forms with an executed
certification.  In their discretion,  the Primary Parties may accept photocopies
or  facsimile  copies of order  forms or the form of  certification.  Payment by
cash,  check,  money  order,  bank draft or debit  authorization  to an existing
account at the bank must  accompany  the order form.  In their  discretion,  the
Primary Parties may accept wire transfers . See "THE CONVERSION."


                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     The  following  Selected  Consolidated  Financial  Data as, of, and for the
periods ended  September 30, 1996,  1995,  1994, 1993 and 1992 have been derived
from the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of Harbor  Florida.  The
Selected Consolidated Financial Data as of June 30, 1997 and for the nine months
ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 have been derived from the  unaudited  consolidated
financial  statements of Harbor  Florida  which,  in the opinion of  management,
reflect  all  adjustments  (consisting  only of  normal  recurring  adjustments)
necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  financial  position  and results of
operations  for these periods.  The operating  results for the nine months ended
June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected
for the year ended  September 30, 1997. The financial  data  presented  below is
qualified  in its  entirety  by  the  more  detailed  financial  data  appearing
elsewhere herein,  including the audited  consolidated  financial statements and
notes thereto beginning on page F-1.


                                       13


<PAGE>



Selected Consolidated Financial Condition Data


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          September 30,
                                      June 30,  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1997          1996          1995          1994          1993          1992
                                        ----          ----          ----          ----          ----          ----
                                                                           (In thousands)
<S>                                 <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>     
Total assets                        $1,116,718    $1,057,443      $886,570      $808,110      $759,389      $731,504
Loans (net)(1)                         815,789       765,019       631,307       576,406       546,699       530,994
Federal funds sold                      10,250        16,075        12,825         7,400        17,500        23,075
Investment securities(2)                62,493        53,493        25,186        40,286        45,522        20,493
Mortgage-backed securities             156,559       153,293       164,759       120,099        89,535        97,201
Real estate owned (net)                  2,896         3,118         2,786         2,522         6,198        16,527
Deposits                               904,904       851,853       720,981       673,830       651,093       654,988
FHLB advances                          100,000        95,000        65,000        45,000        45,000        15,000
Other borrowings                           449           674           974         1,273           990         7,027
Stockholders' equity                    93,706        84,832        77,500        68,251        40,230        34,527
- ---------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Excludes loans held for sale of $3.1 million,  $4.9 million,  $1.0 million,
     $25,000,  $679,000,  and $151,000 as of June 30, 1997,  September 30, 1996,
     1995, 1994, 1993 and 1992 respectively.

(2)  Includes investments  available for sale of $47.5 million and $33.5 million
     as of June 30, 1997, and September 30, 1996, respectively.


                                       14


<PAGE>



Selected Consolidated Operating Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Nine Months Ended
                                             June 30,                               Years Ended September 30,
                                       ---------------------      ------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1997          1996         1996         1995         1994         1993          1992
                                         ----          ----         ----         ----         ----         ----          ----
                                                                                        (In thousands)
<S>                                    <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>    
Interest income                        $62,805       $54,471      $74,357      $64,884      $56,084      $55,674       $60,801
Interest expense                        33,382        28,653       39,114       33,280       26,276       27,251        35,760
                                        ------        ------       ------       ------       ------       ------        ------
Net interest income                     29,423        25,818       35,243       31,604       29,808       28,423        25,041
Provision for (recovery of) loan
  losses                                   456         (149)         (76)          460        1,553        1,890         2,755
                                           ---         -----         ----          ---        -----        -----         -----
Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses             28,967        25,967       35,319       31,144       28,255       26,533        22,286
                                        ------        ------       ------       ------       ------       ------        ------
Other income:
  Income (loss) from real estate
    operations                              23         (181)        (301)         (40)        1,250      (2,792)         1,810
  Gain on sale of mortgage loans           135          (67)         (40)           92          118          281           223
  Other                                  2,737         2,389        3,226        2,855        2,701        2,668         3,152
                                         -----         -----        -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
    Total other income                   2,895         2,141        2,885        2,907        4,069          157         5,185
                                         -----         -----        -----        -----        -----          ---         -----
Other expenses:
  Compensation and benefits              8,864         7,947       10,690       10,048        9,433        9,078         7,907
  Professional fees                        485           397          527          699        1,137          711         1,351
  SAIF deposit insurance premium           645         1,270        6,300        1,556        1,672        1,627         1,496
  Other                                  5,712         5,037        6,615        5,895        5,624        5,555         5,388
                                         -----         -----        -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
    Total other expenses                15,706        14,651       24,132       18,198       17,866       16,971        16,142
                                        ------        ------       ------       ------       ------       ------        ------
Income tax expense                       6,339         5,207        5,432        5,958        5,254        4,016         4,365
                                         -----         -----        -----        -----        -----        -----         -----
Income before extraordinary
  item and cumulative effect
  of change in accounting principle      9,817         8,250        8,640        9,895        9,204        5,703         6,964
Extraordinary item (1) and (2)             ---           ---          ---          ---      (1,342)          ---           456
Cumulative effect on prior years
  of changing to a different    
  method of accounting for      
  income taxes                             ---           ---          ---          ---        1,935          ---           ---
                                        ------        ------       ------       ------       ------       ------        ------
Net income                             $ 9,817       $ 8,250      $ 8,640      $ 9,895      $ 9,797      $ 5,703       $ 7,420
                                       =======       =======      =======      =======      =======      =======       =======
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  Income tax benefit of net operating loss carryforward for year 1992.

(2)  Extinguishment of FHLB advances for year 1994.


                                       15


<PAGE>



Selected Financial Ratios

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           At or for the
                                            Nine Months
                                          Ended June 30,(1)            At or for the Years Ended September 30,
                                        -------------------    ------------------------------------------------------
                                          1997        1996        1996        1995     1994        1993        1992
<S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>  
Performance Ratios:
    Return on average assets              1.21%       1.18%       0.91%(2)    1.16%    1.25%       0.77%       1.01%
    Return on average stockholders'      14.74       13.56       10.51(2)    13.61    16.85       15.14       23.40
      equity
    Net interest rate spread              3.36        3.40        3.40        3.42     3.68        3.92        3.54
    Net yield on average interest-
      earning assets                      3.70        3.79        3.79        3.80     3.92        4.04        3.60
Noninterest expense to average            1.93        2.10        2.53        2.14     2.27        2.29        2.20
      assets
Net interest income to noninterest
      expense                             1.86        1.76        1.46        1.74     1.67        1.67        1.55
    Average interest-earning assets
      to average interest-bearing       
      liabilities                       108.09      109.34      109.24      109.58   106.94      103.13      100.82
                                          
Asset Quality Ratios:
    Nonperforming assets to total         0.46        0.56        0.50        0.71     0.85        2.19        3.72
      assets
    Allowance for loan losses to          1.40        1.47        1.44        1.60     1.64        1.34        1.14
      total loans
    Allowance for loan losses to
      nonperforming loans               511.78      407.46      507.25      286.70   329.74      209.67      163.17
    Allowance for losses on real
      estate owned to total real 
      estate owned                       20.00       35.60       35.45       40.00    33.37       26.09       14.61
    
Capital Ratios:
    Average stockholders' equity to
      average assets                      8.20        8.72        8.62        8.54     7.40        5.09        4.32
    Stockholders' equity to assets
      at period end                       8.39        8.39        8.02        8.74     8.45        5.30        4.72

</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  Annualized for the interim periods.

(2)  Includes one-time SAIF special assessment expense of $4,552,000, $2,839,000
     net of tax. Without the one-time SAIF special assessment, return on average
     assets for year ended September 30, 1996,  would have been 1.20% and return
     on average equity would have been 13.92%.

                               ------------------


                                       16


<PAGE>



                               RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Selected Consolidated Financial Condition Data

                                      September 30, 1997        June 30, 1997         September 30, 1996
                                      ------------------        -------------         ------------------
                                                                 (In thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>                       <C>       
     Total assets                                                  $1,116,718                $1,057,443
     Loans (net)(1)                                                   815,789                   765,019
     Federal funds sold                                                10,250                    16,075
     Investment securities.                                            62,493                    53,493
     Mortgage-backed securities                                       156,559                   153,293
     Real estate owned (net)                                            2,896                     3,118
     Deposits                                                         904,904                   851,853
     FHLB advances                                                    100,000                    95,000
     Other borrowings                                                     449                       674
     Stockholders' equity                                              93,706                    84,832
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  Excludes loans held for sale of  $_________,  $3.1 million and $4.9 million
     as  of  September  30,  1997,   June  30,  1997  and  September  30,  1996,
     respectively.

Selected Consolidated Operating Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Three Months Ended                      Years Ended
                                                   September 30,                      September 30,
                                                   -------------                      -------------
                                               1997            1996               1997              1996
                                               ----            ----               ----              ----
                                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>                                  <C>    
Interest income                                              $19,885                              $74,357
Interest expense                                              10,461                               39,114
                                                              ------                               ------
Net interest income                                            9,424                               35,243
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses                           72                                  (76)
                                                                ----                                  ----
Net interest income after provision
   for loan losses                                             9,352                               35,319
                                                               -----                               ------
Other income:
  Income (loss) from real estate operations                     (120)                                (301)
  Gain (loss) on sale of mortgage loans                           27                                  (40)
    Other                                                        837                                3,226
                                                                 ---                                -----
Total other income                                               744                                2,885
                                                                 ---                                -----
Other expenses:
  Compensation and benefits                                    2,744                               10,690
  Occupancy                                                      607                                2,632
  Professional fees                                              130                                  527
  SAIF deposit insurance premium                               5,032                                6,300
  Other                                                          968                                3,983
                                                                 ---                                -----
    Total other expenses                                       9,481                               24,132
Income before income taxes                                       615                               14,072
Income tax expense                                               225                                5,432
                                                                 ---                                -----
Net income                                                   $   390                              $ 8,640
                                                             =======                              =======
</TABLE>


                                       17

<PAGE>



Selected Financial Ratios

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   At or for the Three
                                                       Months Ended            At or for the Years Ended
                                                    September 30, (1)                 September 30,
                                                    -----------------                 -------------
                                                   1997          1996           1997               1996
                                                   ----          ----           ----               ----
<S>                                                               <C>                                <C> <C>
Performance Ratio
  Return on average assets                                        .15%(2)                            .91%(2)
  Return on average stockholders' equity                         1.81(2)                           10.51(2)
  Net interest rate spread                                       3.40                               3.40
  Net yield on average interest-earning
    assets                                                       3.78                               3.79
  Noninterest expense to average assets                          3.67                               2.53
  Net interest income to noninterest
    expense                                                      1.00                               1.46
  Average interest-earning assets to
    average interest-bearing liabilities                       109.05                             109.24

Asset Quality Ratios:
  Nonperforming assets to total assets                            .50                                .50
  Allowance for loan losses to total loans                       1.44                               1.44
  Allowance for loan losses to
    nonperforming loans                                        507.25                             507.25
  Allowance for losses on real estate
    owned to total real estate owned                            35.45                              35.45

Capital Ratios:
  Average stockholders' equity to average
    assets                                                       8.32                               8.62
  Stockholders' equity to assets at period
    end                                                          8.02                               8.02

</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)  Annualized for the interim periods.

(2)  Includes one-time SAIF special assessment expense of $4,552,000, $2,839,000
     net of tax. Without the one-time SAIF special assessment, return on average
     assets for year ended September 30, 1996,  would have been 1.20% and return
     on average equity would have been 13.92%.

                                 ---------------


                                       18


<PAGE>



Regulatory Capital


                                            September 30, 1997
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                 Amount                     Percent of Assets(1)
                                 ------                     --------------------
                                          (Dollars in thousands)



   Tangible Capital:
     Capital level
     Requirement
     Excess

   Core capital:
     Capital level
     Requirement
     Excess

   Risk-based capital:
     Capital level
     Requirement
     Excess

- ----------

(1)  Tangible  and  core  capital  levels  are  calculated  on  the  basis  of a
     percentage  of  total  adjusted  assets;   risk-based  capital  levels  are
     calculated on the basis of a percentage of risk-weighted assets.



                          [TEXT TO COME WITH AMENDMENT]




                                       19


<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

     The following  factors,  in addition to those  discussed  elsewhere in this
Prospectus,  should be  considered  by  investors  before  deciding  whether  to
purchase the Common Stock offered hereby.

Vulnerability to Changes in Interest Rates

     The Bank's  profitability,  like that of many  financial  institutions,  is
dependent  to a  large  extent  upon  its  net  interest  income,  which  is the
difference between its interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans
and investments, and its interest expense on interest-bearing  liabilities, such
as deposits.  When  interest-bearing  liabilities mature or reprice more quickly
than interest-earning assets in a given period, a significant increase in market
rates of interest could adversely  affect net interest income.  Similarly,  when
interest-earning  assets  mature or reprice more  quickly than  interest-bearing
liabilities,  falling  interest rates could result in a decrease in net interest
income.  See  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Asset and Liability Management."


Intent to Remain Independent; Unsuitability as a Short-term Investment

     The   Bank   and   its   predecessors    have   operated   as   independent
community-oriented savings associations since 1934. Following the Conversion, it
is Harbor  Florida's  intent to continue to operate as an independent  financial
institution.  Accordingly, the Common Stock may not be a suitable investment for
individuals  anticipating a rapid sale of Harbor  Florida to a third party.  See
"BUSINESS OF HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC."

     Also due to  Harbor  Florida's  intention  to remain  independent,  certain
provisions  in Harbor  Florida's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws may
assist Harbor Florida in maintaining its status as an independent publicly owned
corporation.  These provisions,  as well as the Delaware General Corporation law
and certain federal regulations,  may have certain anti-takeover  effects. These
provisions  include:  restriction on the acquisition of Harbor  Florida's equity
securities and limitations on voting rights,  the classification of the terms of
the  members  of the Board of  Directors,  certain  provisions  relating  to the
meeting of  stockholders,  denial of cumulative  voting by  stockholders  in the
election of directors,  the issuance of preferred stock and additional shares of
Common Stock without shareholder approval, and supermajority  provisions for the
approval of certain business  combinations.  See "RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF
THE  COMPANY."  As a result,  stockholders  who might wish to  participate  in a
change of control transaction may not have the opportunity to do so.


                                       20


<PAGE>



Price of Common Stock Following the Conversion

     Since the MHC  Reorganization and public stock issuance on January 6, 1994,
Harbor  Florida's  common stock and its  predecessor the Bank's common stock has
generally  increased in value.  The Public Harbor  Florida Shares were initially
sold to the public at $10 per share.  On  November  13,  1997,  the date of this
prospectus,   the  closing  price  of  the  Public  Harbor  Florida  Shares  was
__________.  There can be no assurance that the Conversion Stock will appreciate
in value as has the Public Harbor Florida Shares. Additionally,  there can be no
assurance that the Common Stock will appreciate after the Conversion.  The Board
of  Directors  of Harbor  Florida has set an offering  price for the  Conversion
Stock of $10 a share.  However,  the  pricing of this stock  should in no way be
seen as an indication or assurance that the Conversion Stock or the Common Stock
will  appreciate  after the  Conversion  in the same manner as the Public Harbor
Florida Shares which were also initially sold at $10 per share.

Competition

     The Bank operates in a highly  competitive  market and  experiences  strong
competition  in its local market area in both  originating  loans and attracting
deposits.  That market will undergo  significant  consolidation  when two of the
nation's largest  financial  institutions  complete a merger at the end of 1997.
Competition  also  arises  from  larger  banking  organizations  as well as from
numerous savings  institutions  and commercial  banks, as well as credit unions,
mortgage  bankers  and  national  and  local  securities  firms.  Many of  these
institutions are  significantly  larger than the Bank, are and  headquartered in
other states, and have focused on Florida and expanded rapidly in Florida.  Many
have greater resources than the Bank, in the form of greater capital,  branches,
electronic banking capability and product variety.  The Bank recognizes its need
to monitor  competition  and modify its products  and services as necessary  and
possible, taking into consideration the cost impact of such actions. As a result
of  the  level  of  competition  in  its  market,   the  Company's   growth  and
profitability in the future may be adversely  affected.  See "BUSINESS -- Market
Area" and " -- Competition."

Geographical Concentration of Loans

     At June 30,  1997,  substantially  all of the Bank's real  estate  mortgage
loans were  secured by  properties  located in the Bank's  primary  market area.
While the Bank  currently  believes  that its loans are  adequately  secured  or
reserved  for,  in the event that real estate  prices in the Bank's  market area
substantially  weaken or economic  conditions  in its market  area  deteriorate,
reducing the value of properties  securing the Bank's loans,  some borrowers may
default and the value of the real estate collateral may be insufficient to fully
secure the loans. In either event,  the Bank may experience  increased levels of
delinquencies  and  related  losses  having an  adverse  impact  on net  income.
Additionally,  some of the  real  estate  securing  loans  held by the  Bank are
vacation homes or second homes used as rental  properties.  As such,  such loans
may have a higher level of risk than loans secured by primary residences.


                                       21


<PAGE>



Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

     Certain  provisions of Harbor Federal's  certificate of  incorporation  and
bylaws,  including a provision  limiting  voting rights of beneficial  owners of
more than 10% of the Common Stock,  and the Bank's stock charter and bylaws,  as
well as certain  Delaware laws and  regulations,  will assist Harbor  Florida in
maintaining its status as an independent publicly owned corporation and may have
certain anti-takeover effects.

     Certificate of Incorporation  and Bylaws of Harbor Florida.  Harbor Florida
articles of incorporation and bylaws provide for, among other things, a limit on
voting more than 10% of the Common Stock  described  above,  staggered terms for
members of its Board of Directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limits on
the calling of special  meetings of  stockholders  and director  nominations,  a
prohibition  on action by consent,  a fair price or super  majority  stockholder
approval  requirement for certain business  combinations and certain shareholder
proposal notice requirements.

     Federal Stock Charter of the Bank.  Provisions in the Bank's  federal stock
charter that have an anti-takeover effect could also be applicable to changes in
control  of Harbor  Florida  as the sole  shareholder  of the Bank.  The  Bank's
federal  stock  charter  includes a  provision  applicable  for five years which
prohibits  the  acquisition  or offer to  acquire  directly  or  indirectly  the
beneficial  ownership of more than 10% of the Bank's securities by any person or
entity other than Harbor Florida.  Any person violating this restriction may not
vote the Bank's securities in excess of 10%.

     These provisions in Harbor  Florida's and the Bank's governing  instruments
may discourage  potential  proxy contests and other takeover  attempts by making
Harbor  Florida less  attractive  to a potential  acquiror,  particularly  those
takeover  attempts which have not been negotiated with the Board of Directors of
Harbor  Florida  and/or the Bank, as the case may be. These  provisions may also
have the effect of  discouraging  a future  takeover  attempt which would not be
approved by Harbor  Florida's  Board,  but  pursuant to which  stockholders  may
receive a substantial  premium for their shares over then current market prices.
As a result,  stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction
may not have any opportunity to do so. In addition,  certain of these provisions
that limit the ability of persons  (including  management or others) owning more
than 10% of the shares to vote their  shares  will be  enforced  by the Board of
Directors of Harbor Florida or the Bank, as the case may be, to limit the voting
rights of 10% or greater  stockholders and thus could have the effect in a proxy
contest  or other  solicitation  to defeat a  proposal  that is  desired  by the
holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock.

         Federal Law and  Regulations.  Federal law also  requires  OTS approval
prior to the  acquisition  of "control"  (as defined in OTS  regulations)  of an
insured  institution,  including  a holding  company  thereof.  In the event any
person or group of persons acquires shares in


                                       22


<PAGE>



violation  of these  limitations,  such person or group may be  restricted  from
voting his or their  shares in excess of 10% of the  outstanding  Common  Stock.
Such laws and regulations may also limit a person's  ability without  regulatory
approval to solicit  proxies  enabling  him to elect one third or more of Harbor
Florida's Board of Directors or exert a controlling  influence on the operations
of the Bank or the Company.

     In addition,  certain of these  provisions may limit the ability of persons
(including  management  or  others)  owning  more than 10% of the shares to vote
their shares (by proxy or otherwise)  for  proposals  that they believe to be in
the best  interests  of  shareholders.  See  "MANAGEMENT  OF THE BANK -- Benefit
Plans," and " -- Description of Capital Stock."

Voting Power of Directors and Executive Officers

     Directors and executive  officers of Harbor Florida expect to  beneficially
own  approximately  _________ shares or _________% of the shares of Common Stock
outstanding  (excluding  unexercisable  stock options) upon  consummation of the
Conversion  based upon the midpoint of the Offering Price Range. See "BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK."

     In  addition,  Harbor  Florida  may acquire  Common  Stock on behalf of the
Recognition  Plan in an amount  which will equal  4.0% of the  Conversion  Stock
issued in the  Offering  (529,000  shares  based on the maximum of the  Offering
Price  Range).  Under the terms of the  Recognition  Plan,  individuals  to whom
shares  of  Common  Stock  are  awarded  will be able to vote the  Common  Stock
immediately  after it is  awarded.  Harbor  Florida  also may reserve for future
issuance pursuant to the Stock Option Plan (which will be subject to stockholder
approval if implemented prior to one year following the Conversion), a number of
authorized  shares  of  Common  Stock  equal  to an  aggregate  of  10.0% of the
Conversion Stock issued in the Offerings (1,332,500 shares, based on the maximum
of the Offering  Price Range).  These options are in addition to the options for
43,304 shares of Harbor  Florida Common Stock which were  previously  granted to
directors and executive  officers and remain  unexercised under the option plans
adopted by the Bank in connection with the MHC Reorganization.  In addition, the
ESOP  intends to purchase up to 8% of the shares of Common Stock to be issued by
Harbor Florida in the  Conversion.  See "MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK -- Option Grants
in Last Fiscal  Year," " -- Other Stock  Benefit  Plans," and " -- Stock  Option
Plan."

     Management's   potential  voting  power  could,  together  with  additional
stockholder support,  preclude or make more difficult takeover attempts which do
not  have the  support  of the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  and may tend to
perpetuate existing management.


                                       23


<PAGE>



Return on Equity

     As a result of the Bank's high capital  levels and the  additional  capital
that will be  raised  by Harbor  Florida  in the  Conversion,  Harbor  Florida's
ability to leverage the net proceeds from the  Conversion  may be limited in the
near future. Accordingly,  return on capitalized equity is initially expected to
be lower than it has been in recent years.

ESOP Compensation Expense

     An employer must record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair
value of shares  committed  to be released to employees  from an employee  stock
ownership plan.  Assuming shares of Common Stock  appreciate in value over time,
compensation  expenses relating to the ESOP to be established in connection with
the  Conversion  will  increase.  It is impossible to determine at this time the
extent of such impact on future net income. See "PRO FORMA DATA."

Potential Elimination Of Thrift Charter

     The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by
the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS")  and the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  ("FDIC").  A bill,  H.R. 10, has been reported by the U.S. House of
Representatives,  Committee  on  Banking  and  Financial  Services,  that  would
consolidate the OTS with the Office of the  Comptroller of the Currency  ("OCC")
and  eliminate  the  federal  thrift  charter  under  which  the Bank  currently
operates.  If this legislation  becomes law, the Bank will be forced to become a
state  chartered  bank or a  national  commercial  bank.  If the Bank  becomes a
commercial  bank,  its  investment  authority  and ability of Harbor  Florida to
engage in  diversified  activities  would be more  limited and could  effect the
Bank's profitability. See "REGULATION."

Possible Dilutive Effect of Issuance of Additional Shares

     Various  possible  and planned  issuances  of Common Stock could dilute the
interests of prospective stockholders of Harbor Florida or existing stockholders
of Harbor Florida following consummation of the Conversion, as noted below.

     The number of shares to be sold in the  Conversion  may be  increased  as a
result  of an  increase  in the  Offering  Price  Range of up to 15% to  reflect
changes in market and financial  conditions  following the  commencement  of the
Offerings.  In the event that the Offering  Price Range is so  increased,  it is
expected that Harbor  Florida will issue up to  15,208,750  shares of Conversion
Stock at the Purchase  Price for an aggregate  price of up to  $152,087,500.  An
increase  in the  number of shares  will  decrease  net  earnings  per share and
stockholders'  equity per share on a pro forma  basis and will  increase  Harbor
Florida's   consolidated    stockholders'   equity   and   net   earnings.   See
"CAPITALIZATION" and "PRO FORMA DATA."


                                       24


<PAGE>



     The ESOP  intends to purchase an amount of Common Stock equal to up to 8.0%
of the Conversion  Stock issued in the  Conversion.  In the event that there are
insufficient   shares   available   to  fill  the   ESOP's   order   due  to  an
oversubscription  by Eligible  Account Holders and the total number of shares of
Conversion  Stock  issued  in the  Conversion  is  increased  by up to 15%,  the
additional  shares will first be allocated to fill the ESOP's  subscription  and
thereafter   in   accordance   with  the  terms  of  the  Plan  of   Conversion.
Alternatively, Harbor Florida may issue authorized but unissued shares of Common
Stock to the ESOP in an amount  sufficient  to fill the ESOP's  order and/or the
ESOP may purchase such shares in the open market.  In the event that  additional
shares of Common  Stock are issued to the ESOP to fill its  order,  stockholders
would experience  dilution of their ownership  interests (by up to _________% at
the maximum of the Offering  Price Range,  assuming the ESOP purchased no shares
in the Offerings) and per share stockholders'  equity and per share net earnings
would decrease as a result of an increase in the number of outstanding shares of
Common Stock. See "MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK -- Benefit Plans," " -- Employee Stock
Ownership  Plan,"  and  "THE  CONVERSION  -- The  Offerings"  " --  Subscription
Offering," and " -- Priority 2: ESOP."

     If the Recognition Plan is implemented, the Recognition Plan may acquire an
amount of Common Stock which will equal 4.0% of the shares of  Conversion  Stock
issued in the Conversion  (529,000 shares,  based on the maximum of the Offering
Price  Range).  Such  shares of Common  Stock may be acquired in the open market
with funds provided by Harbor Florida,  if  permissible,  or from authorized but
unissued shares of Common Stock.  In the event that additional  shares of Common
Stock are issued to the Recognition Plan, stockholders would experience dilution
of their ownership  interests and per share  stockholders'  equity and per share
net  earnings  would  decrease  as a result  of an  increase  in the  number  of
outstanding  shares of Common Stock. See "PRO FORMA DATA" and "MANAGEMENT OF THE
BANK -- -- Recognition Plan."

     If Harbor  Florida's Stock Option Plan is  implemented,  Harbor Florida may
reserve for future issuance  pursuant to such plan a number of authorized shares
of Common Stock equal to an aggregate of 10% of the  Conversion  Stock issued in
the  Offerings  (1,322,500  shares,  based on the maximum of the Offering  Price
Range).  See "PRO FORMA DATA" and "MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK -- Benefit Plans," and
" -- Stock Option Plan."

     In 1993 the Bank  adopted,  and continues to maintain,  the Harbor  Federal
Savings Bank  Incentive  Stock Option Plan (the "Option  Plan"),  and the Harbor
Federal Savings Bank Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors (the "Directors
Option Plan").  Upon  consummation  of the  Conversion,  these plans will remain
plans of the Bank. See "MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK -- Other Stock Benefit Plans."

     The OTS has required that the purchase limitations contained in the Plan of
Conversion  include  Distribution   Exchange  Shares  to  be  issued  to  Public
Stockholders for their Public


                                       25


<PAGE>



Harbor Florida  Shares.  As a result,  certain  holders of Public Harbor Florida
Shares may be  limited in their  ability  to  purchase  Conversion  Stock in the
Offerings.  For  example,  a  Public  Stockholder  which  acquires  Distribution
Exchange Shares in an amount equal to $7.5 million of Conversion  Stock will not
be able to purchase any shares of Conversion  Stock in the  Offerings,  although
such a stockholder will be able to purchase shares of Common Stock in the market
during the Offerings and  thereafter.  No  stockholder  will be required to sell
shares if, as a result of receiving  Distribution Exchange Shares, his ownership
percentage  would  exceed  a  purchase   limitation.   See  "THE  CONVERSION  --
Limitations on Conversion Stock Purchases and Ownership."

Risk of Delay

     The Subscription and Community  Offering will expire at Noon, Florida Time,
on December  _________,  1997, unless extended by the Primary Parties.  However,
unless waived by the Primary Parties,  all orders will be irrevocable unless the
Conversion  is not  completed  by  December  _________  1997.  In the  event the
Conversion is not completed by December _________,  1997,  subscribers will have
the  right  to  modify  or  rescind  their   subscriptions  and  to  have  their
subscription funds returned with interest.

Possible  Adverse Income Tax  Consequences  of the  Distribution of Subscription
Rights

     The Primary Parties have received an opinion of RP that subscription rights
granted to Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders,
Other Members,  and Eligible Public  Stockholders have no value.  However,  this
opinion  is  not  binding  on  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS").  If the
subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders,  Other Members,  and Eligible Public Stockholders are deemed to
have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights likely would be taxable only
to those Eligible Account Holders,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other
Members,  directors,  officers and employees and Eligible Public Stockholders in
an amount equal to such value.  Whether  subscription  rights are  considered to
have  ascertainable  value  is an  inherently  factual  determination.  See "THE
CONVERSION -- Effects of the Conversion" and " -- Tax Aspects."


                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.

     The Company was organized in December 1996 at the direction of the Board of
Directors of the Bank for the purpose of holding all of the capital stock of the
Bank.  Harbor  Florida  acquired all of the  outstanding  stock of the Bank in a
one-for-one  stock  exchange  consummated  on June 25,  1997.  The  Company  has
received the approval of the OTS to become,  and is currently,  a thrift holding
company,  and as such is subject to regulation by the OTS.  After  completion of
the Conversion,  Harbor Florida is expected to conduct  business  initially as a
unitary  thrift  company.  See "BUSINESS OF HARBOR  FLORIDA  BANCORP,


                                       26


<PAGE>



INC."  and  "REGULATION  --  Company   Regulation."  Upon  consummation  of  the
Conversion, Harbor Florida will have no significant assets other than all of the
outstanding  shares of the Bank Common Stock, a note evidencing Harbor Florida's
loan to the  ESOP,  and the  remaining  portion  of the net  proceeds  from  the
Offerings  retained by Harbor  Florida.  Harbor Florida will have no significant
liabilities. See "USE OF PROCEEDS."

     Management  believes that the holding  company  structure  will provide the
Company with  additional  flexibility  to  diversify,  its  business  activities
through  existing or newly formed  subsidiaries,  or through  acquisitions of or
mergers  with  other  financial  institutions  and  financial  services  related
companies, should it decide to do so. The Florida market is a competitive market
with  numerous  banking  organizations.  Recently  this  market has  experienced
considerable  consolidation  and  although  there are no  current  arrangements,
understandings or agreements  regarding any such  opportunities or transactions,
the  Company,  with its  increased  capital,  will be in a  position  after  the
Conversion,  subject to regulatory  limitations and its financial condition,  to
take  advantage of any such  acquisition  and expansion  opportunities  that may
arise. The initial  activities of Harbor Florida are anticipated to be funded by
the  proceeds to be retained by the  Company and  earnings  thereon,  as well as
dividends from the Bank. See "DIVIDEND POLICY."

     Harbor Florida's executive office is located at the home office of the Bank
at 100 S. Second Street, Fort Pierce, Florida 34954, and its telephone number is
(561) 461-2414.


                           HARBOR FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

General

     The  Bank  was  established  in  1934  as  a  federally  chartered  savings
association.  In  January,  1994,  it was  reorganized  into the mutual  holding
company  form  of  organization  whereby  it  (i)  formed  a new  stock  savings
association; (ii) transferred substantially all of its assets and liabilities to
the newly formed  stock  savings bank in exchange for all of the common stock of
such  institution;  and (iii)  reorganized  from a federally  chartered,  mutual
association to a federally  chartered,  mutual holding  company known as "Harbor
Financial,  M.H.C." As part of the MHC  Reorganization,  the newly  formed stock
savings bank  subsidiary  issued  2,239,831  shares of capital  stock to certain
members  of the  general  public  and  2,654,369  shares of stock to the  Mutual
Holding Company.  On June 25, 1997, the Bank completed its  reorganization  into
the Mid-Tier Holding Company  structure.  Pursuant to that  reorganization,  the
Bank  exchanged  all of its shares in a  one-for-one  exchange for the shares of
Harbor Florida, a newly created Delaware corporation,  which became the Mid-Tier
Holding Company of the Bank. The primary purpose of that  reorganization  was to
facilitate  repurchases of shares  without  adverse tax  consequences.  The Bank
became the 100% owned subsidiary of Harbor Florida.  The Bank currently conducts
its business from 23 offices in six counties in  southeastern  Florida.  At June
30,  1997,  the Bank had $1.1  billion of total assets, $1.0 billion


                                       27


<PAGE>



of total liabilities, including $916.9 million of deposits, and $81.7 million of
stockholders' equity.

     The Bank is  primarily  engaged in  attracting  deposits  from the  general
public through its offices and using those and other available  sources of funds
to originate loans secured by one to four-family residences. One- to four-family
residential  loans amounted to $620.1  million,  or 72.16%,  of the Bank's total
loan portfolio at June 30, 1997. To a lesser extent,  the Bank originates  loans
secured by existing  multi-family  residential and  nonresidential  real estate,
which  amounted  to  $14.5  million  or  1.68%,  and  $53.0  million  or  6.17%,
respectively,  of the  total  loan  portfolio  at  June  30,  1997,  as  well as
construction loans and consumer loans, which amounted to $41.4 million, or 4.82%
of the total loan  portfolio  and $87.0  million,  or 10.13%,  of the total loan
portfolio at such date,  respectively.  The Bank also invests in U.S. Government
and federal agency obligations and mortgage-backed  securities which are insured
by federal agencies. The Bank has two active subsidiary corporations.  Appraisal
Analysis,  Inc.  provides real estate appraisal  services to the Bank as well as
third parties. H.F. Development Company, Inc. serves as a repository of selected
REO properties held for disposition.

     The  Bank is a  community-oriented  savings  association  which  emphasizes
customer service and convenience.  As part of this strategy, the Bank has sought
to develop a variety of products and services which meet the needs of its retail
customers. The Bank generally has sought to achieve long-term financial strength
and  stability by (i)  increasing  the amount and  stability of its net interest
income, (ii) maintaining a high level of asset quality, (iii) maintaining a high
level of regulatory capital,  and (iv) controlling  general,  administrative and
other  expenses.  In pursuit of these  goals,  the Bank has  adopted a number of
complementary  business  strategies  which emphasize  retail lending and deposit
products and services traditionally offered by savings institutions.  Highlights
of the Bank's business strategy include the following:

     Emphasis on  Traditional  Lending  and  Investment  Activities.  Management
believes  that Harbor  Florida is more likely to achieve its goals of  long-term
financial   strength  and  profitability  by  emphasizing  retail  products  and
services, as opposed to wholesale or commercial  activities.  The Bank's primary
lending  emphasis  is the  origination  of  loans  secured  by  first  liens  on
single-family (one- to four-unit)  residences.  In addition, the Bank originates
consumer loans,  such as home equity loans, and multi-family and  nonresidential
real estate loans.  Such loans  generally  provide for higher interest rates and
shorter terms than  single-family  residential  real estate  loans.  At June 30,
1997,  the Bank's net loans  amounted to $815.8  million or 73.05% of the Bank's
total assets.

     Maintain Asset Quality.  Management  believes that continuously  seeking to
maintain asset quality is key to long-term  financial  success and, as a result,
the  investments  which are emphasized by the Bank and its related  policies and
practices  are  intended  to  maintain a high level of asset  quality and reduce
credit risk. At June 30, 1997, the Bank's non-performing


                                       28


<PAGE>



assets,   which  consist  of   non-accrual   loans,   accruing  loans  that  are
contractually past due 90 days or more, and real estate owned,  amounted to $5.1
million  or 0.46% of the  Bank's  total  assets.  At June 30,  1997,  the Bank's
allowance for loan losses amounted to $11.4 million or 1.40% of the Bank's total
loans outstanding.

     Controlling  Expenses.  The Bank's  noninterest  expenses  have amounted to
1.93%, 2.53% (2.05 excluding the one-time SAIF special assessment), and 2.14% of
average  assets for the nine  months  ended June 30, 1997  (annualized)  and the
years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  However, these expenses
may increase in the future should Harbor Florida implement certain benefit plans
or should experience  significant growth. See "RISK FACTORS -- ESOP Compensation
Expense" and "MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK -- Benefit Plans."

Regulation

     The Bank is subject to examination and comprehensive regulation by the OTS,
which is the Bank's  chartering  authority  and  primary  regulator,  and by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation  ("FDIC"),  which, as administrator of the
SAIF,  insures the Bank's  deposits up to  applicable  limits.  The Bank also is
subject to certain reserve requirements established by the Board of Governors of
the Federal  Reserve  System  ("Federal  Reserve  Board") and is a member of the
Federal  Home Loan Bank  ("FHLB")  of  Atlanta,  which is one of the 12 regional
banks comprising the FHLB System. See "REGULATION."

Office

     The Bank's  principal  executive office is located at 100 S. Second Street,
Fort Pierce, Florida 34964 and its telephone number is (561) 461-2414.


                            HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.

     The Mutual Holding Company is a federally  chartered mutual holding company
which  was   chartered   on  January  6,  1994  in   connection   with  the  MHC
Reorganization.  The Mutual Holding  Company's primary asset is 2,654,369 shares
of Harbor Florida Common Stock,  which represent  53.41% of the shares of Harbor
Florida Common Stock  outstanding as of June 30, 1997.  Prior to the Conversion,
each depositor in the Bank has both a deposit  account in the  institution and a
pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of the Mutual Holding Company based
upon the value in his account,  which interest may only be realized in the event
of a liquidation of the Mutual Holding Company.  As part of the Conversion,  the
Mutual Holding  Company will convert from mutual form to a federal interim stock
savings institution and simultaneously merge with and into Harbor Florida,  with
Harbor Florida being the surviving entity.


                                       29


<PAGE>



                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     Net  proceeds  from the sale of the  Conversion  Stock are  estimated to be
between $96.3 million and $130.6 million ($150.2 million assuming an increase in
the  Offering  Price Range by 15%).  See "Pro Forma Data" as to the  assumptions
used to arrive at such amounts.

     Harbor Florida plans to contribute to the Bank 50% of the net proceeds from
the Offerings  and retain the  remainder of the net  proceeds.  The net proceeds
will  initially  be used to  invest  primarily  in  short-term  interest-bearing
deposits and short and  intermediate  term  marketable  securities.  The Company
intends to use a portion of the net proceeds to make a loan directly to the ESOP
to  enable  the ESOP to  purchase  Conversion  Stock  equal to up to 8.0% of the
Common Stock to be outstanding upon  consummation of the Conversion.  Based upon
the issuance of 782,000 shares and 1,058,000  shares of Conversion  Stock at the
minimum and maximum of the Offering Price Range,  respectively,  the loan to the
ESOP would be $7.8 million and $10.6  million,  respectively.  It is anticipated
that the loan to the ESOP will have a term of not less than 15 years and a fixed
rate of interest at the prime rate as of the date of the loan.  See  "MANAGEMENT
OF THE BANK -- Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan." The net  proceeds  retained by
Harbor Florida also may be used to support the future expansion of operations or
diversification into other banking-related  businesses and for other business or
investment purposes,  including the acquisition of other financial  institutions
and/or  branch  offices,  although  there are no  current  plans,  arrangements,
understandings  or  agreements  regarding  such  expansion,  diversification  or
acquisitions. In addition, subject to applicable regulatory limitations, the net
proceeds also may be used to repurchase shares of Common Stock,  although Harbor
Florida  currently  has made no decision  concerning  the  repurchase  of shares
following  consummation  of the  Conversion.  See  "THE  CONVERSION  --  Certain
Restrictions  on  Purchase  or Transfer  of Shares  after the  Conversion."  The
portion of the net  proceeds  contributed  to the Bank will be used for  general
corporate  purposes,  primarily  investment in residential real estate loans and
will be  initially  used to  invest  primarily  in  short-term  interest-bearing
deposits and marketable securities.


                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     Upon completion of the Conversion, the Board of Directors of Harbor Florida
will  continue to have the  authority to declare  dividends on the Common Stock,
subject to statutory and regulatory requirements.  Following consummation of the
Conversion,  the  Board of  Directors  of  Harbor  Florida  intends  to pay cash
dividends on the Common Stock at an initial quarterly rate equal to no less than
35(cent) per share based on the total Public Harbor Florida  Shares  outstanding
before consummation of the Conversion.  Based upon the Offering Price Range, the
Distribution Exchange Ratio is expected to be 3.6826,  4.3325, 4.9824 and 5.7297
at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above the maximum of the  Estimated
Price Range,  respectively,  resulting in an initial quarterly  dividend rate of
$0.9504, $0.8078,


                                       30


<PAGE>



$0.7025  and  $0.6109 per share,  respectively,  commencing  with the first full
quarter following  consummation of the Conversion.  Declarations of dividends by
the Board of  Directors  will  depend upon a number of  factors,  including  the
amount of the net  proceeds  from the  Offerings  retained  by  Harbor  Florida,
investment  opportunities  available  to Harbor  Florida  or the  Bank,  capital
requirements,  regulatory limitations, Harbor Florida's and the Bank's financial
condition and results of operations,  tax  considerations  and general  economic
conditions.  Consequently, there can be no assurance that dividends will in fact
be paid on the Common Stock or that, if paid, such dividends will not be reduced
or  eliminated  in future  periods.  Harbor  Federal  intends to continue to pay
regular  quarterly  dividends  through  either the date of  consummation  of the
Conversion  (on a pro rata basis) or the end of the fiscal  quarter during which
the consummation of the Conversion occurs.

     Dividends from Harbor Florida after the  Conversion  will depend,  in part,
upon receipt of dividends from the Bank,  because Harbor Florida  initially will
have no source of income other than dividends  from the Bank,  earnings from the
investment  of proceeds  from the sale of  Conversion  Stock  retained by Harbor
Florida,  and  interest  on the  ESOP  loan.  A  regulation  of the OTS  imposes
limitations on "capital  distributions" by savings institutions,  including cash
dividends,  payments by a savings institution to repurchase or otherwise acquire
its stock, payments to stockholders of another savings institution in a cash-out
merger  and  other  distributions   charged  against  capital.   The  regulation
establishes a three-tiered  system, with the greatest flexibility being afforded
to  well-capitalized  or Tier 1 savings  institutions and the least  flexibility
being afforded to under-capitalized or Tier 3 savings  institutions.  As of June
30, 1997, the Bank was a Tier 1 savings  institution and is expected to continue
to so qualify immediately following the consummation of the Conversion.

     Any  payment of  dividends  by the Bank to Harbor  Florida  which  would be
deemed to be a  distribution  from the Bank's  pre-1988  bad debt  reserves  for
federal income tax purposes would require a payment of taxes at the then-current
tax rate by the Bank on the amount of  earnings  deemed to be  removed  from the
reserves for such distribution.  The Bank has no current intention of making any
distribution  that would create such a federal tax  liability  either  before or
after the Conversion. See "REGULATION --Federal and State Taxation."

     Unlike  the Bank,  Harbor  Florida  is not  subject  to the  aforementioned
regulatory  restrictions  on the  payment  of  dividends  to  its  stockholders,
although the source of such dividends will be, in part, dependent upon dividends
from the Bank in addition  to the net  proceeds  retained by Harbor  Florida and
earnings  thereon.  Harbor Florida is subject,  however,  to the requirements of
Delaware law.


                             MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

     There is an established  market for the Harbor Florida Common Stock,  which
is currently  listed on the NASDAQ  National Market under the symbol "HARB." The
Harbor


                                       31


<PAGE>



Florida  Common Stock had  _________  market  makers as of June 30, 1997.  It is
expected that the Common Stock will be more liquid after the Conversion than the
Harbor Florida Common Stock because there will be significantly more outstanding
shares owned by the public.  However,  there can be no assurance  that an active
and liquid  trading  market for the Common  Stock will be  maintained.  FBR will
assist Harbor Florida in obtaining  additional market makers, if necessary,  but
there can be no assurance  that  additional  market  makers will be  identified.
Making a market  involves  maintaining bid and ask quotations and being able, as
principal,  to effect  transactions  in  reasonable  quantities  at those quoted
prices, subject to various securities laws and other regulatory requirements.

         At June 30, 1997,  there were 4,970,240 shares of Harbor Florida Common
Stock outstanding,  including 2,315,871 Public Harbor Florida Shares, which were
held of record by approximately  2,295  stockholders.  The following table shows
the high and low per share sales  prices of the Harbor  Florida  Common Stock as
reported  by  NASDAQ  National  Market  since  the  MHC  Reorganization  and the
dividends  declared  per share  during the periods  indicated.  Such  quotations
reflect inter-dealer prices,  without retail markup,  markdown or commission and
may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

                                                            Dividends
Quarter Ended                   High           Low      Declared Per Share
- -------------                 -------        ------     ------------------
March 31, 1994                $14.50         $11.00          $.1125
June 30, 1994                  15.25          11.75           .1125
September 30, 1994             20.25          14.25           .1125
December 31, 1994              19.25          15.00           .2250
March 31, 1995                 18.50          15.50           .2250
June 30, 1995                  19.75          17.75           .2250
September 30, 1995             23.50          19.75           .2250
December 31, 1995              27.75          21.75           .30
March 31, 1996                 28.25          24.75           .30
June 30, 1996                  29.375         25.25           .30
September 30, 1996             30.25          23.75           .30
December 31, 1996              36.25          29.50           .35
March 31, 1997                 39.00          33.50           .35
June 30, 1997                  46.00          35.00           .35


                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The  following  table  presents  Harbor   Florida's  and  its  consolidated
subsidiaries',   including  the  Bank's,   historical  capitalization  including
deposits  at June 30,  1997 and the pro  forma  consolidated  capitalization  of
Harbor Florida after giving effect to the Conversion  based


                                       32


<PAGE>



upon the sale of the  indicated  number  of shares at $10 per share and upon the
other assumptions set forth under "PRO FORMA DATA."


                                       33


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Pro Forma Consolidated  Capitalization
                                                                          at June 30, 1997 Based Upon The Sale Of:
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                                                       Minimum as
                                                       Minimum 9,775,000       Midpoint        Maximum 13,225,000     adjusted(1)
                                         Historical         shares         11,500,000 shares         shares        15,208,750 shares
                                       Capitalization   Price of $10.00     Price of $10.00      Price of $10.00    Price of $10.00
                                       June 30, 1997       Per Share           Per Share            Per Share          Per Share
                                       -------------       ---------           ---------            ---------          ---------
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                       <C>                <C>                <C>                 <C>                <C>     
Deposits (2)                              $904,904           $904,904           $904,904            $904,904           $904,904
Borrowings(6)                              100,449            100,449            100,449             100,449            100,449
                                           -------            -------            -------             -------            -------
Total deposits and borrowings           $1,005,353         $1,005,353         $1,005,353          $1,005,353         $1,005,353
                                        ==========         ==========         ==========          ==========         ==========

Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, par value $.01
    per share, 1,000,000 shares            
    authorized; none issued                 ______             ______             ______              ______             ______
  Common stock, par value $.01 per
    share, 13,000,000 shares authorized;
    4,970,240 issued or shares to          
    be issued as reflected(3)(4)(7)             50                183                215                 248                285
  Additional paid-in capital(3)             26,550            122,743            139,841             156,939            176,604
  Retained earnings(5)                      68,484             68,484             68,484              68,484             68,484
  Unrealized gain (loss) on
    securities available for sale, net         (43)               (43)               (43)                (43)               (43)
Less:  Existing plans
  Common stock acquired by ESOP               (449)              (449)              (449)               (449)              (449)
  Common stock acquired by
    Deferred Compensation Plans               (886)              (886)              (886)               (886)              (886)

  Common stock acquired by ESOP(3)               0             (7,820)            (9,200)            (10,580)           (12,167)
  Common stock acquired by
    Recognition Plan(3)                          0             (3,910)            (4,600)             (5,290)            (6,084)
                                             -----             ------             ------              ------             ------ 
Total stockholders' equity                 $93,706           $178,302           $193,362            $208,423           $225,744
                                           =======           ========           ========            ========           ========
Total stockholders' equity to               
    total assets                              8.39%             14.84%             16.10%              17.35%             18.79%
</TABLE>


                                       34


<PAGE>

- ----------

(1)  As  adjusted  to give  effect to an  increase  in the number of shares that
     could  occur to an increase  in the  Estimated  Price Range of up to 15% to
     reflect changes in market and financial  conditions prior to the completion
     of the Conversion or to fill the order of the ESOP.

(2)  No  effect  is given to  possible  withdrawals  from  deposit  accounts  to
     purchase  the Common  Stock.  Any such  withdrawals  will  reduce pro forma
     deposits by the amounts thereof.

(3)  Assumes that 8% and 4% of the shares sold in the Offering will be purchased
     by the ESOP and the  Recognition  Plan,  respectively.  No  shares  will be
     purchased by the Recognition Plan in the Conversion. It is assumed on a pro
     forma  basis  that the  Recognition  Plan will be  adopted  by the Board of
     Directors,  approved by the  stockholders at a special or annual meeting no
     earlier than six months after  completion of the Conversion and reviewed by
     the OTS. It is assumed that the Recognition Plan will purchase Common Stock
     in the open  market  in  order  to give an  indication  of its  effects  on
     capitalization. The pro forma presentation does not show the impact of: (i)
     results of operations  after the Conversion;  (ii) changes in market prices
     of shares of the Common Stock after the Conversion; or (iii) a smaller than
     4% purchase by the Recognition Plan. Assumes that the funds used to acquire
     the ESOP shares will be borrowed  from the Company for a 15 year term.  For
     an estimate of impact of the ESOP on  earnings,  see "PRO FORMA  DATA." The
     Bank intends to make  contributions  to the ESOP  sufficient to service and
     ultimately  retire its debt.  The amount to be acquired by the ESOP and the
     Recognition  Plan is reflected as a reduction in  stockholder  equity.  The
     issuance of authorized but unissued shares for the  Recognition  Plan in an
     amount equal to 4% of the amount of  Conversion  Stock in the Offering will
     have the effect of diluting existing stockholders' interests by 3.8%. There
     can be no assurance that approval of the Recognition Plan will be obtained.
     See  "MANAGEMENT  OF THE BANK -- Other Stock Benefit  Plans" and " -- Stock
     Option Plans."


(4)  Assumes that (i) the 2,315,871 Public Harbor Florida Shares  outstanding at
     June 30, 1997 are added to 6,212,573,  7,717,593,  9,222,612 and 10,953,385
     Distribution  Exchange Shares at the minimum midpoint maximum and 15% above
     the maximum of the  offering  price range,  respectively;  and (ii) that no
     cash in lieu of fractional  Distribution  Exchange Shares will be issued by
     the Company.  No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares
     of Common Stock  pursuant to existing  and  proposed  stock option plans as
     opposed to purchases in the open market. See "PRO FORMA DATA."

(5)  The retained  earnings of the Bank will be  substantially  restricted after
     the  Conversion by virtue of the  liquidation  account to be established in
     connection with the Conversion. See "THE CONVERSION -- Liquidation Rights."
     In addition,  certain  distributions of the Bank's retained earnings may be
     treated as being from its  pre-1988  accumulated  bad debt  reserve for tax
     purposes which would cause the Bank to have  additional  taxable income and
     financial   statement  expense.   See  "REGULATION  --  Federal  and  State
     Taxation." The pro forma amounts do not include  $273,000 of assets held by
     the Mutual Holding Company.

(6)  Consists of $100 million in advances  from the FHLB of Atlanta and $449,000
     from a third party lender to fund the existing ESOP.

(7)  Upon  consummation of the Conversion,  the Certificate of  Incorporation of
     Harbor Florida will be amended to authorize ______ shares of Common Stock.


                                  -------------


                                       35


<PAGE>



                   HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     At  June  30,  1997  the  Bank  exceeded  each  of the  three  OTS  capital
requirements. Set forth below is a summary of the Bank's compliance with the OTS
capital  standards  as of June 30,  1997,  on a  historical  and pro forma basis
assuming  that the  indicated  number of shares of Common Stock were sold at $10
per share as of such date.  See "PRO  FORMA  DATA" for the  assumptions  used to
determine the net proceeds of the Conversion.


                                       36


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                       Pro Forma at June 30, 1997 Based Upon Sale at $10.00 Per Share
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
                                            9,775,000 Shares      11,500,000 Shares      13,225,000 Shares       15,208,750 Shares
                        Historical             (Minimum of           (Midpoint of           (Maximum of         (15% above Maximum
                    at June 30, 1997(1)      Offering Range)       Offering Range)        Offering Range)         Offering Range)
                    -------------------      ---------------       ---------------        ---------------         ---------------
               
                               Percent                 Percent              Percent                  Percent               Percent
                                 of                      of                   of                       of                    of
                     Amount    Assets(1)    Amount(2)  Assets(1)  Amount(2) Assets(1)    Amount(2)   Assets(1)   Amount(2) Assets(1)
                     ------    ---------    ---------  ---------  -------------------    ---------   ---------   -------------------
<S>                  <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>   
GAAP capital(3)      $81,706    7.32%      $118,139    10.18%     $124,634   10.66%     $131,130      11.14%     $138,599    11.69%

Tangible capital     $78,386    7.04%      $114,819     9.92%     $121,314   10.41%     $127,810      10.89%     $135,279    11.44%
Tangible requirement  16,701    1.50         17,365     1.50        17,483    1.50        17,601       1.50        17,737     1.50
Excess               $61,685    5.54%       $97,454     8.42%     $103,831    8.91%     $110,209       9.39%     $117,542     9.94%

Core capital         $78,386    7.04%      $114,819     9.92      $121,314   10.41%     $127,810      10.89%     $135,279    11.44%
Core requirement      33,402    3.00         34,730     3.00        34,966    3.00        35,202       3.00        35,474     3.00
Excess               $44,984    4.04%       $80,090     6.92%      $86,348    7.41%      $92,608       7.89%      $99,805     8.44%

Total risk-based
  capital(4)         $85,688   14.77%      $122,121    20.73%     $128,616   21.78%     $135,112      22.82%     $142,581    24.00%
Risk-based   
  requirement         46,416    8.00         47,124     8.00        47,250    8.00        47,376       8.00        47,521     8.00
Excess               $39,272    6.77%       $74,997    12.73%      $81,366   13.78%      $87,736      14.82%      $95,060    16.00%

</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  GAAP, adjusted or risk weighted assets as appropriate.

(2)  Pro forma capital levels include the impact of the ESOP,  Recognition  Plan
     and  assume  receipt  by  the  Bank  of  50% of  the  net  proceeds  of the
     Conversion.

(3)  Subject to certain restrictions.

(4)  Assumes net proceeds are invested in assets that carry 20% risk weight.


                                       37


<PAGE>



                                 PRO FORMA DATA

     The actual net  proceeds  from the sale of the  Conversion  Stock cannot be
determined  until  the  Conversion  is  completed.  However,  net  proceeds  are
currently  estimated to be between $96.3  million and $130.6  million (or $150.3
million in the event the  Offering  Price Range is  increased by 15%) based upon
the following  assumptions:  (i) no fees will be paid to FBR on shares purchased
by (x) the ESOP or by (y) officers,  directors and associates thereof;  (ii) FBR
will receive a fee equal to .75% of the  aggregate  Purchase  Price for sales in
the  Subscription  and Community  Offering  (excluding the sale of shares by the
ESOP and to  officers,  directors  or  employees  or members of their  immediate
families); and (iii) total expenses,  excluding the marketing fees to be paid to
FBR,  will be  approximately  $750,000 at the  Midpoint of the  Offering  Range.
Actual expenses may vary from those estimated.

     Pro forma net earnings have been  calculated for the nine months ended June
30, 1997,  and year ended  September 30, 1996 as if the  Conversion  Stock to be
issued in the  Offerings  had been sold (and the  Distribution  Exchange  Shares
issued) at the beginning of the respective periods and the net proceeds had been
invested  at  6.17%  and  6.22%  at  June  30,  1997  and  September  30,  1996,
respectively.  The assumed  interest  rates for the Bank were  calculated as the
arithmetic   average  of  the  weighted  average  earned  by  the  Bank  on  its
interest-earning  assets and weighted average rate paid on its  interest-bearing
deposits.  The effect of withdrawals  from deposit  accounts for the purchase of
Conversion Stock has not been reflected. An effective combined federal and state
tax rate of 39.3% has been  assumed  for the  periods,  resulting  in  after-tax
yields of 3.75% and 3.78% for the nine  months  ended June 30, 1997 and the year
ended  September  30,  1996,  respectively.  Historical  and pro forma per share
amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the
indicated  number of shares of Common  Stock,  as adjusted to give effect to the
shares  purchased  by the ESOP and  Recognition  Plan.  See Notes 1 and 2 to the
tables  below.  No effect has been given in the pro forma  stockholders'  equity
calculations  for the assumed  earnings on the net proceeds.  As discussed under
"Use of Proceeds," Harbor Florida intends to retain 50% of the net proceeds from
the Offerings. Harbor Florida intends to make a loan to fund the purchase by the
ESOP an  amount  of  Conversion  Stock  equal  to up to 8% of the  Common  Stock
outstanding upon consummation of the Conversion.

     At the consummation of the Conversion,  8,528,444,  10,033,464,  11,538,483
and 13,269,256 shares of Common Stock, at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15%
above the maximum, respectively,  will be issued to Public Stockholders pursuant
to the Distribution  Exchange.  See "THE CONVERSION -- The Distribution Exchange
Ratio."

     No effect has been given in the tables to the issuance of additional shares
of Common Stock  pursuant to existing and proposed stock option plans as opposed
to purchases in the open market.  See "MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK -- Benefit Plans."
The tables below give


                                       38


<PAGE>



effect to the  Recognition  Plan,  which is  expected  to be  adopted  by Harbor
Florida  following the Conversion and presented  (together with the Stock Option
Plan)  to  stockholders  for  approval  at  an  annual  or  special  meeting  of
stockholders  to be held at least six months  following the  consummation of the
Conversion. If the Recognition Plan is approved by stockholders, the Recognition
Plan intends to acquire an amount of Common Stock equal to 4.0% of the shares of
Conversion  Stock issued in the Offerings,  either through open market purchases
or from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock. No effect has been given
to (i) Harbor Florida's results of operations after the Conversion,  or (ii) the
market price of the Common Stock after the Conversion.

     The  following  pro  forma  information  may not be  representative  of the
financial  effects  of the  foregoing  transactions  at the dates on which  such
transactions  actually  occur and  should not be taken as  indicative  of future
results of operations.  Pro forma stockholders' equity represents the difference
between the stated  amount of pro forma  assets and  liabilities  of the Company
computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles  ("GAAP").
The pro forma stockholders'  equity is not intended to represent the fair market
value of the  Common  Stock and may be  different  than  amounts  that  would be
available for distribution to stockholders in the event of liquidation.


                                       39


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  For the Year Ended September 30, 1996
                                                                  -------------------------------------    
                                                      Midpoint          Maximum         Maximum As    
                                                      Minimum         11,500,000       13,225,000          Adjusted     
                                                  9,755,000 Shares      Shares           Shares       15,208,750 Shares
                                                  $10.00 per share $10.00 per share $10.00 per share   $10.00 per share 
                                                  ---------------- ---------------- ----------------   ---------------- 
                                                            (Dollars in thousands except per share data)
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>     
Gross proceeds                                        $97,750          $115,000         $132,250           $152,088
  Less: estimated offering expenses                     1,424             1,544            1,663              1,799
                                                        -----             -----            -----              -----
Estimated net proceeds                                $96,326          $113,456         $130,587           $150,289
  Less:  Common Stock acquired by ESOP                 (7,820)           (9,200)         (10,580)           (12,167)
         Common Stock acquired by
           Recognition Plan                            (3,910)           (4,600)          (5,290)            (6,084)
                                                       ------            ------           ------             ------ 
  Estimated net proceeds as adjusted                  $84,596           $99,656         $114,717           $132,038
                                                      =======           =======         ========           ========

Consolidated net income:
  Historical net income                                $8,640            $8,640           $8,640             $8,640
  Pro forma income on net proceeds                      3,194             3,763            4,331              4,985
  Pro forma ESOP adjustments(1)                          (316)             (372)            (428)              (492)
  Pro forma Recognition Plan adjustments(2)              (475)             (558)            (642)              (739)
                                                         ----              ----             ----               ---- 
Pro forma net income                                  $11,043           $11,473          $11,901            $12,394
                                                      =======           =======          =======            =======

Per share income
   Historical net income                               $0.48              $0.41            $0.36              $0.31
   Pro forma income on net proceeds                     0.18               0.18             0.18               0.18
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(1)                       (0.02)             (0.02)           (0.02)             (0.02)
   Pro forma Recognition Plan adjustment(2)            (0.03)             (0.03)           (0.03)             (0.03)
                                                       -----              -----            -----              ----- 
Pro forma net income per share                         $0.61              $0.54            $0.49              $0.44
                                                       =====              =====            =====              =====

Number of shares used in EPS calculation(7):       17,944,757        21,111,483       24,278,207         27,919,933

Stockholders' equity(6):
  Historical                                          $84,832           $84,832          $84,832            $84,832
  Estimated net proceeds(3)                            96,326           113,456          130,587            150,289
  Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP(1)              (7,820)           (9,200)         (10,580)           (12,167)
         Common stock acquired by 
           Recognition Plan(2)                         (3,910)           (4,600)          (5,290)            (6,084)
                                                       ------            ------           ------             ------ 
    Pro forma stockholders' equity(5)                $169,428          $184,488         $199,549           $216,870
                                                     ========          ========         ========           ========

Stockholders' equity per share(6):
  Historical                                           $4.63               $3.94           $3.43              $2.98
  Estimated net proceeds(3)                             5.27                5.27            5.27               5.27
  Less:  Common Stock acquired by ESOP(1)              (0.43)              (0.43)          (0.43)             (0.43)
         Common Stock acquired by
           Recognition Plan(2)                         (0.21)              (0.21)          (0.21)             (0.21)
                                                       -----               -----           -----              ----- 
Pro forma stockholders' equity per                   
  share(4)(5)(7)                                       $9.26               $8.57           $8.06              $7.62  
                                                       =====               =====           =====              =====  
Offering price as a percent of pro forma                                                                             
  shareholders' equity per share(4)                   107.99%             116.69%         124.07%            131.23% 
                                                                                                                     
</TABLE>
                                                     
                                       40


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 For the Nine Months Ended June 30, 1997
                                                                 ---------------------------------------
                                                                        Midpoint          Maximum           Maximum As   
                                                    Minimum            11,500,000       13,225,000           Adjusted    
                                                9,755,000 Shares         Shares           Shares        15,208,750 Shares
                                                $10.00 per share   $10.00 per share   $10.00 per share   $10.00 per share
                                                ----------------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                                           (Dollars in thousands except per data share)
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>     
Gross proceeds                                       $97,750          $115,000         $132,250           $152,088
  Less: estimated offering expenses                    1,424             1,544            1,663              1,799
                                                       -----             -----            -----              -----
Estimated net proceeds                               $96,326          $113,456         $130,587           $150,289
  Less:  Common Stock acquired by ESOP                (7,820)           (9,200)         (10,580)           (12,167)
         Common Stock acquired by
           Recognition Plan                           (3,910)           (4,600)          (5,290)            (6,084)
                                                      ------            ------           ------             ------ 
  Estimated net proceeds as adjusted                 $84,596           $99,656         $114,717           $132,038
                                                     =======           =======         ========           ========

Consolidated net income:
  Historical net income                               $9,817            $9,817           $9,817             $9,817
  Pro forma income on net proceeds                     2,376             2,799            3,222              3,709
  Pro forma ESOP adjustments(1)                         (237)             (279)            (321)              (369)
  Pro forma Recognition Plan adjustments(2)             (356)             (419)            (482)              (554)
                                                        ----              ----             ----               ---- 
Pro forma net income                                 $11,600           $11,918          $12,236            $12,603
                                                     =======           =======          =======            =======

Per share income
   Historical net income                              $0.55              $0.47            $0.41              $0.34
   Pro forma income on net proceeds                    0.13               0.13             0.13               0.13
   Pro forma ESOP adjustments(1)                      (0.01)             (0.01)           (0.01)             (0.01)
   Pro forma Recognition Plan adjustment(2)           (0.02)             (0.02)           (0.02)             (0.02)
                                                      -----              -----            -----              ----- 
Pro forma net income per share                        $0.65              $0.57            $0.51              $0.44
                                                      =====              =====            =====              =====

Number of shares used in EPS                     17,907,412         21,067,547       24,277,680         27,881,827
Calculation(7):

Stockholders' equity(6):
  Historical                                         $93,706           $93,706          $93,706            $93,706
  Estimated net proceeds(3)                           96,326           113,456          130,587            150,289
  Less:  Common stock acquired by ESOP(1)             (7,820)           (9,200)         (10,580)           (12,167)
         Common stock acquired by
           Recognition Plan(2)                        (3,910)           (4,600)          (5,290)            (6,084)
                                                      ------            ------           ------             ------ 
    Pro forma stockholders' equity                  $178,302          $193,362         $208,423           $225,744
                                                    ========          ========         ========           ========

Stockholders' equity per share(6):
  Historical                                           $5.12             $4.35            $3.78              $3.29
  Estimated net proceeds(3)                             5.26              5.27             5.28               5.28
  Less:  Common Stock acquired by ESOP(1)              (0.43)            (0.43)           (0.43)             (0.43)
         Common Stock acquired by                                                 
           Recognition Plan(2)                         (0.21)            (0.21)           (0.21)             (0.21)
                                                       -----             -----            -----              ----- 
Pro forma stockholders' equity per                                                
share(4)(5)(7)                                         $9.74             $8.98            $8.42              $7.93
                                                       =====             =====            =====              =====
Offering price as a percent of pro forma                                          
  stockholders equity per share(4)                    102.67%           111.36%          118.76%            126.10%
                                                                                 
</TABLE>

                                       41


<PAGE>

- ----------


(1)  It is assumed  that up to 8% of the shares of Common  Stock  offered in the
     Conversion  will be purchased  by the ESOP.  The funds used to acquire such
     shares are expected to be borrowed by the ESOP from the net  proceeds  from
     the  Conversion  retained  by  Harbor  Florida.  The Bank  intends  to make
     contributions  to the ESOP in amounts at least equal to the  principal  and
     interest  requirement  of the debt.  The Bank's payment of the ESOP debt is
     based upon equal  installments  of principal  and  interest  over a 15-year
     period.  However,  assuming  Harbor  Florida makes the ESOP loan,  interest
     income  earned by Harbor  Florida on the ESOP debt will offset the interest
     paid by the Bank. The amount of ESOP debt,  which is equivalent to the cost
     of  unallocated  common stock held by the ESOP, is reflected as a reduction
     of stockholders'  equity. In the event that the ESOP were to receive a loan
     from an  independent  third  party,  both ESOP  expense and earnings on the
     proceeds retained by Harbor Florida would be expected to increase.

     For  purposes of this  table,  the  purchase  price of $10.00 per share was
     utilized  to  calculate  ESOP  expense.  Harbor  Florida  intends to record
     compensation  expense  related  to the  ESOP in  accordance  with  American
     Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Statement of Position 93-6 ("SOP
     93-6").  As a  result,  to  the  extent  the  value  of  the  Common  Stock
     appreciates  over  time,  compensation  expense  related  to the ESOP  will
     increase.  SOP  93-6  also  requires  that,  for  the  earnings  per  share
     computations  for leveraged  ESOPs,  outstanding  shares  include only such
     shares  as  have  been  committed  to  be  released  to  participants.  See
     "MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK -- Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

(2)  Assuming  the  receipt  of  shareholder  approval  at an annual or  special
     meeting  of  shareholders  to be held at least  six  months  following  the
     consummation  of the  Conversion,  the Bank and  Harbor  Florida  intend to
     implement the  Recognition  Plan.  Assuming such approval,  the Recognition
     Plan will eventually purchase an amount of shares equal to 4% of the shares
     of  Conversion  Stock issued in the  Offerings  for issuance to  directors,
     officers and employees of Harbor  Florida and the Bank.  Such shares may be
     purchased from authorized and unissued shares or on the open market. Harbor
     Florida  currently  intends that the shares be purchased on the open market
     at the  assumed  purchase  price of  $10.00,  and that  the  estimated  net
     conversion  proceeds  have been  reduced for the  purchase of the shares in
     determining  estimated proceeds available for investment.  The Common Stock
     to be purchased by the Recognition  Plan represents  unearned  compensation
     and is,  accordingly,  reflected as a reduction to pro forma  stockholders'
     equity.  As shares of the Common Stock granted  pursuant to the Recognition
     Plan vest over five  years,  an  expense  will be  recognized  as well as a
     corresponding  reversal  in the  reduction  in  capital.  In the event that
     authorized  but  unissued   shares  are  issued  in  connection   with  the
     Recognition  Plan as opposed to acquired in the open market,  the interests
     of existing  shareholders will be diluted.  Assuming that 11,500,000 shares
     of Common Stock are issued in the  Conversion and that all awards under the
     Recognition  Plan are from authorized but unissued  shares,  Harbor Florida
     estimates  that the per share  book  value for the  Common  Stock  would be
     increased  $0.03 per share, or 0.4% and earnings per share would be diluted
     $0.02 per share, or 3.8% on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 1996.

(3)  No effect has been  given to  withdrawals  from  savings  accounts  for the
     purpose of  purchasing  Common  Stock in the  Conversion.  For  purposes of
     calculating pro forma net income, proceeds attributable to purchases by the
     ESOP,  which  purchases  are to be  funded  by  Harbor  Florida,  have been
     deducted from net proceeds.

(4)  Historical  pro forma per share amounts have been computed as if the shares
     of Common Stock  indicated  had been  outstanding  at the  beginning of the
     periods or on the dates shown, but without any adjustment of historical net
     income or historical  equity to reflect the investment of the estimated net
     proceeds of the sale of shares in the  Conversion as described  above.  All
     ESOP and  Recognition  Plan shares have been


                                       42


<PAGE>



     considered  outstanding for purposes of computing book value per share. Pro
     forma share amounts have been computed by dividing the pro forma net income
     or stockholders' equity (book value) by the number of shares indicated.

(5)  "Book value"  represents the  difference  between the stated amounts of the
     Company's  assets (based on historical  cost) and  liabilities  computed in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The amounts shown
     do not  reflect  the  effect  of the  Liquidation  Account  which  will  be
     established for the benefit of Eligible and  Supplemental  Eligible Account
     Holders in the  Conversion,  or the federal income tax  consequences of the
     restoration  to income of the  Bank's  bad debt  reserves  for  income  tax
     purposes which would be required in the unlikely event of liquidation.  See
     "THE  CONVERSION -- Effects of Conversion"  and  "REGULATION -- Federal and
     State  Taxation."  The amounts shown for book value do not  represent  fair
     market values or amounts,  if any,  distributable  to  stockholders  in the
     unlikely event of liquidation.

(6)  The retained  earnings of the Bank will be  substantially  restricted after
     the  Conversion.   See  "DIVIDEND   POLICY"  and  "REGULATION"  --  Capital
     Requirements."

(7)  The number of shares used in the EPS calculation  reflect historical shares
     as adjusted for the Exchange Distribution,  shares issued in the Offerings,
     and  incremental  shares  related to existing stock options as adjusted for
     the Exchange  Distribution  considered  for EPS purposes under the Treasury
     stock method. No effect has been given in the  stockholders'  equity tables
     to the issuance of additional  shares of Common Stock  pursuant to existing
     and proposed stock option plans.


                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.
                  CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

     The  consolidated  condensed  statements  of  earnings  of  Harbor  Florida
Bancorp, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary, Harbor Federal Savings Bank, and the
Bank's  subsidiaries  for the years ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994 have
been derived from the  consolidated  financial  statements  audited by KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP,  independent  certified  public  accountants,  whose report thereon
appears elsewhere herein. The condensed statement of earnings for the nine month
periods  ending  June 30,  1997 and 1996 are  unaudited,  and in the  opinion of
management,  all  adjustments  (consisting  only of normal  recurring  accruals)
necessary for a fair  presentation of the results for the unaudited periods have
been made.  The results of the  operations for the nine month periods ended June
30, 1997 and 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected
for a fiscal  year.  The  condensed  statements  of  earnings  should be read in
conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto
contained herein beginning on page F-1.


                                       43


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Nine Months
                                    Ended June 30,                               Years Ended September 30
                              -------------------------             ----------------------------------------------------
                                1997              1996                1996                 1995                   1994
                                ----              ----                ----                 ----                   ----
                                                                    (In thousands)
<S>                           <C>               <C>                 <C>                  <C>                    <C>    
Interest income:
  Loans                       $51,026           $43,484             $59,751              $51,050                $46,088
  Investment securities         2,835             1,731               2,462                2,352                  2,106
  Mortgage-backed securities    7,354             7,661              10,155                9,613                  6,247
  Other                         1,590             1,595               1,989                1,869                  1,643
                                -----             -----               -----                -----                  -----
Total interest income          62,805            54,471              74,357               64,884                 56,084
                               ------            ------              ------               ------                 ------
Interest expense               33,382            28,653              39,114               33,280                 26,276
                               ------            ------              ------               ------                 ------
  Net interest income          29,423            25,818              35,243               31,604                 29,808
Provision for (recovery
  of) loan losses                 456             (149)                (76)                  460                  1,553
                                  ---             ----                 ---                   ---                  -----
Net interest income
  after provision for
  (recovery of) loan
  losses                       28,967            25,967              35,319               31,144                 28,255
                               ------            ------              ------               ------                 ------
Other income:
  Other fees and service
    changes                     2,478             2,085               2,797                2,566                  2,521
  Income (loss) from
    real estate operations         23             (181)               (301)                 (40)                  1,250
  Gain (loss) on sale of
    mortgage loans                135              (67)                (40)                   91                    118
  Other                           259               304                 429                  290                    180
                                  ---               ---                 ---                  ---                    ---
Total other income              2,895             2,141               2,885                2,907                  4,069
                                -----             -----               -----                -----                  -----
Other expenses                 15,706            14,651              24,132               18,198                 17,866
                               ------            ------              ------               ------                 ------
Income from continuing
  operations before
  income taxes, extraordinary
  item and cumulative effect  
  of change in accounting 
  principles                   16,156            13,457              14,072               15,853                 14,458
Income tax expense              6,339             5,207               5,432                5,958                  5,254
                                -----             -----               -----                -----                  -----
Income before
  extraordinary
  item and cumulative
  effect of change in   
  accounting  principles        9,817             8,250               8,640                9,895                  9,204
Extraordinary item -
  Extinguishment of FHLB
   advances, net of
   income tax benefit             ---               ---                 ---                  ---                (1,342)
Cumulative effect of
  change in accounting
  principles                      ---               ---                 ---                  ---                  1,935
                                -----             -----               -----                -----                  -----
Net income                    $ 9,817           $ 8,250             $ 8,640              $ 9,895                $ 9,797
                              =======           =======             =======              =======                =======
</TABLE>
                                       44


<PAGE>



                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General

     Management's  discussion and analysis of the Bank's financial condition and
results of operations is intended to provide assistance and understanding of the
Bank's  financial  condition and results of operations.  The information in this
section should be read with the financial  statements and the notes to financial
statements beginning at page F-1. The Bank's results of operations are primarily
dependent on its net interest  income.  Net interest income is a function of the
balances of loans and  investments  outstanding  in any one  period,  the yields
earned on such loans and  investments  and the  interest  paid on  deposits  and
borrowed funds that were outstanding in that same period. The Bank's noninterest
income consists primarily of fees and service charges, gains on sale of mortgage
loans,  and,  depending on the period,  real estate operations which have either
generated  income or losses.  The results of operations  are also  significantly
impacted  by the  amount  of  provisions  for loan  losses  which,  in turn,  is
dependent upon the adequacy of the loan loss allowance. The noninterest expenses
consist  primarily of employee  compensation and benefits,  occupancy  expenses,
professional  fees and  federal  deposit  insurance  premiums.  Its  results  of
operations  are  affected  by  general  economic  and  competitive   conditions,
including  changes in prevailing  interest  rates and the policies of regulatory
agencies.

Asset and Liability Management

     The Bank  attempts  to manage its assets and  liabilities  in a manner that
stabilizes  net interest  income and net  economic  value under a broad range of
interest  rate  environments.  This is  accomplished  by matching  maturity  and
repricing  periods on loans and investments to maturity and repricing periods on
deposits and borrowings.

     In addition,  the Bank monitors interest rate risk exposure with the use of
computerized  simulation models. The computerized  models simulate the effect of
rising and falling  interest  rate levels on the Bank's net interest  income and
net economic value. The Bank's Board of Directors reviews the simulation results
on a  quarterly  basis to ensure that  simulated  fluctuations  of net  interest
income and net economic  value remain  within limits  established  in the Bank's
interest rate risk management policy.

     The Board of Directors has established an  asset/liability  committee which
consists of the Bank's  president and senior bank officers.  The committee meets
on a monthly basis to


                                       45


<PAGE>



review  loan and deposit  pricing and  production  volumes,  interest  rate risk
analysis,  liquidity  and  borrowing  needs,  and a variety  of other  asset and
liability management topics.

     The Bank  currently  utilizes the following  strategies to reduce  interest
rate risk: (a) the Bank seeks to originate and hold in portfolio adjustable rate
loans which have annual interest rate adjustments;  (b) the Bank sells a portion
of newly  originated 30 year fixed rate mortgage  loans,  currently  $100,000 to
$200,000 per month;  (c) the Bank seeks to lengthen the  maturities  of deposits
when deemed cost effective  through the pricing and promotion of certificates of
deposits;  (d) the Bank  seeks to  attract  low cost  checking  and  transaction
accounts which tend to be less interest rate sensitive when interest rates rise;
and (e) the Bank has utilized long term Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances
to fund the origination of fixed rate loans. Harbor Federal refinanced a portion
of its  outstanding  FHLB advances in the first quarter of the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1994,  thereby incurring a prepayment penalty of $1.3 million (net
of income tax benefit of  $810,000),  in order to lengthen  the  maturity of its
liabilities at favorable  rates.  The Bank also maintains a high level of liquid
assets consisting of shorter-term  investments which are expected to increase in
yield as interest rates rise.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

     The Bank  measures  its  interest  rate  sensitivity  by using the computer
modeling  techniques  described above.  However,  in order to encourage  savings
associations  such as the Bank to reduce  interest  rate  risk,  in 1993 the OTS
adopted a rule which would  incorporate an interest rate risk ("IRR")  component
into its  risk-based  capital  rules.  The IRR component is a dollar amount that
would be deducted  from  regulatory  capital for the purpose of  calculating  an
institution's  risk-based capital  requirement.  The IRR component of regulatory
capital is measured in terms of sensitivity of net portfolio  value ("NPV") to a
hypothetical  change in interest rates. NPV is the difference  between estimated
future  incoming and  outgoing  cash flows,  discounted  to present  value,  for
assets,  liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. An institution's IRR would
be  measured  as the change to its NPV as a result of a  hypothetical  200 basis
point  instantaneous  change in market  interest  rates.  Under the OTS rule,  a
calculated  change  in  NPV  of  more  than  2% of the  estimated  market  of an
institution's assets would require the institution to deduct from its risk-based
capital  50% of that  excess  change.  In March  1995,  the OTS  announced  that
application of the revised rule was being suspended until further notice.

     The  following  table  presents  the  Bank's  NPV as of June 30,  1997,  as
calculated by the OTS, based on information provided by the Bank.


                                       46


<PAGE>



                 NET PORTFOLIO VALUE AT JUNE 30, 1997   NPV AS % OF PV OF ASSETS
                 ------------------------------------   ------------------------
Change in Rates  $ Amount      $ Change      % Change     NPV Ratio     Change
- ---------------  --------      --------      --------     ---------     ------
                                         (Dollars in thousands)

     +400 bp     $ 55,758      $(66,566)      (54)%         5.30%       (534)bp
     +300 bp       74,167       (48,157)      (39)          6.88        (375)
     +200 bp       92,284       (30,040)      (25)          8.36        (228)
     +100 bp      108,992       (13,332)      (11)          9.66         (98)
      Static      122,324                                  10.64
     -100 bp      129,402         7,078         6          11.10          46
     -200 bp      129,198         6,874         6          11.00          36
     -300 bp      128,221         5,897         5          10.84          20
     -400 bp      130,451         8,127         7          10.92          29


     Based on the information  above,  the Bank believes that it would have been
in compliance with the risk-based capital requirements of the regulations, as of
June 30, 1997, if the regulation had been effective on that date. As such, a 200
basis point  increase in interest  rates would result in a 25% or $30.04 million
decline in NPV, and the Bank would have been  required to deduct  $3.52  million
from total capital for purposes of calculating  the Bank's  risk-based  capital.
After such deduction, the Bank would continue to be well capitalized. As of June
30, 1997,  without  considering  the effect of the IRR  component,  the Bank had
$85.7 million of risk-based capital, which exceeded the OTS minimum requirements
by $39.3 million.

     Future  interest  rates or their effects on NPV or net interest  income are
not  predictable.  Nevertheless,  the Bank's  management does not expect current
interest  rates to have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Bank's  NPV or net
interest  income in the near  future.  Computations  of  prospective  effects of
hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions,  including
relative levels of market interest rates, prepayments, and deposit run-offs, and
should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.  Certain shortcomings
are inherent in such  computations.  Although certain assets and liabilities may
have similar maturity or periods of repricing, they may react at different times
and in different  degrees to changes in the market interest rates.  The interest
rates on certain  types of assets and  liabilities  may  fluctuate in advance of
changes  in market  interest  rates,  while  rates on other  types of assets and
liabilities  may lag behind changes in market  interest  rates.  Certain assets,
such as  adjustable  rate  mortgages,  generally  have features  which  restrict
changes in interest rates on a short-term  basis and over the life of the asset.
In the event of a change in interest  rates,  prepayments  and early  withdrawal
levels could deviate significantly from those assumed in making calculations set
forth above. Additionally, an increased credit risk may result as the ability of
many  borrowers  to service  their debt may decrease in the event of an interest
rate increase.


                                       47


<PAGE>



Analysis of Net Interest Income

     The Bank's earnings have  historically  depended  primarily upon the Bank's
net interest income,  which is the difference  between interest income earned on
its loans and investments  ("interest-earning  assets") and interest paid on its
deposits and any borrowed funds ("interest-bearing  liabilities").  Net interest
income is affected by (i) the difference between rates of interest earned on the
Bank's   interest-earning   assets  and  rates  paid  on  its   interest-bearing
liabilities  ("interest  rate  spread")  and (ii) the  relative  amounts  of its
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

     The following  tables present an analysis of certain  aspects of the Bank's
operations  during the recent  periods  indicated.  The first table presents the
average  balances  of, and the interest  and  dividends  earned or paid on, each
major class of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing  liabilities. No tax
equivalent  adjustments  were made.  Average  balances  represent  daily average
balances.  The yields and costs include fees which are considered adjustments to
yields.


                                       48


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Nine Months Ended June 30,(1)
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       At June 30, 1997                   1997                                 1996
                                       ----------------                   ----                                 ----
                                                            Average     Interest                  Average    Interest
                                      Balance  Yield/Rate   Balance  and Dividends  Yield/Rate    Balance  and Dividends  Yield/Rate
                                      -------  ----------   -------  -------------  ----------    -------  -------------  ----------
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                 <C>           <C>     <C>           <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>              <C>  
Assets:                       
  Interest-earning assets: (2)
    Federal Funds sold              $  10,250     5.59%   $   8,057     $   322        5.27%     $ 13,539  $    539         5.24%
    Interest-bearing deposits          15,039     5.56       31,295       1,268        5.34        25,439     1,056         5.45
    Investment securities              70,088     6.02       62,140       2,835        6.10        37,615     1,731         6.15
    Mortgage-backed securities        156,559     6.68      149,398       7,354        6.56       153,157     7,661         6.67
    Mortgage loans                    731,670     8.41      712,095      44,537        8.34       598,256    37,996         8.47
    Other loans                        98,654     9.50       93,163       6,489        9.31        77,445     5,488         9.47
                                       ------     ----       ------       -----        ----        ------     -----         ----
  Total interest-earning assets     1,082,260     8.02    1,056,148      62,805        7.93       905,451    54,471         8.02
  Total noninterest earning assets     34,458                29,485                                23,575
                                       ------                ------                                ------
Total assets                       $1,116,718            $1,085,633                              $929,026
                                   ==========            ==========                              ========
Liabilities and Stockholders'
   Equity:
  Interest-bearing liabilities
    Deposits:                                
      Transaction accounts          $ 138,666     1.30%    $138,561     $ 1,433        1.38%     $114,170   $ 1,225         1.43%
      Passbook savings                 77,467     1.73       77,936       1,023        1.76        80,028     1,145         1.91
      Official checks                   6,098      ---        5,787         ---        0.00         6,719       ---         0.00
      Certificate savings             682,673     5.47      656,187      26,485        5.40       553,230    22,854         5.52
                                      -------     ----      -------      ------        ----       -------    ------         ----
      Total deposits                  904,904     4.48      878,471      28,941        4.40       754,147    25,224         4.47
    FHLB advances                     100,000     6.02       98,059       4,397        6.00        73,303     3,364         6.13
    Other borrowings                      449     8.79          599          44        9.51           894        65         9.52
                                          ---     ----          ---          --        ----           ---        --         ----
Total interest-bearing
  liabilities                       1,005,353     4.64      977,129      33,382        4.57       828,344    28,653         4.62
Noninterest-bearing liabilities        17,659                19,461                                19,565
                                       ------                ------                                ------
Total liabilities                   1,023,012               996,590                               847,909
Stockholders' equity                   93,706                89,043                                81,117
                                       ------                ------                                ------
  Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity               $1,116,718            $1,085,633                              $929,026
Net interest income (interest
  rate spread) (3)                                3.38                  $29,423        3.36                 $25,818         3.40
                                                  ----                  -------        ----                 -------             
Net interest-earning assets (net      $76,907     3.71      $79,019                    3.70       $77,107                   3.79
                                      =======     ----      =======     -------        ----       =======   -------         ====
  interest margin) (4)
Ratio of average interest-earning
  assets to average interest-bearing
  liabilities                                   107.65                               108.09                               109.34
                                                ------                               ------                               ======
- ----------
</TABLE>
(1)  Yields and rates have been  annualized for comparative  purposes.  The Bank
     reverses accrued interest to loans on nonaccrual  status.  Such interest is
     recorded as income when collected.

(2)  Average balances and rates include nonaccruing loans.

(3)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average
     rates earned on  interest-earning  assets and the weighted average interest
     rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)  Net yield on average interest-earning assets represents net interest income
     as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

                             ----------------------


                                       49


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Years Ended September 30,
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1996                            1995                           1994
                                              ----                            ----                           ----
                                  Average  Interest and  Yield/   Average  Interest and Yield/   Average  Interest and   Yield/
                                  Balance   Dividends     Rate    Balance    Dividends   Rate    Balance    Dividends     Rate
                                  -------   ---------     ----    -------    ---------   ----    -------    ---------     ----
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                               <C>       <C>          <C>   <C>          <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>         <C>  
Assets:                        
    Interest-earning assets(1):
      Federal funds sold          $ 12,679  $    669     5.28% $    8,224   $    457    5.56%   $ 18,028     $   657     3.64%
      Interest-bearing deposits     24,062     1,320     5.49      24,899      1,412    5.67      27,350         986     3.61
      Investment securities         39,825     2,462     6.18      43,375      2,352    5.42      46,753       2,106     4.50
      Mortgage-backed securities   152,895    10,155     6.64     147,482      9,613    6.52     103,096       6,247     6.06
      Mortgage loans               620,166    52,237     8.42     542,127     44,883    8.28     511,774      41,189     8.05
      Other loans                   79,875     7,514     9.41      65,308      6,167    9.44      53,894       4,899     9.09
                                    ------     -----     ----      ------      -----    ----      ------       -----     ----
Total interest-earning assets      929,502    74,357     8.00     831,415     64,884    7.80     760,895      56,084     7.37
Total noninterest earning assets    24,481                         20,174                         25,222
                                    ------                         ------                         ------
Total assets                      $953,983                       $851,589                       $786,117
                                  ========                       ========                       ========

Liabilities and Stockholders'
   Equity:
  Interest-bearing liabilities
    Deposits:
      Transaction accounts        $118,398   $ 1,724     1.46%   $108,558   $ 1,782    1.64%    $118,804     $ 1,923     1.62%
      Passbook savings              79,617     1,506     1.89      85,615     1,718    2.01       96,805       1,934     2.00
      Official checks                6,400       ---      .00       4,250      ----      .00       4,455        ----      .00
      Certificate savings          570,518    31,210     5.47     500,941    26,127    5.22      445,276      19,567     4.39
                                   -------    ------     ----     -------    ------    ----      -------      ------     ----
      Total deposits               774,933    34,440     4.44     699,364    29,627    4.24      665,340      23,424     3.52
    FHLB advances                   75,096     4,593     6.12      58,178     3,546    6.10       45,000       2,773     6.16
    Other borrowings                   857        81     9.47       1,160       107    9.27        1,165          79     6.70
                                       ---        --     ----       -----       ---    ----        -----          --     ----
 Total interest-bearing
   liabilities                     850,886    39,114     4.60     758,702    33,280    4.39      711,505      26,276     3.69
                                              ------                         ------                           ------         
  Noninterest-bearing
   liabilities                      20,863                         20,167                         16,461
                                    ------                         ------                         ------
 Total liabilities                 871,749                        778,869                        727,966
 Stockholders' equity               82,234                         72,720                         58,151
                                    ------                         ------                         ------
 Total liabilities and 
   stockholders' equity           $953,983                       $851,589                       $786,117
                                  ========                       ========                       ========
 Net interest income/interest
   rate spread(2)                            $35,243     3.40               $31,604    3.42                  $29,808     3.68
                                             =======     ====               =======    ====                  =======     ====
 Net interest-earning assets/net
   interest margin (3)            $ 78,616               3.79    $ 72,713              3.80     $ 49,390                 3.92
                                  ========               ====    ========              ====     ========                 ====
 Interest-earning assets to
   interest-bearing liabilities                        109.24                        109.58                            106.94
- ----------
</TABLE>
(1)  Average balances and rates include nonaccruing loans.

(2)  Interest rate spread  represents the difference  between  weighted  average
     interest rates earned on  interest-earning  assets and the weighted average
     interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

(3)  Net yield on average interest-earning assets represents net interest income
     as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.


                                       50


<PAGE>



Rate/Volume Analysis

     The   relationship   between   the   volume   and   rates  of  the   Bank's
interest-earning  assets and interest-bearing  liabilities influences the Bank's
net interest income.  The following table reflects the sensitivity of the Bank's
interest  income and  interest  expense  to changes in volume and in  prevailing
interest   rates.   For   each   category   of   interest-earning   assets   and
interest-bearing  liabilities,  information is provided on effects  attributable
to: (1)  changes  in volume  (changes  in volume  multiplied  by old rate);  (2)
changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by old volume);  and (3) net change.
Changes  attributable  to the  combined  impact  of volume  and rates  have been
allocated proportionately to changes due to volume and changes due to rate.


                                       51


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Nine Months Ended June 30,                                 Years Ended September 30,
                            Increase (Decrease)                                        Increase (Decrease)
                        -----------------------------              -----------------------------------------------------------------
                               1997 vs. 1996                              1996 vs. 1995                  1995 vs. 1994             
                         Volume    Rate        Net                 Volume      Rate      Net      Volume      Rate        Net      
<S>                         <C>    <C>         <C>                  <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>    
Interest Income:  
  Interest-bearing
    deposits                $12    $(18)       ($6)                 $ 194     $(74)      $120     $(684)       $910        $226   
  Investment securities   1,098        6      1,104                 (202)       312       110      (166)        412         246   
  Mortgage-backed
    securities            (185)    (122)      (307)                   360       182       542      2,893        473       3,366   
  Mortgage loans          7,165    (624)      6,541                 6,681       673     7,354      2,524      1,170       3,694   
Nonmortgage loans:
  Commercial loans           15     (85)       (70)                    46     (110)      (64)         14        177         191   
  Consumer loans          1,067        5      1,072                 1,305       106     1,411      1,021         56       1,077   
                          -----     ----      -----                 -----       ---     -----      -----         --       -----   
Total interest income     9,172    (838)      8,334                 8,384     1,089     9,473      5,602      3,198       8,800   
                          =====    ====       =====                 =====     =====     =====      =====      =====       =====   
Interest expense
Deposits:
  Transaction accounts     $251    $(43)       $208                  $144   $ (202)    $ (58)    $ (165)       $ 24     $ (141)   
  Passbook savings         (29)     (93)      (122)                 (114)      (98)     (212)      (225)          8       (217)   
  Certificate savings     4,135    (504)      3,631                 3,806     1,277     5,083      2,903      3,657       6,560   
                          -----    ----       -----                 -----     -----     -----      -----      -----       -----   
  Total deposits          4,357    (640)      3,717                 3,836       977     4,813      2,513      3,689       6,202   
  FHLB advances           1,107     (74)      1,033                 1,035        12     1,047        803       (31)         772   
  Other borrowings         (19)      (2)       (21)                  (26)      ----      (26)         11         19          30   
                           ---      ---        ---                   ---       ----      ---         ---         --          --   
Total interest expense    5,445    (716)      4,729                 4,845       989     5,834      3,327      3,677       7,004   

Net interest income      $3,727   $(122)     $3,605                $3,539      $100    $3,639     $2,275    $ (479)      $1,796   
                         ======   =====      ======                ======      ====    ======     ======    ======       ======   
</TABLE>
                               Years Ended September 30,
                                  Increase (Decrease)   
                           ------------------------------------            
                                     1994 vs. 1993                         
                            Volume        Rate         Net                 
                            ------        ----         ---                 
Interest Income:           
  Interest-bearing         
    deposits                  $532         $192        $724             
  Investment securities        624         (71)         553             
  Mortgage-backed                                                       
    securities                 656        (526)         130             
  Mortgage loans             1,381      (2,270)       (889)             
                                                                        
Nonmortgage loans:                                                      
  Commercial loans           (446)          255       (191)             
  Consumer loans               445        (362)          83             
                               ---        ----           --             
Total interest income        3,192      (2,782)         410             
                             =====      ======          ===             
                                                                        
Interest expense                                                        
Deposits:                                                               
  Transaction accounts        $ 82      $ (128)      $ (46)             
  Passbook savings             (8)        (292)       (300)             
  Certificate savings          111      (1,231)     (1,120)             
                               ---      ------      ------              
  Total deposits               185      (1,651)     (1,466)             
  FHLB advances              1,139        (494)         645             
  Other borrowings              19        (173)       (154)             
                               ---        ----        ----              
Total interest expense       1,343      (2,318)       (975)             
                             =====      ======        ====              

                                       52


<PAGE>



Comparison of Operating Results of Nine Months Ended June 30, 1997 to 1996

     General. Net income for the nine months ended June 30, 1997 increased 19.0%
to $9.8 million or $1.96 per share,  compared to $8.3 million or $1.67 per share
for the same period last year.  This increase was due primarily to the growth in
earning  assets.  The  acquisition  of  Treasure  Coast  Bank on  June 1,  1996,
increased total assets by $75 million,  net loans by $62 million and deposits by
$70 million.

     Net Interest Income.  For the nine months ended June 30, 1997, net interest
income was $29.4 million  compared to $25.8 million in the comparable  period in
1996.  This  increase  was  primarily  the  result  of an  increase  in  average
interest-earning  assets to $1.06  billion  for the nine  months  ended June 30,
1997,  compared to $905.9 million for the comparable  period in 1996,  partially
offset  by a  decline  of 4 basis  points in the net  interest  margin.  The net
interest  margin was 3.36% for the nine months ended June 30, 1997,  compared to
3.40%  for  the   comparable   period  in  1996.   The   increase   in   average
interest-earning assets was primarily due to the growth in loans.

     Provision  for Loan  Losses.  The  provision  for loan losses is charged to
operations to bring the total  allowance  for loan losses to a level  considered
appropriate  by management  based on historical  experience,  volume and type of
lending conducted by the Bank, industry standards, the levels and status of past
due and  non-performing  loans,  the general  economic  conditions of the Bank's
lending  area and other  factors  affecting  collectibility  of the Bank's  loan
portfolio.  For the nine months  ended June 30,  1997,  the  provision  for loan
losses was $456,000 compared to a credit of $149,000 in the comparable period in
1996.  The credit to the provision for the nine months ended June 30, 1996,  was
primarily due to a reduction in classified  loans. The allowance for loan losses
was $11.4  million and $11.0  million for June 30, 1997 and  September 30, 1996,
respectively.  The  allowance  was 1.4% of total loans at both June 30, 1997 and
September 30, 1996;  109.0% and 129.4% of classified  loans at June 30, 1997 and
September  30, 1996,  respectively;  and was 511.8% and 507.3% of  nonperforming
loans at June 30, 1997 and  September 30, 1996,  respectively.  While the Bank's
management  uses  available  information  to recognize  losses on loans,  future
additions  to the  allowance  may be  necessary  based on  changes  in  economic
conditions.

     Other  Income.  Other income  increased to $2.9 million for the nine months
ended June 30, 1997,  from $2.1 million for the  comparable  period in 1996, due
primarily  to an increase of  $393,000  in other fees and  service  charges,  an
increase of $204,000  in income from real estate  operations  and an increase of
$202,000 in gain on sale of  mortgage  loans.  Other fees and  service  charges,
primarily from fees and service charges on deposit  products,  were $2.5 million
and $2.1 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
This  increase was  primarily  due to the growth in  deposits.  Income from real
estate operations was $23,000 for the nine months ended June 30, 1997,  compared
to a loss of $181,000 in the comparable period in 1996. Gain on sale of mortgage
loans was $135,000 for


                                       53


<PAGE>



the nine  months  ended  June 30,  1997,  compared  to a loss of  $67,000 in the
comparable period in 1996.

     Other Expense.  For the nine months ended June 30, 1997,  other expense was
$15.7 million  compared to $14.7 million in the  comparable  period in 1996. The
change was due primarily to an increase of $917,000 in compensation and benefits
and an increase of $600,000 in other expense  partially  offset by a decrease of
$625,000 in SAIF deposit  insurance  premiums.  The increase in compensation and
benefits is due primarily to additional  staff required to support the growth in
loans and  deposits.  The  increase  in other  expense  is  primarily  due to an
increase of $153,000 in  amortization  of  goodwill,  an increase of $118,000 in
advertising and promotion,  an increase of $69,000 in data  processing  services
and $52,000 in filing fees relating to the  organization of the mid-tier holding
company.  The  decrease  in SAIF  deposit  insurance  premiums  is due to  lower
assessment rates resulting from The Deposit Insurance Act of 1996.

     Income Taxes.  For the nine months ended June 30, 1997,  income tax expense
was $6.3 million compared to $5.2 million for the comparable period in 1996. The
effective tax rate remained  constant at 39% for both the nine months ended June
30, 1997 and 1996.

Year Ended September 30, 1996 Compared to Year Ended September 30, 1995

     General.  Net income for the year ended  September 30, 1996,  excluding the
one-time SAIF special  assessment of $2.8 million after tax,  increased 16.0% to
$11.5  million or $2.32 per share,  compared to $9.9  million or $2.03 per share
for the year ended  September  30, 1995.  Including  the  one-time  SAIF special
assessment,  net income for the year ended  September 30, 1996 was $8.6 million,
or $1.75 per share. Net interest income increased 11.5% to $35.2 million for the
year ended  September  30,  1996  compared  to $31.6  million for the year ended
September 30, 1995.  This increase was due to an increase in interest  income of
$9.4 million and an increase in interest  expense of $5.8 million.  Other income
remained constant at $2.9 million for both of the years ended September 30, 1996
and 1995. Other expenses increased to $24.1 million for the year ended September
30, 1996 from $18.2 million for the year ended September 30, 1995, due primarily
to the one-time SAIF special assessment of $4.5 million.

     Interest  Income.  Total interest income increased to $74.3 million for the
year ended  September 30, 1996 from $64.9  million for the year ended  September
30, 1995, as a result of an increase in average  interest-earning  assets and an
increase in the average interest rate. Average interest-earning assets increased
to $929.5 million for the year ended  September 30, 1996 from $831.4 million for
the year ended  September 30, 1995. The average rate earned on  interest-earning
assets  increased to 8.00% for the year ended  September 30, 1996 from 7.80% for
the year ended  September  30, 1995,  an increase of 20 basis  points.  Interest
income on


                                       54


<PAGE>



loans  increased $8.7 million to $59.8 million for the year ended  September 30,
1996 from $51.1 million for the year ended September 30, 1995. This increase was
a result of a $92.6 million increase in the average balance to $700.0 million in
1996 from  $607.4  million  in 1995 and an  increase  of 14 basis  points in the
average  yield to 8.54% in 1996 from 8.40% in 1995.  The increase in the average
balance of total loans was mainly due to significant  growth in the  residential
loan  portfolio  resulting  from  high  levels  of  loan  originations  and  the
acquisition  of $62 million of loans from  Treasure  Coast Bank,  FSB.  Interest
income on mortgage-backed securities increased $541,000 to $10.2 million for the
year ended September 30, 1996 from $9.6 million for the year ended September 30,
1995.  This increase was primarily the result of a $5.4 million  increase in the
average  balance to $152.9  million  in 1996 from  $147.5  million in 1995.  The
increase in the average balance of mortgage-backed  securities was primarily due
to the  purchase  of  adjustable  and  seven-year  balloon  securities  with the
proceeds  from  maturing  investment  securities  and  proceeds  from  new  FHLB
advances.

     Interest Expense. Total interest expense increased to $39.1 million for the
year ended  September 30, 1996 from $33.3  million for the year ended  September
30, 1995, as a result of an increase in average interest-bearing liabilities and
an increase  in the  average  rate paid.  Average  interest-bearing  liabilities
increased to $850.9  million for the year ended  September  30, 1996 from $758.7
million for the year ended September 30, 1995. The average interest rate paid on
interest-bearing  liabilities  was 4.60% for the year ended  September  30, 1996
compared to 4.39% for the year ended September 30, 1995, an increase of 21 basis
points. Interest expense on deposits increased $4.8 million to $34.4 million for
the year  ended  September  30,  1996  from  $29.6  million  for the year  ended
September  30, 1995.  This increase was a result of an increase of $75.6 million
in the average balance to $775.0 million in 1996 from $699.4 million in 1995 and
an increase of 20 basis  points in the average  rate to 4.44% in 1996 from 4.24%
in  1995.  The  increase  in  the  average  balance  of  deposits  reflects  the
acquisition of $70 million of deposits from Treasure Coast Bank,  FSB.  Interest
expense on FHLB  advances and other  borrowings  increased  $1.0 million to $4.7
million for the year ended  September  30,  1996 from $3.7  million for the year
ended  September 30, 1995.  This increase was the result of an increase of $16.6
million in the average  balance to $75.9  million in 1996 from $59.3  million in
1995.

     Provision  for Loan Losses.  The  provision for loan losses was a credit of
$76,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996 compared to an expense of $460,000
for the year ended  September 30, 1995. The credit to the provision for the year
ended  September 30, 1996 was primarily due to a reduction in classified  loans.
The  allowance  for loan  losses was at $11.0  million  and $ 10.1  million  for
September  30, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The  allowance  for loan losses at
September  30, 1996  includes  $885,000 of  allowances  acquired in the Treasure
Coast  Bank  acquisition.  The  allowance  was 1.4%  and 1.6% of total  loans at
September 30,


                                       55


<PAGE>



1996 and 1995,  respectively,  and was 129.4% and 57.6% of  classified  loans at
September  30,  1996 and  1995,  respectively.  The Bank had net  recoveries  of
$125,000  and  $188,000  for the  years  ended  September  30,  1996  and  1995,
respectively.

     Other Income.  Other income remained  constant at $2.9 million for both the
years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995. Losses from real estate operations were
$301,000 for the year ended  September 30, 1996 compared to $40,000 for the year
ended September 30, 1995. Other income,  primarily from fees and service charges
on deposit  products  was $2.8  million  and $2.6  million  for the years  ended
September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

     Other Expense. Other expense increased by $5.9 million to $24.1 million for
the year  ended  September  30,  1996  from  $18.2  million  for the year  ended
September  30,  1995.  The  increase  was  primarily  due to an expense  for the
one-time SAIF special assessment of $4.5 million. Payment of the SAIF assessment
on deposits  formerly  held by Treasure  Coast was  charged to  goodwill.  Other
changes  included an increase of $642,000  in  compensation  and  benefits,  due
primarily to wage increases, and a $341,000 increase in occupancy expense.

     Income Tax  Expense.  Income tax  expense  decreased  by  $526,000  to $5.4
million for the year ended  September  30,  1996 from $5.9  million for the year
ended  September  30, 1995,  due primarily to the $1.7 million tax effect of the
one-time SAIF special  assessment.  The effective tax rates were 39% and 38% for
the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Year Ended September 30, 1995 Compared to Year Ended September 30, 1994

     General. Net income for the year ended September 30, 1995 increased 1.0% to
$9.9  million,  or $2.03 per share,  compared to $9.8 million for the year ended
September  30, 1994.  Net income for the year ended  September 30, 1994 included
two nonrecurring items that added a net of $593,000 to that year's earnings. Net
interest income increased 6.0% to $31.6 million for the year ended September 30,
1995  compared to $29.8  million for the year ended  September  30,  1994.  This
increase  was due to an  increase  in  interest  income of $8.8  million  and an
increase  in interest  expense of $7 million.  Other  income  decreased  by $1.2
million to $2.9 million for the year ended  September 30, 1995 from $4.1 million
for the year ended  September  30, 1994,  primarily  due to a decrease in income
from real estate operations of $1.3 million.  Other expenses  increased to $18.2
million for the year ended  September  30, 1995 from $17.9  million for the year
ended  September 30, 1994 as a result of an increase of $615,000 in compensation
and benefits and a decrease of $438,000 in professional fees.

     Interest  Income.  Total interest income increased to $64.9 million for the
year ended  September 30, 1995 from $56.1  million for the year ended  September
30, 1994, as a result of an increase in average  interest-earning  assets and an
increase in the average interest rate. Average interest-earning assets increased
to $831.4 million for the year ended  September 30,


                                       56


<PAGE>



1995 from $760.9 million for the year ended September 30, 1994. The average rate
earned  on  interest-earning  assets  increased  to  7.80%  for the  year  ended
September 30, 1995 from 7.37% for the year ended September 30, 1994, an increase
of 43 basis  points.  Interest  income on loans  increased  $5  million to $51.1
million for the year ended  September  30, 1995 from $46.1  million for the year
ended September 30, 1994. This increase was a result of a $41.8 million increase
in the average balance to $607.4 million in 1995 from $565.7 million in 1994 and
an increase of 25 basis points in the average  yield to 8.40% in 1995 from 8.15%
in 1994.  The  increase in the average  balance of total loans was mainly due to
significant  growth in the residential  and consumer loan  portfolios  resulting
from high levels of loan originations and lower levels of loan refinancings. The
increase in the yield on total loans was primarily the result of adjustable rate
mortgages  repricing  upward  and the  origination  of loans at higher  interest
rates.  Interest income on mortgage-backed  securities increased $3.4 million to
$9.6  million for the year ended  September  30, 1995 from $6.2  million for the
year ended September 30, 1994. This increase was primarily the result of a $44.4
million  increase in the average  balance to $147.5  million in 1995 from $103.1
million  in  1994.  The  increase  in the  average  balance  of  mortgage-backed
securities  was  primarily  due to the  purchase  of  adjustable  and  five  and
seven-year  balloon  securities  with the  proceeds  from  maturing  investments
securities and proceeds from new FHLB advances.

     Interest Expense. Total interest expense increased to $33.3 million for the
year ended  September 30, 1995,  from $26.3 million for the year ended September
30, 1994, as a result of an increase in the average rate paid and an increase in
average  interest-bearing   liabilities.  The  average  interest  rate  paid  on
interest-bearing  liabilities  was 4.39% for the year ended  September  30, 1995
compared to 3.69% for the year ended September 30, 1994, an increase of 70 basis
points. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased to $758.7 million for the
year ended  September 30, 1995 from $711.5 million for the year ended  September
30, 1994.  Interest expense on deposits increased $6.2 million to $ 29.6 million
for the year ended  September  30,  1995 from $23.4  million  for the year ended
September 30, 1994. This increase was a result of an increase of 72 basis points
in the  average  rate to 4.24%  in 1995  from  3.52%  in 1994 and a $34  million
increase in the average balance to $699.4 million in 1995 from $665.4 million in
1994.

     Provision  for Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses was $460,000 for
the year ended  September  30, 1995  compared to $1.6 million for the year ended
September 30, 1994. For the year ended September 30, 1994, management decided to
increase the level of general  valuation  allowances for  classified  loans as a
result of a change in general valuation policies.  The allowance for loan losses
was at  $10.1  million  and $9.4  million  for  September  30,  1995  and  1994,
respectively.  The allowance was 1.6% of total loans at both  September 30, 1995
and 1994, and was 57.6% and 57.4% of classified  loans at September 30, 1995 and
1994, respectively. The Bank had net recoveries of $188,000 and $577,000 for the
years ended September 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively.


                                       57


<PAGE>



     Other  Income.  Other  income  decreased to $2.9 million for the year ended
September 30, 1995 from $4.1 million for the year ended  September 30, 1994, due
primarily to a decrease of $1.3  million in income from real estate  operations.
Income  from real  estate  operations  was a loss of $40,000  for the year ended
September  30,  1995  compared  to income  of $1.2  million  for the year  ended
September  30, 1994.  The income for the year ended  September 30, 1994 resulted
primarily  from the sale of three real estate owned  properties.  Other  income,
primarily from fees and service charges on deposit products was $2.6 million and
$2.5 million for the years ended September 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     Other Expense. Other expense increased by $331,000 to $18.2 million for the
year ended  September 30, 1995 from $17.9  million for the year ended  September
30,  1994.  The  change  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  of  $615,000  in
compensation  and benefits,  due primarily to the  amortization of stock benefit
plans and wage  increases,  and a $438,000  decrease in  professional  fees. The
decrease  in  professional  fees  was due  primarily  to fees  paid in 1994 to a
consulting firm for a profit improvement and operating efficiency study.

     Income Tax Expense.  Income tax expense increased  $704,000 to $5.9 million
for the year  ended  September  30,  1995 from $5.2  million  for the year ended
September 30, 1994. The effective tax rates were 38% and 36% for the years ended
September 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The lower effective tax rate for 1994
is primarily due to the effect of allowable bad debt deductions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The Bank is required to maintain minimum levels of liquid assets as defined
by OTS  regulations.  This  requirement,  which  varies  from  time to time,  is
currently 5% of deposits and short-term  borrowings.  The Bank's liquidity ratio
was  18.07%,  18.79%,  and  16.06%  at June 30,  1997,  September  30,  1996 and
September 30, 1995,  respectively.  It is the Bank's policy to maintain  average
monthly levels of liquid assets at least 50 basis points higher than the minimum
requirement,  primarily as a part of its asset and liability management strategy
of increasing its levels of rate-sensitive  interest-earning assets. At June 30,
1997,  the Bank had federal  funds,  cash and  investments  which  exceeded  the
minimum regulatory requirement. In addition, the Bank had certain investments in
mortgage-backed  securities  aggregating  $156.6  million  which also qualify as
liquid assets under OTS  regulations.  The Bank intends to hold such investments
in mortgage-backed  securities until maturity.  However, such investments may be
used as collateral for borrowing as such need arises. The Bank's total liquidity
position as of June 30,  1997 was $166.5  million,  which was $120.5  million in
excess of the  minimum  requirement  of $46.0  million.  The  Bank's  short term
liquidity position at that date amounted to $63.5 million which was $9.2 million
in excess of the minimum requirement of $54.3 million.


                                       58


<PAGE>



     The  Bank's  primary  sources  of  funds  are  deposits,  amortization  and
prepayment  of loans and  mortgage-backed  securities,  maturities of investment
securities  and other  short-term  investments,  and earnings and funds provided
from operations.  The Bank will consider increasing its borrowings from the FHLB
of Atlanta from time to time to hedge  against  future  increases in  prevailing
deposit account  interest rates. In addition,  the Bank held unpledged fixed and
adjustable rate  mortgage-backed  securities totaling $154.0 million at June 30,
1997  that  could  be used as  collateral  under  repurchase  transactions  with
securities  dealers.  Repurchase  transactions  serve as secured  borrowings and
provide a source of short-term liquidity for the Bank.

     Net cash  provided by the Bank's  operating  activities  (i.e.,  cash items
affecting  net  income)  for the nine  months  ended  June 30,  1997,  was $10.0
million. Net cash provided by the Bank's operating activities was $10.2 million,
$11.1 million and $9.5 million for the years ended  September 30, 1996, 1995 and
1994, respectively.

     Net cash used by the Bank's  investing  activities  (i.e.,  cash  receipts,
primarily from its investment securities,  mortgage-backed  securities, and loan
portfolios) for the nine months ended June 30, 1997, was $66.0 million. Net cash
used by the Bank's  investing  activities was $86.2  million,  $85.9 million and
$45.3   million  for  the  years  ended   September  30,  1996  1995  and  1994,
respectively.

     Net cash provided by the Bank's financing  activities  (i.e., cash receipts
primarily  from net  increases in deposits and net FHLB  advances)  for the nine
months ended June 30, 1997, was $52.2  million.  Net cash provided by the Bank's
financing activities was $86.0 million,  $66.1 million and $40.0 million for the
years ended  September 30, 1996,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  The increase in
1996 was  principally  due to a $13.5  million  increase in deposits and a $10.0
million increase in FHLB advances.

     The Bank's  liquid  assets  consist  primarily  of  investment  securities,
federal  funds and cash.  At June 30, 1997 the Bank had liquid  assets of $166.5
million,  with loan commitments of $27.4 million  (consisting of unused lines of
credit to homebuilders and residential and commercial loan commitments), letters
of credit of $824,000,  unfunded  loans in process of $28.7  million (the latter
consisting  primarily of  residential  loans in process),  and $10.0  million in
adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

     The  consolidated  financial  statements and  accompanying  notes presented
elsewhere in this  Prospectus  have been prepared in accordance  with  Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") which generally requires the measurement
of financial position


                                       59


<PAGE>



and operating  results in terms of historical  dollars  without  considering the
change in the relative purchasing power of money over time and due to inflation.
The  impact of  inflation  is  reflected  in the  increased  cost of the  Bank's
operations.  As a result,  interest  rates  have a greater  impact on the Bank's
performance  than do the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates
do not necessarily move in the same direction or, to the same extent,  as prices
of goods and services.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

     Accounting  for  Certain  Investments  in Debt and  Equity  Securities.  On
November 15, 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued
Special  Report  No.  155-B,  A Guide  to  Implementation  of  Statement  115 on
Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,  (the "Special
Report").  Pursuant to the Special  Report,  the Bank was permitted to conduct a
one-time  reassessment  of the  classifications  of all securities  held at that
time.  Any  reclassifications   from  the  held-to-maturity   category  made  in
conjunction with that reassessment  would not call into question an enterprise's
intent to hold  other  debt  securities  to  maturity  in the  future.  The Bank
undertook such a reassessment and,  effective  December 31, 1995, all investment
securities were reclassified as available for sale. On the effective date of the
reclassification,  the  securities  transferred  had a  carrying  value of $25.8
million  and an  estimated  fair  value of  $26.0  million,  resulting  in a net
increase  to  stockholders'  equity  for  the  net  unrealized  appreciation  of
$126,000, after deducting applicable income taxes of $76,000.


     Accounting   for   Transfers   and   Servicing  of  Financial   Assets  and
Extinguishment  of  Liabilities.  In June 1996,  the FASB  issued  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 125 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing
of Financial  Assets and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities"  ("Statement  125").
Statement  125 provides  accounting  and  reporting  standards for transfers and
servicing of financial  assets and  extinguishments  of  liabilities  based on a
financial-components   approach  that  focuses  on  control.  Statement  125  is
effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of
liabilities  occurring  after  December  31,  1996  and  is to be  prospectively
applied.  Upon  adoption,  Statement  125 did not have a material  impact on the
Bank's financial position and results of operations.

     Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.  In October, 1995, the FASB issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation"  ("Statement  123").  The adoption  date of  Statement  123 varies
depending  upon  the  various   provisions  of  the  statement.   Statement  123
established   financial  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  stock-based
employee  compensation  plans. The statement defines a "fair value based method"
of  accounting  for employee  stock  option or similar  equity  instruments  and
encourages  all  entities  to adopt that method of  accounting  for all of their


                                       60


<PAGE>



employee stock compensation plans. However,  Statement 123 also allows an entity
to continue to measure  compensation  costs for those plans using the "intrinsic
value based method" of accounting which the Bank currently uses.  Management has
determined  that it will continue to use the method of accounting  prescribed by
APB No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees."  The Bank will present
required pro forma amounts and  disclosures  under  Statement 123 beginning with
the fiscal year ending September 30, 1997.

     Earnings  Per Share.  In  February,  1997,  the FASB  issued  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("Statement 128").
Statement 128 is effective for financial  statements  issued for periods  ending
after December 15, 1997.  Statement 128 establishes  standards for computing and
presenting earnings per share ("EPS"), simplifies the standards previously found
in APB No. 15, "Earnings Per Share",  and makes them comparable to international
EPS standards.  The Bank will begin  disclosing EPS in accordance with Statement
128 beginning with the quarter ended December 31, 1997.

     Reporting Comprehensive Income. In June, 1997, the FASB issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  130,  "Reporting   Comprehensive  Income"
("Statement  130").  Statement 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. Statement 130 establishes standards for reporting and display
of  comprehensive  income and its  components  in a full set of general  purpose
financial  statements.  Statement 130 requires that all items  recognized  under
accounting  standards as  components  of  comprehensive  income be reported in a
financial  statement in equal prominence with other financial  statements.  Such
statement  will be  presented  by the  Bank  beginning  with the  quarter  ended
December 31, 1998.

     Disclosures  About  Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information.  In
June, 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131,
"Disclosures   about  Segments  of  an  Enterprise   and  Related   Information"
("Statement  131").  Statement  131 is  effective  for periods  beginning  after
December 15, 1997.  Statement 131 establishes  standards for the way that public
business  enterprises report information about operating segments,  based on how
the enterprise  defines such segments.  The Bank is required to report operating
segment information, to the extent such segments are defined, beginning with the
year ended September 30, 1999.


                    BUSINESS OF HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.

     Harbor Florida Bancorp,  Inc. was formed in December,  1996 to serve as the
Mid-Tier  Holding  Company  for the Bank.  The primary  purpose for  creation of
Harbor Florida was to facilitate  capital  management through stock repurchases.
Harbor  Florida's stock is currently owned by the Mutual Holding Company and the
Public Stockholders.  It has not engaged in any business other than holding 100%
of the Bank's common stock and has not, to date,


                                       61


<PAGE>



repurchased any stock. After the Conversion, it will continue to own 100% of the
Bank's stock and 100% of its Common  Stock will be held by the public.  When the
Bank announced the creation of Harbor Florida,  on October 23, 1996,  management
intended to use the  mid-tier  holding  company  structure to  facilitate  stock
repurchases  from time to time as part of its capital  management  strategy.  On
June 25, 1997, when the Mid-Tier Reorganization was consummated,  Harbor Florida
announced its intention to purchase  Public  Harbor  Florida  Shares in the open
market.  Subsequent to June 25, 1997, management considered  repurchasing Public
Harbor Florida Shares, and in this regard considered, among other things, market
conditions,  capital needs,  securities regulation restrictions on the timing of
repurchases, and alternative capital expenditures, and ultimately decided not to
repurchase Public Harbor Florida Shares.

Reorganization Into Harbor Florida Bancorp

     Harbor Florida is a Delaware corporation which began its activities on June
25, 1997.  Harbor Florida was created under a new regulation  promulgated by the
OTS which allowed  mutual holding  companies such as Harbor  Financial to create
mid-tier holding companies. The primary purpose for creation of mid-tier holding
companies  was as a capital  management  tool to enable  the  repurchases  stock
without any adverse  tax  consequences,  while  maintaining  the mutual  holding
company  structure.  The mid-tier  Reorganization  was  structured as a tax free
reorganization as follows: (i) Harbor Florida, a Delaware corporation, chartered
a wholly owned interim federal stock savings bank known as Interim; (ii) Interim
was then merged with and into the Bank with the Bank as the surviving entity. As
a result of the merger,  the Bank  became a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of Harbor
Florida and the  shareholders of the Bank became  shareholders of Harbor Florida
with  the same  aggregate  percentage  ownership  interest  as  their  aggregate
ownership of the Bank prior to the reorganization.

     OTS Conditions of Approval. The OTS approval of the mid-tier Reorganization
that created Harbor Florida,  and resulted in the Bank becoming the wholly owned
subsidiary of Harbor Florida,  was accompanied by certain  conditions imposed on
Harbor  Florida  while it  continued  to operate in a  structure  with  majority
ownership  of its  shares  held by the  Mutual  Holding  Company.  The  material
conditions of the OTS approval were as follows:

     (i)  No  later  than  one  year  from  the  date  of  consummation  of  the
          acquisition, or June 25, 1998, Harbor Florida was required to obtain a
          federal  charter from the OTS and to submit  bylaws  acceptable to the
          Director, Corporate Activities, of the OTS.

     (ii) Harbor  Florida  was made  subject  to the  provisions  of the  Mutual
          Holding Company Regulations  pertaining to minority stock issuances as
          if it were


                                       62


<PAGE>



          a former mutual savings  association  that  reorganized  into a mutual
          holding company structure;

     (iii) Harbor Florida was made subject to the same restrictions  (including,
          but not  limited  to,  the  activities  limitations)  that the  Mutual
          Holding  Company is subject to under Section  10(o)(5) of the HOLA and
          12 C.F.R.  ss. ss. 575.11 and 575.12,  as well as any other  pertinent
          statutory  and  regulatory  provisions,   e.g.  that  its  permissible
          activities would be those authorized for mutual holding companies;

     (iv) Harbor  Florida is required to hold all of the issued and  outstanding
          common stock of the Bank,  and the Bank was not permitted to issue any
          other class of equity security;

     (v)  Harbor Florida and the Bank must obtain approval from the OTS prior to
          issuing any securities;

     (vi) Harbor  Florida was subject to the  provisions of 12 C.F.R.  Part 552,
          pertaining to  amendments of charters and bylaws as if Harbor  Florida
          were a federal stock savings association;

     (vii) Harbor Florida  was  required  to cease  any  activity,  reverse  any
          action, or amend any provisions of its charter or bylaws, to which the
          OTS objects as being contrary to the MHC Regulations; and

     (viii)  If  the  Mutual  Holding  Company   undertakes  a   mutual-to-stock
          conversion,  OTS policies regarding  purchases of stock in conversions
          would apply to any Public Stockholders.

     The OTS conditions are based upon the continued operation of Harbor Florida
as part of a structure in which a mutual  holding  company is present.  Upon the
completion of the  Conversion,  Harbor  Financial MHC will convert to an interim
federal stock savings association and merge into the Company.  Accordingly,  the
restrictions  on the activities in which Harbor Florida may engage,  (i.e.,  the
requirement to eliminate Harbor  Florida's  Delaware charter and adopt a federal
charter,  and the prohibition  against issuance of any other class of security),
would not be applicable.

     Instead,  since Harbor Florida will own only one savings  association,  and
will no longer operate in a mutual holding company structure,  it generally will
not be restricted as to the types of business  activities in which it may engage
provided   that  the  Bank   retains  a   specific   amount  of  its  assets  in
housing-related  investments.  After the  Conversion,  Harbor  Florida  will not
conduct any active business and does not intend to employ any persons other than
officers,


                                       63


<PAGE>



but will  utilize  the Bank's  support  staff  from time to time.  The office of
Harbor Florida is located at 100 S. Second Street, Fort Pierce, FL 34950 and its
telephone number is (561) 461-2414.


                     BUSINESS OF HARBOR FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK


General

     Harbor  Federal  Savings  Bank  ("Bank")  is  engaged  in the  business  of
attracting deposits primarily from the communities it serves and using these and
other funds to originate  primarily  one-to-four family first mortgage loans for
retention in its portfolio.  The Bank's principal  sources of funds are deposits
and principal and interest  payments on loans. Its principal source of income is
interest received from loans and investment and mortgage-backed  securities, and
its  principal  expenses  are  interest  paid on deposit  accounts  and employee
compensation and benefits.

     On June 1, 1996, the Bank acquired all of the  outstanding  common stock of
Treasure Coast Bank, F.S.B.  ("Treasure Coast"), a Florida based federal savings
association,  for  approximately  $6.8  million  in cash.  The  acquisition  was
accounted  for  using  the  purchase  method.   Treasure  Coast  had  assets  of
approximately $75 million.  The Treasure Coast acquisition added 1 branch to the
Bank's branch network.  The results of operations of Treasure Coast from June 1,
1996 to September 30, 1996 are included in the consolidated financial statements
of the Bank.

Market Area

     The Bank serves  communities in six growing and diverse  Florida  counties.
Its  headquarters  is in Fort Pierce,  Florida,  located on the eastern coast of
Florida  between Stuart and Daytona Beach. In addition to its  headquarters,  it
has fourteen  branch  offices in St.  Lucie,  Indian River and Martin  counties,
located on  Florida's  "Treasure  Coast." This area is  characterized  by both a
large  retirement and vacation home  population  and a significant  agricultural
economy,  primarily  citrus crops.  The Bank has four branch offices  located in
Brevard County, which encompasses the "Space Coast" of the state. Brevard County
has a greater  industrial base fueled primarily by companies related to NASA and
the John F. Kennedy Space Center.  Prominent electronics concerns such as Harris
Corporation  are also major employers in this area. The Bank also has one branch
office in Okeechobee  County, an agricultural  area, and three branch offices in
Volusia County, where tourism and a large retirement population predominate.


                                       64


<PAGE>



Lending Activities

     General.  The Bank's principal lending activity has historically  been, and
will continue to be for the foreseeable  future,  the origination of one-to-four
family  residential  mortgage  loans.  Although  the Bank sells some  conforming
loans,  primarily to the Federal National Mortgage  Association ("FNMA") and the
Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC"),  and has, on rare occasions,
purchased  whole  loans and loan  participations,  it focuses  primarily  on the
origination of loans and retains them in its portfolio for investment.  See " --
One to  Four  Family  Permanent  Residential  Mortgage  Loans."  The  Bank  also
originates a substantial amount of one-to-four  family residential  construction
and consumer loans, and, on a limited basis,  consumer  installment,  commercial
real  estate and  commercial  business  loans.  Substantially  all of the Bank's
mortgage  loans are  secured  by  property  in its  market  area and most of its
nonmortgage loans are made to borrowers in its market area.

     The Bank offers both fixed-rate and adjustable rate mortgage ("ARM") loans.
The Bank has  sought to  increase  its  origination  of ARM loans to reduce  its
interest rate risk. However,  the Bank's ability to originate ARM loans has been
limited  by  borrower   preference  for  fixed-rate  loans  in  many  instances,
particularly in low interest rate environments.

     Loan and Mortgage - Backed Securities Portfolio Composition.  The following
table  sets  forth  a  summary  of  the  composition  of  the  Bank's  loan  and
mortgage-backed securities portfolio by type of loan.


                                       65


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          September 30,                             
                                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     June 30, 1997                1996                     1995                    1994             
                                     -------------                ----                     ----                    ----             
                                                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
                                            Percent of               Percent of              Percent of               Percent of    
                                  Amount       Total       Amount       Total        Amount     Total       Amount       Total      
                                  ------       -----       ------       -----        ------     -----       ------       -----      
 <S>                             <C>             <C>      <C>             <C>       <C>           <C>      <C>             <C>      
Mortgage Loans    
  Construction 1 - 4 Family    $ 41,417        4.82%    $ 43,994        5.46%     $ 40,634      6.07%    $ 38,473        6.28%     
   Permanent 1 - 4 Family        620,066       72.16      584,297       72.49       487,480     72.84      456,880       74.60      
   Multifamily                    14,457        1.68       17,804        2.21        14,916      2.23       15,384        2.51      
   Nonresidential                 53,006        6.17       41,970        5.21        31,980      4.78       25,378        4.14      
   Land                           31,881        3.71       29,034        3.60        20,460      3.06       16,995        2.77      
                                  ------        ----       ------        ----        ------      ----       ------        ----      
    Total Mortgage Loans         760,827       88.54      717,099       88.97       595,470     88.98      553,110       90.30      
 Other Loans                                                                                                                        
   Commercial Nonmortgage         11,446        1.33        8,199        1.02         8,468      1.27        8,135        1.33      
     Home Improvement             20,670        2.40       20,679        2.56        19,198      2.87       14,823        2.42      
     Manufactured Housing         16,046        1.87       15,784        1.96        15,045      2.25       13,461        2.19      
     Other Consumer (1)           50,320        5.86       44,265        5.49        31,049      4.63       23,017        3.76      
                                  ------        ----       ------        ----        ------      ----       ------        ----      
   Total Other Loans              98,482       11.46       88,927       11.03        73,760     11.02       59,436        9.70      
                                  ------       -----       ------       -----        ------     -----       ------        ----      
   Total Loans Receivable        859,309      100.00%     806,026      100.00%      669,230    100.00%     612,546      100.00%     
                                              ======                   ======                  ======                   ======      
 Less:                                                                  
   Loans in process               28,727                   26,788                    24,321                 22,652                  
   Deferred loan fees and                                                                                                           
     discounts                     3,385                    3,203                     3,519                  4,054                  
   Allowance for loan                                                                                                               
     losses                       11,408                   11,016                    10,083                  9,434                  
                                  ------                   ------                    ------                  -----                  
   Subtotal                       43,520                   41,007                    37,923                 36,140                  
                                  ------                   ------                    ------                 ------                  
 Total Loans Receivable, Net     815,789                  765,019                   631,307                576,406                  
                                 -------                  -------                   -------                -------                  
 Loans Held for Sale               3,090                    4,870                     1,009                     25                  
                                   -----                    -----                     -----                     --                  
 Mortgage-Backed                                                                    
    Securities                   156,559                  153,293                   164,759                120,099                  
                                 -------                  -------                   -------                -------                  
 Total                          $975,438                 $923,182                  $797,075               $696,530                  
                                ========                 ========                  ========               ========                  
</TABLE>

                                                   September 30,                
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
                                            1993                   1992         
                                            ----                   ----         
                                              Percent of             Percent of 
                                     Amount      Total        Amount    Total   
                                     ------      -----        ------    -----   
 Mortgage Loans                                                                 
   Construction 1 - 4 Family        $44,250       7.57%      $27,357    4.91%   
   Permanent 1 - 4 Family           428,524      73.36       413,173   74.18    
   Multifamily                       16,386       2.80        11,813    2.12    
   Nonresidential                    23,615       4.04        26,022    4.67    
   Land                              19,077       3.27        23,655    4.25    
                                     ------       ----        ------    ----    
    Total Mortgage Loans            531,852      91.04       502,030   90.13    
 Other Loans                                                                    
   Commercial Nonmortgage            10,356       1.77        14,244    2.56    
     Home Improvement                11,574       1.98        11,367    2.04    
     Manufactured Housing            13,064       2.24        12,558    2.26    
     Other Consumer (1)              17,322       2.97        16,780    3.01    
                                     ------       ----        ------    ----    
   Total Other Loans                 52,316       8.96        54,949    9.87    
                                     ------       ----        ------    ----    
   Total Loans Receivable           584,168     100.00%      556,979  100.00%   
                                                ======                ======    
 Less:                                                                          
   Loans in process                  25,548                   15,915            
   Deferred loan fees and                                                       
     discounts                        4,616                    4,041            
   Allowance for loan                                                           
     losses                           7,305                    6,029            
                                      -----                    -----            
   Subtotal                          37,469                   25,985            
                                     ------                   ------            
 Total Loans Receivable, Net        546,699                  530,994            
                                    -------                  -------            
 Loans Held for Sale                    679                      151            
                                        ---                      ---            
 Mortgage-Backed                                                                
    Securities                       89,535                   97,201            
                                     ------                   ------            
 Total                             $636,913                 $628,346            
                                   ========                 ========            

(1)  Includes home equity and other second mortgage loans.

                                       66


<PAGE>



                                 ---------------

     The following table shows the maturity or period to repricing of the Bank's
loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios at June 30, 1997. Loans that have
adjustable  rates  are shown as being  due in the  period in which the  interest
rates are next  subject to change.  The table does not  include  prepayments  or
scheduled   principal   amortization.   Prepayments   and  scheduled   principal
amortization on loans totaled $117.5 million, $143.5 million, $99.4 million, and
$144.4  million for the nine months  ended June 30, 1997 and fiscal  years 1996,
1995 and 1994, respectively.  Loans having no stated maturity and no schedule of
repayments (including delinquent loans), and demand loans are reported as due in
1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                   
                                                  One            Three          Five     Ten through 
                                   Within       through         through        through     twenty        Beyond   
                                  one year    three years      five years     ten years     years     twenty years    Total
                                  --------    -----------      ----------     ---------     -----     ------------    -----
                                                                      (In thousands)
<S>                               <C>           <C>              <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>     
Mortgage loans:
  Permanent 1 - 4 family          $207,957      $27,353          $43,271     $ 66,571     $138,460      $156,163    $639,775
  Other                             42,147       11,937            8,600       14,831       15,180           686      93,381
Other Loans:
  Consumer                          23,802       12,288           22,606       23,769        4,434            24      86,923
  Commercial                         6,198          431            1,302        1,193          171         2,126      11,421
Nonperforming Loans (1)              2,227            0                0            0            0             0       2,227
Mortgage-Backed Securities          47,990       32,612           21,556       35,217       17,911         1,273     156,559
                                    ------       ------           ------       ------       ------         -----     -------
Sub-Total                         $330,321      $84,621          $97,335     $141,581     $176,156      $160,272    $990,286
                                  ========      =======          =======     ========     ========      ========    ========
Discount on Loans Purchased                                                                                             (102)
Deferred Loan Origination
  Costs and Commitment Fees                                                                                           (3,301)
Allowance for Loan Losses                                                                                            (11,445)
                                                                                                                     ------- 
Total (2)(3)                                                                                                        $975,438
                                                                                                                    ========
- ----------
</TABLE>

(1)  All  nonperforming  loans are reported as due within one year regardless of
     the actual maturity term.

(2)  Amounts  reported  do  not  include   principal   repayment  or  prepayment
     assumptions.

(3)  Amounts include loans held for sale of $3.1 million as of June 30, 1997.


                                 --------------


                                       67


<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth the amount of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate
loans at June 30, 1997 due after June 30, 1998.



                                               Adjustable
                               Fixed Rate         Rate            Total
                               ----------      ----------         ----- 
                                             (In thousands)
Mortgage loans:
  Permanent 1 - 4 family        $321,209        $110,609        $431,818
  Other                           38,004          13,230          51,234
Other loans:
  Consumer                        63,121               0          63,121
  Commercial                       5,223               0           5,223
                                --------        --------        --------
Total loans                      427,557         123,839         551,396
Mortgage-backed securities       108,569               0         108,569
                                --------        --------        --------
Total                           $536,126        $123,839        $659,965
                                ========        ========        ========


                         ------------------------------


     One-to-Four Family Permanent Residential Mortgage Loans. The Bank's primary
lending  activities focus on the origination of one-to-four  family  residential
mortgage  loans.  The Bank  generally  does  not  originate  one-to-four  family
residential  loans on  properties  outside of its market area. At June 30, 1997,
72.16% of the Bank's  total  loan  portfolio,  or $620.1  million  consisted  of
one-to-four  family  loans and over 95% of such  loans  were  collateralized  by
properties located in the Bank's market area.

     The Bank's  fixed rate loans  generally  are  originated  and  underwritten
according to standards that permit sales in the secondary market.  However,  the
decision to sell depends on a number of factors including the yield and the term
of the loan, market conditions,  and the Bank's current portfolio position.  The
Bank sells a portion of newly  originated  30 year  fixed rate  mortgage  loans,
currently  $100,000 to $200,000  per month.  In  addition,  the Bank sells loans
under the single  family  Mortgage  Revenue Bond  Programs  through local County
Housing Finance Authorities. The servicing on these loans is also released.

     The Bank currently offers  one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans
with fixed,  adjustable or a combination  of  fixed/adjustable  interest  rates.
Originations  of fixed rate mortgage  loans versus ARM loans are monitored on an
ongoing  basis and are affected  significantly  by the level of market  interest
rates,  customer  preference,  the Bank's  interest rate gap position,  and loan
products offered by the Bank's competitors.  In a low interest rate environment,
borrowers  typically  prefer  fixed  rate  loans  to  ARM  loans,  and  even  if
management's  strategy is to emphasize ARM loans,  market conditions may be such
that there is greater demand for fixed rate mortgage loans.

     The  Bank  generates  residential  mortgage  loan  activity  through  local
advertising, its existing customers and referrals from local real estate brokers
and home builders. All loans


                                       68


<PAGE>



are originated by Bank loan officers,  none of whom have underwriting authority.
Independent loan brokers are not used.

     Residential  loans are authorized  and approved under central  authority by
experienced  underwriters.  Underwriters  have  individual  authority to approve
loans up to the maximum amount of $250,000. Residential mortgage loans in excess
of this amount are  approved  by  Management  individually  up to $500,000 or by
committee if above $500,000. The Bank also has direct endorsement authority from
the Federal  Housing  Authority  ("FHA") to allow for  internal  approval of FHA
insured loans. FHA loans are approved under central  authority by an underwriter
with a "Direct  Endorsement"  designation from the FHA. The Bank's  underwriting
standards are intended to ensure that borrowers are sufficiently  credit worthy,
and all of the Bank's  lending is subject to written  underwriting  policies and
guidelines approved by the Bank's Board of Directors. Detailed loan applications
are designed to determine the  borrower's  ability to repay the loan and certain
information  solicited  in these  applications  is  verified  through the use of
credit reports,  financial statements and other confirmations.  The Bank obtains
an  appraisal  of  substantially  all  of  the  proposed  security  property  in
connection with  residential  mortgage loans.  Additionally,  title insurance is
required for all mortgage loans, except home equity loans of $50,000 or less.

     The types, amounts, terms of and security for conventional loans (those not
insured or  guaranteed  by the U.S.  government  or agencies  thereof,  or state
housing agency)  originated by the Bank are significantly  prescribed by federal
regulation.  OTS  regulations  limit  the  amount  which the Bank can lend up to
specified  percentages  of the value of the real property  securing the loan, as
determined  by an appraisal at the time the loan is  originated  (referred to as
"loan-to-value  ratios"). The Bank makes one-to-four family home loans and other
residential real estate loans with  loan-to-value  ratios generally of up to 80%
of the  appraised  value of the  security  property.  In  certain  circumstances
loan-to-value  ratios  exceed 80%, in which case private  mortgage  insurance is
generally required.  A substantial part of the Bank's loan originations are made
to  borrowers  to finance  second  homes for vacation use or for use as a rental
property.  Such loans may be  considered to have a higher credit risk than loans
to finance a primary residence.

     One-to-Four  Family  Residential  Construction  Loans. A part of the Bank's
loan originations are to finance the construction of one-to-four family homes in
the Bank's  market  area.  At June 30,  1997 the Bank had $41.4  million in such
loans,  representing  4.82% of total loans.  It is the Bank's policy to disburse
loan proceeds as construction progresses and as inspections warrant.

     A portion  of these  loans are made  directly  to the  individual  who will
ultimately  own and occupy the home. Of these,  the vast majority are structured
at  origination  to guarantee the permanent  financing to the Bank as well. As a
result, although in recent years the origination


                                       69


<PAGE>



of these  construction  loans to  individuals  is second  in volume  only to the
origination  of  traditional  loans to finance the  purchase or  refinance of an
existing  home,  the  significance  of this type of  lending  to the Bank is not
evident  from the  amount of these  loans in its  portfolio  at any  given  time
because these  construction  loans to individuals  usually "roll" into permanent
financing.

     Approximately  one-half of the Bank's one-to-four family construction loans
are to builders.  In most instances these loans are also structured to guarantee
permanent financing by the Bank.

     Consumer Loans. The Bank originates  consumer loans as an essential element
in its  retail-oriented  strategy.  Secured  consumer loans include  automobile,
manufactured  housing,  boat and truck loans,  home equity and home  improvement
loans as well as loans secured by the borrower's deposit accounts with the Bank.
The loans for  manufactured  housing are generally  originated  within  quality,
retirement  lifestyle  communities  spread throughout the six county market area
that feature  amenities  such as full  service  clubhouse  facilities,  swimming
pools,  and in a number of cases,  golf courses.  These loans are subject to the
normal underwriting standards of the Bank. Loans are made on either a fixed-rate
or adjustable-rate  basis, with terms generally up to 20 years. A limited amount
of   unsecured   consumer   loans  are  also   originated.   At  June  30,  1997
consumer-oriented  loans accounted for $87.0, or 10.13% of the Bank's total loan
portfolio.

         Non-Residential  and Land Mortgage  Loans.  In the late 1980's the Bank
curtailed its lending in  non-residential  mortgages with the exception of loans
to finance the sale of the Bank's real estate acquired through  foreclosure.  In
recent years, the Bank re-entered this market and made a total of $14.8 million,
$12.9  million and $10.7  million and $4.8 million of  non-residential  mortgage
loans in the nine  months  ended June 30,  1997 and for the fiscal  years  ended
September   30,  1996,   1995  and  1994,   respectively.   At  June  30,  1997,
nonresidential  loans  constituted  6.17% of the Bank's  total  loan  portfolio.
Origination  of these  loans  plays a  subordinate  role to the  origination  of
residential mortgage and consumer-related loans.  Non-residential mortgage loans
are offered on properties within the Bank's primary market area using both fixed
or adjustable rate programs.

     Loans  secured  by  non-residential  real  estate  generally  carry  larger
balances  and  involve  a  greater  degree  of  risk  than  one-to-four   family
residential  mortgage loans. This increased risk is a result of several factors,
including  the  concentration  of  principal  in a  limited  number of loans and
borrowers,  the  effects  of general  economic  conditions  on  income-producing
properties,  and the increased  difficulty of evaluating  and  monitoring  these
loans.  Furthermore,  the repayment of loans secured by non-residential property
is typically dependent upon the successful  operation of the related real estate
project. If the cash flow from the


                                       70


<PAGE>



project is reduced,  the  borrower's  ability to repay the loan may be impaired.
See " -- Delinquent, Nonperforming and Classified Assets."

     The Bank also originates developed building lot loans ("lot loans") secured
by individual improved lots for future residential  construction.  Lot loans are
offered with either a fixed or adjustable  interest rate and with a maximum term
of up to 15 years. At June 30, 1997 these loans accounted for $14.9 million,  or
1.73% of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

     Other Loans.  The balance of the Bank's  lending  consists of  multi-family
mortgage  and  commercial  non-mortgage  loans.  At June 30,  1997  these  loans
represented $14.5 million, or 1.68% and $11.4 million,  or 1.33%,  respectively,
of the Bank's total loan portfolio.  The multi-family mortgage loans are secured
primarily  by apartment  complexes.  These loans are subject to the same lending
limits as apply to the Bank's  commercial  real estate  lending.  The commercial
non-mortgage  loans  represent  primarily  equipment and other business loans to
professionals such as physicians and attorneys. These loans are an integral part
of the Bank's  strategy of seeking  synergy between its various deposit and loan
products and as a service to existing customers.

Origination and Sale of Loans

     From  time to time  the  Bank has sold  mortgage  loans,  primarily  to the
Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  and the  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage
Corporation.  Historically,  the Bank has not purchased  significant  amounts of
loans, particularly in light of its past policy to control asset growth.

     The Bank sells a portion of newly  originated  30 year fixed rate  mortgage
loans,  in an amount  currently  between  $100,000  to  $200,000  per month.  In
addition,  the Bank sells loans under the single  family  Mortgage  Revenue Bond
Programs  through local County  Housing  Finance  Authorities.  The servicing on
these  loans is also  released.  The  purpose of selling a portion of fixed rate
loans from current  production  is to reduce  interest rate risk by limiting the
growth of longer term fixed rate loans in the portfolio and to generate  service
fee income over time.


                                       71


<PAGE>



     The  following  table  shows  total  loan  origination  activity  including
mortgage-backed securities, during the periods indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Nine Months Ended
                                               June 30,                            Years Ended September 30,
                                     ---------------------------    --------------------------------------------------------
                                        1997             1996              1996              1995                1994
                                        ----             ----              ----              ----                ----
                                                                        (In thousands)
<S>                                  <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>                 <C>     
Mortgage loans (gross):
  At beginning of period             $722,173         $596,478          $596,478          $553,135            $532,531
  Mortgage loans originated:
    Construction 1-4 Family            45,965           43,521            59,000            51,998              58,600
    Permanent 1-4 Family               59,503           66,553            85,853            51,334              76,911
    Multi-family                        1,390            2,748             2,935               158               2,880
    Nonresidential                     14,763            7,999            12,941            10,700               4,848
    Land                                8,564           11,994            13,384            11,812               5,593
                                        -----           ------            ------            ------               -----
 
  Total mortgage loans originated(1)  130,185          132,815           174,113           126,002             148,832
  Mortgage loans acquired (2)             ---           60,482            60,482               ---                ----
  Mortgage loans sold (3)              (5,854)          (3,396)           (4,653)           (9,037)            (11,440)
  Principal repayments                (80,504)         (73,949)         (101,359)          (72,310)           (115,141)
  Mortgage loans transferred to
    real estate owned                  (1,995)          (1,489)           (2,626)           (1,312)             (1,647)
                                       ------           ------            ------            ------              ------ 
  At end of period                   $764,005         $710,941          $722,435          $596,478            $553,135
                                     ========         ========          ========          ========            ========

Other loans (gross):
  At beginning of period             $ 88,927         $ 73,760          $ 73,760          $ 59,436            $ 52,316
  Other loans originated               46,801           38,797            52,702            40,838              36,228
  Loans acquired                          ---            4,468             4,468               ---                 ---
  Principal repayments                (37,246)         (31,587)          (42,003)          (26,514)            (29,108)
                                      -------          -------           -------           -------             ------- 
  At end of period                   $ 98,482         $ 85,438          $ 88,927          $ 73,760            $ 59,436
                                     ========         ========          ========          ========            ========

Mortgage-backed securities
  (gross): 
  At beginning of period            $ 153,293         $164,759         $ 164,759          $120,099            $ 89,535
  Mortgage-backed securities
    purchased                          31,843           19,430            29,265            65,609              64,166
  Principal repayments                (28,577)         (31,726)          (40,731)          (20,949)            (33,602)
                                      -------          -------           -------           -------             ------- 
  At end of period                  $ 156,559        $ 152,463         $ 153,293          $164,759            $120,099
                                    =========        =========         =========          ========            ========
- ----------
</TABLE>

(1)  Loans originated represent loans closed, however all loans may not be fully
     disbursed at time of closing.

(2)  Represents  loans acquired in connection  with the  acquisition of Treasure
     Coast Bank, F.S.B. in 1996.

(3)  Includes $3 million commercial land participation loan sold in 1995.

                              ---------------------

Mortgage-backed Securities

     A  substantial  part  of  the  Bank's  business  involves   investments  in
mortgage-backed  securities  issued or  guaranteed  by an  agency of the  United
States government. Historically, the Bank's mortgage-backed securities portfolio
has consisted  primarily of  pass-through  mortgage  participation  certificates
issued  by  FHLMC  and  FNMA.  These  pass-through   certificates   represent  a
participation interest in a pool of single-family  mortgages,  the principal and
interest payments on which are passed from the loans'  originators,  through the
FHLMC and FNMA that pools and packages the participation interests into the form
of securities,  to investors such as the Bank. The FHLMC and FNMA guarantees the
payment of principal and interest.  The underlying pool of mortgages can consist
of either fixed-rate or adjustable-rate


                                       73


<PAGE>



loans.  At June 30, 1997,  the Bank's  portfolio of  mortgage-backed  securities
consisted entirely of FHLMC and FNMA participation  certificates.  Of the $156.6
million  in   mortgage-backed   securities  at  that  date,   approximately  27%
represented adjustable-rate securities and 73% represented fixed-rate securities
with anticipated maturity dates from 3 months to 29 years.

Delinquent, Nonperforming and Classified Assets

     Delinquent  Loans.  All delinquent loan results are reviewed monthly by the
Bank's Board of  Directors.  The Bank  believes it has an effective  process and
policy in dealing with delinquent loans.

     Residential  delinquencies are handled by the Loan Collections  Department.
This  department  begins  collections  efforts on residential  loans when a loan
appears on the 15-day delinquent list. Borrowers are sent a notice to accelerate
the debt when the debt is 45 days delinquent.  If the delinquent account has not
been corrected,  foreclosure  proceedings are begun generally at the 75th day of
delinquency.  At June 30, 1997,  residential loans delinquent 90 days and longer
represented .17% of the total residential loan portfolio.

     Commercial  delinquent  accounts  are  processed  by the Problem  Asset and
Lending  Departments.  For commercial  accounts  classified as  Substandard,  as
defined below, or worse, the Problem Asset Department has jurisdiction  over the
collection efforts.  As with residential  delinquent loans, any commercial loans
90 days past due or where the  collection  of the interest or full  principal is
considered doubtful are placed on a non-accrual basis.

     If a collection  action is instituted on a consumer or commercial loan, the
Bank, in compliance  with the loan documents and the law, may repossess and sell
the collateral security for the loan through private sales or through judicially
ordered sales when  necessary.  Should the sale result in a deficiency  owing to
the Bank,  the  borrowers  generally  are  pursued  where such  action is deemed
appropriate,  including  recourse  based  on  personal  loan  guarantees  by the
borrower's principals.


                                       73


<PAGE>



     The  following  table shows the Bank's loans  delinquent 90 days or more at
the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     September 30,
                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   June 30, 1997                1996                     1995                     1994
                                -------------------             ----                     ----                     ----
                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
                                Number       Amount     Number        Amount      Number       Amount      Number         Amount
                                ------       ------     ------        ------      ------       ------      ------         ------
<S>                                 <C>     <C>             <C>     <C>               <C>    <C>               <C>    <C>      
Mortgage loans:
  Construction and land             1       $   133         2       $     98          2      $     89          0      $     ---
  Permanent 1 - 4 family           22         1,106        23          1,196         36         2,205         22            777
  Other mortgage                    1           111         2            423          0           ---          1            800
                                    -           ---         -            ---          -                        -            ---
  Total mortgage loans             24         1,350        27          1,717         38         2,294         23          1,577
Other loans                         5           113         9            132          7            70          7            109
                                    -           ---         -            ---          -            --          -            ---
Total loans                        29        $1,463        36         $1,849         45        $2,364         30         $1,686
                                   ==        ======        ==         ======         ==        ======         ==         ======
Delinquent loans to
  total loans...                                .18%                     .24%                     .37%                      .28%
   
</TABLE>

     As of June 30, 1997, September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994, $764,000, $323,000,
$1.2 million, and $1.2 million, respectively, of loans were on nonaccrual status
which were not 90 days past due.

     Nonperforming  Assets.  The Bank also places  emphasis on  improving  asset
quality.  The Bank's  nonperforming  assets as a percentage of total assets have
decreased from .85% at September 30, 1994 to .50% at September 30, 1996. At June
30, 1997, such ratio was .46%.

     Loans 90 days past due are generally placed on non-accrual status. The Bank
ceases to accrue interest on a loan once it is placed on non-accrual status, and
interest  accrued but unpaid at that time is charged  against  interest  income.
Additionally,  any loan where it appears evident that the collection of interest
is in  doubt  is also  placed  on a  non-accrual  status.  Non-accrual  loans of
$500,000 or more are reviewed  monthly by the Board of  Directors.  All loans on
non-accrual status, other than those evaluated collectively for impairment,  are
considered to be impaired  loans for purposes of Statement  114.  Impaired loans
having a recorded  investment  value of  approximately  $1.0 million at June 30,
1997 have been  recognized  in  conformity  with  Statement  114,  as amended by
Statement 118. The average recorded investment in impaired loans during the nine
months ended June 30, 1997 was approximately  $809,000.  The total allowance for
loan losses related to these loans was  approximately  $25,000 on June 30, 1997.
Interest  income on impaired loans of  approximately  $26,000 was recognized for
cash payments received in the nine months ended June 30, 1997.


                                       74


<PAGE>



     If a foreclosure action is instituted on a real estate-secured loan and the
loan is not reinstated,  paid in full,  refinanced,  or deeded back to the Bank,
the property is sold at a  foreclosure  sale at which the Bank may be the buyer.
Thereafter,  such  acquired  property is listed in the Bank's real estate  owned
("REO")  account or that of a subsidiary,  until the property is sold.  The Bank
carries  REO at the lower of cost or fair value less cost to  dispose.  The Bank
also  finances  the sales of REO  properties.  Should the  foreclosure  sale not
produce sufficient  proceeds to pay the loan balance and court costs, the Bank's
attorneys, where appropriate, may pursue the collection of a deficiency judgment
against the responsible borrower.

     It is the  Bank's  policy  to  try  to  liquidate  its  holdings  in REO or
subsidiaries on a timely basis while  considering both market conditions and the
cost of carrying REO  properties.  Upon  acquisition the Bank records all REO at
the lower of its fair value (less estimated costs to dispose), or cost. The fair
value is based upon the most recent  appraisal and management's  evaluation.  If
the fair  value of the  asset is less  than the loan  balance  outstanding,  the
difference  is  charged   against  the  Bank's  loan  loss  allowance  prior  to
transferring the asset to REO.  Administration of REO property is handled by the
Problem Asset  Department  which is responsible  for the sale of all residential
and commercial properties.  In those instances where the property may be located
outside  the  Bank's  market  area or where  the  property,  due to its  nature,
requires  certain  expertise  (i.e.,  hotels,   apartment  complexes),   outside
management firms may be utilized.


                                      75


<PAGE>



     At the dates indicated,  nonperforming  assets in the Bank's portfolio were
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           September 30,
                                        June 30,    -------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1997         1996         1995           1994         1993         1992
                                          ----         ----         ----           ----         ----         ----
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>    
Non-accrual mortgage loans:
  Delinquent less than 90 days            $741        $ 323       $1,153         $1,175      $   292      $     0
  Delinquent 90 days or more             1,350        1,717        2,294          1,577        1,095        2,243
                                         -----        -----        -----          -----        -----        -----
     Total                               2,091        2,040        3,447          2,752        1,387        2,243
                                         -----        -----        -----          -----        -----        -----
Non-accrual other loans:
  Delinquent less than 90 days              23          ---          ---            ---          181        1,304
  Delinquent 90 days or more               113          132           70            109        1,916          148
                                           ---          ---           --            ---        -----          ---
     Total                                 136          132           70            109        2,097        1,452
                                           ---          ---           --            ---        -----        -----
Total non-accrual loans                  2,227        2,172        3,517          2,861        3,484        3,695
Accruing loans 90 days or more
  delinquent                               ---          ---          ---            ---            0            0
  Total nonperforming loans              2,227        2,172        3,517          2,861        3,484        3,695
                                         =====        =====        =====          =====        =====        =====
Other nonperforming assets:   
  Real estate owned                      3,620        4,830        4,643          4,530       10,990       20,618
  In-substance foreclosures                ---          ---          ---          1,488        6,957        6,955
                                         -----        -----        -----          -----        -----        -----
  Total                                  3,620        4,830        4,643          6,018       17,947       27,573
    Less allowance for losses             (724)      (1,712)      (1,857)        (2,008)      (4,792)      (4,091)
                                          ----       ------       ------         ------       ------       ------ 
      Total                              2,896        3,118        2,786          4,010       13,155       23,482
                                         -----        -----        -----          -----       ------       ------
Total nonperforming assets              $5,123       $5,290       $6,303         $6,871      $16,639      $27,177
                                        ======       ======       ======         ======      =======      =======

Nonperforming loans to total net
  loans                                   0.27%        0.28%        0.56%         0.50%          0.64%        .70%
Total nonperforming assets to   
  total assets                            0.46%        0.50%        0.71%         0.85%          2.19%       3.72%

</TABLE>

     For the nine months ended June 30, 1997 interest  income of $111,000  would
have been recorded on loans  accounted  for on a non-accrual  basis if the loans
had been current throughout the period. No interest income was actually included
in net income regarding non-accrual loans during the same period.

     The Bank's policy  requires  that a general  allowance be maintained on all
REO.  The Bank's  periodic  provisions  to its  allowance  for losses on REO are
included in income  (losses)  from real estate  operations  on its  consolidated
statements of earnings.

     Management evaluates each REO property on no less than a quarterly basis to
assure that the net  carrying  value of the  property on the Bank's  books is no
greater  than the fair  market  value  less  estimated  costs to  dispose.  When
necessary,  the property is written down or specific  allowances are established
to reduce the carrying value.


                                       76


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                REO Allowances
                                                                --------------
                                       Nine Months Ended June 30,           Years Ended September 30,
                                       --------------------------           -------------------------
                                         1997             1996           1996            1995           1994
                                         ----             ----           ----            ----           ----
                                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                    <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>   
 Beginning balance                     $1,712           $1,857         $1,857          $2,008         $4,792
 Provision for (recovery of)
   losses                                 (20)              67            117              35           (579)
 Allowances for losses on REO
 acquired                                 ---               21             21             ---            ---
 Charge-offs                             (968)            (243)          (283)           (186)        (2,205)
                                         ----             ----           ----            ----         ------ 
 Ending balance                          $724           $1,702         $1,712          $1,857         $2,008
                                         ====           ======         ======          ======         ======
</TABLE>




     Not included in the  preceding  table are gains,  (losses) or recoveries on
the sale of real estate owned of $93,000,  ($39,000),  $180,000 and $1.1 million
for the nine months  ended June 30, 1997 and for the years ended  September  30,
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     Classified  Assets.  Under  OTS  regulations,  problem  assets  of  insured
institutions  are classified as either  "substandard,"  "doubtful" or "loss." An
asset is considered  "substandard"  if the current net worth and paying capacity
of the obligor and/or the value of the collateral pledged are no longer adequate
to support the loan.  "Substandard"  assets are  characterized  by the "distinct
possibility"  that the  insured  institution  will  sustain  "some  loss" if the
deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as "doubtful" have all of the
weaknesses   inherent  in  those  classified   "substandard,"   with  the  added
characteristic  that the weaknesses  present make  "collection or liquidation in
full," on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, "highly
questionable  and  improbable."  Assets  classified  "loss" are those considered
"uncollectible"  and of such  little  value  that  their  continuance  as assets
without  the  establishment  of a specific  loss  reserve is not  warranted.  In
addition  to the  classification  of assets  as  "substandard,"  "doubtful,"  or
"loss," the OTS  regulations  also  require  that  assets that do not  currently
expose  the Bank to a  sufficient  degree  of risk to  warrant  one of the three
foregoing  classifications but which do possess credit deficiencies or potential
weaknesses  deserving  management's close attention must be designated  "special
mention."

     In part owing to the Bank's efforts  beginning in the late 1980s to improve
its asset quality,  the Bank's classified assets as a percentage of total assets
has  decreased  from 2.67% at September 30, 1994 to 1.17% at September 30, 1996.
At June 30, 1997, this percentage was 1.26%.

     When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard
or doubtful, it is required to establish allowances for loan losses in an amount
considered  appropriate  by  management.  See "--  Allowance  for Loan  Losses."
Additionally,  the institution  establishes  general allowances to recognize the
inherent risk associated  with lending  activities,  but which,


                                       77


<PAGE>



unlike  specific  allowances,  have not been  allocated  to  particular  problem
assets. When an insured  institution  classifies problem assets as "loss," it is
required  either to establish a specific  allowance  for losses equal to 100% of
the  amount  of the  asset  so  classified  or to  charge-off  such  amount.  An
institution's  determination  as to the  classification  of its  assets  and the
amount of its valuation  allowances  is subject to review by the OTS,  which can
order the establishment of additional  general or specific loss allowances.

     The  following  table  presents the Bank's  classified  assets at the dates
indicated.

                                               September 30,
                                 -------------------------------------
                  June 30, 1997    1996             1995          1994
                  -------------    ----             ----          ----
                                         (In thousands)
Substandard:
 Real Estate
   Owned              $ 3,620    $ 3,897          $ 3,483       $ 5,011 
 Loans                 10,345      8,150           16,119        14,805     
                       ------      -----           ------        ------     
   Total Substandard   13,965     12,047           19,602        19,816     
Doubtful                    0        192              930         1,265   
Loss                      117        174              698           494      
                          ---        ---              ---           ---      
                      $14,082    $12,413          $21,230       $21,575    
                      =======    =======          =======       =======    
                               
 
                                 ---------------
Allowance for Loan Losses

     Provisions  for loan losses are charged to  operations  as an allowance for
loan losses;  recognized loan losses (recoveries) are then charged (credited) to
the allowance. The Bank evaluates the outstanding loan portfolio with respect to
the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at least quarterly.

     Management's  policy is to provide for estimated  losses on the Bank's loan
portfolio based on management's  evaluation of the probable losses (existing and
inherent).  Such  evaluations  are  made  for all  major  loans  on  which  full
collectibility of interest and/or principal may not be reasonably  assured.  The
factors  which the Bank  considers  are the  estimated  value of the  underlying
collateral,  the  management of the  borrower,  and current  operating  results,
trends and cash flow. In addition to analyzing individual loans, management also
analyzes on a regular basis its asset  classification and recent loss experience
on other loans to help insure that prudent general  allowances are maintained on
one-to-four family loans, automobile loans and home equity loans.


                                       78


<PAGE>



     The following tables set forth an analysis of the Bank's allowance for loan
losses at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                Nine Months Ended June 30,                             Years Ended September 30,
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  1997            1996              1996          1995         1994          1993         1993
                                  ----            ----              ----          ----         ----          ----         ----
<S>                             <C>             <C>               <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>   
Balance at beginning of
  period                        $11,016         $10,083           $10,083        $9,434       $7,305        $6,029       $4,899
Provision for (recovery
  of) loan losses                   456            (149)              (76)          460        1,552         1,889        2,755
Allowance for loan losses
   acquired (1)                     ---             885               885           ---          ---           ---          ---
Charge-offs:            
  Residential                      (132)            (59)             (137)         (109)         (88)         (165)        (243)
  Commercial real estate            ---               1               ---          (145)         ---          (987)        (410)
  Consumer                          (49)            (20)              (48)         (130)         (47)          (29)      (1,133)
  Other                              (3)             (1)             (180)           ---         ---           (29)        (448)
                                    ---             ---             -----           ---         ---           ----        -----
    Total charge-offs              (184)            (79)             (365)         (384)        (135)       (1,210)      (2,234)
                                   ----             ---              ----          ----         ----        ------       ------ 

Recoveries:             
  Residential                        41             143               149           117           87           103          109
  Commercial real estate              2              85                86           270          499           134          286
  Consumer                           48              66                79           133           38           139           82
  Other                              29              17               175            53           88           221          132
                                     --              --               ---            --           --           ---          ---
    Total recoveries                120             311               489           573          712           597          609
                                    ---             ---               ---           ---          ---           ---          ---
Balance at end of period        $11,408         $11,051           $11,016       $10,083       $9,434        $7,305       $6,029

Allowance for loan losses
  to total loans                   1.40%           1.47%             1.44%         1.60%        1.64%         1.34%        1.13%
Allowance for loan losses                                                   
  to total non-performing loans  511.78%         407.46%           507.25%       286.70%      329.74%       209.67%      163.17%
Allowance for loan losses                                                   
  and allowance for REO to                                                  
  total nonperforming assets     207.49%         170.18%           181.78%       146.32%      128.86%        56.45%       32.37%
Net charge-offs to average                                                  
  loans outstanding during                                                  
  the period                       0.01%          (0.03)%           (0.02)%       (0.03)%      (0.10)%        0.11%        0.29%
                                                                           
- ----------
</TABLE>

(1)  Represents  allowance  acquired in conjunction with acquisition of Treasure
     Coast Bank, F.S.B. in 1996.


                                       79


<PAGE>



         The following table presents an allocation of the entire  allowance for
loan losses among various loan  classifications and sets forth the percentage of
loans in each category to total loans.  The allowance  shown in the table should
not be  interpreted  as an indication  that  charge-offs  in future periods will
occur in these  amounts or  proportions  or that the analysis  indicates  future
charge-off trends.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          September 30,
                                                                                          -------------
                                     June 30, 1997                1996                        1995                     1994
                                     -------------                ----                        ----                     ----
                                   Amount   Percent(1)      Amount   Percent(1)         Amount   Percent(1)      Amount   Percent(1)
                                   ------   ----------      ------   ----------         ------   ----------      ------   ----------
                                                                        Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>   
   Allowance at end of    
     period applicable to:
     Residential                   $1,449     76.98%       $ 1,410     77.95%          $ 1,228     78.91%        $1,065     80.88%
     Commercial Real Estate         4,462     11.56          4,133     11.02             4,654     10.07          4,120       9.42
     Unallocated                    3,485      0.00          3,538      0.00             2,463      0.00          2,860       0.00
                                    -----      ----          -----      ----             -----      ----          -----       ----
       Total Mortgage Loans       $ 9,396     88.54        $ 9,081     88.97           $ 8,345     88.98         $8,045      90.30
     Consumer                       1,413     10.13          1,223     10.01               967      9.75            787       8.37
     Other                            599      1.33            712      1.02               771      1.27            602       1.33
                                      ---      ----            ---      ----               ---      ----            ---       ----

     Total                        $11,408    100.00%       $11,016    100.00%          $10,083    100.00%        $9,434     100.00%
                                  =======    ======        =======    ======           =======    ======         ======     ====== 

- ----------

(1)  Percent of loans in each category of total loans at the dates indicated.
</TABLE>


                                       80


<PAGE>




Investment Activities

         The Bank invests  primarily in overnight  funds,  U.S.  Government  and
agency obligations,  and FHLB of Atlanta capital stock. The Bank does not invest
in   derivatives,   collateralized   mortgage   obligations   or  other  hedging
instruments.

         The table below  summarizes  the carrying  value and  estimated  market
value of the Bank's portfolio of investment securities at the dates indicated.


                                       81


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       September 30,                  
                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   June 30, 1997             1996                  1995                   1994        
                                   -------------             ----                  ----                   ----        
                               Carrying     Market   Carrying     Market   Carrying     Market    Carrying     Market 
                                 Value      Value      Value      Value      Value      Value       Value      Value  
                                 -----      -----      -----      -----      -----      -----       -----      -----  
 <S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>     
 Available for sale:
  U.S. Treasury notes          $17,954    $17,954    $23,347    $23,347  $     ---  $     ---     $   ---    $   --- 
   FHLB notes                    29,452     29,452     10,031     10,031        ---        ---         ---        --- 
    Other securities                 87         87        115        115        ---        ---         ---        --- 
                                     --         --        ---        ---        ---        ---         ---        --- 
     Total                      $47,493    $47,493    $33,493    $33,493  $     ---  $     ---     $   ---    $   --- 
                                =======    =======    =======    =======     ======     ======        ====       ====  
 Held to maturity:
   U.S. Treasury notes          $   ---    $   ---    $   ---    $   ---  $  15,028  $  14,970     $35,065    $34,578 
   FHLB notes                    15,000     14,994     20,000     20,016     10,000     10,159       5,021      4,936 
    Other securities                ---        ---        ---        ---        158        158         200        200 
                                    ---        ---        ---        ---        ---        ---         ---        --- 
     Total                      $15,000    $14,994    $20,000    $20,016  $  25,186  $  25,287     $40,286    $39,714 
                                =======    =======    =======    =======  =========  =========     =======    ======= 
 FHLB stock                     $ 7,595    $ 7,595    $ 7,158    $ 7,158  $   6,064  $   6,064     $ 5,358    $ 5,358 

</TABLE>
                                              September 30,                  
                           ------------------------------------------------  
                                       1993                     1992         
                                       ----                     ----         
                              Carrying       Market     Carrying     Market  
                                Value        Value        Value      Value   
                                -----        -----        -----      -----   
 Available for sale:                                                         
   U.S. Treasury notes         $   ---      $   ---      $   ---    $   ---  
   FHLB notes                      ---          ---          ---        ---  
    Other securities               ---          ---          ---        ---  
                                   ---          ---          ---        ---  
     Total                     $   ---      $   ---      $   ---    $   ---  
                                  ====         ====         ====       ====  
 Held to maturity:                                                           
   U.S. Treasury notes         $40,036      $40,251      $ 9,986    $10,203  
   FHLB notes                    5,044        5,056        9,888      9,927  
    Other securities               442          442          619        619  
                                   ---          ---          ---        ---  
     Total                     $45,522      $45,749      $20,493    $20,749  
                               =======      =======      =======    =======  
 FHLB stock                    $ 5,225      $ 5,225      $ 5,206    $ 5,206  
                           


                                       82




<PAGE>



     On November 15, 1995, the FASB issued the Special Report  pursuant to which
the Bank was permitted to conduct a one-time reassessment of the classifications
of  all  securities   held  at  that  time.  Any   reclassifications   from  the
held-to-maturity  category made in conjunction with that reassessment  would not
call into  question  an  enterprise's  intent to hold other debt  securities  to
maturity in the future.  The Bank undertook such a reassessment  and,  effective
December 31, 1995, all investment  securities were reclassified as available for
sale. On the effective date of the reclassification,  the securities transferred
had a  carrying  value of $25.8  million  and an  estimated  fair value of $26.0
million,  resulting  in a net  increase  to  stockholders'  equity  for  the net
unrealized appreciation of $126,000,  after deducting applicable income taxes of
$76,000.

     The table below presents the  contractual  maturities and weighted  average
yields of investment securities at June 30, 1997, excluding FHLB stock:


83


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        One Year or Less     One to Five Years    More Than Five Years          Total Investment Securities
                        ----------------     -----------------    --------------------          ---------------------------
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                                        Average
                                 Weighted            Weighted              Weighted    Remaining                            Weighted
                       Carrying   Average   Carrying  Average   Carrying    Average     Years to    Carrying     Market     Average
                        Value      Yield     Value     Yield      Value      Yield      Maturity      Value      Value       Yield
                        -----      -----     -----     -----      -----      -----      --------      -----      -----       -----
 <S>                    <C>           <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>  
 U.S. Treasury 
  notes............    $17,954       5.41%      $ 0     0.00%        $0       0.00%        .5        $17,954     $17,954      5.41%
 FHLB notes.........         0       0.00    44,452     6.07          0       0.00        1.5         44,452      44,446      6.07
 Other securities...         0       0.00        87    10.00          0       0.00        1.8             87          87     10.00

</TABLE>

                                       84


<PAGE>



Sources of Funds

     Deposits. The Bank offers a number of different deposit accounts, including
regular  savings,   interest-bearing  checking  or  NOW  accounts,  non-interest
checking,  money  market  deposit,  term  certificate  accounts  and  individual
retirement accounts.

     The Bank has  twenty-two  branch  offices in addition to its home office in
Fort Pierce.  The Bank's strategy has been to have conveniently  located offices
in growth  markets as one of its main methods of  attracting  funds.  The Bank's
deposits primarily are obtained from areas surrounding its offices.  Certificate
accounts in excess of $100,000 are not actively  solicited  nor are brokers used
to obtain deposits.

     The Bank had a decline in deposit balances for several years prior to 1993.
This was a strategy  that the Bank used to improve its capital  ratios.  Much of
the decline was  accomplished by the closing of less profitable  branches.  With
the Bank's improved capital position in the beginning of 1993, it made an effort
to stabilize  deposits and increase account balances.  As part of this strategy,
the Bank has  upgraded  a number of branch  facilities  and  moved  from  leased
storefronts to full service free-standing offices.

     Management believes that demand and passbook accounts are less sensitive to
changes in interest rates than other types of accounts,  such as certificates of
deposit.  As of June 30,  1997,  the Bank had 23.88% of its deposits in passbook
and demand accounts and 75.45% in certificates of deposit. Due to the recent low
interest rate  environment,  the Bank has also been pricing its  certificates of
deposit to encourage  lengthening of maturities.  When management determines the
levels of its deposit rates,  consideration is given to local competition,  U.S.
Treasury  securities  offerings,  and  anticipated  funding  requirements.



                                       85


<PAGE>
     The  following  table sets  forth the  distribution  of the Bank's  deposit
accounts at the dates indicated and the weighted  average interest rates on each
category  of deposits  presented.  Management  does not believe  that the use of
period-end  balances instead of average monthly  balances  produces any material
difference in the information presented:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        September 30,                               
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   June 30, 1997                          1996                                  1995                
                                   -------------                          ----                                  ----                
                                                     Weighted                        Weighted                               Weighted
                                                     Average                         Average                                Average 
                                                     Nominal                         Nominal                                Nominal 
                              Amount   Percent        Rate      Amount   Percent      Rate          Amount     Percent       Rate   
                              ------   -------        ----      ------   -------      ----          ------     -------       ----   
                                                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                          <C>         <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>    
Demand accounts:
  Non-interest  
    bearing demand           $40,119     4.43%         N/A    $ 33,613     3.95%       N/A        $ 21,001       2.91%        N/A   
   NOW accounts               53,121     5.87         1.40%     54,806     6.43       1.51%         44,814       6.22        1.57%  
   Money market
    accounts                  45,425     5.02         2.51      42,561     5.00       2.58          36,863       5.11        2.37   
                              ------     ----         ----      ------     ----       ----          ------       ----        ----   
 Subtotal                   $138,665    15.32         1.36    $130,980    15.38       1.46        $102,678      14.24        1.53   
 Savings accounts:
   Passbook                   77,467     8.56         1.73      77,305     9.07       1.78          80,720      11.20        1.97   
   Certificates of           682,674    75.45         5.46     636,907    74.77       5.37         531,601      73.73        5.60   
    deposit
 Official checks               6,098      .67          N/A       6,661      .78        N/A           5,982        .83         N/A   
                               -----      ---                    -----      ---                      -----        ---               
 Total deposits             $904,904   100.00%        4.47%   $851,853   100.00%      4.41%       $720,981     100.00%       4.57%  
                            ========   ======         ====    ========   ======       ====        ========     ======        ====   
</TABLE>
                                         September 30,                
                         ------------------------------------------- 
                                             1994                    
                                             ----                    
                                                          Weighted   
                                                          Average    
                                                          Nominal    
                                  Amount     Percent       Rate      
                                  ------     -------       ----      
                                        (Dollars in thousands)           
 Demand accounts:                                                    
   Non-interest                                                      
    bearing demand              $ 19,285       2.86%        N/A      
   NOW accounts                   47,861       7.10        1.57%     
   Money market                                                      
    accounts                      46,550       6.91        2.42      
                                  ------       ----        ----      
 Subtotal                       $113,696      16.87        1.65      
 Savings accounts:                                                   
   Passbook                       92,855      13.78        2.02      
   Certificates of               463,254      68.75        4.55      
    deposit                                                          
 Official checks                   4,025        .60         N/A      
                                   -----        ---                  
 Total deposits                 $673,830     100.00%       3.69%     
                                ========     ======        ====      

                                       86


<PAGE>

     The following table presents, by various categories, information concerning
the amounts and maturities of the Bank's time deposits on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            September 30
                                 June 30,     ---------------------------------------------
                                   1997           1996            1995           1994
                                   ----           ----            ----           ----
                                                    (In thousands)
             <S>                 <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>    
              0.00 - 3.00%      $     121       $    307        $    199        $   254
              3.01 - 4.00%              6              1           4,360        179,914
              4.01 - 5.00%         89,474        155,121         100,834        147,838
              5.01 - 6.00%        545,431        378,999         234,126         76,038
              6.01 - 7.00%         47,219        101,780         182,299         43,350
              7.01 - 8.00%            423            603           9,174         13,135
              8.01 - 9.00%            ---              3              61          2,152
                Over 9.01%            ---            ---             548            573
Premiums on deposits acquired         ---             93             ---            ---
Total Certificate Accounts       $682,674       $636,907        $531,601        $463,254  
                                                     
</TABLE>



         At June 30, 1997,  the Bank had  certificates  of deposit in amounts of
$100,000 or more maturing as follows:


                                        Amount
Maturity Period                     (In thousands)
- ---------------                      --------------
3 Months or Less                        12,300
Over 3 to 6 Months                      13,436
Over 6 to 12 Months                     15,295
Over 12 Months                          20,509
                                       --------
Total                                  $61,540


                                       87


<PAGE>



     The following table contains information regarding deposit account activity
for the periods shown.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Nine Months Ended June 30,                      Years Ended September 30,
                                  --------------------------                      -------------------------
                                     1997               1996              1996              1995                  1994
                                     ----               ----              ----              ----                  ----
                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                               <C>                 <C>              <C>               <C>                    <C>    
Net increase (decrease)
  before interest      
  credited                        $ 27,798            $21,932          $ 30,644          $ 21,118               $ 2,217
Interest credited                   25,253             22,113            30,035            26,033                20,521
Deposits acquired                      ---             70,193            70,193               ---                   ---
                                                       ------            ------            ------                 ------ 

Deposit account
  increase (decrease)              $53,051           $114,238          $130,872           $47,151               $22,738
                                   =======           ========          ========           =======               =======
Weighted average cost
  of deposits during                
  the period                         4.40%              4.47%              4.44%            4.24%                  3.52%
Weighted average cost                
  of deposits at end
  of period                          4.45%              4.38%              4.41%            4.57%                  3.69%
</TABLE>


     Borrowings.  The Bank is a member of the Federal  Home Loan Bank of Atlanta
("FHLB of Atlanta").  The FHLB of Atlanta offers various fixed rate and variable
rate  advances to its members.  Requests for advances  with an original  term to
maturity of five years or less may be approved for any sound business purpose in
which the member is  authorized  to engage.  Requests for advances with original
maturity  in  excess of five  years  may be  approved  only for the  purpose  of
enabling that member to provide funds for residential housing finance.  The FHLB
of Atlanta  underwrites  each advance  request based on factors such as adequacy
and stability of capital position,  quality and composition of assets, liquidity
management,  level of  borrowings  from all  sources  and  other  such  factors.
Pursuant to a collateral  agreement  with the FHLB,  advances are secured by all
stock in the FHLB and a blanket floating lien that requires the Bank to maintain
qualifying  first  mortgage  loans as pledged  collateral in an amount equal to,
when discounted at 75% of the unpaid principal balances, the advances.

     In  addition  to  advances  from  the  FHLB of  Atlanta,  the Bank has also
borrowed funds from Northwest Bank to fund its Employee Stock Ownership Plan. At
June 30,  1997,  the Bank had  $449,000 in that  obligation  outstanding,  which
matures in  December,  1998.  From time to time the Bank has also  entered  into
sales of securities  under  agreements to  repurchase.  At June 30, 1997 no such
agreements were outstanding.


                                       88


<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth  information  regarding the Bank's borrowing
at and for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        At or for the Nine
                                                       Months Ended June 30,            At or for the Year Ended September 30,
                                                    -------------------------    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                       1997         1996                 1996              1995            1994
                                                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>                  <C>               <C>             <C>    
FHLB Advances:
   Average Balance                                   $98,059      $73,303              $75,096           $58,178         $45,000
   Maximum balance at any month-end                  105,000       75,000               95,000            85,000          45,000
   Balance at period end                             100,000       75,000               95,000            65,000          45,000
   Weighted average interest rate during 
     the period                                         6.00%        6.13%                6.12%             6.10%           6.16%
   Weighted average interest rate at period end         6.00%        6.11%                6.02%             6.10%           6.12%
Other Borrowings:
   Average Balance                                      $599         $894              $   857           $ 1,160         $ 1,165
   Maximum balance at any month-end                      674          974                  974             1,273           1,498
   Balance at period end                                 449          749                  674               974           1,273
   Weighted average interest rate during 
     the period                                         9.51%        9.52%                9.47%             9.27%           6.70%
   Weighted average interest rate at period end         8.75%        8.50%                8.50%             9.00%           8.00%
Total Borrowings:
   Average Balance                                   $98,658      $74,197              $75,953           $59,338         $46,165
   Maximum balance at any month-end                  105,674       75,974               95,974            86,273          46,498
   Balance at period end                             100,449       75,749               95,674            65,974          46,273
   Weighted average interest rate during 
     the period                                         6.02%        6.17%                6.15%             6.16%           6.18%
   Weighted average interest rate at period end         6.01%        6.13%                6.04%             6.14%           6.17%

</TABLE>

                                       89


<PAGE>



                                 ---------------
Subsidiaries

     Federal  associations  generally  may  invest  up to 2% of their  assets in
service corporations plus an additional 1% of assets for community purposes.  In
addition,  federal  associations  such as the Bank may invest up to 50% of their
regulatory capital in conforming loans to service  corporations.  In addition to
investments  in service  corporations,  federal  associations  are  permitted to
invest  an  unlimited  amount  in  operating   subsidiaries  engaged  solely  in
activities in which a federal association may directly engage.

     The Bank has two active subsidiary  corporations.  Appraisal Analysts, Inc.
provides real estate appraisal services to the Bank as well as third parties. H.
F.  Development  Company,  Inc. serve as repositories of selected REO properties
held for disposition. See " -- Delinquent, Nonperforming and Classified Assets."

     The Bank also has inactive subsidiaries, one of which is discussed below:

     CFD,  Inc. One of the Bank's  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  is CFD, Inc. CFD,
Inc.  is a Florida  corporation  which,  in  September  1991,  filed a Chapter 7
bankruptcy in the Southern  District of Florida.  Until filing in the bankruptcy
court CFD,  Inc.  had been engaged in land  development  and sales of land using
land  installment  sale contracts.  CFD, Inc. became a subsidiary of the Bank in
1985 as a result of the restructuring of certain nonperforming loans made by the
Bank to CFD,  Inc. and the transfer of CFD,  Inc.  stock and other assets to the
Bank as a result of the restructuring of the debt.

     CFD, Inc. began land  development  operations in Sebring,  Florida and Lake
Placid, Florida in the early 1960's through a predecessor corporation, Highlands
County Title and Guaranty Land Company ("Highlands  Guaranty").  At that time it
had no business  relationship  or  affiliation  with the Bank.  Between 1983 and
1985, the Bank extended loans to CFD, Inc. which  aggregated  approximately  $20
million.  The various loans to CFD, Inc. were  subsequently  consolidated into a
single  loan  and  the  Bank  obtained  a  first  mortgage  on  all  land  under
development.

     The Bank assumed ownership of CFD, Inc. in 1985 as part of a restructuring.
CFD, Inc. filed for  bankruptcy in September of 1991. The bankruptcy  process is
still underway although it is nearing conclusion. All of the assets of CFD, Inc.
have been transferred to the bankruptcy  trustee for liquidation.  In connection
with  the  bankruptcy  proceeding,  the  Bank is both a  secured  and  unsecured
creditor of CFD, Inc.  During the fiscal year 1996, the Bank received a $150,000
distribution from the bankruptcy trustee.  The Bank believes that it is unlikely
that  it  will  recover  any  significant  amounts  at  the  conclusion  of  the
bankruptcy.

     The State of Florida has administratively dissolved CFD, Inc..


                                       90


<PAGE>



Competition

     The Bank encounters strong  competition both in attracting  deposits and in
originating  real estate and consumer  loans.  Its most direct  competition  for
deposits has come historically from commercial  banks,  brokerage houses,  other
savings  associations  and credit  unions in its market  area.  The Bank expects
continued strong competition from such financial institutions in the foreseeable
future. The Bank's market area includes branches of a number of commercial banks
that are  substantially  larger  than the Bank in terms of  statewide  deposits.
Recently, one of the nation's largest commercial banks announced the acquisition
of Florida's  largest bank. The  acquisition,  upon  completion,  is expected to
intensify  competition  in the Bank's  market  area and in many  other  parts of
Florida. There may, however, be additional opportunities to purchase branches in
Florida as a result of such  consolidation.  The Bank  competes  for  savings by
offering depositors a high level of personal service, convenient locations and a
competitive interest rate.

     The  competition  for real estate and other loans  comes  principally  from
commercial  banks,  mortgage banking  companies and other savings  associations.
Lending competition has increased  substantially in recent years, as a result of
the large  number of  institutions  seeking  to  benefit  from the growth in the
Bank's market area.

     The Bank competes for loans  primarily  through the interest rates and loan
fees it charges, the types of loans it offers, and the efficiency and quality of
services it provides borrowers, real estate brokers, and builders.  Factors that
affect  competition  include  general  and local  economic  conditions,  current
interest  rate levels and  volatility  of the mortgage  markets.  Based on total
assets,  as of June  30,  1997,  the Bank was the  largest  savings  institution
headquartered in the six county area served by the Bank.

Employees

     At June 30, 1997,  the Bank had a total of 293  full-time  employees and 53
part-time  employees,  none of whom were represented by a collective  bargaining
unit. The Bank considers its relations with its employees to be good.


                                       91


<PAGE>



Properties

     The Bank  conducts its business  from its  headquarters  in Fort Pierce and
through 22 branch offices.  These offices are located in Brevard,  Indian River,
Martin, Okeechobee, St. Lucie, and Volusia counties, Florida. The net book value
at June 30, 1997 of the Bank's  offices was $10.1 million.  The following  table
sets forth information regarding the Bank's offices.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Year                                               Lease
                Location                         Opened                Owned/Leased             Expiration Date
                --------                         ------                ------------             ---------------

<S>                                               <C>                    <C>                     <C>
ST. LUCIE COUNTY
MAIN OFFICE                                       1934                    OWNED
100 SOUTH SECOND STREET
FORT PIERCE, FL 34950

VIRGINIA AVENUE                                   1968                    OWNED
500 VIRGINIA AVENUE
FORT PIERCE, FL 34982

PSL MAIN                                          1975                    OWNED
7181 SOUTH U.S. #1
PORT ST. LUCIE, FL 34952

H.F. CENTER                                       1981                    OWNED
2400 S.E. MIDPORT RD.
PORT ST. LUCIE, FL 34952

LAKEWOOD PARK                                     1981                    OWNED
5100 TURNPIKE FEEDER RD.
FORT PIERCE, FL 34950

DARWIN SQUARE                                     1991                    LEASED                   11/30/97
3251 S.W. PSL BLVD.
PORT ST. LUCIE, FL 34953

ORANGE BLOSSOM                                    1984                    OWNED
4156 OKEECHOBEE ROAD
FORT PIERCE, FL 34947

ST. LUCIE WEST                                    1993                    OWNED
1376 S.W. ST. LUCIE WEST
  BLVD.
PORT ST. LUCIE, FL 34986

</TABLE>

                                       92


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Year                                               Lease
                Location                         Opened                Owned/Leased             Expiration Date
                --------                         ------                ------------             ---------------

<S>                                               <C>                      <C>                      <C>    
INDIAN RIVER
VERO MAIN                                         1978                    OWNED
655 21st STREET
VERO BEACH, FL 32960

CAUSEWAY                                          1981                    OWNED
1700 S.A1A
VERO BEACH, FL 32963

INDIAN RIVER MALL                                 1997                    OWNED
6080 20th STREET
VERO BEACH, FL 32966

SEBASTIAN                                         1979                    OWNED
13397 U.S. HIGHWAY #1
SEBASTIAN, FL 32958


MARTIN COUNTY
PALM CITY                                         1978                    LEASED                   07/26/05
1251 S.W. 27TH STREET
PALM CITY, FL  34990

EAST OCEAN                                        1981                    OWNED
1500 E. OCEAN BLVD.
STUART, FL 34996

STUART MAIN                                       1996                    LEASED                   08/15/99
789 S. FEDERAL HWY.
STUART, FL 34994


BREVARD COUNTY
PALM BAY                                          1981                    OWNED
5245 BABCOCK ST., N.E.
PALM BAY, FL 32905

INDIALANTIC                                       1981                    OWNED
305 5th AVENUE
INDIALANTIC, FL 32903

WEST MELBOURNE                                    1982                    OWNED
2950 W. NEW HAVEN AVENUE
MELBOURNE, FL 32904
</TABLE>


                                       93


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Year                                               Lease
                Location                         Opened                Owned/Leased             Expiration Date
                --------                         ------                ------------             ---------------

<S>                                                <C>                    <C>                       <C> 
VIERA                                             1995                    OWNED
100 CAPRON TRAIL
MELBOURNE, FL  32940


OKEECHOBEE COUNTY
OKEECHOBEE                                        1980                    OWNED
2801 HIGHWAY #441 SOUTH
OKEECHOBEE, FL 34974


VOLUSIA COUNTY
NEW SMYRNA                                        1988                    LEASED                    9/30/99
REGIONAL SHOPPING CENTER
1940 STATE ROAD #44
NEW SMYRNA BEACH, FL 32069

PORT ORANGE                                       1983                    OWNED
4035 NOVA ROAD
PORT ORANGE, FL 32127

ORMOND BEACH                                      1984                    OWNED
75 N. NOVA ROAD
ORMOND BEACH, FL 32174

</TABLE>

     All leases are anticipated to renew upon their expiration.

     The Bank uses a data  processing  service  located in Orlando,  Florida for
record keeping activities.  The data processor  specializes in servicing savings
associations.  The Bank has used this company since 1969 with a current contract
that expires in 2000. All data  processing  equipment that is used internally by
the Bank is owned  by the  Bank.  The net  book  value of such  data  processing
equipment and related software as of June 30, 1997 was $925,000.

Legal Proceedings

     There are various  claims and  lawsuits  in which the Bank is  periodically
involved  incident  to the Bank's  business.  In the opinion of  management,  no
material loss is anticipated from any such pending claims or lawsuits.  The most
significant of these lawsuits is described below.

     The Bank and  certain  other  entities  are  defendants  in a class  action
lawsuit  which was filed in May,  1991.  The  plaintiffs in the  litigation  are
purchasers of parcels of developed and undeveloped land from General Development
Corporation ("GDC") who allege that GDC, through fraudulent means,  induced them
to buy land at inflated  values.  The Bank is a


                                       94


<PAGE>



defendant  in this matter along with a number of other  financial  institutions,
purchasers  of loans in the  secondary  market,  broker  dealers,  an  insurance
company and numerous other  individuals  and companies.  The  involvement of the
Bank arises from its purchase  from GDC of land sales  contracts  originated  by
GDC. The Bank,  along with the other  defendants,  filed a motion to dismiss the
case which was granted.  The  plaintiffs  filed an appeal with the Third Circuit
Court  of  Appeals   which   remanded  the  case  to  the  District   Court  for
reconsideration. The District Court entered its order dismissing the case again.

         The  plaintiffs  filed a motion  requesting the District Court to amend
the dismissal order to permit the plaintiffs to file another amended  complaint.
The District Court denied the plaintiff's  motion. The plaintiffs  appealed that
order to the Third Circuit and both sides were directed to submit  supplementary
briefs.  Management  believes  that the  position of the  plaintiffs  is without
merit.


                                   REGULATION

General

     The Bank is a federally  chartered  savings  association,  the  deposits of
which are  federally  insured  and  backed by the full  faith and  credit of the
United  States  Government.  Accordingly,  the Bank is subject to broad  federal
regulation and oversight  extending to all its operations.  The Bank is a member
of the FHLB of Atlanta and is subject to certain limited regulation by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board"). Harbor
Florida,  as the mid-tier  holding company of the Bank, is also regulated by the
OTS. Specifically, the OTS has ruled that Harbor Florida has the same powers and
limitations as the Mutual Holding Company. After the Conversion,  Harbor Florida
will be a savings and loan  holding  company.  As the  savings and loan  holding
company of the Bank,  it is subject to federal  regulation  and  oversight.  The
purpose of the  regulation of Harbor  Florida and other holding  companies is to
protect subsidiary savings associations. The Bank is a member of the SAIF, which
together with the BIF are the two deposit  insurance  funds  administered by the
FDIC,  and the  deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC.  As a result,  the
FDIC has certain regulatory and examination authority over the Bank.

     Certain of these  regulatory  requirements  and  restrictions are discussed
below or elsewhere in this document.

Federal Regulation of Savings Associations

     The  OTS  has   extensive   authority   over  the   operations  of  savings
associations.  Being  subject to this  authority,  the Bank is  required to file
periodic reports with the OTS and is


                                       95


<PAGE>



subject  to  periodic  examinations  by the OTS  and  the  FDIC.  The  last  OTS
examination of the Bank was as of January 21, 1997. When these  examinations are
conducted by the OTS and the FDIC,  the examiners may require  Harbor Florida to
provide  for  higher  general  or  specific  loan  loss  reserves.  All  savings
associations, including the Bank, are subject to a semi-annual assessment, based
upon their  total  assets,  to fund the  operations  of the OTS.  The Bank's OTS
assessment for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996, was $190,000.

     The  OTS  also  has  extensive   enforcement  authority  over  all  savings
institutions and their holding companies, including the Bank, Harbor Florida and
the Mutual Holding Company.  This enforcement  authority  includes,  among other
things, the ability to assess civil money penalties,  to issue  cease-and-desist
or  removal  orders  and to  initiate  injunctive  actions.  In  general,  these
enforcement  actions may be initiated for violations of laws or regulations  and
unsafe or unsound  practices.  Other  actions or inactions may provide the basis
for enforcement action,  including misleading or untimely reports filed with the
OTS. Except under certain circumstances,  public disclosure of final enforcement
actions by the OTS is required.

     In addition, the investment, lending and branching authority of the Bank is
prescribed by federal law and it is prohibited  from engaging in any  activities
not permitted by such laws. For instance,  no savings  institution may invest in
non-investment  grade corporate debt  securities.  In addition,  the permissible
level of investment by federal  associations in loans secured by non-residential
real property may not exceed 400% of total capital,  except with approval of the
OTS.  Federal  savings  associations  are also  generally  authorized  to branch
nationwide. The Bank is in compliance with the noted restrictions.

     The Bank's general permissible lending limit for  loans-to-one-borrower  is
equal to the  greater of  $500,000  or 15% of  unimpaired  capital  and  surplus
(except for loans fully secured by certain  readily  marketable  collateral,  in
which case this limit is increased to 25% of unimpaired capital and surplus). At
June 30,  1997,  the  Bank's  lending  limit  under this  restriction  was $13.4
million. The Bank is in compliance with the loans-to-one-borrower limitation.

     The  OTS,  as well as the  other  federal  banking  agencies,  has  adopted
guidelines  establishing  safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan
underwriting and  documentation,  asset quality,  earnings  standards,  internal
controls and audit  systems,  interest rate risk exposure and  compensation  and
other  employee  benefits.  Any  institution  which  fails to comply  with these
standards must submit a compliance plan.


                                       96


<PAGE>



Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC

     The Bank is a  member  of the  SAIF,  which is  administered  by the  FDIC.
Deposits are insured up to applicable  limits by the FDIC and such  insurance is
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. As insurer,
the FDIC  imposes  deposit  insurance  premiums  and is  authorized  to  conduct
examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC insured  institutions.  It also
may prohibit any FDIC insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC
determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the SAIF or the BIF.
The FDIC also has the authority to initiate  enforcement actions against savings
associations,  after giving the OTS an opportunity to take such action,  and may
terminate  the deposit  insurance  if it  determines  that the  institution  has
engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

     The FDIC's  deposit  insurance  premiums are assessed  through a risk-based
system under which all insured  depository  institutions  are placed into one of
nine  categories  and  assessed  insurance  premiums  based upon their  level of
capital and supervisory evaluation. Under the system, institutions classified as
well  capitalized  (i.e., a core capital ratio of at least 5%, a ratio of Tier 1
or core capital to  risk-weighted  assets  ("Tier 1  risk-based  capital") of at
least 6%,  and a  risk-based  capital  ratio of at least  10%),  and  considered
healthy, pay the lowest premium while institutions that are less than adequately
capitalized (i.e., core or Tier I risk-based capital ratios of less than 4% or a
risk-based  capital  ratio  of less  than  8%)  and  considered  of  substantial
supervisory concern pay the highest premium.  Risk classification of all insured
institutions is made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

     The FDIC is authorized to increase assessment rates, on a semiannual basis,
if it  determines  that the  reserve  ratio of the  SAIF  will be less  than the
designated  reserve  ratio of 1.25% of SAIF insured  deposits.  In setting these
increased  assessments,  the FDIC must seek to restore the reserve ratio to that
designated  reserve  level,  or such higher  reserve ratio as established by the
FDIC.  The FDIC may also impose  special  assessments  on SAIF  members to repay
amounts  borrowed from the United States Treasury or for any other reason deemed
necessary by the FDIC.

     In order to equalize the deposit  insurance  premium  schedules for BIF and
SAIF insured institutions, the FDIC imposed a one-time special assessment on all
SAIF-assessable deposits pursuant to federal legislation passed on September 30,
1996. The Bank's special assessment,  which was $4,552,000, was paid in November
1996,  but accrued as of September  30,  1996.  Effective  January 1, 1997,  the
premium schedule for BIF and SAIF insured institutions ranged from 0 to 27 basis
points.  However,  SAIF  insured  institutions  are  required to pay a Financing
Corporation (FICO) assessment,  in order to fund the interest on bonds issued to
resolve thrift  failures in the 1980s,  equal to 6.48 basis points for each $100
in domestic 


                                       97


<PAGE>



deposits,  while BIF-insured  institutions pay an assessment equal to 1.52 basis
points for each $100 in  domestic  deposits.  The  assessment  is expected to be
reduced to 2.43 basis  points no later than  January 1, 2000,  when BIF  insured
institutions fully participate in the assessment.  These assessments,  which may
be revised based upon the level of BIF and SAIF deposits will continue until the
bonds mature in the year 2017.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

     Federally insured savings  associations,  such as the Bank, are required to
maintain a minimum level of regulatory capital.  The OTS has established capital
standards,  including a tangible capital requirement,  a leverage ratio (or core
capital)  requirement,  and a risk-based capital requirement  applicable to such
savings associations.  These capital requirements must be generally as stringent
as the  comparable  capital  requirements  for national  banks.  The OTS is also
authorized  to impose  capital  requirements  in excess  of these  standards  on
individual associations on a case-by-case basis.

     The  capital  regulations  require  tangible  capital  of at least  1.5% of
adjusted  total tangible  assets (as defined by  regulation).  Tangible  capital
generally includes common  stockholders' equity and retained income, and certain
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock and related income.  In addition,  all
intangible  assets,  other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing
rights,  must be deducted from tangible capital for calculating  compliance with
the requirement.

     The OTS  regulations  establish  special  capitalization  requirements  for
savings associations that own subsidiaries.  In determining  compliance with the
capital requirements,  all subsidiaries engaged solely in activities permissible
for national banks, or engaged in certain other  activities  solely as agent for
its customers,  are "includable"  subsidiaries that are consolidated for capital
purposes  in  proportion  to the  Bank's  level  of  ownership.  For  excludable
subsidiaries the debt and equity  investments in such  subsidiaries are deducted
from assets and capital.

     At June 30, 1997, the Bank had tangible capital of $78.4 million,  or 7.04%
of  total  assets,  which is  approximately  $61.9  million  above  the  minimum
requirement  of 1.5% of adjusted  total assets in effect on that date.  On a pro
forma  basis,  after  giving  effect to the sale of the  minimum,  midpoint  and
maximum  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  in the  Conversion  and
investment  of 50% of the net  proceeds  in assets  not  excluded  for  tangible
capital  purposes,  the Bank would have had  tangible  capital  equal to 10.18%,
10.66%,  and 11.14%,  respectively,  of adjusted  total assets at June 30, 1997,
which is $97.5 million, $103.8 million and $110.2 million,  respectively,  above
the requirement.

     The capital  standards  also require  core capital  equal to at least 3% of
adjusted total assets.  Core capital generally consists of tangible capital plus
certain intangible assets,


                                       98


<PAGE>



including a limited amount of purchased credit card  relationships.  As a result
of the prompt corrective action provisions  discussed below,  however, a savings
association  must  maintain a core capital ratio of at least 4% to be considered
adequately  capitalized unless its supervisory  condition is such to allow it to
maintain a 3% ratio.

     At June 30, 1997,  the Bank had core  capital  equal to $78.4  million,  or
7.04% of  adjusted  total  assets,  which is $45.0  million  above  the  minimum
leverage  ratio  requirement  of 3% as in  effect on that  date.  On a pro forma
basis,  after  giving  effect to the sale of the  minimum,  midpoint and maximum
number of shares of Common Stock offered in the  Conversion,  and  investment of
50% of the net proceeds in assets not excluded from core capital, the Bank would
have had core  capital  equal to  9.92%,  10.41%  and  10.89%  respectively,  of
adjusted total assets at June 30, 1997,  which is $80.1  million,  $86.3 million
and $92.6 million, respectively, above the requirement.

     The OTS risk-based  requirement requires savings associations to have total
capital of at least 8% of risk-weighted  assets.  Total capital consists of core
capital,  as defined above, and  supplementary  capital.  Supplementary  capital
consists of certain  permanent  and  maturing  capital  instruments  that do not
qualify as core capital and general  valuation loan and lease loss allowances up
to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Supplementary capital may be used
to satisfy the risk-based  requirement  only to the extent of core capital.  The
OTS is  also  authorized  to  require  a  savings  association  to  maintain  an
additional  amount of total capital to account for  concentration of credit risk
and the risk of non-traditional activities.

     In determining the amount of risk-weighted  assets,  all assets,  including
certain  off-balance sheet items,  will be multiplied by a risk weight,  ranging
from 0% to 100%,  based on the risk inherent in the type of asset.  For example,
the OTS has assigned a risk weight of 50% for prudently  underwritten  permanent
one- to four-family  first lien mortgage loans not more than 90 days  delinquent
and  having a loan to value  ratio of not more  than 80% at  origination  unless
insured to such ratio by an insurer approved by FNMA or FHLMC.

     The OTS has adopted a final rule that requires  every  savings  association
with more than  normal  interest  rate risk  exposure  to deduct  from its total
capital, for purposes of determining compliance with such requirement, an amount
equal to 50% of its interest-rate risk exposure  multiplied by the present value
of its assets.  This exposure is a measure of the  potential  decline in the net
portfolio value of a savings  association,  greater than 2% of the present value
of its assets, based upon a hypothetical 200 basis point increase or decrease in
interest rates (whichever results in a greater decline).  Net portfolio value is
the  present  value  of  expected  cash  flows  from  assets,  liabilities,  and
off-balance  sheet  contracts.  The rule  provides for a two quarter lag between
calculating  interest rate risk and recognizing any deduction from capital.  The
rule will not become effective until the OTS evaluates the process


                                       99


<PAGE>



by which  savings  association  may  appeal  an  interest  rate  risk  deduction
determination. It is uncertain as to when this evaluation may be completed.

     On June 30, 1997, the Bank had total capital of $85.7 million.  This amount
was $39.3  million  above the 8%  requirement  in effect on that date.  On a pro
forma  basis,  after  giving  effect to the sale of the  minimum,  midpoint  and
maximum number of shares of Common Stock offered in the Conversion, the infusion
to the Bank of 50% of the net  Conversion  proceeds and the  investment of those
proceeds in 20%  risk-weighted  government  securities,  the Bank would have had
total  capital of 20.73%,  21.78% and  22.82%,  respectively,  of  risk-weighted
assets,  which is above the  current  8%  requirement  by $75.0  million,  $81.4
million and $87.7 million, respectively.

     Prompt  Corrective  Action.  The OTS and the FDIC are authorized and, under
certain  circumstances,  required,  to  take  certain  actions  against  savings
association that fail to meet their capital  requirements.  The OTS is generally
required to take  action to  restrict  the  activities  of an  "undercapitalized
association"  (generally  defined  to be one  with  less  than  either a 4% core
capital  ratio,  a 4% Tier 1  risked-based  capital  ratio  or an 8%  risk-based
capital ratio). Any such association must submit a capital  restoration plan and
until such plan is approved  by the OTS may not  increase  its  assets,  acquire
another  institution,  establish a branch or engage in any new  activities,  and
generally  may not make capital  distributions.  The OTS is authorized to impose
the   additional    restrictions    that   are   applicable   to   significantly
undercapitalized associations.

     As a condition to the approval of the capital restoration plan, any company
controlling an undercapitalized association must agree that it will enter into a
limited  capital  maintenance   guarantee  with  respect  to  the  institution's
achievement of its capital requirements.

     Any savings  association  that fails to comply with its capital  plan or is
"significantly undercapitalized" (i.e., Tier 1 risk-based or core capital ratios
of less  than 3% or a  risk-based  capital  ratio of less  than 6%) must be made
subject  to  one  or  more  of  additional   specified   actions  and  operating
restrictions  which may cover all aspects of its operations and include a forced
merger or acquisition of an association. An association that becomes "critically
undercapitalized"  (i.e., a tangible  capital ratio of 2% or less) is subject to
further mandatory restrictions on its activities in addition to those applicable
to significantly  undercapitalized  savings associations.  In addition,  the OTS
must appoint a receiver (or conservator  with the concurrence of the FDIC) for a
savings  association,  with certain limited exceptions,  within 90 days after it
becomes critically  undercapitalized.  Any undercapitalized  association is also
subject to the general enforcement  authority of the OTS and the FDIC, including
the appointment of a conservator or a receiver.


                                      100


<PAGE>



     The OTS is also generally  authorized to reclassify an  association  into a
lower capital category and impose the  restrictions  applicable to such category
if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices or is in an unsafe
or unsound condition.

     The  imposition by the OTS or the FDIC of any of these measures on the Bank
may have a substantial adverse effect on its operations and profitability.

Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions

     OTS regulations  impose various  restrictions on savings  association  with
respect  to their  ability  to make  distributions  of  capital,  which  include
dividends,  stock  redemptions  or  repurchases,   cash-out  mergers  and  other
transactions  charged to the capital  account.  OTS regulations  also prohibit a
savings  association from declaring or paying any dividends or from repurchasing
any of its stock if, as a result, the regulatory capital of an association would
be reduced  below the  amount  required  to be  maintained  for the  liquidation
account established in connection with its mutual to stock conversion.  See "THE
CONVERSION  --  Effects  of the  Conversion"  and "--  Certain  Restrictions  on
Purchase or Transfer of Shares After the Conversion."

     The OTS utilizes a three-tiered  approach to permit  savings  associations,
based  on  their  capital  level  and  supervisory  condition,  to make  capital
distributions  which  include  dividends,   stock  redemptions  or  repurchases,
cash-out  mergers and other  transactions  charged to the capital  account.  See
"--Regulatory Capital Requirements."

     Generally, Tier 1 savings associations, which are savings associations that
before  and  after  the  proposed   distribution   meet  their  current  capital
requirements,  may make capital  distributions during any calendar year equal to
the greater of 100% of net income for the year-to-date plus 50% of the amount by
which the lesser of the  association's  tangible,  core, or  risk-based  capital
exceeds its fully phased-in capital  requirement for such capital component,  as
measured at the beginning of the calendar  year, or the amount  authorized for a
Tier 2 association.  However,  a Tier 1 association deemed to be in need of more
than  normal  supervision  by the  OTS may be  downgraded  to a Tier 2 or Tier 3
association as a result of such a determination. The Bank meets the requirements
for a Tier I  association  and has not been  notified  of a need  for more  than
normal supervision. Tier 2 savings associations,  which are savings associations
that  before and after the  proposed  distribution  meet their  current  minimum
capital requirements,  may make capital distributions of up to 75% of net income
over the most recent four quarter period.

     Tier 3 savings  associations  (which are savings  associations  that do not
meet  current  minimum  capital  requirements)  that propose to make any capital
distribution  and Tier 2 savings  associations  that  propose  to make a capital
distribution  in excess of the noted safe


                                      101


<PAGE>



harbor level must obtain OTS approval prior to making such distribution.  Tier 2
savings  associations  proposing to make a capital  distribution within the safe
harbor provisions and Tier 1 savings associations  proposing to make any capital
distribution  need only submit  written  notice to the OTS 30 days prior to such
distribution.  The OTS may object to the distribution  during that 30-day period
based on safety and soundness  concerns.  A savings  association  may not make a
capital  distribution  without  prior  approval of the OTS and the FDIC if it is
undercapitalized  before,  or as a  result  of,  such  a  distribution.  See  "-
Regulatory Capital Requirements."

Liquidity

     All savings  associations,  including the Bank, are required to maintain an
average daily balance of liquid assets equal to a certain  percentage of the sum
of its average daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts and borrowings
payable  in one year or less.  For a  discussion  of what the Bank  includes  in
liquid assets, see "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Liquidity and Capital Resources." This liquid asset
ratio requirement may vary from time to time (between 4% and 10%) depending upon
economic conditions and savings flows of all savings association. At the present
time, the minimum liquid asset ratio is 5%.

     In addition,  short-term liquid assets (e.g.,  cash, certain time deposits,
certain bankers  acceptances and short-term United States Treasury  obligations)
currently must constitute at least 1% of the Bank's average daily balance of net
withdrawable  deposit accounts and current borrowings.  Penalties may be imposed
upon  savings   associations   for  violations  of  either  liquid  asset  ratio
requirement.   At  June  30,  1997,  the  Bank  was  in  compliance   with  both
requirements,  with an overall  liquid  asset  ratio of 18.07% and a  short-term
liquid assets ratio of 6.89%.

Accounting

     An OTS policy statement applicable to all savings association clarifies and
re-emphasizes that the investment activities of a savings association must be in
compliance with approved and documented investment policies and strategies,  and
must be  accounted  for in  accordance  with GAAP.  Under the policy  statement,
management  must  support its  classification  of and  accounting  for loans and
securities  (i.e.,   whether  held  for  investment,   sale,  or  trading)  with
appropriate documentation. The Bank is in compliance with these amended rules.

     The OTS has adopted an amendment to its accounting  regulations,  which may
be made more  stringent  than GAAP by the OTS, to require that  transactions  be
reported in a manner


                                      102


<PAGE>



that best reflects  their  underlying  economic  substance and inherent risk and
that financial  reports must  incorporate  any other  accounting  regulations or
orders prescribed by the OTS.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test

     All savings  association,  including  the Bank,  are required to meet a QTL
test to avoid certain  restrictions  on their  operations.  This test requires a
savings  association to have at least 65% of its portfolio assets (as defined by
regulation) in qualified thrift investments on a monthly average for nine out of
every 12 months on a rolling basis. As an alternative,  the savings  association
may maintain 60% of its assets in those assets specified in Section  7701(a)(19)
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended  ("Code").  Under either test,
such  assets  primarily  consist  of  residential   housing  related  loans  and
investments. At June 30, 1997, the Bank met the test and has always met the test
since its effectiveness.

     Any savings  association  that fails to meet the QTL test must convert to a
national bank charter,  unless it requalifies as a QTL and thereafter  remains a
QTL. If an  association  does not  requalify  and  converts  to a national  bank
charter,  it must remain SAIF  insured  until the FDIC permits it to transfer to
the BIF.  If such an  association  has not yet  requalified  or  converted  to a
national  bank,  its  new  investments  and  activities  are  limited  to  those
permissible  for both a  savings  association  and a  national  bank,  and it is
limited to national bank branching  rights in its home state. In addition,  such
an association is immediately  ineligible to receive any new FHLB borrowings and
is subject to national bank limits for payment of dividends. If such association
has not requalified or converted to a national bank within three years after the
failure,  it must  divest  of all  investments  and  cease  all  activities  not
permissible  for a  national  bank.  In  addition,  it must repay  promptly  any
outstanding FHLB borrowings,  which may result in prepayment  penalties.  If any
association  that fails the QTL test is  controlled by a holding  company,  then
within one year after the failure,  the holding  company must register as a bank
holding  company  and  become  subject  to  all  restrictions  on  bank  holding
companies.  See " -- Company  Regulation."  Recent  changes in federal  law have
provided savings  associations  with a broader array of lending  activities that
will enable the Bank to  continue to meet the QTL test but place more  portfolio
assets in credit card loans, educational loans and commercial loans.

Community Reinvestment Act

     Under  the  Community   Reinvestment   Act  ("CRA"),   every  FDIC  insured
institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and
sound banking  practices to help meet the credit needs of its entire  community,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not  establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it
limit an institution's  discretion to develop the types of products and services
that it believes are best suited to its particular  community,  consistent


                                      103


<PAGE>



with the CRA. The CRA requires the OTS, in connection  with the  examination  of
the Bank, to assess the institution's  record of meeting the credit needs of its
community  and to take such record  into  account in its  evaluation  of certain
applications, such as a merger or the establishment of a branch, by the Bank. An
unsatisfactory  rating may be used as the basis for the denial of an application
by the OTS.

     After the Conversion and merger,  the federal banking  agencies,  including
the OTS, have  recently  revised the CRA  regulations  and the  methodology  for
determining  an  institution's  compliance  with the CRA. Due to the  heightened
attention being given to the CRA in the past few years, the Bank may be required
to devote  additional  finds for investment and lending in its local  community.
The Bank was last  examined for CRA  compliance on June 9, 1997. At that time it
was rated as having an "outstanding record of meeting community credit needs."

Transactions with Affiliates

     Generally,  transactions  between a savings association or its subsidiaries
and its affiliates  are required to be on terms as favorable to the  association
as transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain of these transactions,
such  as  loans  to  an  affiliate,  are  restricted  to  a  percentage  of  the
association's capital. Affiliates of the Bank include Harbor Florida, the Mutual
Holding  Company and any company which is under common control with the Bank. In
addition,  a  savings  association  may not  lend to any  affiliate  engaged  in
activities not  permissible for a bank holding company or acquire the securities
of most affiliates.  The OTS has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of savings
association as affiliates on a case by case basis.

     Certain  transactions with directors,  officers or controlling  persons are
also  subject to  conflict of interest  regulations  enforced by the OTS.  These
conflict of interest  regulations and other statutes also impose restrictions on
loans to such persons and their  related  interests.  Among other  things,  such
loans must be made on terms  substantially the same as for loans to unaffiliated
individuals.

Company Regulation

     Upon completion of the Conversion, Harbor Florida will be a unitary savings
and loan holding  company  subject to regulatory  oversight by the OTS. As such,
Harbor  Florida is  required to register  and file  reports  with the OTS and is
subject to  regulation  and  examination  by the OTS. In  addition,  the OTS has
enforcement  authority  over  Harbor  Florida  and its  non-savings  association
subsidiaries which also permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities that
are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings association.


                                      104


<PAGE>



     As a unitary savings and loan holding company, the Company generally is not
subject to activity restrictions.  If Harbor Florida acquires control of another
savings association as a separate subsidiary, it would become a multiple savings
and loan holding  company,  and the  activities of Harbor Florida and any of its
subsidiaries (other than the Bank or any other SAIF insured savings association)
would become subject to such restrictions unless such other savings associations
each qualify as a QTL and were acquired in a supervisory acquisition.

     If the Bank fails the QTL test, the Company must obtain the approval of the
OTS prior to  continuing  after such  failure,  directly  or  through  its other
subsidiaries,  any  business  activity  other than those  approved  for multiple
savings and loan holding companies or their  subsidiaries.  In addition,  within
one year of such failure the Company must  register as, and will become  subject
to, the  restrictions  applicable  to bank  holding  companies.  The  activities
authorized  for a bank holding  company are more limited than are the activities
authorized  for a unitary or multiple  savings and loan holding  company.  See "
- --Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

     Harbor Florida must obtain approval from the OTS before  acquiring  control
of  any  other  SAIF-insured   association.   Such  acquisitions  are  generally
prohibited  if they  result  in a  multiple  savings  and loan  holding  company
controlling  savings  associations  in  more  than  one  state.   However,  such
interstate  acquisitions are permitted based on specific state  authorization or
in a supervisory acquisition of a failing savings association.

Federal Securities Law

     The stock of Harbor Florida is registered under the Securities and Exchange
Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act") as administered by the Securities and Exchange
Commission  ("SEC").  After the  Conversion,  the Common Stock of Harbor Florida
will  continue to be  registered  with the SEC under the  Exchange  Act.  Harbor
Florida  will  continue to be subject to the  information,  proxy  solicitation,
insider  trading  restrictions  and  other  requirements  of the SEC  under  the
Exchange Act.

     Common  Stock  held by  persons  who are  affiliates  (generally  officers,
directors  and  principal  stockholders)  of  Harbor  Florida  may not be resold
without   registration   unless  resold  in  accordance   with  certain   resale
restrictions.  If Harbor  Florida meets  specified  current  public  information
requirements,  each  affiliate  of Harbor  Florida is able to sell in the public
market,  without  registration,  a limited  number of shares in any  three-month
period.


                                      105


<PAGE>



Federal Reserve System

     The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository  institutions to maintain
noninterest  bearing  reserves at specified  levels  against  their  transaction
accounts (primarily checking, NOW and Super NOW checking accounts).  At June 30,
1997, the Bank was in compliance with these reserve  requirements.  The balances
maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board
may be used to satisfy  liquidity  requirements  that may be imposed by the OTS.
See " --Liquidity."

     Savings  association are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank
"discount  window,"  but  Federal  Reserve  Board  regulations  require  savings
associations to exhaust other reasonable alternative sources of funds, including
FHLB borrowings, before borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

     The Bank is a member of the FHLB of  Atlanta,  which is one of 12  regional
FHLBs that  provide  collateralized  borrowings  (advances)  to support the home
financing credit function of savings  associations and other stockholder members
such as  commercial  banks and credit  unions.  Each FHLB serves as a reserve or
central  bank  for its  members  within  its  assigned  region.  Each is  funded
primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the
FHLB System.  Each makes loans to members  (i.e.,  advances) in accordance  with
policies  and  procedures,  established  by the board of  directors of the FHLB,
which are subject to the oversight of the Federal  Housing  Finance  Board.  All
advances from the FHLB are required to be fully secured by sufficient collateral
as determined by the FHLB. In addition,  all long-term  advances are required to
provide funds for residential home financing.

     As a member,  the Bank is required to purchase  and  maintain  stock in the
FHLB of Atlanta.  At June 30, 1997, the Bank had $7,595,000 in FHLB stock, which
was in compliance with this  requirement.  In past years,  the Bank has received
substantial  dividends  on its FHLB stock.  Over the past five fiscal years such
dividends have averaged 6.48%, and were 7.25% for calendar year 1996.

     Under  federal  law  the  FHLBs  are  required  to  provide  funds  for the
resolution  of  troubled  savings  association  and to  contribute  to  low  and
moderately priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on
advances  targeted for community  investment and low and moderate income housing
projects.  These  contributions  have  affected  adversely  the  level  of  FHLB
dividends  paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These  contributions
could also have an adverse  effect on the value of FHLB stock in the  future.  A
reduction  in value of the  Bank's  FHLB  stock may  result  in a  corresponding
reduction in the Bank's capital.


                                      106


<PAGE>



     For the  year  ended  September  30,  1996,  dividends  paid by the FHLB of
Atlanta to the Bank totaled $476,000.  The $397,000 dividend for the nine months
ended June 30, 1997 reflects an annualized rate of 7.25%.

Federal and State Taxation

     Federal  Taxation.  Savings  associations such as the Bank that met certain
definitional  tests relating to the  composition of assets and other  conditions
prescribed by the Code, are permitted to establish reserves for bad debts and to
make annual  additions  thereto which may, within specified  formula limits,  be
taken as a  deduction  in  computing  taxable  income  for  federal  income  tax
purposes. The amount of the bad debt reserve deduction for "nonqualifying loans"
is computed  under the  experience  method.  The amount of the bad debt  reserve
deduction for  "qualifying  real  property  loans"  (generally  loans secured by
improved real estate) could be computed  under either the  experience  method or
the percentage of taxable income method (based on an annual election).

     Under the experience  method,  the bad debt reserve  deduction is an amount
determined under a formula based generally upon the bad debts actually sustained
by the savings association over a period of years.

     Since 1987,  the percentage of  specially-computed  taxable income that was
used to compute a savings  association's  bad debt reserve  deduction  under the
percentage of taxable income method (the  "percentage  bad debt  deduction") was
8%. The  percentage  bad debt  deduction thus computed was reduced by the amount
permitted as a deduction for  non-qualifying  loans under the experience method.
The availability of the percentage of taxable income method permitted qualifying
savings  association  to be taxed at a lower  effective  federal income tax rate
than that applicable to corporations generally (approximately 31.3% assuming the
maximum percentage bad debt deduction). Under changes in federal tax law enacted
in August 1996, the  percentage  bad debt deduction has been  eliminated for tax
years  beginning after December 31, 1995.  Accordingly,  this method will not be
available  to the  Bank  for  its tax  years  ending  September  30,  1997,  and
thereafter.

     Under the  percentage of taxable  income  method,  the  percentage bad debt
deduction  could not exceed the amount  necessary to increase the balance in the
reserve for  qualifying  real  property  loans to an amount  equal to 6% of such
loans  outstanding  at the end of the  taxable  year,  or the greater of (i) the
amount  deductible under the experience  method,  or (ii) the amount which, when
added to the bad debt deduction for non-qualifying  loans,  equals the amount by
which 12% of the amount comprising  savings accounts at year-end exceeds the sum
of  surplus,  undivided  profits,  and  reserves at the  beginning  of the year.
Through  September  30, 1996,  the 6% and 12%  limitations  did not restrict the
percentage bad debt deduction available to the Bank.


                                      107


<PAGE>



     The  federal  tax  legislation  enacted  in  August  1996  also  imposes  a
requirement  to recapture  into taxable income the portion of the qualifying and
non-qualifying  loan  reserves  in excess of the  "base-year"  balances  of such
reserves.  For the Bank, the base-year reserves are the balances as of September
30, 1988.  Recapture of the excess  reserves  will occur over a six-year  period
which  could begin for the Bank as early as the tax year  ending  September  30,
1997  (commencement of the recapture period may be delayed,  however,  for up to
two years  provided the Bank meets certain  residential  lending  requirements).
This delay of the  recapture  is not  available  to the Bank if it converts to a
national bank. The Bank previously established, and will continue to maintain, a
deferred  tax  liability  with  respect to its federal tax bad debt  reserves in
excess of the base-year balances; accordingly, the legislative changes will have
no effect on total income tax expense for financial reporting purposes.

     Also, under the August 1996  legislation,  the Bank's base-year federal tax
bad debt  reserves are "frozen"  and subject to current  recapture  only in very
limited circumstances. Generally, recapture of all or a portion of the base-year
reserves  will be  required if the Bank pays a dividend in excess of the greater
of its current or accumulated earnings and profits, redeems any of its stock, or
is  liquidated.  The Bank has not  established a deferred  federal tax liability
under SFAS No. 109 for its base-year  federal tax bad debt reserves,  as it does
not  anticipate  engaging  in any of the  transactions  that  would  cause  such
reserves to be recaptured.

     In addition to the regular  income  tax,  corporations,  including  savings
association  such as the  Bank,  generally  are  subject  to a minimum  tax.  An
alternative  minimum tax is imposed at a minimum tax rate of 20% on  alternative
minimum  taxable  income,  which is the sum of a  corporation's  regular taxable
income (with certain  adjustments) and tax preference  items, less any available
exemption.  The alternative  minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the
corporation's  regular  income tax and net  operating  losses can offset no more
than 90% of alternative  minimum  taxable  income.  For taxable years  beginning
after 1986 and before 1996, corporations,  including savings association such as
the Bank, are also subject to an environmental  tax equal to 0.12% of the excess
of alternative  minimum taxable income for the taxable year (determined  without
regard to net operating losses and the deduction for the environmental tax) over
$2 million.

     The Bank files federal  income tax returns on a fiscal year basis using the
accrual method of accounting.

     The Bank has not been audited by the IRS  recently  with respect to federal
income tax returns. In the opinion of management,  any examination of still open
returns  would not result in a  deficiency  which could have a material  adverse
effect on the financial condition of the Bank.


                                      108


<PAGE>



     Florida  Taxation.  Under the laws of the state of Florida,  Harbor Florida
and its subsidiaries are subject generally to a 5.5% tax on net income.  The tax
may be  reduced  by credit  of up to 65% of the tax due as a result  of  certain
intangible taxes.


                          MANAGEMENT OF HARBOR FLORIDA

Directors and Executive Officers

     The Board of Directors of Harbor Florida  consists of the same  individuals
who are  the  current  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank.  See
"MANAGEMENT  OF THE BANK --  Directors."  Each  director  of Harbor  Florida has
served  since its  incorporation  in December of 1996.  The  directors of Harbor
Florida  serve  three year  staggered  terms so  approximately  one third of the
directors are elected at each annual meeting of the  stockholders.  The terms of
the current directors of Harbor Florida are the same as their terms as directors
of the Bank.  Harbor  Florida  does not  intend to pay its  directors  a fee for
participation on the Board of Directors of Harbor Florida.

     The  executive  officers of Harbor  Florida are elected  annually  and hold
office until their  respective  successors  have been  elected and  qualified or
until death, resignation or removal by the Board of Directors of Harbor Florida.
The executive  officers of Harbor Florida are also the executive officers of the
Bank.  It is not  anticipated  that the  executive  officers  of Harbor  Florida
receive any renumeration in their capacity as Harbor Florida executive officers,
nor do they currently.  For information regarding  compensation of directors and
executive officers of the Bank, see "MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK."



                             MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK

Directors

     The  direction  and  control of the Bank is vested in the  Bank's  Board of
Directors.  The Board of Directors  currently  consist of seven  directors.  The
directors  are  divided  into  three  classes.  Approximately  one  third of the
directors are elected at each annual  meeting of  stockholders.  Because  Harbor
Florida owns all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of the Bank, it, through
its  directors,  elects  directors  of the Bank.  This will  continue  after the
Conversion.


                                      109


<PAGE>



     The following  table sets forth certain  information,  as of June 30, 1997,
with respect to each director of the Bank.

                                        Director of the         New or Current
        Name                 Age           Bank Since          Term to Expire(*)
        ----                 ---        ---------------        -----------------

Bruce R. Abernethy, Sr.      62              1983                    1999

Richard N. Bird              56              1997                    2000

Michael J. Brown, Sr.        56              1977                    1998

Richard K. Davis             67              1978                    2000

Edward G. Enns               64              1977                    1999

Frank H. Fee, III            54              1987                    2000

Richard B. Hellstrom         61              1988                    1998

- ------------

(*)  All terms expire on the date of the Annual Meeting.


     The principal  occupation  for the last five years for each director of the
Bank is set forth below.

Bruce R. Abernethy, Sr.         Mr. Abernethy was  elected to the Board in 1983.
                                  He served as Executive Vice President  of  the
                                  Fort  Pierce / St.  Lucie  County  Chamber  of
                                  Commerce  from May 1991 to May 1993.  Prior to
                                  that Mr. Abernethy was operations  manager for
                                  the  Southern   Bell   Telephone  Company.  He
                                  currently resides in St.Lucie County, Florida,
                                  and is retired.

Richard N. Bird                 Mr. Bird  is President  and  principal broker of
                                  Bird  Realty  Group,  Inc.,  a   real   estate
                                  brokerage firm specializing in commercial real
                                  estate in Indian River County.  He is recently
                                  retired  from  elected  office  after  serving
                                  sixteen  years  on  the  Indian  River  County
                                  Commission. Mr. Bird assisted  Harbor  Federal
                                  in forming the Indian  River  County  Advisory
                                  Board and served as a  member of that Board in
                                  1996. He conducts his business in Indian River
                                  County, Florida.


                                      110



<PAGE>



Michael J. Brown, Sr.           Mr.  Brown  has  served as  President  and Chief
                                  Executive  Officer  of  Harbor  Federal  since
                                  1976. He was elected to the Board in 1977.
                                  Prior to joining  Harbor  Federal,  Mr.  Brown
                                  was the Chief Financial Officer at  University
                                  Federal Savings in Coral Gables,  Florida  and
                                  Prudential Savings in  Clayton, Missouri.  Mr.
                                  Brown has served as  president  of the Chamber
                                  of Commerce and the Rotary Club. He  has  also
                                  been  a  member  of  the   Federal  Home  Loan
                                  Mortgage Corporation Advisory Board.

Richard K. Davis                Mr. Davis has served  on the Board of  Directors
                                  since  1978.  He is  Chairman  of  Richard  K.
                                  Davis Construction Corp., located in St. Lucie
                                  County, Florida.

Edward G. Enns                  Mr. Enns has served as a Director since 1977. He
                                  is the owner of the Enns  Agency,  a  property
                                  and casualty insurance agency  located in Fort
                                  Pierce, Florida.  Mr. Enns is a licensed  real
                                  estate  sales  agent.  He  is  a former County
                                  Commission   Chairman  of  St.  Lucie  County,
                                  Florida, and presently serves as  mayor of the
                                  city of Fort Pierce.

Frank H. Fee, III               Mr. Fee has served as a Director since  1987. He
                                  is an attorney and President  of the law  firm
                                  of Fee & Koblegard,  P.A. which does  business
                                  under the registered name of Fee, Koblegard  &
                                  DeRoss, a general practice law firm located in
                                  Fort Pierce, Florida. Mr.Fee is also President
                                  of Treasure Coast Abstract &  Title  Insurance
                                  Company, an  abstracting  and  title  insuring
                                  agent firm, and is in the business  of  citrus
                                  and cattle production.


                                      111


<PAGE>



Richard B. Hellstrom            Mr. Hellstrom has been a Director since 1988. He
                                  is   shareholder   and  President  of Lindahl,
                                  Browning, Ferrari  &  Hellstrom,  Inc., a firm
                                  specializing  in  civil,   environmental   and
                                  agricultural  engineering.   He  conducts  his
                                  business in St. Lucie County, Florida.

Board Meetings and Committees

     The Board of Directors meets twice a month and may have additional  special
meetings.  During the year ended September 30, 1996, the Board met 26 times. All
Directors  who served as  directors  during  that year  attended at least 75% of
Board meetings. The standing committees include the following:

     Audit Committee. The Audit Committee met three times during the fiscal year
ended  September  30,  1996.  The Audit  Committee  reviews the  internal  audit
department  of the Bank as well as selecting  the  independent  auditors for the
Bank.  It also has  oversight  of the  Bank's  internal  control  structure  and
financial  reporting  as well as review of the Bank's  annual  audit plan.  This
committee currently consists of Messrs. Bird, Davis, and Fee.

     Nominating  Committee.  The Nominating  Committee nominates  candidates for
vacancies for the office of director.  The Committee met once in fiscal 1996 and
consists of Messrs. Brown, Davis, Fee, and Hellstrom.

     Compensation  Committee.  The Compensation  Committee met four (4) times in
fiscal  1996.  It  reviews  and  discusses  employee  performance  and  prepares
recommendations  for annual salary  adjustments and bonuses.  The Committee also
administers  Harbor Florida's and the Bank's stock benefit plans. This committee
consists of Messrs. Abernethy, Enns, and Hellstrom.

Directors' Fees

     Directors  of the Bank  receive a monthly  fee of $1,750 for serving on the
Board.  Directors Abernethy,  Davis and Fee defer their compensation through the
Bank's  Directors'  Deferred  Compensation  Plan. In addition,  each Director is
covered  by a Group  Accident  and  Travel  Plan at a cost of $290  per year per
Director. The Chairman of the Board, Edward G. Enns, receives an additional $435
per month and the Vice-Chairman, Bruce R. Abernethy, Sr., receives an additional
$200 per month. The Chairman and Vice-Chairman  devote approximately 10% and 8%,
respectively,  of their professional time to the affairs of the Bank.  President
Brown receives no fees for serving on the Board of Directors.


                                      112


<PAGE>



Director Retirement Plan

     The Bank has  established  a  Director  Retirement  Plan.  Under this plan,
non-employee  directors  who served on the Board of Directors for ten (10) years
and have attained the age of 65 are entitled to receive  annually  until death a
payment upon  retirement  equal to 2 1/2% of the average of the annual Board fee
paid such directors for the last three years of service  multiplied by his years
of Board  services  (not to exceed 50% of the three year average  fee). In 1996,
the Board  discontinued  this plan on a  prospective  basis.  Directors who were
elected to the Board after 1996,  such as Richard N. Bird,  are not  eligible to
participate in this plan.

Directors' Unfunded Deferred Compensation Plan

     The Unfunded Deferred  Compensation Plan for the Directors of the Bank (the
"Directors'  Deferred  Compensation  Plan") provides that a director of the Bank
may  elect  to  defer  all or  part of his  annual  director  fees  to fund  the
Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan. The plan also provides that deferred fees
are to earn  interest at an annual  rate equal to the  30-month  certificate  of
deposit rate  adjusted and  compounded  quarterly.  Amounts  deferred  under the
Directors'  Deferred  Compensation  Plan are distributed in annual  installments
over a ten  year  period  beginning  with the  first  day of the  calendar  year
immediately  following  the year in  which  the  director:  (i)  ceases  to be a
director;  or (ii)  attains  the age of 65,  having  been a  participant  in the
Directors'  Deferred  Compensation  Plan for a minimum of five  years;  or (iii)
terminates his participation in the plan. The Directors'  Deferred  Compensation
Plan also  provides  methods  of  distribution  in the event of the death of the
participant  as well as  retirement  or removal from the Board of the Bank.  The
Directors'  Deferred  Compensation  Plan also holds 20,207,  22,900,  and 16,000
shares of Public  Harbor  Florida  Stock for Messrs.  Abernethy,  Davis and Fee,
respectively.  These shares were acquired by the Plan utilizing  deferred annual
director fees of Messrs. Abernethy, Davis and Fee.

Executive Compensation

     The  following  table sets forth the  compensation  paid to Mr.  Michael J.
Brown, Sr., President and Chief Executive Officer,  Robert W. Bluestone,  Senior
Vice President - Retail Banking, David C. Hankle, Senior Vice President - Credit
Administration/Commercial  Lending,  Don W. Bebber,  Senior Vice  President  and
Chief  Financial   Officer,   and  Albert  L.  Fort,  Senior  Vice  President  -
Marketing/Operations. No other executive officer of the Bank served as President
or earned a total  salary and bonus in excess of  $100,000  during  these  three
fiscal years.


                                      113


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                                                 All Other
                                    Annual Compensation         Long Term Compensation      Compensation($)(3)
                                    -------------------         ----------------------      ------------------
                                                               Restricted
      Name and                                                   Stock
 Principal Position    Year(1)     Salary($)      Bonus($)      Awards($)(2)    Options(#)
 ------------------    -------     ---------      --------      ------------    ----------
<S>                     <C>        <C>            <C>                 <C>         <C>              <C>    
Michael J. Brown, Sr.   1996       $235,550       $22,260             $0          2,000            $98,996
President               1995        220,833        25,440              0              0             55,453
                        1994        212,000             0        160,500         45,800              8,060

Robert W. Bluestone     1996       $121,717       $11,780             $0            500            $10,510
Senior Vice             1995        116,950        11,270              0              0             10,347
  President -           1994        112,700             0         52,920         11,940              3,089
  Retail Banking

David C. Hankle         1996       $120,717       $11,680             $0            500            $14,194
Senior Vice             1995        115,967        11,180              0              0             14,387
  President -           1994        111,800             0         52,920         11,940              6,108
   Credit
    Administration/
    Commercial
    Lending

Don W. Bebber           1996       $102,917        $9,500             $0            500            $11,033
Senior Vice             1995         92,500        16,000              0              0             11,047
  President-            1994         80,000             0         52,910         11,940              4,622
Chief Financial
  Officer

Albert L. Fort          1996        $96,392        $9,485             $0            500            $12,286
Senior Vice             1995         94,242         9,120              0              0             13,514
  President-            1994         90,150             0         52,900         11,940              5,995
Marketing/Operations

</TABLE>

- -----------

(1)  The Bank's fiscal year ends September 30.

(2)  Represents stock awards granted by the Compensation  Committee  pursuant to
     the Harbor  Federal Bank  Recognition  and Retention  Plan. The awards were
     granted on January 6, 1994, the date of the MHC  Reorganization.  One third
     of the  shares  granted  under the Plan  vested on each of January 6, 1995,
     January  6,  1996 and  January  6,  1997.  The value of such  shares,  when
     awarded,  was determined by multiplying the number of shares awarded by the
     price at which the shares were sold in the Bank's public stock issuance. At
     September 30, 1996, Messrs. Brown, Bluestone,  Hankle, Bebber and Fort held
     5,350, 1,764, 1,764, 1,764 and 1,764 shares of Public Harbor Florida Stock,
     respectively,  that remain subject to the Harbor  Federal Bank  Recognition
     and  Retention  Plan.  The fair market  value of such  restricted  stock on
     September 30, 1996,  based on the last sale reported on the NASDAQ National
     Market  on  Monday,   September  30,  1996,  or  $29.625  per  share,   was
     approximately   $158,494,    $52,259,   $52,259,   $52,259   and   $52,289,
     respectively. These shares vested on January 6, 1997.


                                      114


<PAGE>



(3)  For fiscal 1996 consists of insurance payments of $6,341,  $2,499,  $4,592,
     $4,543 and $4,520 and  contributions to the Bank's Employee Stock Ownership
     Plan in the equivalent amount of $9,245,  $8,011, $7,943, $6,490 and $6,440
     for  Messrs.  Brown,  Bluestone,  Hankle,  Bebber  and Fort,  respectively.
     Additionally,  the Bank  contributed  $1,860,  $1,659 and $1,326 to Messrs.
     Brown, Hankle and Fort, respectively,  pursuant to the Bank's 401(k) Profit
     Sharing  Plan and  Trust.  The Bank also  contributed  $81,550  to fund Mr.
     Brown's  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement Plan. Other personal  benefits
     provided by the Bank have not been  listed.  The  aggregate  amount of such
     benefits  does not  exceed  the  lesser of  $50,000,  or 10% of each  named
     executive officers' cash compensation.

                             ----------------------


     Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year. The following table provides information
on option grants in fiscal 1996 to Messrs. Brown, Bluestone,  Hankle, Bebber and
Fort:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                           Potential Realizable
                                                                                                             Value at Assumed
                                                                                                           Annualized Rates of
                                                                                                               Stock Price
                                                                                                               Appreciation
                                                   Individual Grants                                        for Option Term(1)
                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------------
                                           % of Total
                                             Options
                                            Number of      Granted to      Exercisable
                              Date of        Options      Employees in     Price Per        Expiration
          Name               Grant(2)        Granted       Fiscal Year       Share(3)          Date             5%          10%
          ----               --------        -------       -----------       --------          ----             --          ---

<S>                            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>    
Michael J. Brown, Sr.          1/6/96          2,000          44.44%          $27.00         1/7/06         $ 33,960      $86,060

Don W. Bebber                  1/6/96            500          11.11            27.00         1/7/06            8,490       21,515

Robert W. Bluestone            1/6/96            500          11.11            27.00         1/7/06            8,490       21,515

David C. Hankle                1/6/96            500          11.11            27.00         1/7/06            8,490       21,515

Albert L. Fort                 1/6/96            500          11.11            27.00         1/7/06            8,490       21,515

</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)  "Potential  Realized  Value" is disclosed in response to the Securities and
     Exchange  commission  rules which require such disclosure for  illustration
     purposes and is based on the difference  between the potential market value
     of shares  issuable upon exercise of such options and the exercise price of
     such options.  The values  disclosed are not intended to be, and should not
     be interpreted by stockholders as, representations or projections of future
     value of  Harbor  Florida's  common  stock or of the stock  price.  To lend
     perspective  to  the  illustrative  potential  realized  value,  if  Harbor
     Florida's  stock price increased 5% per year for ten years from its closing
     price on Friday, January 5, 1996, $27.00 per share, (disregarding dividends
     and assuming for purposes of the  calculation  a constant  number of shares
     outstanding)


                                      115


<PAGE>



     the stock  price at the end of ten years  would be $43.98  per share for an
     increase of $16.98 per share;  and if the stock increased 10% per year over
     such  period,  the  ending  stock  price  would be $70.03  per share for an
     increase  of $43.03 per  share.  At  November  13,  1997,  the date of this
     Prospectus,   the  closing  price  of  Harbor   Florida  Common  Stock  was
     _____________________.

(2)  All options granted on January 6, 1996, first become exercisable on January
     6, 2001.

(3)  The  exercise  price is equal to the  closing  price on Friday,  January 5,
     1996, or $27.00 per share.

                             -----------------------


     Aggregate Option Exercises and Year-End Option Values.  The following table
sets forth the number of shares  acquired on the  exercise of stock  options and
the  aggregate  gains  realized on the  exercise  during  fiscal 1996 by Messrs.
Brown, Bebber,  Bluestone, Fort and Hankle. The table also sets forth the number
of shares covered by  exercisable  and  unexercisable  options held by the named
individuals on September 30, 1996, and the aggregate  gains that would have been
realized had these  options been  exercised on September  30, 1996,  even though
these options were not  exercised,  and the  unexercised  options could not have
been exercised, on September 30, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      Shares Acquired
                        On Exercise                          Number of Shares                 Value of Unexercised
                        During Fiscal      Value         Covered by Unexercised                  In-The-Money
       Name                 1996         Realized(1)        Options on 9/30/96              Options As Of 9/30/96(2)
       ----                 ----         -----------        ------------------              ------------------------

                                                       Exercisable    Unexercisable     Exercisable       Unexercisable
                                                       -----------    -------------     -----------       -------------
<S>                         <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>     
Michael J. Brown, Sr.       4,000         $66,063         18,900          22,900          $370,913          $449,413

Don W. Bebber               3,988          60,811            791           7,164            15,523           140,594

Robert W. Bluestone         2,388          39,999              0           7,164                 0           140,594

Albert L. Fort              2,388          42,984              0           7,164                 0           140,594

David C. Hankle             1,500          24,750          3,276           7,164            64,292           140,594

- ----------
</TABLE>

(1)  Equals the difference  between the aggregate  exercise price of the options
     exercised and the aggregate  fair market value of the common stock received
     upon exercise computed using the price of the last sale of the common stock
     on the exercise date, as quoted on the NASDAQ National Market.  All options
     exercised had an exercise  price of $10.00 per share.  Mr. Brown  exercised
     2,500  options on January  25,  1996,  when the market  price of the common
     stock was $25.625 per share and 1,500  options on April 25, 1996,  when the
     market price of the common stock was $28.00 per share. Mr. Bebber exercised
     2,388  options on January  19,  1996,  when the market  price of the common
     stock was $25.75 per share and 1,600  options  on July 24,  1996,  when the
     market price of the


                                      116


<PAGE>



     common stock was $24.50 per share. Mr. Bluestone exercised 2,388 options on
     January 9, 1996,  when the market  price of the common stock was $26.75 per
     share.  Mr. Fort exercised 2,388 options on April 22, 1996, when the market
     price of the common stock was $28.00 per share.  Mr. Hankle exercised 1,500
     options on January 17, 1996,  when the market price of the common stock was
     $26.50 per share.

(2)  Equals the difference  between the aggregate exercise price of such options
     and the  aggregate  fair  market  value of the  common  stock  that will be
     received  upon  exercise,   assuming  such  exercise  occurred  on  Monday,
     September  30,  1996,  at which date the last sale of the  common  stock as
     quoted on the NASDAQ National Market was at $29.625 per share.

                              --------------------

     Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan. In 1994, the Bank  established the ESOP in
connection with the MHC Reorganization for employees age 21 or older who have at
least one year of credited  service  with the Bank.  Following  the  creation of
Harbor  Florida,  investments  in the  Bank's  common  stock  by the  ESOP  were
exchanged for Public Harbor Florida Shares.

     In January 1994, the ESOP borrowed  $1,498,000 from an unaffiliated  lender
to  purchase   149,800   shares  of  Bank  common   stock   issued  in  the  MHC
Reorganization.  Upon consummation of the Conversion,  the Public Harbor Florida
Shares held by the ESOP will be increased pursuant to the Distribution Exchange.

     The  ESOP  is  administered  by  an  unaffiliated   corporate   trustee  in
conjunction with the Compensation Committee of the Board (the "Committee").  The
ESOP trustee must vote all allocated  shares held by the ESOP in accordance with
the instructions of participating  employees.  Shares for which employees do not
give instructions will be voted by the ESOP trustee.

     As part of the  Conversion,  it is anticipated  that ESOP will borrow funds
from Harbor  Florida to purchase  up to 8.0% of the Common  Stock  issued in the
Conversion  through  the  exercise  of  subscription  rights  under  the Plan of
Conversion.  It is  anticipated  that such loan will equal 100% of the aggregate
purchase price of Conversion  Stock purchased by the ESOP and will be at a fixed
interest  rate at the  prevailing  prime rate at the time the loan is made for a
term of  fifteen  years.  Collateral  for the  loan  will  be  Conversion  Stock
purchased by the ESOP. See "PRO FORMA DATA."

     GAAP requires that any third party  borrowing by the ESOP be reflected as a
liability on Harbor Florida's statement of financial  condition.  Since the ESOP
is borrowing from Harbor Florida, such obligation is not treated as a liability,
but will be excluded from the  shareholders'  equity.  However,  should the ESOP
purchase new shares of Common Stock from Harbor Florida, per share shareholders'
equity and per share net earnings would decrease  because of the increase in the
number of outstanding shares.


                                      117


<PAGE>



     Common  stock  purchased by the ESOP with the proceeds of the loan are held
in a loan  suspense  account and  returned on a prorated  basis as debt  service
payments are made.  Discretionary  contributions to the ESOP and shares released
from the suspense account will be allocated among ESOP participants on the basis
of participants  compensation as it relates to total  participant  compensation.
Employees are fully vested upon completion of five years of service. Credit that
is given for past  service will be  reallocated  among  remaining  participating
employees  and may reduce the amount  contributed  to the ESOP.  Benefits may be
payable upon retirement, early retirement,  disability, death or separation from
service.

     The ESOP is subject to the  requirements of ERISA and the regulation of IRS
and the Department of Labor.

     Other Stock Benefit Plans.  Harbor  Florida  intends to adopt certain stock
benefit plans following consummation of the Conversion. Moreover, existing stock
benefit plans of the Bank will be continued after the Conversion with the effect
that shares of Common Stock will be issuable pursuant thereto.

     Stock Option  Plan.  The Board of  Directors  of Harbor  Florida  currently
intends to adopt the Stock Option Plan (the "1998 Plan") and may submit the 1998
Plan to  stockholders at an annual or special meeting of stockholders to be held
at least six months following the consummation of the Conversion.

     The 1998 Plan will be designed to attract and retain qualified personnel in
key positions, provide directors,  officers and key employees with a proprietary
interest  in Harbor  Florida as an  incentive  to  contribute  to the success of
Harbor  Florida,  and reward key employees for  outstanding  performance and the
attainment of targeted goals.  Options granted under the 1998 Plan may be either
options that qualify under the Code as "incentive  stock options"  (options that
afford  preferable  tax treatment to  recipients  upon  compliance  with certain
restrictions and that do not normally result in tax deductions to the employer),
or options that do not so qualify.  The exercise price of stock options  granted
under the 1998 Plan is required to be a least equal to the fair market value per
share  of the  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  All  grants  will  be  made  in
consideration of past and future services rendered to the Bank, and in an amount
deemed  appropriate  to encourage  the  continued  retention of the officers and
directors who are considered necessary for the continued success of the Bank.

     The 1998  Plan may  provide  for the  grant  of stock  appreciation  rights
("SARs") at any time,  whether or not the participant  then holds stock options,
granting  the right to  receive  the  excess of the  market  value of the shares
represented  by the SARs on the date  exercised  over the exercise  price.  SARs
generally will be subject to the same terms and  conditions  and  exercisable to
the same extent as stock options. In addition,  SARs generally result in greater
expense to a company's income statement than do options, accounted for under the
intrinsic value method, that are issued at the then-current market value.


                                      118


<PAGE>



     Limited  SARs may be granted  at the time of,  and must be related  to, the
grant of a stock  option or SAR.  The exercise of one will reduce to that extent
the number of shares represented by the other.  Limited SARs will be exercisable
only for the 45 days following the  expiration of the tender or exchange  offer,
during  which  period  the  related  stock  option  or SAR will be  exercisable.
However,  no SAR or Limited SAR will be exercisable  by a 10% beneficial  owner,
director or senior  officer  within six months of the date of its grant.  Harbor
Florida has no present intention to grant any SARs or Limited SARs.

     The 1998  Plan  will be  administered  the  Harbor  Florida's  Compensation
Committee which will consist of at least two non-employee directors.  The Harbor
Florida's  Compensation Committee will select the recipients and terms of awards
made  pursuant  to the  1998  Plan.  Assuming  the  1998  Plan is  submitted  to
stockholders prior to one year following the consummation of the Conversion, OTS
regulations  limited the amount of shares  that may be awarded  pursuant to such
stock-based plans to each individual officer,  each non-employee  director,  and
all non-employee directors as a group to 25%, 5%, and 30%, respectively,  of the
total  shares  reserved  for  issuance  under  each such  stock-based  plan.  In
addition,   all  options  would  be  required  to  vest  in  five  equal  annual
installments,  commencing  one  year  from  the date of  grant,  subject  to the
continued service of the holder of such option.

     The 1998 Plan is intended to be funded either with shares  purchased in the
open market or with authorized but unissued  shares of Common Stock.  The use of
authorized  but unissued  shares to fund the 1998 Plan could dilute the holdings
of stockholders who purchase  Conversion Stock in the Offerings.  See "PRO FORMA
DATA."

     Recognition  Plan. Harbor Florida intends to establish the Recognition Plan
in order to provide employees with a proprietary interest in Harbor Florida in a
manner  designed to encourage such persons to remain with Harbor Florida and the
Bank. The  Recognition  Plan may be subject to ratification by stockholders at a
meeting to be held not  earlier  than six  months  after the  completion  of the
Conversion.  Harbor Florida will  contribute  funds to the  Recognition  Plan to
enable it to acquire in the open market or from  authorized but unissued  shares
(with the decision  between open market or authorized but unissued  shares based
on the Harbor Florida future stock price,  alternative investment  opportunities
and capital needs),  following stockholder  ratification of such plan, an amount
of  stock  equal  to  4.0% of the  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  issued  in the
Conversion.

     The  Compensation  Committee of the Board of  Directors of Harbor  Florida,
will administer the proposed  Recognition  Plan. Under the anticipated  terms of
the proposed Recognition Plan, awards ("Awards") can be granted to key employees
in the form of shares of Common Stock held by the Recognition  Plan.  Awards are
non-transferable  and  non-assignable.  In the  event  the  Recognition  Plan is
submitted to a vote of stockholders prior to


                                      119


<PAGE>



one year following  consummation  of the Conversion,  OTS regulations  limit the
amount of shares that may be awarded pursuant to such stock-based  plans to each
individual officer, each non-employee director and all non-employee directors as
a group to 25%,  5% and 30%,  respectively,  of the total  shares  reserved  for
issuance under each such stock-based plan.

     Pension Plan. The Bank provides a noncontributory,  defined benefit pension
plan through the Financial  Institutions  Retirement  Fund of White Plains,  New
York (the "Pension Plan") which covers all salaried  employees who have one year
of service with Harbor  Federal and have  attained  twenty-one  years of age. An
employee is 100% vested in the Pension Plan when he/she  completes five years of
employment at the Bank.  Employees who reach the age of sixty-five (65) are also
100% vested in the Pension Plan, regardless of completed years of employment.

     The following table illustrates the annual pension benefits at age 65 under
the most  advantageous  plan  provisions  available at various levels of average
annual salary and years of service.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Average
      Salary                5             10            15           20           25            30             35
      ------                -             --            --           --           --            --             --

     <S>                   <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>     
     $ 20,000              $ 2,000       $ 4,000       $ 6,000      $ 8,000      $ 10,000      $ 12,000       $ 14,000

     $ 40,000              $ 4,000       $ 8,000       $12,000      $16,000      $ 20,000      $ 24,000       $ 28,000

     $ 60,000              $ 6,000       $12,000       $18,000      $24,000      $ 30,000      $ 36,000       $ 42,000

     $ 80,000              $ 8,000       $16,000       $24,000      $32,000      $ 40,000      $ 48,000       $ 56,000

     $100,000              $10,000       $20,000       $30,000      $40,000      $ 50,000      $ 60,000       $ 70,000

     $125,000              $12,500       $25,000       $37,500      $50,000      $ 62,500      $ 75,000       $ 87,500

     $150,000              $15,000       $30,000       $45,000      $60,000      $ 75,000      $ 90,000       $105,000
</TABLE>

     Normal  retirement  benefits under the Pension Plan are based on retirement
at or after age  sixty-five  (65),  with the amount of the benefit  dependent on
years of service as well as average  annual salary for the five (5)  consecutive
years of highest salary during service. However, the maximum annual compensation
which may be taken into  account  under the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended, for calculating  contributions under qualified defined benefit plans is
currently $150,000.

     As of September 30, 1996,  Messrs.  Brown,  , Bebber,  Bluestone,  Fort and
Hankle have 20, 20, 18, 12 and 10 credited years of service, respectively, under
the Pension Plan. All


                                      120


<PAGE>



benefits  are  computed  as a  straight-life  annuity  and  are not  subject  to
deduction for Social Security.

     Supplemental Executive Retirement Program. On September 13, 1995, the Board
of Directors  approved a  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan ("SERP") for
President  Brown.  The SERP became effective on that date. The SERP will pay Mr.
Brown an  annual  retirement  benefit  at age 65 of 75% of his  final  five year
average  earnings,  less the amount  payable  from the Pension Plan and less the
amount expected to be paid as a Social Security  benefit.  The SERP benefit will
accrue evenly over Mr.  Brown's career so that if Mr. Brown retires or otherwise
terminates his employment  before  attaining age 65, his benefit will be reduced
on a pro rata basis.  In addition,  if Mr. Brown receives his benefit before age
65, such benefit will be subject to a reduction of 3%  multiplied  by the number
of years prior to age 65 that his benefit commences. The SERP is administered by
the  Compensation  Committee.  Payments by Harbor  Federal to fund the SERP were
$81,550 in fiscal 1996.

     Employment  Agreement.  The Board of  Directors  entered  into a three-year
employment agreement with President Brown effective January 6, 1994. On November
27, 1996,  the Board voted to approve an extension of this  agreement  effective
January 6, 1997,  with a new initial term to continue  through  January 6, 2000.
During the term of the  agreement,  Mr.  Brown's  salary is equal to the initial
salary plus any increases  which the Board of Directors may authorize  from time
to time. The agreement also provides for  reimbursement  of reasonable  business
expenses,  participation  in the employee benefit programs of Harbor Federal and
in certain other perquisites.

     In the event  the Bank  terminates  President  Brown's  employment  without
cause,  he will  receive  a  severance  payment  equal to his  salary,  and will
continue to  participate in the employee  benefit  programs of the Bank, for the
balance of the term of the agreement.  Mr. Brown's  agreement with the Bank also
provides for certain payments in the event of a change of control under the Bank
Change in Control Act of 1978, a merger or consolidation, voluntary dissolution,
or transfer of all of the Bank's of Harbor Florida's assets and liabilities. The
employment  agreement,  while not  specifically  excluding from its coverage the
events  encompassed  by the  Conversion,  has been  interpreted  by the Board of
Directors and Mr. Brown as excluding these events.  Accordingly,  the Conversion
would not provide Mr.  Brown with any of the  benefits  which would  normally be
available to him in the event that Harbor Florida or the Bank was acquired by an
unaffiliated third party acquiror.  Should one of these events occur, the Bank's
agreement  with Mr. Brown would be assumed by any  acquiring or merging  entity.
Further,  in the one-year  period  following one of these events,  the agreement
provides Mr. Brown with certain  protection  against  termination other than for
cause  and   against  a  material   diminution   in  his  duties  or   reporting
responsibilities  under the  presumption  that such a change  would amount to an
involuntary  termination of President  Brown's  employment with the Bank. Should
one of the enumerated  events occur,  Mr. Brown would be


                                      121


<PAGE>



entitled to a  severance  benefit of three times his base salary plus the amount
of bonuses  received  during the twelve month period  preceding the  involuntary
termination plus the cost of all benefits which Mr. Brown was entitled to in the
twelve-month  period  preceding  the  involuntary  termination,   plus,  at  his
election,  the excess of the fair value of shares subject to options held by him
over their exercise price, which would then be cancelled.  Total amounts paid to
Mr. Brown under this provision of the agreement with the Bank will not exceed an
amount  which is $100 less than three times the base amount paid to Mr. Brown as
the term "base amount" is defined in Section  280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986. Any payments under the agreement are also  conditioned  upon their
conformity  with the "golden  parachute"  provisions of Section 18(k) of the FDI
Act.  Under the employment  agreement of Mr. Brown,  the events set forth in the
Plan of Reorganization are not deemed events which would require payments to Mr.
Brown, and would not be affected by the Plan of Reorganization.

     Change In Control Agreements.  Upon consummation of the Conversion,  Harbor
Florida  will  enter  into  Change in  Control  Agreements  with each of Messrs.
Bluestone,  Bebber,  Hankle and Fort. These agreements will provide that, should
the  officer  be  terminated  by  Harbor  Florida  or the Bank  within  one year
following  a change  in  control  of  Harbor  Florida  to the Bank  (other  than
termination for cause as defined these  agreements),  he will receive one year's
salary and continue to  participate in the employee  benefit  programs of Harbor
Florida  and  the  Bank  for  three  months  following  his  termination.  These
agreements will have an initial three year term and may be extended by the Board
of Directors.

     Certain  Transactions.  The  Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery and
Enforcement  Act of 1989  ("FIRREA")  requires  that all loans or  extensions of
credit to executive  officers and directors  must be made on  substantially  the
same terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those prevailing at the
time for  comparable  transactions  with the general public and must not involve
more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. In
addition, loans made to a director or an executive officer that exceeded, in the
aggregate, an amount equal to the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the Bank's capital
and surplus, or in any event $500,000, must be approved in advance by a majority
of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors.

     Frank H. Fee,  III, a director of Harbor  Florida  and the Bank,  is also a
director, stockholder and the President of the law firm of Fee & Koblegard, P.A.
which does business under the registered  firm name of Fee,  Koblegard & DeRoss.
In the year  ended  September  30,  1996,  the Bank paid this firm  $125,045  in
monthly  retainers and extraordinary  fees for general legal services,  document
preparation and review and litigation services.

     Richard K.  Davis,  a  director  of the Bank and  Harbor  Florida,  is also
chairman of Richard K. Davis  Construction Corp. In the year ended September 30,
1996, the Bank paid


                                      122


<PAGE>



this firm a total of $76,887 for a roof on a new branch  facility and re-roofing
of an existing  branch  facility.  Additionally,  Richard K. Davis  Construction
Corporation is currently constructing a new office and drive-in facility for the
Bank. This contract,  worth $905,499, was awarded on June 25, 1997. The contract
was put out for  competitive  bid.  The contract was awarded to Richard K. Davis
Construction Corporation because it submitted the lowest bid for the contract.

     Prior to Richard N. Bird's  nomination,  and  subsequent  election,  to the
Board of Directors,  Bird Realty Group,  Inc.  entered into a listing  agreement
with the Bank on property known as St. Lucie Crossroads.  The listing agreement,
which expires December 16, 1997, provides for a 3% commission. The total listing
price is $3,895,000.  The  commission  could be up to 6% of the selling price if
Bird Realty also becomes the selling broker.

     Compensation   Committee   Interlocks   and  Insider   Participation.   The
Compensation  Committee  consists of Directors  Abernethy,  Enns, and Hellstrom,
none of whom have ever been an officer or  employee of Harbor  Florida.  None of
the above are members of a  compensation  committee of the Board of Directors of
any company other than Harbor Florida and the Bank.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliances

     To the  knowledge of the Board and based upon a review of Forms 3 and 4 and
amendments  thereto  furnished to the Bank pursuant to Rule 16a-3(e)  during the
fiscal year ended  September 30, 1996,  no person who is a director,  officer or
beneficial  owner of 10% of  Harbor  Florida  common  stock  failed to file on a
timely basis reports required by Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act.


                                      123


<PAGE>



                      BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

     The  following  table  sets forth  information  as of June 30,  l997,  with
respect to ownership of Harbor Florida's Common Stock by: (i) Harbor  Financial,
M.H.C.;  (ii) the Bank's  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan;  (iii) the executive
officers and  directors of the Bank;  and (iv) all the  directors  and executive
officers of the Bank as a group.  The Boards of Directors of the Mutual  Holding
Company and Harbor Florida,  as well as both the companies'  executive officers,
are identical to those of the Bank.  Except for those listed below, and based on
the  absence of any  filings  under  Regulation  13D-G with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,  the Bank has no  knowledge of any person  (including  any
"group" as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended) who owns beneficially more than 5% of the Common Stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   Common Stock
                                                                               Beneficially Owned(1)
                                                                               ---------------------

                Name                              Title                    Number(2)             Percent
                ----                              -----                    ---------             -------

<S>                              <C>                                       <C>                    <C>   
   Harbor Financial, M.H.C.       N/A                                      2,654,369              53.41%

   Harbor Federal's Employee
     Stock Ownership Plan         N/A                                      157,436                 3.17

   Bruce R. Abernethy, Sr.        Vice Chairman of the Board               54,473(3)(12)           1.10

   Richard N. Bird                Director                                 16,889(8)                 *

   Michael J. Brown, Sr.          Director, President and Chief
                                  Executive Officer                        86,316(4)               1.74

   Richard K. Davis               Director                                 46,112(3)(5)              *

   Edward G. Enns                 Chairman of the Board                    16,251(6)                 *

   Frank H. Fee III               Director                                 56,542(3)(13)           1.14

   Richard B. Hellstrom           Director                                 22,790(7)                 *

   Don W. Bebber                  Senior Vice President                    15,255(9)                 *

   Robert W. Bluestone            Senior Vice President                    43,556                    *

   Albert L. Fort                 Senior Vice President                    18,291(10)                *

   David C. Hankle                Senior Vice President                    33,856(11)                *

   Directors and Executive
     Officers as a group (11
     persons)                     N/A                                      410,331                 8.26

</TABLE>

                                      124


<PAGE>



- ----------

(1)  Except as  otherwise  noted,  all  beneficial  ownership is direct and each
     beneficial  owner  exercises  sole  voting  and  investment  power over the
     shares.

(2)  Reflects  information  provided  by these  persons,  filings  made by these
     persons with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  and other information
     known to Harbor Florida.

(3)  Includes  20,207,  22,900  and  16,000  shares,  respectively,  held by the
     Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of Messrs. Abernethy,
     Davis and Fee.

(4)  Includes  590 shares held by spouse and  currently  exercisable  options to
     purchase  22,000 shares.  Mr. Brown disclaims  beneficial  ownership of 200
     shares held in trust for the benefit of his grandson.

(5)  Includes  10,922 shares held by Richard K. Davis  Construction  Corporation
     Profit Sharing Fund. Does not include 1,750 shares owned by Nancy D. Davis,
     spouse. Richard K. Davis disclaims beneficial ownership of the 1,750 shares
     held by Nancy D. Davis.

(6)  Includes 4,202 shares held by spouse and currently  exercisable  options to
     purchase 6,134 shares.

(7)  Includes 2,000 shares held by spouse.

(8)  Includes 3,490 shares held by spouse.

(9)  Includes  300 shares held by spouse and  currently  exercisable  options to
     purchase 3,176 shares.

(10) Includes  373 shares held by spouse,  50 shares  held by son and  currently
     exercisable options to purchase 2,388 shares.

(11) Includes  1,400 shares held by spouse,  3,800 shares held as custodian  for
     minor children and currently exercisable options to purchase 4,664 shares.

(12) Includes  506 shares held by spouse and  currently  exercisable  options to
     purchase 9,850 shares.

(13) Includes 500 shares held by spouse.

*    Represents less than 1% of outstanding shares.


                                      125


<PAGE>



           PROPOSED SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The following table sets forth, for each of Harbor Florida's and the Bank's
directors  and  executive  officers,  and for all of the directors and executive
officers as a group,  (1) the number of Distribution  Exchange Shares to be held
upon  consummation of the Conversion,  based upon their beneficial  ownership of
Harbor Florida  Common Stock as of June 30, 1997, (2) the proposed  purchases of
Conversion  Stock,  assuming  sufficient  shares are  available to satisfy their
subscriptions,  and (3)  the  total  amount  of  Common  Stock  to be held  upon
consummation of the Conversion,  in each case assuming that 11,500,000 shares of
Conversion Stock are sold, which is the midpoint of the Offering Price Range.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Proposed Purchase of                      Total Common Stock
                                    Conversion Stock                            to be Held
                                    ----------------                            ----------
                         Number of
                        Distribution
                      Exchange Shares
                           to be                       Number of       Number of       Percentage of
       Name              Held (1)(2)       Amount        Shares          Shares            Total
       ----              -----------       ------        ------          ------            -----
<S>                         <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>               <C>
Bruce R. Abernethy          236,004
Richard N. Bird              73,172
Michael J. Brown,           373,964
Sr.
Richard K. Davis            199,780
Edward G. Enns               70,407
Frank H. Fee III            244,968
Richard B.                   98,738
Hellstrom
Don W. Bebber                66,092
Robert W. Bluestone         188,706
Albert L. Fort               79,246
David C. Hankle             146,681

All directors and
executive officers
as a group (11            1,777,759
persons)
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)  Includes  shares  which may be received  upon the  exercise of  outstanding
     exercisable  stock  options.  Distribution  Exchange Ratio is 4.3325 at the
     Midpoint of the Offering Price Range.


                                      126


<PAGE>



(2)  Excludes stock options and awards to be granted under Harbor Florida's 1998
     Stock  Option  Plan and  Recognition  Plan if such  plans are  approved  by
     stockholders  at an annual or special  meeting of shareholders at least six
     months  following the  Conversion.  See "MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK -- Proposed
     Benefit Plans."


                                 THE CONVERSION

     The Boards of Directors  of the Mutual  Holding  Company,  the Bank and the
Company  have  approved  the  Plan of  Conversion,  as has the OTS,  subject  to
approval by the members of the Mutual Holding  Company and the  stockholders  of
the Company entitled to vote on the matter and the satisfaction of certain other
conditions.  Such OTS approval, however, does not constitute a recommendation or
endorsement of the Plan by such agency.

General

     The Boards of Directors of the Mutual  Holding  Company and Harbor  Florida
adopted the plan as of  September  24, 1997.  The Plan has been  approved by the
OTS, subject to, among other things,  approval of the Plan by the Members of the
Mutual Holding Company and the Public Stockholders of the Company.  The Members'
Meeting  and the  Stockholders'  Meeting  have been  called for this  purpose on
December ___, 1997.

     The following is a brief  summary of pertinent  aspects of the Plan and the
Conversion.  The  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to the
provisions of the Plan,  which is available for inspection at each branch office
of the Bank and at  certain  offices  of the OTS.  The Plan  also is filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, copies
of which may be obtained from the SEC. See "ADDITIONAL INFORMATION."

Purposes of the Conversion

     The  Mutual  Holding  Company,  as a  federally  chartered  mutual  holding
company, does not have stockholders and has no authority to issue capital stock.
As a result of the  Conversion,  the Company will be structured in the form used
by holding  companies of commercial  banks, many business entities and a growing
number of savings  institutions.  An  important  distinction  between the mutual
holding  company  form of  organization  and the fully  public form is that,  by
federal  law, a mutual  holding  company  must always own over 50% of the common
stock of its savings institution subsidiary. Only a minority of the subsidiary's
outstanding  stock can be sold to investors.  If the Bank had  undertaken a full
conversion  to public  ownership in 1994,  a much greater  amount of Bank Common
Stock would have been offered,  resulting in more stock  offering  proceeds than
management believes could have been effectively deployed at that time.


                                      127


<PAGE>



     The Company is a Delaware  corporation  and is the holding  company for the
Bank owning 100% of the Bank's Common Stock.  The Company's  shares are owned by
the Mutual Holding Company (53.41%) and the Public Stockholders (46.59%).

     Through the  Conversion,  the Company will complete the  transition to full
public  ownership.  The stock holding company form of organization  will provide
the Company with the ability to diversify the Company's and the Bank's  business
activities   through   acquisition   of  or  mergers  with  both  stock  savings
institutions and commercial  banks, as well as other  companies.  There has been
significant consolidation in Florida where the Bank conducts its operations, and
although  there  are  no  current  arrangements,   understanding  or  agreements
regarding any such opportunities,  the Company will be in a position (subject to
regulatory  limitations and the Company's  financial position) to take advantage
of any such  opportunities that may arise because of the increase in its capital
after the Conversion.

     The  Conversion  will be important to the future growth and  performance of
the  Company  and the Bank by  providing  a larger  capital  base to support the
operations  of the Bank and the Company and by enhancing  their future access to
capital  markets,  ability to diversify into other  financial  services  related
activities,  and ability to provide services to the public.  The Conversion will
result  in  increased  funds  being  available  for  lending  purposes,  greater
resources for expansion of services, and better opportunities for attracting and
retaining qualified personnel. Although the Company currently has the ability to
raise additional capital through the sale of additional shares of Company Common
Stock,  that ability is limited by the mutual holding company  structure  which,
among other  things,  requires  that the Mutual  Holding  Company  always hold a
majority of the outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock.

     The Conversion also will result in an increase in the number of outstanding
shares of Common Stock  following the  Conversion,  as compared to the number of
outstanding shares of Public Company Shares prior to the Conversion,  which will
increase  the  likelihood  of the  development  of an active and liquid  trading
market for the Common Stock. See "MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK."

     In light of the  foregoing,  the Boards of Directors of the Company and the
Mutual Holding  Company  believe that the Conversion is in the best interests of
such companies and their respective stockholders and members.

Description of the Conversion

     On  September  24,  1997,  the Boards of  Directors  of the Company and the
Mutual  Holding  Company  adopted  the Plan.  Pursuant  to the Plan,  the Mutual
Holding  Company  will  convert to an interim  Federal  stock  savings  bank and
simultaneously  will merge with and into


                                      128


<PAGE>



Harbor Florida, pursuant to which the Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist
and the shares of Harbor Florida Common Stock held by the Mutual Holding Company
will be canceled.  As a result of the merger of the Mutual Holding  Company with
and into Harbor  Florida,  the Public Harbor  Florida  Shares will be deemed the
Distribution  Exchange Shares pursuant to the Distribution Exchange Ratio, which
will result in the holders of such shares owning in the aggregate  approximately
the same percentage of the Common Stock to be outstanding upon the completion of
the Conversion (i.e., the Conversion Stock and the Distribution Exchange Shares)
as the  percentage  of  Company  Common  Stock  owned  by them in the  aggregate
immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion, but before giving effect to
(a) the  payment of cash in lieu of  issuing  fractional  Distribution  Exchange
Shares  and  (b)  any  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  purchased  by  the  Bank's
stockholders in the Offerings or the ESOP thereafter.

     Pursuant to OTS regulations,  consummation of the Conversion (including the
offering  of  Conversion  Stock  in  the  Offerings,   as  described  below)  is
conditioned  upon  the  approval  of the  Plan by (1) the  OTS,  (2) at  least a
majority  of the total  number of votes  eligible  to be cast by  Members of the
Mutual Holding Company at the Members' Meeting,  and (3) holders of at least two
thirds  of  the  shares  of  the   outstanding   Company  Common  Stock  at  the
Stockholders'  Meeting.  In addition,  the Primary Parties have  conditioned the
consummation  of the  Conversion  on the  approval  of the  Plan  by at  least a
majority of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, by the Public Stockholders at
the Stockholders' Meeting.

Effects of the Conversion

     General.  Prior to the  Conversion,  each  depositor in the Bank has both a
deposit  account in the Bank and a pro rata ownership  interest in the net worth
of the Mutual  Holding  Company  based upon the  balance in his  account,  which
interest  may only be  realized  in the  event of a  liquidation  of the  Mutual
Holding  Company.  However,  this ownership  interest is tied to the depositor's
account and has no tangible market value separate from such deposit  account.  A
depositor  who  reduces or closes his  account  receives a portion or all of the
balance in the account but nothing for his  ownership  interest in the net worth
of the Mutual Holding  Company,  which is lost to the extent that the balance in
the account is reduced.

     Consequently,  the  depositors  of the Bank normally have no way to realize
the value of their ownership  interest in the Mutual Holding Company,  which has
realizable  value only in the unlikely event that the Mutual Holding  Company is
liquidated.  In such event,  the  depositors  of record at that time, as owners,
would share pro rata in any residual  surplus and reserves of the Mutual Holding
Company after other claims are paid.

     Upon consummation of the Conversion and the Offerings, additional permanent
nonwithdrawable capital stock will be created which will represent the ownership
of the


                                      129


<PAGE>



consolidated  net worth of the  Company.  The  Common  Stock of the  Company  is
separate and apart from deposit accounts and cannot be and is not insured by the
FDIC or any other  governmental  agency.  Certificates  are  issued to  evidence
ownership of the permanent stock. The stock  certificates are transferable,  and
therefore,  the stock may be sold or traded if a purchaser is available  with no
effect on any account the seller may hold in the Bank.

     Continuity. While the Conversion is being accomplished, the normal business
of the Bank of  accepting  deposits  and  making  loans  will  continue  without
interruption.  The Bank will continue to be subject to regulation by the OTS and
the FDIC.  After the Conversion,  the Bank will continue to provide services for
depositors and borrowers  under current  policies by its present  management and
staff.

     The  directors  and officers of the Bank and the Company at the time of the
Conversion  will  continue to serve as directors  and officers of the Bank after
the Conversion.  The directors and executive  officers of the Company consist of
individuals  currently serving as directors and executive officers of the Mutual
Holding  Company and the Bank, and they generally will retain their positions in
the Company after the Conversion.

     Effect on Public Bank Shares.  Upon  consummation  of the  Conversion,  the
Public  Harbor  Florida  Shares shall be increased  based upon the  Distribution
Exchange Ratio without any further action on the part of the holder thereof. See
"Delivery and Exchange of  Certificates."  The increase in Public Harbor Florida
Shares will enable Public Harbor Florida Stockholders to own the same percentage
of Harbor Florida shares as they owned prior to the Conversion and the Offering.

     Effect on Deposit  Accounts.  Under the Plan, each depositor in the Bank at
the time of the Conversion will automatically  continue as a depositor after the
Conversion,  and each such deposit  account will remain the same with respect to
deposit balance,  interest rate and other terms, except to the extent that funds
in the account are  withdrawn to purchase  Conversion  Stock to be issued in the
Offerings. Each such account will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the same
extent as before the Conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing
certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

     Effects on Loans. No loan outstanding from the Bank will be affected by the
Conversion,  and the amount,  interest rate, maturity and security for each loan
will remain as they were contractually fixed prior to the Conversion.

     Effect on Voting Rights of Members. At present,  all depositors and certain
borrowers  of the Bank are  members  of, and have  voting  rights in, the Mutual
Holding Company as to all matters requiring  membership action.  Upon completion
of the  Conversion  and  merger of the  Mutual  Holding  Company  into the Bank,
depositors and borrowers will


                                      130


<PAGE>



cease to be members  and will no longer be  entitled  to vote at meetings of the
Mutual Holding Company.  The reorganization which created the Company vested all
voting  rights in the  Company  as the sole  stockholder  of the Bank.  With the
merger of the Mutual  Holding  Company in the Company,  exclusive  voting rights
with respect to the Company will be vested in the holders of Common Stock.

     Tax Effects. Consummation of the Conversion is conditioned on prior receipt
by the Primary Parties of rulings or opinions with regard to federal and Florida
income taxation which indicate that the adoption and  implementation of the Plan
of Conversion set forth herein will not be taxable for federal or Florida income
tax  purposes to the Primary  Parties or the Bank's  Eligible  Account  Holders,
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders or Other  Members,  except as discussed
below. See " -- Tax Aspects" below and "RISK FACTORS."

     Effect  on  Liquidation  Rights.  If the  Mutual  Holding  Company  were to
liquidate,  all claims of the Mutual Holding  Company's  creditors would be paid
first.  Thereafter,  if there were any assets  remaining,  members of the Mutual
Holding Company would receive such remaining  assets,  pro rata,  based upon the
deposit  balances in their  deposit  accounts at the Bank  immediately  prior to
liquidation.  In the unlikely  event that the Bank were to  liquidate  after the
Conversion,  all claims of  creditors  (including  those of  depositors,  to the
extent  of  the  deposit  balances)  also  would  be  paid  first,  followed  by
distribution  of the  "liquidation  account"  to  certain  depositors  (see " --
Liquidation Rights" below), with any assets remaining thereafter  distributed to
the Company as the holder of the Bank's capital stock. Pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the OTS, a merger, consolidation,  sale of bulk assets or similar
combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be
considered  a  liquidation  for this  purpose  and, in such a  transaction,  the
liquidation   account   would  be  required  to  be  assumed  by  the  surviving
institution.

     Effect on Existing  Option Plans.  Under the Mid-Tier  Reorganization,  the
Option Plan and the  Directors'  Option Plan remained  benefit plans of the Bank
with shares of Common Stock of Harbor Florida. As of June 30, 1997, 99.8% of the
options  available  for grant under these plans had been granted but options for
137,486 shares had not yet been exercised.

The Offerings

     Subscription Offering. In accordance with the Plan of Conversion, rights to
subscribe for the purchase of Conversion  Stock have been granted under the Plan
of  Conversion to the  following  persons in the  following  order of descending
priority:  (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) the ESOP; (3) Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders;  and (4) Other  Members.  All  subscriptions  received will be
subject to the  availability  of  Conversion  Stock  after  satisfaction  of all
subscriptions  of all persons having prior rights in the  Subscription  Offering
and to the


                                      131


<PAGE>



maximum and minimum purchase limitations set forth in the Plan of Conversion and
as described  below under "--  Limitations  on  Conversion  Stock  Purchases and
Ownership."

     Priority 1:  Eligible  Account  Holders  (First  Priority).  Each  Eligible
Account  Holder  will  receive,   without  payment  therefor,   first  priority,
nontransferable  subscription  rights  to  subscribe  for  in  the  Subscription
Offering up to the greater of (i) the maximum  purchase  limitation  established
for the  Offerings,  (ii)  one-tenth  of 1% of the total  offering  of shares of
Conversion  Stock in the  Subscription  Offering,  or (iii) 15 times the product
(rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number
of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  offered  in the  Subscription  Offering  by a
fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of the
Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of all
Qualifying  Deposits of all  Eligible  Account  Holders,  subject to the overall
purchase limitations and the overall ownership  limitation.  See "-- Limitations
on Conversion Stock Purchases and Ownership."

     If there are not sufficient  shares available to satisfy all  subscriptions
of Eligible Account Holders,  shares first may be allocated so as to permit each
subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to
make his total allocation equal to the lesser of the number of shares subscribed
for  or  100  shares.  Thereafter,   unallocated  shares  may  be  allocated  to
subscribing  Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the
proportion that the amounts of their  respective  eligible  deposits bear to the
total amount of eligible  deposits of all subscribing  Eligible  Account Holders
whose subscriptions remain unfilled, provided that no fractional shares shall be
issued.  The  subscription  rights  of  Eligible  Account  Holders  who are also
directors or officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Company or the Bank and
their  associates  will be  subordinated  to the  subscription  rights  of other
Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits in the
year preceding July 31, 1996.

     Priority 2: ESOP (Second Priority).  The ESOP will receive, without payment
therefore, second priority,  nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, in
the  aggregate,  up to 10% of the  Conversion  Stock within the Estimated  Price
Range,  including any increase in the number of shares of Conversion Stock after
the date  hereof as a result of an  increase  of up to 15% in the maximum of the
Estimated Price Range.  The ESOP currently  intends to purchase 8% of the shares
of Conversion  Stock,  or 920,000  shares based on the midpoint of the Estimated
Price Range.  Subscriptions  by the ESOP will not be  aggregated  with shares of
Conversion  Stock purchased  directly by or which are otherwise  attributable to
any other participants in the Offerings,  including  subscriptions of any of the
Bank's directors,  officers, employees or associates thereof. See "MANAGEMENT OF
THE BANK -- Employee Stock Ownership Plan."


                                      132


<PAGE>



     In the event that there are insufficient shares for the ESOP to purchase 8%
of the Conversion  Stock within the Estimated Price Range, the Company may issue
additional shares of Conversion Stock directly to the ESOP at the Purchase Price
to satisfy the ESOP's order to purchase such amount of  Conversion  Stock in the
Offerings  and/or  the ESOP may  purchase  shares  of  Common  Stock in the open
market.  Purchases of  additional  shares of Common Stock from the Company would
dilute the interests of other  stockholders.  See " -- Limitations on Conversion
Stock Purchases and Ownership" and "RISK FACTORS -- Possible  Dilutive Effect of
Issuance of Additional Shares."

     Priority 3: Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders (Third  Priority).  Each
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder will receive,  without payment  therefor,
third  priority,  nontransferable  subscription  rights to subscribe  for in the
Subscription  Offering up to the greater of (i) the maximum purchase  limitation
established  for the  Offerings,  (ii)  one-tenth of 1% of the total offering of
shares of Conversion Stock in the Subscription  Offering,  or (iii) 15 times the
product  (rounded down to the next whole  number)  obtained by  multiplying  the
total number of shares of Conversion Stock offered in the Subscription  Offering
by a fraction,  of which the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying  Deposits
of the  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder and the  denominator is the total
amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,
subject to the overall purchase limitation,  the overall ownership  limitations,
and the  availability  of shares of Conversion  Stock for purchase  after taking
into  account the shares of  Conversion  Stock  purchased  by  Eligible  Account
Holders and the ESOP.  See " -- Limitations  on Conversion  Stock  Purchases and
Ownership."

     If there are not sufficient  shares available to satisfy all  subscriptions
of Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  shares first will be allocated so as
to permit each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder to purchase a
number of shares  sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of
the  number of shares  subscribed  for or 100  shares.  Thereafter,  unallocated
shares will be allocated to subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders
whose subscriptions  remain unfilled in the proportion that the amounts of their
respective  eligible  deposits bear to the total amount of eligible  deposits of
all such subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions
remain unfilled, provided that no fractional shares shall be issued.

     Priority 4: Other Members (Fourth  Priority).  To the extent that there are
sufficient  shares  remaining after  satisfaction of  subscriptions  by Eligible
Account Holders, the ESOP and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, each Other
Member will receive, without payment therefor, fourth priority,  nontransferable
subscription  rights  to  subscribe  for  Conversion  Stock in the  Subscription
Offering up to the greater of (i) the maximum  purchase  limitation  established
for the  Offerings or (ii)  one-tenth  of 1% of the total  offering of shares of
Conversion  Stock in the  Subscription  Offering,  in each case  subject  to the
overall  purchase  limitation,   the  overall  ownership  limitation,   and  the
availability of shares of Conversion


                                      133


<PAGE>



Stock for  purchase  after taking into  account the shares of  Conversion  Stock
purchased by Eligible  Account  Holders,  the ESOP,  and  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders.  See  " --  Limitations  on  Conversion  Stock  Purchases  and
Ownership."

     If  sufficient  shares are not  available to satisfy all  subscriptions  of
Other  Members,  available  shares  will  first be  allocated  to the  remaining
subscribing  Other  Members so as to permit  each  subscribing  Other  Member to
purchase  a number  of shares  sufficient  to make his  allocation  equal to the
lesser of the number of shares  subscribed  for or 100 shares.  Thereafter,  any
remaining shares will be allocated among subscribing Other Members on a pro rata
basis in the proportion that each such Other Member's  subscription bears to the
total  subscriptions  of  all  subscribing  Other  Members,   provided  that  no
fractional shares shall be issued.

     Expiration Date for the Subscription  Offering.  The Subscription  Offering
will expire at 12:00 noon,  Florida Time, on December __, 1997,  unless extended
for up to 45 days or such  additional  periods by the Primary  Parties  with the
approval of the OTS. Such extensions may not be extended by  ___________,  1998.
Subscription  rights that have not been exercised  prior to the Expiration  Date
will become void.

     The  Primary  Parties  will not execute  orders  until at least the minimum
number of shares of Conversion Stock (9,775,000 shares) have been subscribed for
or otherwise  sold. If all shares have not been subscribed for or sold within 45
days after the Expiration Date,  unless such period is extended with the consent
of the OTS,  all funds  delivered  to the Company  and the Bank  pursuant to the
Subscription Offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest
and all withdrawal  authorizations will be canceled.  If an extension beyond the
45-day period following the Expiration Date is granted, the Primary Parties will
notify  subscribers of the extension of time and of any rights of subscribers to
modify or rescind their subscriptions.

     Eligible  Public  Stockholders  Offering.  To the  extent  that  there  are
sufficient  shares  remaining after  satisfaction of  subscriptions  by Eligible
Account  Holders,  the ESOP,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders and Other
Members,  each Public  Stockholder  as of the  Stockholder  Voting  Record Date,
______________,  1997 ("Eligible  Public  Stockholders"),  may submit orders for
Conversion  Stock  in  the  Offerings  up to  the  maximum  purchase  limitation
established  for the  Community  Offering,  subject to the overall  purchase and
ownership  limitations and the  availability  of shares of Conversion  Stock for
purchase after taking into account the shares of Conversion  Stock  purchased by
Eligible  Account Holders,  the ESOP and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders.
See " -- Limitations on Conversion Stock Purchases and Ownership."


                                      134


<PAGE>



     In the event the Eligible Public  Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting
Record Date submit orders for a number of shares which, when added to the shares
subscribed for by Eligible  Account  Holders,  the ESOP,  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders,  Other  Members and  directors,  officers and employees of the
Mutual Holding  Company and the Bank, is in excess of the total number of shares
of Conversion Stock offered in the Offerings, available shares will be allocated
among Eligible  Public  Stockholders  as of the  Stockholder  Voting Record Date
whose  orders are  accepted on a pro rata basis in the same  proportion  as each
Eligible  Public  Stockholder's  order bears to the total orders of all Eligible
Public Stockholders, provided that no fractional shares shall be issued.

     The  opportunity  to submit  orders for shares of  Conversion  Stock in the
Eligible Public  Stockholders  Offering  category is subject to the right of the
Primary Parties,  in their sole discretion,  to accept or reject any such orders
in whole or in part for any reason  either at the time of receipt of an order or
as  soon  as  practicable  following  the  completion  of  the  Eligible  Public
Stockholders  Offering.  It should be noted that Eligible Public Stockholders do
not have subscription rights with respect to the Conversion.

     Community Offering. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase
after  satisfaction of all subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders,  the ESOP,
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, and Other Members and orders of Eligible
Public  Stockholders,  the  Primary  Parties  have  determined  to offer  shares
pursuant to the Plan to certain members of the general  public,  with preference
given to the natural persons residing in the Local Community. Individually, such
persons may purchase $500,000 of Conversion  Stock,  subject to overall purchase
and  ownership  limitations.  Together,  with any  associate or group of persons
acting in concert,  such  persons may  purchase  $750,000 of  Conversion  Stock,
subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations.  See " -- Limitations
on Conversion  Stock Purchases and  Ownership."  This amount may be increased at
the sole discretion of the Primary Parties. The opportunity to submit orders for
shares of Conversion Stock in the Community  Offering category is subject to the
right of the Primary Parties, in their sole discretion,  to accept or reject any
such orders in whole or in part for any reason  either at the time of receipt of
an order or as soon as  practicable  following  the  completion of the Community
Offering.

     If there are not  sufficient  shares  available  to fill the  orders of the
Subscribers  in the  Community  Offering,  available  shares  of  stock  will be
allocated first to each such  Subscriber  whose order is accepted by the Primary
Parties,  in an amount equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares
ordered by each such Subscriber,  if possible.  Thereafter,  unallocated  shares
will be allocated among the Subscribers  whose orders remain  unsatisfied in the
same  proportion  that the  unfilled  order of each bears to the total  unfilled
orders of all such Subscribers whose order remains unsatisfied. If the orders of
such  Subscribers  are filled,  and there are shares  remaining,  shares will be
allocated  to other  members of the general public


                                      135


<PAGE>



who  submit  orders  in the  Community  Offering  applying  the same  allocation
described above for such Subscribers.


Limitations on Conversion Stock Purchases and Ownership

     The Plan  includes  the  following  limitations  on the number of shares of
Conversion Stock that may be purchased:

          (1) No less than 25 shares of Conversion  Stock may be  purchased,  to
     the extent such shares are available;

          (2) The number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be purchased by
     any  person  (or  persons  through a single  account)  in the  Subscription
     Offering  shall not exceed such number of shares of  Conversion  Stock that
     shall equal $500,000  divided by the $10 purchase price in the subscription
     Offering,  except for the ESOP, which in the aggregate may subscribe for up
     to 10% of the Conversion Stock.

          (3) The number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be purchased by
     any person,  in the Subscription  Offering,  Eligible Public  Stockholders'
     Offering or the Community Offering combined shall not exceed such number of
     shares of  Conversion  Stock that shall equal  $500,000  divided by the $10
     purchase price in the Offerings.

          (4) The number of shares of  Conversion  Stock which may be subscribed
     for or purchased in all categories in the Conversion by any person together
     with any  associate or group of persons  acting in concert shall not exceed
     $750,000 divided by the $10 purchase price.

          (5) Except for Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, the maximum
     amount of Conversion  Stock that may be purchased in all  categories in the
     Conversion  by any person (or persons  through a single  account)  together
     with any  associate or group of persons  acting in concert shall not exceed
     such  number of shares  that,  when  combined  with  Distribution  Exchange
     Shares,  exceed $7.5  million of Common  Stock  divided by the $10 purchase
     price upon completion of the Conversion.

          (6) No  more  than  25% of the  total  number  of  shares  sold in the
     Offerings may be purchased by directors and officers of the Mutual  Holding
     Company,  the Company and the Bank and their  associates in the  aggregate,
     excluding purchases by the ESOP.


                                      136


<PAGE>



     Subject  to any  required  regulatory  approval  and  the  requirements  of
applicable laws and regulations,  but without further approval of the Members of
the Mutual  Holding  Company or the  Stockholders  of the Company,  the purchase
limitations  in (2), (3) and (4) above may be decreased,  or increased,  up to a
maximum  of 5% of the  total  shares  of  Conversion  Stock to be  issued in the
Conversion,  at the sole discretion of the Primary Parties.  If such amounts are
increased,  subscribers  for the maximum amount will be, and certain other large
subscribers  in the sole  discretion  of the Primary  Parties may be,  given the
opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit.

     In the event of an  increase  in the total  number of shares of  Conversion
Stock  offered  in the  Conversion  due to an  increase  in the  maximum  of the
Estimated  Price  Range of up to 15% (the  "Adjusted  Maximum"),  the new  total
number of  shares  will be  allocated  in the  following  order of  priority  in
accordance  with the Plan: (i) to fill the ESOP's order of up to a total of 8.0%
of the Adjusted  Maximum number of shares (the Board of Directors has determined
to purchase 8%); (ii) in the event that there is an oversubscription by Eligible
Account holders to fill their unfulfilled subscriptions; (iii) in the event that
there is an  oversubscription  by Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders to fill
their   unfulfilled   subscriptions;   (iv)  in  the  event  that  there  is  an
oversubscription by Other Members to fill their unfulfilled  subscriptions;  (v)
in the event that there is an oversubscription by Eligible Public  Stockholders,
to  fill  their  unfulfilled   subscriptions;   and  (vi)  to  fill  unfulfilled
subscriptions in the Community Offerings.

     The term "associate," when used to indicate a relationship with any person,
is defined to mean (i) a  corporation  or  organization  (other  than the Mutual
Holding Company, the Company, a majority-owned  subsidiary of the Company or the
Bank) of which such person is a director,  officer or partner or is, directly or
indirectly,  the  beneficial  owner  of  10% or  more  of any  class  of  equity
securities,  (ii)  any  trust  or  other  estate  in  which  such  person  has a
substantial  beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or
in a similar fiduciary  capacity,  provided,  however,  that such term shall not
include any tax qualified employee stock benefit plan of the Company or the Bank
in which  such  person  has a  substantial  beneficial  interest  or serves as a
trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity,  and (iii) any relative or spouse of
such  person,  or any  relative  of such  spouse,  who has the same home as such
person or who is a director  or officer of the Company or the Bank or any of the
subsidiaries of the foregoing.

     The term  "resident"  as used  herein  means any  person  who,  on the date
designated  for that category of subscriber in the Plan,  maintained a bona fide
residence  within the Local  Community  and has  manifested  or intent to remain
within  the Local  Community  for a period  of time.  The  designated  dates for
Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  and Other
Members  are  July  31,  1996,  September  30,  1997,  and  ____________,  1997,
respectively.  To the  extent  the  person is a  corporation  or other  business
entity,  the  principal  place of business or  headquarters  shall be within the
Local  Community.  To the


                                      137


<PAGE>



extent  the  person  is a  personal  benefit  plan,  the  circumstances  of  the
beneficiary  shall  apply with  respect to this  definition.  In the case of all
other  benefit  plans,  the  circumstances  of the trustee shall be examined for
purposes of this definition.  The Company may utilize deposit or loan records of
the Bank or such other  evidence  provided to it to make a  determination  as to
whether a person is a bona fide resident of the Local Community.  Subscribers in
the  Community  Offering  who are  natural  persons  also will  have a  purchase
preference if they are residents of the Local Community.  In all cases, however,
such  determination  shall be in the sole  discretion  of the Bank and  shall be
determined on a case-by-case basis without regard to prior determinations.

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

     The Plan of Conversion  requires that the aggregate  purchase  price of the
Conversion  Stock must be based on the  appraised  pro forma market value of the
Mutual Holding  Company,  the Company and the Bank on a consolidated  basis,  as
determined on the basis of an independent  valuation.  The Primary  Parties have
retained RP Financial to make such a valuation.  For its services in making such
an appraisal  and any expenses  incurred in connection  therewith,  RP Financial
will  receive a maximum  of $35,000  plus out of pocket  expenses.  The  Primary
Parties have agreed to indemnify RP Financial and its  employees and  affiliates
against certain losses (including any losses in connection with claims under the
federal securities laws) arising out of its services as appraiser,  except where
RP Financial's liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

     The  Independent  Valuation  has been  prepared by RP Financial in reliance
upon the  information  contained in this  Prospectus,  including  the  financial
statements.  RP Financial also considered the following  factors,  among others:
the present and  projected  operating  results and  financial  condition  of the
Primary Parties and the economic and demographic conditions in the Company's and
existing  market  area:  certain  historical,  financial  and other  information
relating to the Company and Bank; a comparative  evaluation of the operating and
financial  statistics  of the  Company  with those of other  similarly  situated
publicly  traded  companies  located in Florida and other  regions of the United
States;  the aggregate size of the offering of the Conversion  Stock; the impact
of the Conversion on the Bank's net worth and earnings  potential;  the proposed
dividend  policy of the  Company and the Bank;  and the  trading  market for the
Company's  Common  Stock and  securities  of  comparable  companies  and general
conditions in the market for such securities.

     On the basis of the foregoing, RP Financial has advised the Primary Parties
in its opinion the  estimated  pro forma market value of the Bank and the Mutual
Holding  Company on a combined basis was  $215,334,463 as of September 19, 1997.
Because the  holders of the Public  Bank  Shares are to hold the same  aggregate
percentage ownership interest in the Company as they held in the Bank just prior
to consummation  of the Conversion  (before


                                      138


<PAGE>



giving effect to the payment of cash in lieu of issuing fractional  Distribution
Exchange  Shares and any shares of  Conversion  Stock  purchased  the  Company's
stockholders in the Offering or issued to the ESOP thereafter) the Appraisal was
multiplied by 53.41%,  which is the Mutual Holding Company's percentage interest
in the Bank.  The resulting  amount  $115,000,000  is the midpoint of the dollar
amount of the  Conversion  Stock to be offered in the  Offerings.  In accordance
with OTS  regulations,  the minimum and maximum of the valuation were set at 15%
below and above the midpoint  respectively,  resulting in a range of $97,750,000
to $132,250,000  (the "Estimated  Price Range").  The Boards of Directors of the
Primary Parties determined that the Conversion Stock would be sold at $10.00 per
share,  resulting  in a range of 9,775,000 to  13,225,000  shares of  Conversion
Stock being offered.  Upon consummation of the Conversion,  the Conversion Stock
and Distribution Exchange Shares will represent approximately 53.41% and 46.59%,
respectively, of the Company's total outstanding shares.

     The Boards of  Directors  of the Primary  Parties  reviewed RP  Financial's
appraisal  report,  including the  methodology  and the  assumptions  used by RP
Financial,  and  determined  that the Estimated  Price Range was  reasonable and
adequate.  However,  the Boards of Directors of the Primary  Parties are relying
upon the expertise,  experience and  independence  of RP Financial,  and are not
qualified  to  determine  the   appropriateness   of  the   assumptions  or  the
methodology.

     The MHC  Regulations  provide  that in a conversion  of the Mutual  Holding
Company to stock  form,  the Public  Stockholders  will be  entitled to exchange
their Public Harbor Florida Shares for Exchange  Distribution  Shares,  provided
the Bank and the Mutual Holding Company  demonstrate to the  satisfaction of the
OTS that the basis for exchange is fair and reasonable,  The Boards of Directors
of the Bank and the Company have  determined that each Public Company Share will
on the  Effective  Date be  converted  into the  right to  receive  a number  of
Exchange  Distribution Shares determined  pursuant to the Distribution  Exchange
Ratio that ensures that after the Conversion,  Public  Stockholders will own the
same  aggregate  percentage  of Common Stock as they  currently  own of the Bank
Common  Stock  (before  giving  effect to the payment of cash in lieu of issuing
fractional  Distribution  Exchange  Shares  and any shares of  Conversion  Stock
purchased by the Company's  stockholders  in the Offerings or issued to the ESOP
thereafter).  Based  upon  such  formula  and the  Estimated  Price  Range,  the
Distribution  Exchange  Ratio  ranged  from a minimum  of 3.6826 to a maximum of
4.9824 Distribution Exchange Shares for each Public Harbor Florida Share, with a
midpoint of 4.3325.  Based upon these Exchange  Ratios,  the Company  expects to
issue between  6,212,573 and 9,222,612  Distribution  Exchange  Shares to Public
Stockholders.  The Estimated Price Range and the Distribution Exchange Ratio may
be amended  with the  approval of the OTS, if required,  or if  necessitated  by
subsequent developments in the financial condition of any of the Primary Parties
or market conditions  generally.  In the event the Appraisal is updated to below
$183,034,447 or above $284,780,065, such Appraisal will be filed with the SEC by
post-effective amendment.


                                      139


<PAGE>



     Based upon current market and financial conditions and recent practices and
policies  of the OTS, in the event the Company  receives  orders for  Conversion
Stock in excess of  $132,250,000  (the maximum of the Estimated Price Range) and
up to  $152,087,500  (the maximum of the Estimated  Price Range,  as adjusted by
15%) the  Company  may be  required  by the OTS to accept  all such  orders.  No
assurances,  however,  can be made that the  Company  will  receive  orders  for
Conversion  Stock in excess of the maximum of the Estimated Price Range or that,
if such orders are  received  that all such orders will be accepted  because the
Company's  final  valuation and number of shares to be issued are subject to the
receipt  of an  updated  Appraisal  from RP  Financial  which  reflects  such an
increase in the valuation and the approval of such increase by the OTS. There is
no obligation or  understanding on the part of management to take and/or pay for
any shares of Conversion Stock in order to complete the Offerings.

     RP Financial's valuation is not intended,  and must not be construed,  as a
recommendation  of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing such shares. RP
Financial  did not  independently  verify  the  financial  statements  and other
information  provided  by the Bank and the Mutual  Holding  Company,  nor did RP
Financial  value  independently  the assets or liabilities of the Company or the
Bank.  The  valuation  considers  the Company,  the Bank and the Mutual  Holding
Company as going  concerns and should not be  considered  as  indication  of the
liquidation  value of the  Company,  the Bank and the  Mutual  Holding  Company.
Moreover,  because such  valuation is  necessarily  based upon the estimates and
projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time
to time, no assurance can be given that persons  purchasing  Conversion Stock or
receiving Distribution Exchange Shares in the Conversion will thereafter be able
to sell such  shares at prices at or above the  purchase  price per share in the
Offerings.

     No sale of shares of Conversion Stock or issuance of Distribution  Exchange
Shares may be  consummated  unless,  prior to such  consummation,  RP  Financial
confirms  that  nothing of a material  nature has  occurred  which,  taking into
account all  relevant  factors,  would cause it to conclude  that the  aggregate
Purchase  Price is  materially  incompatible  with the estimate of the pro forma
market value the Mutual  Holding  Company,  the Company and the Bank on combined
basis.  If such is not the case, a new  Estimated  Price Range may be set, a new
Exchange Ratio may be determined based upon the new Estimated Price Range, a new
Subscription,  Eligible Public Stockholders,  Community Offerings may be held or
such other action may be taken as the Primary  Parties  shall  determine and the
OTS may permit or require.

     Depending upon market or financial conditions following the commencement of
the Subscription  Offering, the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be
sold in the


                                      140


<PAGE>



Offerings may be increased or decreased without a resolicitation of subscribers,
provided  that the  product  of the  total  number of  shares  times the  $10.00
purchase  price is not below the  minimum or more than 15% above the  maximum of
the  Estimated  Price Range  (exclusive  of a number of shares equal to up to an
additional  10.0% of the Conversion  Stock that may be issued to the ESOP out of
authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to the extent such shares are not
purchased in the Offerings due to an  oversubscription).  In the event market or
financial  conditions change so as to cause the aggregate  purchase price of the
shares to be below the  minimum of the  Estimated  Price  Range or more than 15%
above the  maximum of such range  (exclusive  of  additional  shares that may be
issued to the ESOP), purchasers will be resolicited (i.e., permitted to continue
their  orders,  in which case they will need to  affirmatively  reconfirm  their
subscriptions  prior to the expiration of the  resolicitation  offering or their
subscription  funds  will be  promptly  refunded  with  interest  at the  Bank's
passbook  rate  of  interest,  or  be  permitted  to  modify  or  rescind  their
subscriptions).

     An increase in the number of shares of Conversion Stock, either as a result
of an increase in the  Appraisal of the  estimated pro forma market value or due
to the  purchase  by the  ESOP of  authorized  but  unissued  shares  (see  "THE
CONVERSION -- Subscription Offering," " -- Priority 2: ESOP (Second Priority)"),
would decrease a subscriber's ownership interest and the Company's pro forma net
income and stockholders'  equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma
net income and  stockholders'  equity on an aggregate  basis.  A decrease in the
number  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  would  increase  both a  subscriber's
ownership  interest  and the  Company's  pro forma net income and  stockholders'
equity  on a  per  share  basis  while  decreasing  pro  forma  net  income  and
stockholders'  equity on an  aggregate  basis.  See "RISK  FACTORS  --  Possible
Dilutive Effect of Issuance of Additional Shares" and "PRO FORMA DATA."

     The  Appraisal  (including  the  appraisal  report  of RP  Financial  as of
September 19, 1997) has been filed as an exhibit to this Registration  Statement
and  Application  for  Conversion  of  which  this  Prospectus  is a part and is
available for inspection in the manner set forth under "Additional Information."

The Distribution Exchange Ratio

     The Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mutual Holding  Company and Harbor
Florida  have  determined  that each Public  Harbor  Florida  Share  will,  upon
consummation  of the  Conversion,  automatically  become  the right to receive a
number of  shares  of  Common  Stock  determined  pursuant  to the  Distribution
Exchange  Ratio that ensures that after the  Conversion and before giving effect
to Eligible Public Stockholders'  purchases in the Offerings and receipt of cash
in lieu of fractional shares or issuances to the ESOP, Public  Stockholders will
own an aggregate  percentage of the Common Stock that is identical to the Public
Stockholders' current ownership of the Common Stock.


                                      141


<PAGE>



     To  determine  the   Distribution   Exchange  Ratio,  the  adjusted  Public
Stockholder's  ownership  interest was  multiplied by the number of shares to be
issued in the  Conversion,  and the result  was  divided by the number of Public
Harbor Florida Shares outstanding (2,315,871 shares, as of June 30, 1997).

     The following table sets forth, based upon the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum
and 15% above the maximum of the Estimated Price Range,  the following:  (i) the
total number of shares of Conversion Stock and  Distribution  Exchange Shares to
be issued in the  Conversion,  (ii) the  percentage  of the total  Common  Stock
represented by the Conversion  Stock and the Distribution  Exchange Shares,  and
(iii) the  Distribution  Exchange Ratio. The table assumes that there is no cash
paid in lieu of issuing fractional Distribution Exchange Shares.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             Total Shares
                                                                                               of Common
                                     Conversion Stock             Distribution Exchange       Stock to be       Distribution
                                      to be Issued(1)                 Shares (1)(2)           Outstanding     Exchange Ratio(2)
                                      ---------------                 -------------           -----------     -----------------
                                    Amount       Percent          Amount        Percent
                                    ------       -------          ------        -------

        <S>                         <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>                  <C>   
        Minimum                     9,775,000     53.41%          8,528,444      46.59%        18,303,444           3.6826
        Midpoint                   11,500,000     53.41          10,033,464      46.59         21,533,464           4.3325
        Maximum                    13,225,000     53.41          11,538,483      46.59         24,763,483           4.9824
        15% Above Maximum          15,208,750     53.41          13,269,256      46.59         28,478,006           5.7297

                                                                       -----------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Assumes  that  outstanding  options to  purchase  134,786  shares of Harbor
     Florida  Common  Stock  at  June  30,  1997  are  not  exercised  prior  to
     consummation of the Conversion.

(2)  Includes  shares  of  stock  held  prior  to  the  issuance  of  additional
     certificates representing additional shares of Common Stock.

                                 ---------------

     The final  Distribution  Exchange  Ratio will be determined  based upon the
number of  shares  issued in the  Offerings  and the  number of shares of Public
Harbor Florida Shares held by Public  Stockholders just prior to consummation of
the  Conversion  and it will not be based  upon the  market  value of the Harbor
Florida  Shares.  At the minimum,  midpoint and maximum of the  Estimated  Price
Range,  a holder of one Public  Harbor  Florida Share will receive an additional
2.6826,  3.3325, and 3.9824 shares of Common Stock,  respectively  (which have a
calculated  equivalent  estimated  value of $26.83,  $33.32 and $39.82 per share
based  on the  Purchase  Price of  Conversion  Stock  in the  Offerings  and the
aforementioned Distribution Exchange Ratios). However, there can be no assurance
as to the actual market value of a share of Common Stock after the Conversion or
that such shares can be sold at or


                                      142


<PAGE>



above the $10.00 per share.  Any increase or decrease in the number of shares of
Conversion  Stock  will  result  in a  corresponding  change  in the  number  of
Distribution  Exchange Shares,  so that upon  consummation of the Conversion the
Conversion   Stock  and  the   Distribution   Exchange   Shares  will  represent
approximately   53.41%  and  46.59%,   respectively,   of  the  Company's  total
outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Persons in Nonqualified States or Foreign Countries

     The  Primary  Parties  will make  reasonable  efforts  to  comply  with the
securities laws of all states in the United States in which persons  entitled to
subscribe for the Common Stock pursuant to the Plan reside.  However,  no person
will be offered or allowed to purchase  any Common  Stock under the Plan if such
person  resides in a foreign  country or in a state of the  United  States  with
respect  to which any of the  following  apply:  (i) a small  number of  persons
otherwise  eligible to subscribe  for shares under the Plan reside in such state
or foreign  country;  (ii) the  granting of  subscription  rights or offering or
selling  shares of Common Stock to such persons would  require the Bank,  Harbor
Florida or its employees to register, under the securities laws of such state or
foreign country,  as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise  qualify its
securities for sale in such state or foreign country; or (iii) such registration
or  qualification  would be impracticable  for reasons of cost or otherwise.  No
payments will be made in lieu of the granting of subscription rights to any such
person.

Marketing Arrangements

     The Primary  Parties  have  engaged  the Agent as a  financial  advisor and
marketing  agent in connection  with the Offerings,  and the Agent has agreed to
use its best efforts to solicit  subscriptions and purchase orders for shares of
Conversion Stock in the Offerings. The Agent is a member of National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and a broker-dealer which is registered
with the SEC. The Agent will provide various services including, but not limited
to (1)  training  and  educating  the Bank's  employees  who will be  performing
certain  ministerial  functions in the  Offerings  regarding  the  mechanics and
regulatory  requirements  of the  stock  sales  process;  (2)  coordinating  the
Company's sales efforts;  (3) soliciting  orders for Conversion  Stock;  and (4)
assisting in the  solicitation of proxies of Members and Stockholders for use at
the Members' Meeting and the  Stockholders'  Meeting,  respectively.  Based upon
negotiations  between the Primary Parties and the Agent,  the Agent will receive
(i) an advisory and management fee of $50,000 which will be subtracted  from the
Agent's total fee in (ii) and (iii) below; (ii) a marketing fee equal to .75% of
the  aggregate  Purchase  Price of  Conversion  Stock  sold in the  Subscription
Offering  and the Eligible  Public  Stockholders  Offering,  except as set forth
below;  and (iii) a marketing  fee of .75% of the  aggregate  Purchase  Price of
Conversion  Stock sold in the  Community  Offering.  No fees will be paid to the
Agent on subscriptions by any director,  officer or employee or members of their
immediate  families or by the ESOP.  The Agent also will be  reimbursed  for its
reasonable


                                      143


<PAGE>



out-of-pocket  expenses  (including legal fees and expenses) which are estimated
to be  approximately  $70,000.  The Primary Parties have agreed to indemnify the
Agent for  reasonable  costs and  expenses  (including  legal fees)  incurred in
connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue
statements or omissions contained in the offering material for the Common Stock,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

     Directors and executive  officers of the Primary Parties may participate in
the solicitation of offers to purchase  Conversion Stock. Other employees of the
Bank may  participate  in the Offerings in  ministerial  capacities or providing
clerical work in effecting a sales  transaction.  Such other employees have been
instructed not to solicit offers to purchase  Conversion Stock or provide advice
regarding the purchase of Conversion Stock.  Questions of prospective purchasers
will be  directed  to  executive  officers or  registered  representatives.  The
Company will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Exchange  Act, and sales of Conversion
Stock will be conducted  within the  requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit
officers,  directors  and  employees to  participate  in the sale of  Conversion
Stock.  No  officer,  director  or  employee  of the  Primary  Parties  will  be
compensated   in   connection   with  such  person's   solicitations   or  other
participation  in the Offerings or the  Distribution  Exchange by the payment of
commissions  or other  remuneration  based  either  directly  or  indirectly  on
transactions  in  the  Conversion  Stock  and   Distribution   Exchange  Shares,
respectively.

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Offerings.

     To help ensure that each purchaser  receives a Prospectus at least 48 hours
before the Expiration  Date in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 of the Exchange Act,
no Prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand
delivered  any later than two days prior to such  date.  Execution  of the order
form will confirm  receipt or delivery of the Prospectus in accordance with Rule
15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed with a Prospectus.

     To  purchase  shares in the  Offerings,  an  executed  order  form with the
required   payment  for  each  share   subscribed   for,  or  with   appropriate
authorization  for withdrawal  from a deposit  account at the Bank (which may be
given by completing the appropriate  blanks on the order form), must be received
by the Bank at any of its offices by 12 noon,  Florida Time,  on the  Expiration
Date.  Order  forms  which  are  not  received  by  such  time  or are  executed
defectively  or are received  without full  payment (or  appropriate  withdrawal
instructions)  are not  required  to be  accepted.  The Bank is not  required to
accept orders submitted on facsimilied order forms. The Primary Parties have the
right to waive or permit the  correction of  incomplete  or improperly  executed
forms,  but do not represent that they will do so. The waiver of an irregularity
on an order form,  the  allowance by the Primary  Parties of a correction  of an
incomplete or  improperly  executed  order form,  or the  acceptance of an order
after 12 noon on the Expiration  date in no way obligates the Primary Parties to
waive an  irregularity,  allow a


                                      144


<PAGE>



correction,  or accept  an order  with  respect  to any other  order  form.  The
interpretation by the Primary Parties of the acceptability of an order form will
be final. Once received, an executed order form may not be modified,  amended or
rescinded without the consent of the Primary Parties,  unless the Offerings have
not been completed  within 45 days after the end of the  Subscription,  Eligible
Public  Stockholders,  and  Community  Offerings,  unless  such  period has been
extended.

     In order to ensure that Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders and Other  Members are  properly  identified  as to their stock
purchase  priority,  depositors  as of the close of business on the  Eligibility
Record  Date ( July  31,  1996)  or the  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date
(September 30, 1997) must list on the order form all accounts in which they have
an ownership  interest at the applicable  eligibility  date, giving all names in
each account and the account numbers.

     Payment for  subscriptions  and orders may be made (i) in cash if delivered
in person at any office of the Bank,  (ii) by check or money order,  or (iii) by
authorization  of  withdrawal  from  certificate  of  deposit  accounts  or IRAs
maintained with the Bank. The Primary  Parties,  in their sole  discretion,  may
elect not to accept  payment for shares of  Conversion  Stock by wired funds and
there shall be no liability  for failure to accept such  payment.  Funds will be
deposited in a segregated account at the Bank and interest will be paid on funds
made by cash,  check or money order at the Bank's passbook rate of interest from
the date payment is received until  completion or termination of the Conversion.
If payment is made by authorization of withdrawal from certificate accounts, the
funds  authorized  to be withdrawn  from a Bank deposit  account may continue to
accrue interest at the contractual  rates until completion or termination of the
Conversion,  but a hold  will be  placed  on such  funds,  thereby  making  them
unavailable to the depositor until completion or termination of the Conversion.

     If a subscriber authorizes the Bank to withdraw the aggregate amount of the
purchase price from a deposit  account,  the Bank will do so as of the effective
date of the  Conversion.  The Bank may waive any applicable  penalties for early
withdrawal from certificate  accounts. If the remaining balance in a certificate
account is reduced below the applicable minimum balance  requirement at the time
that the funds actually are transferred under the authorization, the certificate
will  be  canceled  at the  time of the  withdrawal,  without  penalty,  and the
remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate.

     The ESOP will not be required to pay for the shares  subscribed  for at the
time it  subscribes,  but rather  may pay for such  shares of  Conversion  Stock
subscribed for upon  consummation  of the  Offerings,  provided that there is in
force from the time of its subscription  until such time, a loan commitment from
an unrelated  financial  institution or the Company to lend to the ESOP, at such
time, the aggregate purchase price of the shares for which it subscribed.


                                      145


<PAGE>



     Owners of self-directed Individual Retirement Accounts ("IRAs") may use the
assets of such IRAs to purchase  shares of  Conversion  Stock in the  Offerings,
provided  that  such  IRAs  are  not  maintained  at  the  Bank.   Persons  with
self-directed  IRAs maintained at the Bank must have their accounts  transferred
to an unaffiliated  institution or broker to purchase shares of Conversion Stock
in the Offerings. In addition, ERISA provisions and IRS regulations require that
officers,  directors,  and 10% stockholders who use  self-directed  IRA funds to
purchase shares of Conversion Stock in the Subscription and Community  Offerings
make such  purchases  for the  exclusive  benefit  of the IRAs.  Any  interested
parties  wishing to use IRA funds for stock purchases are advised to contact the
Stock Information Center for additional information.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

     Pursuant  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  OTS,  no  person  with
subscription rights may transfer or enter into any agreement or understanding to
transfer the legal or  beneficial  ownership of the  subscription  rights issued
under  the Plan or the  shares  of  Conversion  Stock to be  issued  upon  their
exercise.  Such  rights  may be  exercised  only by the  person to whom they are
granted  and  only  for such  person's  account.  Each  person  exercising  such
subscription  rights will be required to certify that such person is  purchasing
shares  solely  for such  person's  own  account  and that  such  person  has no
agreement  or  understanding  regarding  the sale or  transfer  of such  shares.
Federal  regulations  also  prohibit  any  person  from  offering  or  making an
announcement  of  an  offer  or  intent  to  make  an  offer  to  purchase  such
subscription rights or shares of Conversion Stock prior to the completion of the
Conversion.

     The Primary Parties will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in
the event they become aware of the transfer of subscription  rights and will not
honor orders known by them to involve the transfer of such rights.

Liquidation Rights

     In the  unlikely  event of a complete  liquidation  of the  Mutual  Holding
Company in its present mutual form, each depositor of the Bank would receive his
pro rata share of any  assets of the  Mutual  Holding  Company  remaining  after
payment  of claims of all  creditors.  Each  depositor's  pro rata share of such
remaining  assets  would be in the same  proportion  as the value of his deposit
account was to the total  value of all deposit  accounts in the Bank at the time
of liquidation. After the Conversion, each depositor, in the event of a complete
liquidation  of the Bank,  would have a claim as a creditor of the same  general
priority  as the claims of all other  general  creditors  of the Bank.  However,
except as  described  below,  this  claim  would be solely in the  amount of the
balance in the deposit account plus accrued interest. A depositor would not have
an  interest  in the value of assets of the Bank,  or the  Company,  above  that
amount.


                                      146


<PAGE>



     The  Plan  provides  for the  establishment,  upon  the  completion  of the
Conversion,  of a special  "liquidation  account"  for the  benefit of  Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to
the  amount of any  dividends  waived by the  Mutual  Holding  Company  plus the
greater of 100% of the Bank's  retained  earnings of $34.5  million at September
30, 1992, the date of the latest  balance sheet  contained in the final offering
circular   utilized  in  the  Bank's   initial   public   offering  in  the  MHC
Reorganization,  or (2)  53.41%  of the  Bank's  total  stockholders'  equity as
reflected in its latest balance sheet contained in the final Prospectus utilized
in the Offerings. As of the date of this Prospectus,  the initial balance of the
liquidation  account would be $____  million.  Each Eligible  Account Holder and
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder,  if such  person  were to  continue  to
maintain such person's  deposit account at the Bank,  would be entitled,  upon a
complete  liquidation  of the Bank after the  Conversion,  to an interest in the
liquidation  account prior to any payment to the Company as the sole stockholder
of the Bank.  Each Eligible  Account Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder  would have an initial  interest  in such  liquidation  account  for each
deposit  account,  including  passbook  accounts,  transaction  accounts such as
checking  accounts,  money market deposit  accounts and certificates of deposit,
held in the Bank at the close of  business  on July 31,  1996 or  September  30,
1997, as the case may be. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holder will have a pro rata interest in the total  liquidation  account
for each of such person's  deposit  accounts  based on the  proportion  that the
balance of each such deposit account on the December 31, 1993 eligibility record
date (or the September  30, 1995  supplemental  eligibility  record date, as the
case may be) bore to the  balance of all  deposit  accounts  in the Bank on such
date.

     If,  however,  on any  September  30  annual  closing  date  of  the  Bank,
commencing  September  30, 1996 for Eligible  Account  Holders and September 30,
1997 for  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  the  amount in any  deposit
account is less than the amount in such  deposit  account on July 31,  1996,  or
September 30, 1997, as the case may be, or any other annual  closing date,  then
the interest in the liquidation  account  relating to such deposit account would
be reduced by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease
to exist if such  deposit  account is closed.  In  addition,  no interest in the
liquidation  account would ever be increased despite any subsequent  increase in
the related deposit account.  Any assets  remaining after the above  liquidation
rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are
satisfied  would be  distributed  to the Company as the sole  stockholder of the
Bank.

Tax Aspects

     Consummation of the Conversion is expressly  conditioned upon prior receipt
of either a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to federal
tax effects of the  transaction,  and either a ruling or an opinion with respect
to  Florida  tax laws,  to the  effect that


                                      147


<PAGE>



consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  will not  result  in a
taxable reorganization under the provisions of the applicable codes or otherwise
result in any material  adverse tax  consequences to the Mutual Holding Company,
the Bank,  the  Company or to account  holders  receiving  subscription  rights,
except to the extent, if any, that  subscription  rights are deemed to have fair
market  value on the date such  rights are  issued.  This  condition  may not be
waived by the Primary Parties.

     Peabody & Brown, Washington, D.C., has issued an opinion to the Company and
the Bank to the effect that for federal income tax purposes: [TO COME]

     Furthermore,  Dean, Mead, Egerton,  Bloodworth,  Capouano & Bogarth,  P.A.,
Orlando,  Florida,  has  issued an opinion  to the  Company  and the Bank to the
effect that the income tax consequences of the Conversion are  substantially the
same under Florida law as they are under the Code.

     In the opinion of RP  Financial,  which  opinion is not binding on the IRS,
the  subscription  rights  do not have any  value,  based on the fact  that such
rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are  nontransferable  and of
short  duration,  and  afford the  recipients  the right  only to  purchase  the
Conversion Stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will
be the  same  price  as the  Purchase  Price  for  the  unsubscribed  shares  of
Conversion Stock. If the subscription rights granted to eligible subscribers are
deemed to have an  ascertainable  value,  receipt of such rights likely would be
taxable only to those eligible  subscribers who exercise the subscription rights
(either as a capital gain or ordinary  income) in an amount equal to such value,
and the Primary  Parties could  recognize  gain on such  distribution.  Eligible
subscribers  are  encouraged to consult with their own tax advisor as to the tax
consequences  in the event that such  subscription  rights are deemed to have an
ascertainable value.

     Unlike  private  rulings,  an opinion is not binding on the IRS and the IRS
could  disagree  with the  conclusions  reached  therein.  In the  event of such
disagreement,  there can be no  assurance  that the IRS would not  prevail  in a
judicial or administrative proceeding. Management does not believe the fact that
the IRS has placed this transaction into a "no rule" area will result in the IRS
treating the  Conversion and the  Reorganization  any  differently  from similar
transactions  already  completed  for which the IRS has  issued  private  letter
rulings. If the IRS determines that the tax effects of the transaction are to be
treated  differently from that presented in the tax opinion,  the Mutual Holding
Company and the Bank may be subject to adverse tax  consequences  as a result of
the Conversion.


                                      148


<PAGE>



Delivery and Exchange of Certificates

     Conversion  Stock.  Certificates  representing  Conversion  Stock issued in
connection with the Offerings will be mailed by the Company's transfer agent for
the  Common  Stock to the  persons  entitled  thereto at the  addresses  of such
persons  appearing  on the  stock  order  form for  Conversion  Stock as soon as
practicable following consummation of the Conversion.  Any certificates returned
as  undeliverable  will be held by the Company until claimed by persons  legally
entitled  thereto or otherwise  disposed of in accordance  with  applicable law.
Until   certificates  for  Conversion  Stock  are  available  and  delivered  to
subscribers, subscribers may not be able to sell such shares.

     Distribution  Exchange Shares.  After consummation of the Conversion,  each
holder of a  certificate  or  certificates  theretofore  evidencing  issued  and
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, or Bank Common Stock, which was held
prior to the Mid-Tier  Reorganization  and  currently  represents  an equivalent
number of shares of Public Harbor  Florida Shares on the transfer book of Harbor
Florida (other than the Mutual Holding Company),  shall be entitled to receive a
certificate  or  certificates  representing  the number of full shares of Common
Stock which,  when added to the number of shares of Public Harbor Florida Shares
held,  will  represent the same  percentage  ownership of Public Harbor  Florida
Shares held prior to the  Conversion.  The Transfer Agent shall promptly mail to
each such holder of record of Public Harbor Florida Shares  immediately prior to
the  consummation  of the  Conversion,  a  letter  advising  the  holder  of the
procedures  by  which  additional  shares  of  Common  Stock,  pursuant  to  the
Distribution Exchange Ratio, will be delivered.  The Company's stockholders need
not forward any Company  Common Stock  certificates  to the Bank or the Transfer
Agent.

Required Approvals

     Various  approvals  of the OTS are  required  in  order to  consummate  the
Conversion. The OTS has approved the Plan of Conversion,  subject to approval by
the  Mutual  Holding  Company's  Members  and  the  Company's  Stockholders.  In
addition,  consummation  of the  Conversion  is subject to OTS  approval  of the
applications with respect to the merger of the Mutual Holding Company (following
its conversion to an interim Federal stock savings bank) into the Company,  with
the Company being the surviving  entity.  Applications  for these approvals have
been  filed  and are  currently  pending.  There can be no  assurances  that the
requisite OTS approvals will be received in a timely manner,  in which event the
consummation  of the  Conversion  may be delayed  beyond the  expiration  of the
Offerings.

     Pursuant to OTS  regulations,  the Plan of Conversion also must be approved
by (1) at least a majority of the total  number of votes  eligible to be cast by
Members of the Mutual Holding Company at the Members'  Meeting,  and (2) holders
of at least  two-thirds of the


                                      149


<PAGE>



outstanding Company Stock at the Stockholders' Meeting. In addition, the Primary
Parties have  conditioned the  consummation of the Conversion on the approval of
the Plan by at least a majority of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, by the
Public Stockholders at the Stockholders' Meeting.

Interpretation and Amendment of the Plan

     To the extent  permitted  by law,  all  interpretations  of the Plan by the
Primary  Parties  will be final;  however,  such  interpretations  shall have no
binding  effect on the OTS.  The Plan  provides  that,  if deemed  necessary  or
desirable by the Board of Directors,  the Plan may be  substantively  amended by
the Board of Directors as a result of comments from the OTS or otherwise,  prior
to the  solicitation  of proxies from the members of the Mutual Holding  Company
and at any time  thereafter  with the concurrence of the OTS, except that in the
event that the  regulations  under which the Plan was  adopted  are  liberalized
subsequent  to the approval of the Plan by the OTS and the members of the Mutual
Holding  Company at the special  meeting of members,  the Board of Directors may
amend the Plan to conform to the regulations without further approval of the OTS
or the  members,  to the extent  permitted by law. An amendment to the Plan that
would result in a material  adverse change in the terms of the Conversion  would
require a resolicitation.  In the event of a  resolicitation,  subscriptions for
which a confirmation  or modification  was not received would be rescinded.  Any
amendment to the Plan regarding  preferences to the Local  Community will not be
deemed to be a material change.

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Shares After the Conversion

     All shares of Conversion  Stock purchased in connection with the Conversion
by a director or an executive  officer of the Primary Parties will be subject to
a restriction that the shares may not be sold for a period of one year following
the  Conversion,  except in the event of the death of such director or executive
officer or pursuant to a merger or similar transaction approved by the OTS. Each
certificate  for  restricted  shares  will bear a legend  giving  notice of this
restriction on transfer,  and  appropriate  stop-transfer  instructions  will be
issued to the Company's transfer agent. Any shares of Common Stock issued within
this one-year period as a stock dividend,  stock split or otherwise with respect
to such restricted stock will be subject to the same restrictions. The directors
and  executive  officers  of the  Company  will also be subject  to the  insider
trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act.

     Purchases  of  Conversion  Stock of the  Company  by  directors,  executive
officers and their associates during the three-year period following  completion
of the  Conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer  registered  with
the SEC,  except with the prior written  approval of the OTS.  This  restriction
does not apply, however, to negotiated  transactions  involving more than 10% of
the  Company's  outstanding  Common  Stock or to the  purchase  of


                                      150


<PAGE>



Common Stock pursuant to any tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plan, such as
the ESOP, or by any non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan.

     Pursuant to OTS regulations,  the Company will generally be prohibited from
repurchasing  any shares of Common Stock within one year following  consummation
of the Conversion.  During the second and third years following  consummation of
the  Conversion,  the Company may not  repurchase any shares of its Common Stock
other than pursuant to (i) an offer to all stockholders on a pro rata basis that
is approved by the OTS; (ii) the repurchase of qualifying  shares of a director,
if  any;   (iii)   purchases   in  the  open  market  by  a   tax-qualified   or
non-tax-qualified  employee  stock  benefit  plan in an  amount  reasonable  and
appropriate  to fund the plan; or (iv) purchases that are part of an open-market
program not involving more than 5% of its outstanding  capital stock during a 12
month   period,   if  the   repurchases   do  not   cause  the  Bank  to  become
undercapitalized  and the Bank  provides to the Regional  Director of the OTS no
later than 10 days prior to the  commencement  of a repurchase  program  Written
notice  containing a full  description  of the program to be undertaken and such
program is not  disapproved  by the  Regional  Director.  However,  the Regional
Director has  authority to permit  repurchases  during the first year  following
consummation of the Conversion and to permit  repurchases in excess of 5% during
the second and third years upon the establishment of exceptional circumstances.


                       COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS' RIGHTS

     General. Harbor Florida,  currently the Bank's Mid-Tier Holding Company, is
currently a Delaware  corporation.  After the  Conversion,  Harbor  Florida will
continue  to serve as the  holding  company  of the Bank but  Harbor  Financial,
M.H.C.   will  have  no  ownership   interest  in  Harbor  Florida.   After  the
Reorganization,  all of Harbor  Florida's stock will be held by the public.  The
rights of shareholders will not change as a result of the Conversion.

     Authorized  Capital  Stock.  Harbor  Florida's   authorized  capital  stock
currently  consists of  13,000,000  shares of Common  Stock,  par value $.0l per
share and 1,000,000  shares of Preferred  Stock, par value $.0l per share. As of
the Conversion, upon approval of Harbor Florida's stockholders, Harbor Florida's
Certificate of  Incorporation  will be amended to authorize  _________ shares of
Common Stock and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.

     Amendment Of Certificate.  Pursuant to the Plan,  Harbor Florida is seeking
the  authority  to amend  its  Certificate  of  Incorporation  to  increase  its
authorized  capital  stock as indicated  above.  This  amendment is necessary in
order for Harbor Florida to have sufficient  shares to sell Conversion  Stock in
the Offering as well as to deliver stock pursuant to the Distribution  Exchange.
This  amendment  will not be voted on separately by the  stockholders


                                      151


<PAGE>



of Harbor  Florida but  pursuant to the  approval  of the Plan.  Harbor  Florida
believes that under Delaware law the Mutual  Holding  Company would be permitted
to vote its shares to amend the  Certificate of  Incorporation.  Therefore,  the
passage of such amendment would be assured if voted separately.


                   RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE COMPANY

     A number of provisions of the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  and
bylaws  deal  with  matters  of  corporate  governance  and  certain  rights  of
shareholders.  These  provisions  allow the Board of  Directors  flexibility  to
analyze and consider  corporate  transactions  in order to maximize  benefits to
shareholders.  However,  they may also serve to prevent individual  shareholders
from  participating  in a transaction if the Board does not deem the transaction
to be beneficial to shareholders,  even if individual  shareholders desire to do
so. The following  discussion is a general summary of certain  provisions of the
Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws and certain other statutory
and regulatory  provisions relating to stock ownership and transfers,  the Board
of  Directors  and  business  combinations,  which  might  be  deemed  to have a
potential  "anti-takeover"  effect.  Such  provisions  may  have the  effect  of
rendering  the removal of the current  Board of  Directors  of the Company  more
difficult.  The  following  description  of  certain  of the  provisions  of the
Certificate of  Incorporation  and bylaws of the Company is necessarily  general
and reference  should be made in each case to such  Certificate of Incorporation
and  bylaws,  which  are  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  See  "ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION" for instructions on how to obtain a copy of these documents.

     Limitation  on Voting  Rights.  The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the
Company  provides  that in no event  shall any record  owner of any  outstanding
Common Stock which is beneficially  owned,  directly or indirectly,  by a person
who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then outstanding  shares of Common
Stock (the  "Limit")  be  entitled  or  permitted  to any vote in respect of the
shares held in excess of the Limit. In addition, for a period of five years from
the completion of the Conversion,  no person may directly or indirectly offer to
acquire or acquire  the  beneficial  ownership  of more than 10% of any class of
equity securities of the Company. Beneficial ownership is determined pursuant to
Rule 13d-3 of the  General  Rules and  Regulations  promulgated  pursuant to the
Exchange Act, and includes  shares  beneficially  owned by such person or any of
his affiliates (as defined in the  Certificate of  Incorporation),  shares which
such person or his  affiliates  have the right to acquire  upon the  exercise of
conversion  rights  or  options  and  shares  as to which  such  person  and his
affiliates  have or share  investment  or voting  power,  but shall not  include
shares  beneficially  owned  by the  benefit  plans of the  Board or  directors,
officers and  employees of the Bank or the Company as a group or shares that are
subject to a revocable proxy and that are not otherwise  beneficially  owned, or
deemed  by the  Company  to be  beneficially  owned,  by  such  person  and  his
affiliates. The


                                      152


<PAGE>



Certificate of Incorporation of the Company further provides that this provision
limiting  voting  rights  may  only be  amended  upon the vote of 66 2/3% of the
outstanding  shares of voting stock (after  giving  effect to the  limitation on
voting rights).

     Board of  Directors.  The Board of Directors of the Company is divided into
three classes, each of which shall contain approximately  one-third of the whole
number of members of the Board.  Each class shall serve a staggered  term,  with
approximately  one-third  of the total number of  directors  being  elected each
year.  The Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  and bylaws provide that the
size of the Board  shall be  determined  by a  majority  of the  directors.  The
Certificate of Incorporation  and the bylaws provide that any vacancy  occurring
in the Board, including a vacancy resulting from death, resignation, retirement,
disqualification,  removal from office or other  cause,  shall be filled for the
remainder of the unexpired term  exclusively by a majority vote of the directors
then in office.  The  classified  Board is intended to provide for continuity of
the Board of Directors and to make it more  difficult  and time  consuming for a
shareholder  group to fully use its voting power to gain control of the Board of
Directors  without  the  consent  of the  incumbent  Board of  Directors  of the
Company.  The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company  provides  that a
director may be removed from the Board of Directors  prior to the  expiration of
his term only for cause,  upon the vote of 66 2/3% of the outstanding  shares of
voting stock.

     In the absence of these  provisions,  the vote of the holders of a majority
of the shares could remove the entire Board,  with or without cause, and replace
it with persons of such holders' choice.

     Cumulative  Voting,  Special  Meetings and Action by Written  Consent.  The
Certificate  of  Incorporation  does not provide for  cumulative  voting for any
purpose. Moreover, special meetings of shareholders of the Company may be called
only by the Board of Directors of the Company.  The Certificate of Incorporation
also  provides  that  any  action  required  or  permitted  to be  taken  by the
shareholders  of the Company  may be taken only at an annual or special  meeting
and prohibits shareholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

     Authorized  Shares. The Certificate of Incorporation  currently  authorizes
the  issuance  of  13,000,000  shares of Common  Stock and  1,000,000  shares of
preferred  stock.   The  Certificate  of   Incorporation   will  be  amended  by
shareholders  at a  shareholders'  meeting  in order to permit the  creation  of
additional  shares for sale at the Offering Price.  See  "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL
STOCK OF HARBOR  FLORIDA." The shares of Common Stock and  preferred  stock were
authorized  in an  amount  greater  than  that  to be  issued  pursuant  to  the
Conversion to provide the Company's Board of Directors with as much  flexibility
as possible to effect, among other transactions, financings, acquisitions, stock
dividends,  stock splits and employee stock options.  However,  these additional
authorized shares may also be


                                      153


<PAGE>



used by the  Board of  Directors  consistent  with its  fiduciary  duty to deter
future attempts to gain control of the Company.  The Board of Directors also has
sole  authority  to  determine  the terms of any one or more series of Preferred
Stock, including voting rights,  conversion rates, and liquidation  preferences.
As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of Preferred Stock,
the Board has the power,  to the extent  consistent  with its fiduciary duty, to
issue a series of Preferred Stock to persons  friendly to management in order to
attempt to block a  post-tender  offer  merger or other  transaction  by which a
third party seeks control, and thereby assist management to retain its position.
The  Company's  Board of  Directors  currently  has no plans for the issuance of
additional shares upon the exercise of stock options.

     Shareholder Vote Required to Approve Business  Combinations  with Principal
Shareholders.  The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  requires the approval of the
holders of at least 66 2/3% of the Company's  outstanding shares of voting stock
to approve certain  "Business  Combinations,"  as defined  therein,  and related
transactions.  Under Delaware law, absent this provision, Business Combinations,
including  mergers,  consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the
assets of a corporation must, subject to certain exceptions,  be approved by the
vote of the holders of only a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
of the Company and any other affected class of stock.  Under the  Certificate of
Incorporation,  at  least  66 2/3%  approval  of  shareholders  is  required  in
connection with any transaction involving an Interested  Shareholder (as defined
below) except (i) in cases where the proposed  transaction  has been approved in
advance by a majority of those members of the  Company's  Board of Directors who
are unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and were directors prior to the
time when the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder or (ii) if
the proposed  transaction  meets certain  conditions set forth therein which are
designed  to afford the  shareholders  a fair price in  consideration  for their
shares in which case,  if a  shareholder  vote is  required,  approval of only a
majority of the outstanding shares of voting stock would be sufficient. The term
"Interested  Shareholder"  is defined to include  any  individual,  corporation,
partnership  or other entity  (other than the Company or its  subsidiary)  which
owns  beneficially  or  controls,  directly  or  indirectly,  15% or more of the
outstanding  shares  of  voting  stock of the  Company.  This  provision  of the
Certificate of  Incorporation  applies to any "Business  Combination,"  which is
defined to include (i) any merger or  consolidation of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries with or into any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate (as defined in
the Certificate of Incorporation) of an Interested  Shareholder;  (ii) any sale,
lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer, or other disposition to or with any
Interested  Shareholder or Affiliate of 10% or more of the assets of the Company
or  combined  assets of the Company and its  subsidiary;  (iii) the  issuance or
transfer to any  Interested  Shareholder or its Affiliate by the Company (or any
subsidiary) of any securities of the Company in exchange for any assets, cash or
securities  the value of which equals or exceeds 10% of the fair market value of
the  Common  Stock  of the  Company;  (iv)  the  adoption  of any  plan  for the
liquidation  or  dissolution  of the  Company  proposed  by or on  behalf of any
Interested  Shareholder or Affiliate thereof;  and (v) any  reclassification  of
securities,  recapitalization,  merger or


                                      154


<PAGE>



consolidation   of  the  Company  which  has  the  effect  of   increasing   the
proportionate  share of  Common  Stock or any  class of  equity  or  convertible
securities  of  the  Company  owned  directly  or  indirectly  by an  Interested
Shareholder or Affiliate thereof.

     Amendment of Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws.  Amendments to the
Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  must be approved by a majority vote of
its Board of Directors and also by a majority of the  outstanding  shares of its
voting stock; provided, however, that an affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of
the  outstanding  voting  stock  entitled  to vote (after  giving  effect to the
provision  limiting  voting  rights)  is  required  to amend or  repeal  certain
provisions of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  including  those  provisions
limiting voting rights,  relating to approval of certain business  combinations,
calling special meetings,  the number and classification of directors,  director
and officer indemnification by the Company and amendment of the Company's bylaws
and  Certificate of  Incorporation.  The Company's  bylaws may be amended by its
Board of Directors, or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person
or by proxy and entitled to a vote at any annual or special  meeting  except for
those  instances where the  Certificate of  Incorporation  requires a vote of 66
2/3% of the total votes  eligible to be voted at a duly  constituted  meeting of
shareholders for amendment.

     Certain  Bylaw  Provisions.  The  Bylaws  of the  Company  also  require  a
shareholder  who intends to nominate a  candidate  for  election to the Board of
Directors,  or to raise new business at a  shareholder  meeting to give at least
120 days advance  notice to the Secretary of the Company.  The notice  provision
requires a  shareholder  who desires to raise new  business  to provide  certain
information  to the  Company  concerning  the  nature of the new  business,  the
shareholder and the shareholder's interest in the business matter.  Similarly, a
shareholder  wishing to  nominate  any person for  election  as a director  must
provide the Company  with  certain  information  concerning  the nominee and the
proposing shareholder.

     Benefit Plans.  In addition to the provisions of the Company's  certificate
and bylaws described above,  certain benefit plans of ours adopted in connection
with  the  Conversion  contain  provisions  which  also may  discourage  hostile
takeover  attempts  which the boards of directors  might conclude are not in the
best  interests for us or our  stockholders.  For a  description  of the benefit
plans and the  provisions  of such plans  relating  to changes in  control,  see
"MANAGEMENT  OF HARBOR  FEDERAL  -- Other  Stock  Benefit  Plans" and " -- Stock
Option Plan

     Regulatory Restrictions. A federal regulation prohibits any person prior to
the completion of a conversion from transferring, or entering into any agreement
or  understanding  to  transfer,  the  legal  or  beneficial  ownership  of  the
subscription  rights issued under a plan of conversion or the stock to be issued
upon their  exercise.  This  regulation  also  prohibits any person prior to the
completion of a conversion from offering,  or making an announcement of


                                      155


<PAGE>



an offer or intent to make an offer,  to purchase  such  subscription  rights or
stock.  For three years  following  conversion,  OTS  regulations  prohibit  any
person, without the prior approval of the OTS, from acquiring or making an offer
to acquire more than 10% of the stock of any converted  savings  institution  if
such  person  is,  or after  consummation  of such  acquisition  would  be,  the
beneficial  owner of more than 10% of such stock.  In the event that any person,
directly or indirectly,  violates this regulation,  the securities  beneficially
owned by such person in excess of 10% shall not be counted as shares entitled to
vote and  shall  not be voted by any  person  or  counted  as  voting  shares in
connection with any matter submitted to a vote of stockholders.

     Federal law provides that no company,  "directly or indirectly or acting in
concert  with one or more  persons,  or  through  one or more  subsidiaries,  or
through  one  or  more   transactions,"  may  acquire  "control"  of  a  savings
association at any time without the prior approval of the OTS. In addition,  any
company that acquires such control becomes a "savings and loan holding  company"
subject  to  registration,  examination  and  regulation  as a savings  and loan
holding  company.  Control in this context means  ownership  of,  control of, or
holding  proxies  representing  more than 25% of the voting  shares of a savings
association  or the power to control in any manner the election of a majority of
the directors of such institution.

     Federal law also provides that no "person,"  acting  directly or indirectly
or through or in concert with one or more other persons,  may acquire control of
a savings  association  unless at least 60 days  prior  written  notice has been
given  to the OTS and the OTS  has not  objected  to the  proposed  acquisition.
Control is defined for this  purpose as the power,  directly or  indirectly,  to
direct the management or policies of a savings  association or to vote more than
25% of any class of voting  securities of a savings  association.  Under federal
law  (as  well  as  the  regulations   referred  to  below)  the  term  "savings
association"  includes  state-chartered  and  federally  chartered  SAIF-insured
institutions,  federally  chartered  savings and loans and  savings  banks whose
accounts are insured by the FDIC and holding companies thereof.

     Federal  regulations require that, prior to obtaining control of an insured
institution, a person, other than a company, must give 60 days notice to the OTS
and have received no OTS objection to such acquisition of control, and a company
must  apply  for  and  receive  OTS  approval  of  the   acquisition.   In  this
circumstance, control involves a 25% voting stock test, control in any manner of
the election of a majority of the institution's directors, or a determination by
the OTS that the acquiror has the power to direct,  or directly or indirectly to
exercise a  controlling  influence  over,  the  management  or  policies  of the
institution.  Acquisition of more than 10% of an institution's  voting stock, if
the acquiror also is subject to any one of either "control factors," constitutes
a rebuttable  determination of control under the regulations.  The determination
of control may be rebutted by submission to the OTS, prior to the acquisition of
stock  or  the  occurrence  of any  other  circumstances  giving  rise  to  such
determination,  of a statement setting forth facts and circumstances which would
support a


                                      156


<PAGE>



finding  that  no  control   relationship  will  exist  and  containing  certain
undertakings.  The  regulations  provide that persons or companies which acquire
beneficial   ownership  exceeding  10%  or  more  of  any  class  of  a  savings
association's  stock after the effective date of the regulations  must file with
the OTS a certification  that the holder is not in control of such  institution,
is not subject to a rebuttable  determination of control and will take no action
which would result in a  determination  or rebuttable  determination  of control
without prior notice to or approval of the OTS, as applicable.

Delaware Corporate Law

     In  addition,  the state of  Delaware  has a statute  designed  to  provide
Delaware  corporations  such as the Company with additional  protection  against
hostile takeovers. The takeover statute, which is codified in Section 203 of the
Delaware  General  Corporation  Law ("Section  203"),  is intended to discourage
certain  takeover  practices  by impeding  the ability of a hostile  acquiror to
engage in certain transactions with the target company.

     In general  Section 203 provides  that a "Person" (as defined  therein) who
owns 15% or more of the outstanding  voting stock of a Delaware  corporation (an
"Interested  Shareholder")  may  not  consummate  a  merger  or  other  business
combination  transaction with such corporation at any time during the three-year
period  following the date such "Person" became an Interested  Shareholder.  The
term  "business  combination"  is  defined  broadly  to  cover a wide  range  of
corporate transactions  including mergers, sales of assets,  issuances of stock,
transactions  with  subsidiaries and the receipt of  disproportionate  financial
benefits.

     The statute  exempts the following  transactions  from the  requirements of
Section 203: (i) any business  combination if, prior to the date a person became
an Interested  Shareholder,  the Board of Directors approved either the business
combination or the  transaction  which resulted in the  shareholder  becoming an
Interested  Shareholder;  (ii) any business  combination  involving a person who
acquired at least 85% of the  outstanding  voting  stock in the  transaction  in
which he became an Interested Shareholder, with the number of shares outstanding
calculated  without regard to those shares owned by the corporation's  directors
who are also officers and by certain  employee  stock plans;  (iii) any business
combination  with an  Interested  Shareholder  that is  approved by the Board of
Directors and by a two-thirds vote of the outstanding  voting stock not owned by
the Interested  Shareholder;  and (iv) certain  business  combinations  that are
proposed  after the  corporation  had received other  acquisition  proposals and
which are approved or not opposed by a majority of certain continuing members of
the Board of Directors. A corporation may exempt itself from the requirements of
the statute by adopting an  amendment to its  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or
Bylaws  electing  not to be governed by Section  203. At the present  time,  the
Board of Directors does not intend to propose any such amendment.


                                      157


<PAGE>



                 DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF HARBOR FLORIDA

     Harbor Florida  currently is authorized to issue  13,000,000  shares of the
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, and 1,000,000 shares of serial preferred
stock, $.01 par value per share. Pursuant to the Conversion, Harbor Florida will
seek stockholder  approval to amend its Certificate of Incorporation to increase
the amount of authorized shares to _________ of Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share,  and  1,000,000  shares of  Preferred  Stock,  par value  $.01 per share,
subject to approval of its  stockholders  of an amendment to its  Certificate of
Incorporation to authorize  additional shares of common and preferred stock. The
Company currently expects to issue up to _________ shares of Common Stock in the
Conversion,  in addition to the Public Harbor  Florida  shares to be provided to
shareholders in the Distribution Exchange.  Therefore, after the Conversion, the
Company expects to have _________ shares outstanding .

     Dividends.  The Company can pay dividends if and when declared by its Board
of Directors.  See  "DIVIDEND  POLICY" and  "REGULATION."  The holders of Common
Stock of the  Company  will be  entitled  to receive  and share  equally in such
dividends  as may be  declared by the Board of  Directors  of the Company out of
funds legally  available  therefor.  If the Company issues  preferred stock, the
holders  thereof may have a priority  over the holders of the Common  Stock with
respect to dividends.

     The Company does not intend to issue any shares of serial  preferred  stock
in the Conversion, nor are there any present plans to issue such preferred stock
following  the  Conversion.  The  aggregate  par value of the issued shares will
constitute the capital account of the Company. The balance of the purchase price
will be recorded for  accounting  purposes as additional  paid-in  capital.  See
"CAPITALIZATION."   The   capital   stock   of  the   Company   will   represent
nonwithdrawable  capital  and will not be insured by us, the FDIC,  or any other
government agency.

Common Stock

     Voting  Rights.  Each share of the Common Stock will have the same relative
rights and will be  identical  in all  respects  with every  other  share of the
Common  Stock.  The holders of the Common  Stock will possess  exclusive  voting
rights in the  Company,  except to the extent  that  shares of serial  preferred
stock issued in the future may have voting  rights,  if any.  Each holder of the
Common  Stock will be entitled to only one vote for each share held of record on
all matters  submitted  to a vote of holders of the Common Stock and will not be
permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of the Company's directors.


                                      158


<PAGE>



     Each share of the Company's Common Stock will have the same relative rights
as, and will be  identical  in all  respects  with,  each other  share of Common
Stock.  Upon payment of the  purchase  price for the Common Stock all such stock
will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

     Liquidation.   In  the  unlikely  event  of  the  complete  liquidation  or
dissolution of the Company,  the holders of the Common Stock will be entitled to
receive all assets of the Company available for distribution in cash or in kind,
after payment or provision for payment of (i) all debts and  liabilities  of the
Company (including all deposits with us and accrued interest thereon);  (ii) any
accrued dividend claims;  (iii) liquidation  preferences of any serial preferred
stock  which  may be  issued  in the  future;  and  (iv)  any  interests  in the
liquidation  account established upon the Conversion for the benefit of Eligible
Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders who continue to have
their deposits with the Bank.

     Restrictions  on  Acquisition  of the Common Stock.  See  "RESTRICTIONS  ON
ACQUISITION  OF THE COMPANY" for a discussion of the  limitations on acquisition
of shares of the Common Stock.

     Other Characteristics. Holders of the Common Stock will not have preemptive
rights with  respect to any  additional  shares of the Common Stock which may be
issued.  Therefore,  the Board of Directors  may sell shares of capital stock of
the Company  without first offering such shares to existing  stockholders of the
Company. The Common Stock is not subject to call for redemption.

     Issuance of Additional Shares.  Except as disclosed herein, the Company has
no present plans, proposals,  arrangements or understandings to issue additional
authorized  shares of the  Common  Stock.  In the  future,  the  authorized  but
unissued and unreserved shares of the Common Stock will be available for general
corporate  purposes,  including,  but not limited to, possible issuance:  (i) as
stock dividends; (ii) in connection with mergers or acquisitions;  (iii) under a
cash dividend  reinvestment  or stock purchase plan; (iv) in a public or private
offering;  or (v) under employee  benefit  plans.  See "RISK FACTORS -- Possible
Dilutive Effect of 1997 Stock Options and Effect of Purchases by the Recognition
Plan and ESOP" and "PRO FORMA DATA."  Normally no stockholder  approval would be
required for the  issuance of these  shares,  except as  described  herein or as
otherwise  required  to approve a  transaction  in which  additional  authorized
shares of the Common Stock are to be issued.

     For additional information, see "REGULATION -- Limitations on Dividends and
Other Capital Distributions" with respect to restrictions on the payment of cash
dividends;  and  "RESTRICTIONS  ON ACQUISITION  OF THE COMPANY" for  information
regarding restrictions on acquiring Common Stock of the Company.


                                      159


<PAGE>



Serial Preferred Stock

     None of the 1,000,000  authorized  shares of serial  preferred stock of the
Company will be issued in the Conversion. After the Conversion is completed, the
Board of Directors of the Company will be authorized  to issue serial  preferred
stock and to fix and state voting  powers,  designations,  preferences  or other
special  rights  of  such  shares  and  the   qualifications,   limitations  and
restrictions  thereof,  subject to regulatory  approval but without  stockholder
approval. If and when issued, the serial preferred stock is likely to rank prior
to the Common Stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preferences, or both, and
may  have  full or  limited  voting  rights.  The  Board of  Directors,  without
stockholder  approval,   can  issue  serial  preferred  stock  with  voting  and
conversion  rights which could adversely  affect the voting power of the holders
of the Common Stock.  The Board of Directors  has no present  intention to issue
any of the serial preferred stock.


                              LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

     The legality of the Common Stock will be passed upon for Harbor  Florida by
Peabody & Brown,  Washington,  D.C. Certain legal matters for FBR will be passed
upon by Luse  Lehman  Gorman  Pomerenk  & Schick,  A  Professional  Corporation,
Washington, D.C. The federal income tax consequences of the Conversion have been
passed  upon by  Peabody  & Brown,  Washington,  D.C.  The  Florida  income  tax
consequences  of the Conversion  have been passed upon by Dean,  Mead,  Egerton,
Bloodworth, Capouano & Bogarth, P.A., Orlando, Florida.


                                     EXPERTS

     The financial  statements  of Harbor  Florida as of and for the years ended
September 30, 1996, 1995, and 1994 included in this Prospectus have been audited
by KPMG Peat Marwick  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as set forth in their report
appearing herein,  and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such
firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

     RP Financial  has consented to the  publication  herein of a summary of its
letters to Harbor  Florida  setting  forth its opinion as to the  estimated  pro
forma market value of us in the converted form and its opinion setting forth the
value of  subscription  rights  and to the use of its name and  statements  with
respect to it appearing in this Prospectus.


                                      160


<PAGE>



                            REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

     The Common  Stock of Harbor  Florida is  currently  registered  pursuant to
Section 12(g) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"). Harbor Florida is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider
trading   restrictions,   tender  offer  rules,  periodic  reporting  and  other
requirements  of the  SEC  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Harbor  Florida  may  not
deregister  the Common  Stock  under the  Exchange  Act for a period of at least
three years following the Conversion.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The  Company  has filed  with the SEC a  Registration  Statement  under the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to the  Conversion  Stock and
Distribution  Exchange  Shares  offered  hereby.  As  permitted by the rules and
regulations of the SEC, this Prospectus does not contain all the information set
forth in the  Registration  Statement.  Such information can be examined without
charge  at the  public  reference  facilities  of the SEC  located  at 450 Fifth
Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and  copies of such  material  can be
obtained  from the SEC at prescribed  rates.  The SEC maintains a World Wide Web
site on the Internet that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other  information   regarding   registrants  such  as  the  Company  that  file
electronically  with the SEC.  The address of such site is:  http://www.sec.gov.
The statements  contained in this  Prospectus as to the contents of any contract
or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement describe all
material  provisions of such contracts or other  documents.  Nevertheless,  such
statements are, of necessity, brief descriptions thereof and are not necessarily
complete;  each such  statement is  qualified  by reference to such  contract or
document.

     The Mutual Holding Company has filed an Application for Conversion with the
OTS with respect to the Conversion.  This Prospectus  omits certain  information
contained in that application.  The application may be examined at the principal
office  of the  OTS,  1700 G  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20552,  and OTS
Southeast Regional Office, 1475 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30309.


                                      161


<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Independent Auditor's Report ...........................................    F-2

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition- .........................    F-3
September 30, 1996 and 1995

Consolidated Statements of Earnings-Years ended ........................    F-4
September 1996, 1995, 1994

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity ........................    F-5
Years ended September 30, 1996, 1995, 1994

Consolidated statement of Cash Flows-Years ended .......................    F-6
September 30, 1996, 1995, 1994

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .............................    F-8

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as of ..........    F-31
June 30, 1997 and September 30, 1996 (Unaudited)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Three ............    F-32
Months and Nine Months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the ......    F-33
Nine Months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the .................    F-34
Nine Months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) .......    F-36



All schedules are omitted as they are not required or are not  applicable or the
required  information  is  shown  in  the  applicable   consolidated   financial
statements or notes thereto.



                                       F-1

<PAGE>


                  HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



                          Independent Auditors' Report




Board of Directors
Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statements of financial condition
of Harbor Florida  Bancorp,  Inc.,  (formerly  Harbor Federal  Savings Bank) and
subsidiaries  as of September  30, 1996 and 1995,  and the related  consolidated
statements  of  earnings,  stockholders'  equity  and cash flows for each of the
years in the  three-year  period ended  September 30, 1996.  These  consolidated
financial  statements are the  responsibility of Harbor Florida Bancorp,  Inc.'s
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects'  the  financial  position of Harbor  Florida
Bancorp,  Inc. and  subsidiaries at September 30, 1996 and 1995, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended September 30, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

As  discussed  in note l(k) to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  Harbor
Florida  Bancorp,  Inc.  changed its method of accounting for income taxes as of
October 1, 1993.


                                            KPMG Peat Marwick LLP




West Palm Beach, Florida
October 18, 1996




                                       F-2

<PAGE>

                  HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

September 30, 1996 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




Assets                                                     1996               1995
- ------                                                     ----               ----
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions   $    16,136,775    $     9,843,954
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks ........        16,349,594         15,985,695
Federal funds sold ..............................        16,075,000         12,825,000
Investment securities held to maturity (estimated
 market value of $20,016,000 in 1996 and
 $25,287,000 in 1995) ...........................        20,000,000         25,185,668
Investment securities available for sale
 (estimated market value of $33,493,152) ........        33,493,152                 --
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity
 (estimated market value of $153,288,000 in
 1996 and $165,762,000 in 1995) .................       153,293,273        164,758,626
Loans held for sale (estimated market value
 of $4,870,000 in 1996 and $1,016,000 in 1995) ..         4,869,766          1,008,500
Loans, net ......................................       765,018,807        631,306,902
Accrued interest receivable .....................         6,621,687          6,000,768
Real estate owned ...............................         3,117,982          2,786,204
Premises and equipment, net .....................        10,543,318          9,835,510
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost ...........         7,157,700          6,063,700
Goodwill ........................................         3,586,879                 --
Other assets ....................................         1,179,197            969,083
                                                    ---------------    ---------------

   Total assets .................................   $ 1,057,443,130    $   886,569,610
                                                    ===============    ===============

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities:
 Deposits .......................................   $   851,853,160    $   720,981,096
 Short-term borrowings ..........................        25,000,000                 --
 Long-term debt .................................        70,674,100         65,973,700
 Advance payments by borrowers for
  taxes and insurance ...........................        15,211,607         16,750,146
 Income taxes payable ...........................           962,013            493,231
 Other liabilities ..............................         8,910,584          4,871,671
                                                    ---------------    ---------------

   Total liabilities ............................       972,611,464        809,069,844
                                                    ---------------    ---------------

Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity
 Preferred stock; $.01 par value; authorized
  1,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding .                --                 --
 Common stock; $.01 par value; authorized
  13,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding,
  4,934,454 shares in 1996 and 4,910,991
  shares in 1995 ................................            49,345             49,110
 Paid-in capital ................................        25,339,119         24,455,043
 Retained earnings, substantially restricted ....        60,893,032         54,671,820
 Common stock purchased by:
   Employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) .........          (674,100)          (973,700)
   Recognition and retention plans (RRP) ........           (53,511)          (267,507)
   Deferred compensation plan ...................          (673,216)          (435,000)
   Unrealized loss on investment
    securities available for sale, net ..........           (49,003)                --
                                                    ---------------    ---------------
      Total stockholders' equity ................        84,831,666         77,499,766
                                                    ---------------    ---------------
      Total liabilities and stockholders'
       equity ...................................   $ 1,057,443,130    $   886,569,610
                                                    ===============    ===============
</TABLE>



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>
                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       Consolidated Statements of Earnings
Years ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1996           1995            1994
                                            ----           ----            ----
 Interest income:
<S>                                    <C>             <C>             <C>         
   Loans ...........................   $ 59,750,657    $ 51,049,832    $ 46,087,599
   Investment securities ...........      2,462,195       2,352,053       2,106,045
   Mortgage-backed securities ......     10,154,491       9,613,284       6,246,656
   Other ...........................      1,989,314       1,869,306       1,643,190
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
     Total interest income .........     74,356,657      64,884,475      56,083,490
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
 Interest expense:
   Deposits ........................     34,439,716      29,627,122      23,424,108
   Other ...........................      4,674,281       3,653,509       2,851,588
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
     Total interest expense ........     39,113,997      33,280,631      26,275,696
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
     Net interest income ...........     35,242,660      31,603,844      29,807,794
 Provision for (recovery of)
   loan losses .....................        (76,386)        459,845       1,552,767
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
    Net interest income
     after provision for
    (recovery of) loan losses ......     35,319,046      31,143,999      28,255,027
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
Other income:
  Other fees and service charges ...      2,796,807       2,565,572       2,521,290
  Income (losses) from real
   estate operations ...............       (300,996)        (40,050)      1,250,128
  Gain (loss) on sale of
   mortgage loans ..................        (39,747)         91,595         117,508
  Other ............................        429,009         289,869         180,164
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
       Total other income ..........      2,885,073       2,906,986       4,069,090
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
 Other expenses:
   Compensation and employee
     benefits ......................     10,690,298      10,048,016       9,433,456
   Occupancy .......................      2,631,854       2,291,170       2,353,464
   Professional fees ...............        526,998         699,475       1,137,254
   SAIF deposit insurance
     premiums ......................      6,300,486       1,555,816       1,671,632
   Other ...........................      3,982,267       3,603,692       3,271,018
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
      Total other expenses .........     24,131,903      18,198,169      17,866,824
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
      Income from continuing
       operations before income
       taxes, extraordinary
       item and cumulative
       effect of change in
       accounting principle ........     14,072,216      15,852,816      14,457,293
 Income tax expense ................      5,432,000       5,958,000       5,254,000
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
       Income before extraordinary
        item and cumulative effect
        of change in accounting
        principle ..................      8,640,216       9,894,816       9,203,293
 Extraordinary item - Extinguishment
  of FHLB advances, net of income
  tax benefit ......................             --              --      (1,341,943)
 Cumulative effect of change
  in accounting principle ..........             --              --       1,935,427
                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
        Net income .................   $  8,640,216    $  9,894,816    $  9,796,777
                                       ============    ============    ============
        Net income per share .......   $       1.75    $       2.03    $       1.43
                                       ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-4
<PAGE>


                      HARBOR FLORIDA INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity


Years ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                Common     Unrealized
                                                                                                stock    gain (loss) on
                                                                       Common       Common    purchased    investment
                                                                        stock       stock    by deferred   securities
                                   Common      Paid-in    Retained    purchased   purchased  compensation available for
                                    stock      capital    earnings      by ESOP    by RRP's     plan       sale, net      Total
                                    -----      -------     --------     -------    --------     ----       ---------      -----
<S>                               <C>          <C>      <C>             <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>       
Balance at September 30, 1993 ...      --            --   40,229,606          --         --         --          --    $ 40,229,606
Net income ......................      --            --    9,796,777          --         --         --          --       9,796,777
Net proceeds on common
 stock issued in stock
 conversion .....................  22,398    21,239,092           --  (1,498,000)  (642,000)  (435,000)         --      18,686,490
Stock issued to mutual
 holding company ................  26,544     2,627,825   (2,654,369)         --         --         --          --              --
Cash retained by mutual
 holding company ................      --            --     (500,000)         --         --         --          --        (500,000)
Amortization of award of
 ESOP and RRP's .................      --       108,386           --     224,700    160,497         --          --         493,583
Dividends paid ..................      --            --     (455,814)         --         --         --          --        (455,814)
                                 --------  ------------ ------------  ---------- ----------  ---------   ---------    ------------
Balance at September 30, 1994 ... $48,942    23,975,303   46,416,200  (1,273,300)  (481,503)  (435,000)         --    $ 68,250,642
Net income ......................      --            --    9,894,816          --         --         --          --       9,894,816
Stock options exercised .........     168       167,742           --          --         --         --          --         167,910
Amortization of award
 of ESOP and RRP's ..............      --       263,681           --     299,600    213,996         --          --         777,277
Tax benefit of RRP's ............      --        48,317           --          --         --         --          --          48,317
Dividends paid ..................      --            --   (1,639,196)         --         --         --          --      (1,639,196)
                                 --------  ------------ ------------  ---------- ----------  ---------   ---------    ------------
Balance at September 30, 1995 ... $49,110    24,455,043   54,671,820    (973,700)  (267,507)  (435,000)         --    $ 77,499,766
Net income ......................      --            --    8,640,216          --         --         --          --       8,640,216
Stock options exercised .........     235       234,395           --          --         --         --          --         234,630
Amortization of award
 of ESOP and RRP's ..............      --       482,318           --     299,600    213,996         --          --         995,914
Tax benefit of RRP's ............      --       136,898           --          --         --         --          --         136,898
Dividends paid ..................      --            --   (2,419,004)         --         --         --          --      (2,419,004)
Unrealized gain on securities
 available for sale, net ........      --            --           --          --         --         --     125,991         125,991
Change in unrealized gain
 (loss) on securities
 available for sale, net ........      --            --           --          --         --         --    (174,994)       (174,994)
Tax benefit of nonqualified
 stock options ..................      --        30,465           --          --         --         --          --          30,465
Stock purchased by deferred
 compensation plan ..............      --            --           --          --         --   (238,216)         --        (238,216)
                                 --------  ------------ ------------  ---------- ----------  ---------   ---------    ------------
Balance at September 30, 1996 ... $49,345    25,339,119   60,893,032    (674,100)   (53,511)  (673,216)    (49,003)   $ 84,831,666
                                 ========  ============ ============  ========== ==========  =========   =========    ============
</TABLE>



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5



<PAGE>



                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                         1996            1995          1994
                                                         ----            ----          ----
<S>                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
 Cash provided by operating activities:
  Income before extraordinary item
   and cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle ........................   $  8,640,216    $  9,894,816    $  9,203,293
  Adjustments to reconcile to net cash
   provided by operating activities:
    Prepayment penalty on extinguishment of
     FHLB advances, net of tax .................             --              --      (1,341,943)
    Cumulative effect of change in accounting
     for income taxes ..........................             --              --       1,935,427
    Amortization of stock benefit plans ........        995,914         777,277         493,583
    Tax benefit of stock plans credited
     to capital ................................        167,363          48,317              --
    Originations of loans held for sale ........     (8,554,149)     (9,928,978)     (11,322,35)
    Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale ..      4,692,883       8,945,773      11,439,865
    Purchases of investment securities
     held for sale .............................             --              --     (15,000,000)
    Proceeds from sale of investment securities
     held for sale .............................             --              --      14,963,809
    Depreciation and amortization ..............      1,104,041       1,016,975       1,045,333
    Deferred income tax provision (benefit) ....     (1,365,000)      1,559,000      (1,205,115)
    Increase in deferred loan fees and costs ...      1,047,051         880,472       1,328,000
    Amortization of deferred loan fees and costs       (972,744)     (1,090,687)     (1,731,648)
    Amortization of goodwill ...................         71,320              --              --
    Net accretion of other purchase
     accounting adjustments ....................        (19,593)             --              --
   (Gain) loss on sale of real estate owned ....         38,713        (179,937)     (1,062,243)
   Accretion of discount on purchased loans ....        (23,368)       (258,247)       (130,765)
   Increase in accrued interest receivable .....       (183,437)     (1,277,310)       (138,497)
   Provision for (recovery of) loan losses .....        (76,386)        459,845       1,552,767
   Provision for (recovery of) losses on real
    estate owned ...............................        116,509          35,254        (579,170)
   Net decrease in refundable
    income taxes ...............................             --              --          79,827
  (Increase) decrease in other assets ..........       (143,176)         70,080         492,606
  Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable ..        468,782         266,822        (317,591)
  Increase (decrease) in other liabilities .....      4,177,857        (164,971)        (45,510)
  FHLB stock dividend ..........................             --              --        (132,400)
                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------

      Net cash provided by operating activities      10,182,796      11,054,501       9,527,271
                                                   ------------    ------------    ------------
Cash used by investing activities:
  Net increase in loans ........................    (72,973,136)    (55,545,463)    (25,569,366)
  Purchase of mortgage-backed securities .......    (29,264,738)    (65,608,939)    (64,166,319)
  Proceeds from principal repayments of
   mortgage-backed securities ..................     40,067,420      20,780,417      33,431,834
  Purchase of investment securities held
   to maturity .................................    (20,000,000)    (10,000,000)     (5,076,242)
  Proceeds from maturities of investment
   securities held to maturity .................             --      25,042,207      10,283,000

</TABLE>

                                      F-6

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                           1996              1995            1994
                                                           ----              ----            ----
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>             <C>
Proceeds from sale of investment
 securities available for sale .....................      6,744,955              --              --
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities
 available for sale ................................     10,595,180              --              --
Purchase of investment securities available for sale    (17,939,375)             --              --
Proceeds from sale of real estate owned ............      1,433,772       2,021,683       6,166,372
Purchase of premises and equipment .................     (1,422,634)     (2,020,219)       (379,562)
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment .......      1,590,459         180,092          10,305
FHLB stock purchased ...............................       (619,100)       (706,200)             --
Purchase of Treasure Coast, net of cash acquired ...     (4,451,190)             --              --
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
    Net cash used by investing activities ..........    (86,238,387)    (85,856,422)    (45,299,978)
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------

Cash provided by financing activities:
 Net increase in deposits ..........................     60,679,513      47,151,634      22,736,685
 Net proceeds from short-term borrowings ...........     15,000,000              --              --
 Repayments of long-term borrowings ................       (299,600)       (299,600)    (16,214,700)
 Net proceeds from long-term borrowings ............     15,000,000      20,000,000      16,498,000
 Net proceeds from issuance of common stock ........             --              --      18,186,490
 Increase (decrease) in advance payments by
  borrowers for taxes and insurance ................     (1,995,012)        697,743        (752,394)
 Stock dividend paid ...............................     (2,419,004)     (1,639,196)       (455,814)
 Common stock options exercised ....................        234,630         167,910              --
 Purchase of common stock by deferred
  compensation plan ................................       (238,216)             --              --
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
   Net cash provided by financing activities .......     85,962,311      66,078,491      39,998,267
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
   Net (decrease) increase in cash and
    cash equivalents ...............................      9,906,720      (8,723,430)      4,225,560
 Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year .....     38,654,649      47,378,079      43,152,519
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------
 Cash and cash equivalents - end of year ...........   $ 48,561,369    $ 38,654,649    $ 47,378,079
                                                       ============    ============    ============

Supplemental disclosures:
 Cash paid for:
   Interest ........................................   $ 39,324,435    $ 33,228,476    $ 26,263,357
                                                       ============    ============    ============
   Taxes ...........................................      6,160,629       4,114,000       3,952,000
                                                       ============    ============    ============
 Noncash investing and financing
  activities:
   Additions to real estate acquired
    in settlement of loans through
    foreclosure ....................................      2,878,707       1,311,944       1,647,287
                                                       ============    ============    ============
   Sale of real estate owned financed
    by Savings Bank ................................      1,043,663         658,376       6,268,005
                                                       ============    ============    ============
   Transfer of investment securities
    from held for sale to available
    for sale .......................................     26,011,000              --              --
                                                       ============    ============    ============
   Change in unrealized gain (loss)
    on securities available for sale ...............        (78,568)             --              --
                                                       ============    ============    ============
   Change in deferred taxes related
    to securities available for sale ...............         29,565              --              --
                                                       ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>




See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




                                       F-7


<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

September 30 1996, 1995 and 1994

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     (a)  Reorganization

          On January 6, 1994,  Harbor Federal  Savings and Loan  Association was
          reorganized into a federal mutual holding company,  Harbor  Financial,
          MHC (the "Holding  Company").  In connection with the  reorganization,
          the Holding  Company  retained  $500,000 for  operating  capital,  and
          substantially  all of the assets  and  liabilities  of Harbor  Federal
          Savings  and Loan  Association  were  transferred  to  Harbor  Federal
          Savings Bank and its subsidiaries  (the "Savings  Bank").  The Holding
          Company  is   chartered   and   regulated  by  the  Office  of  Thrift
          Supervision.

          Simultaneously  with the reorganization into a mutual holding company,
          the  Savings  Bank sold  shares  of common  stock  which  represent  a
          minority  interest  in  the  Savings  Bank  to  officers,   directors,
          employees,  and certain  depositors of the Savings Bank. The remaining
          shares are owned by Harbor Financial,  MHC, the mutual holding company
          of the Savings Bank.  The  reorganization  and minority stock offering
          were  completed on January 6, 1994.  The Savings  Bank sold  2,239,831
          shares  at  $10  per  share  for  a  total  of  $22.4  million,  which
          represented a minority  ownership of 45.8% of the Savings Bank at that
          time.  The  net  proceeds  of the  stock  offering,  after  reflecting
          conversion expenses of approximately $1.1 million, were $21.3 million.
          The net  proceeds  less the $500,000  retained by the Holding  Company
          were added to the Savings  Bank's general funds to be used for general
          corporate purposes.

          On June 25, 1997, the Savings Bank completed its  reorganization  into
          the two-tier form of mutual holding company ownership. Pursuant to the
          reorganization, the Savings Bank is now the wholly owned subsidiary of
          Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc. (the "Bancorp"),  a Delaware corporation.
          Bancorp is the majority owned subsidiary  of Harbor Financial,  M.H.C.
          Pursuant  to the  reorganization  each  share  of the  Savings  Bank's
          outstanding common stock was automatically converted into one share of
          Bancorp common stock.  The  transaction  was accounted for in a manner
          similar  to  a  pooling  of  interests.   The  consolidated  financial
          statements  for prior periods have been restated to reflect the change
          in the par value of Bancorp common stock from $1.00 to $.01 per share.

     (b)  Basis of Presentation

          The  accompanying   consolidated   financial  statements  include  the
          accounts  of  Harbor  Federal   Savings  Bank  and  its   wholly-owned
          subsidiaries. In consolidation,  all significant intercompany accounts
          and transactions have been eliminated.

          The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity
          with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  In  preparing  the
          consolidated  financial  statements,  management  is  required to make
          estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets
          and liabilities as of the date of the statement of financial condition
          and revenues and expenses for the period.  Actual results could differ
          significantly from those estimates.

          Material  estimates that are  particularly  susceptible to significant
          change in the near-term  relate to the  determination of the allowance
          for  loan  losses  and  the  valuation  of  real  estate  acquired  in
          connection   with   foreclosures  or  in  satisfaction  of  loans.  In
          connection  with the  determination  of the allowances for loan losses
          and real estate owned,  management obtains independent  appraisals for
          significant properties.

          As of September  30,  1996,  substantially  all of the Savings  Bank's
          loans and  investment  in real estate owned are secured by real estate
          in the counties in which the Savings Bank has branch  facilities:  St.
          Lucie, Indian River, Brevard, Martin  and  Volusia Counties,  Florida.
          Accordingly,  the ultimate  collectibility of a substantial portion of
          the Savings  Bank's loan  portfolio  and the recovery of a substantial
          portion of the carrying amount of real estate owned are susceptible to
          changes  in  market  conditions  in  the  above  counties.  Management
          believes that the allowances for losses on loans and real estate owned
          are adequate. While management uses available information to recognize
          losses  on loans  and  real  estate  owned,  future  additions  to the
          allowances may be necessary  based on changes in economic  conditions,
          particularly in the above counties.  In addition,  various  regulatory
          agencies,   as  an  integral  part  of  their   examination   process,
          periodically review

                                       F-8

<PAGE>

                  HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

          the  Savings  Bank's  allowances  for losses on loans and real  estate
          owned.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Savings  Bank to  recognize
          additions to the allowances based on their judgments about information
          available to them at the time of their examination.

     (c)  Loan Origination and Commitment Fees and Related Costs

          Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred,  and
          the net fee or cost is recognized in income using the interest  method
          over the  contractual  life of the  loans.  Commitment  fees and costs
          relating to  commitments  whose  likelihood  of exercise is remote are
          recognized over the commitment period on a straight-line basis. If the
          commitment is subsequently exercised during the commitment period, the
          remaining  unamortized  commitment  fee at the  time  of  exercise  is
          recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment of yield.

     (d)  Mortgage Loan Interest Income

          The Savings Bank reverses  accrued interest related to loans which are
          90 days or more  delinquent  or  placed  on  nonaccrual  status.  Such
          interest is recorded as income  when  collected.  Amortization  of net
          deferred  loan fees and accretion of discounts  are  discontinued  for
          loans that are 90 days or more delinquent.

     (e)  Investment and Mortgage-Backed Securities

          Bonds, notes, and other debt securities for which the Savings Bank has
          the  positive  intent and ability to hold to maturity  are reported at
          cost,  adjusted for  premiums and  discounts  that are  recognized  in
          interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity.

          Available-for-sale  securities  consist  of bonds,  notes,  other debt
          securities  and certain  equity  securities  not classified as trading
          securities nor as held-to-maturity securities.

          Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, on available-for-sale
          securities  are  reported as a net amount in a separate  component  of
          stockholders' equity until realized.

          Gains and  losses  on the sale of  available-for-sale  securities  are
          determined using the specific-identification method.

          Declines  in  the  fair  value  of  individual   held-to-maturity  and
          available-for-sale  securities  below  their  cost that are other than
          temporary result in write-downs of the individual  securities to their
          fair  value.  The  related  write-downs  are  included  in earnings as
          realized losses.

          On November 15, 1995, the FASB issued Special Report No. 155-B A Guide
          to   Implementation   of  Statement  115  on  Accounting  for  Certain
          Investments  in Debt and Equity  Securities,  (the "Special  Report").
          Pursuant to the Special  Report,  the Savings  Bank was  permitted  to
          conduct  a  one-time   reassessment  of  the   classification  of  all
          securities  held  at  that  time.  Any   reclassifications   from  the
          held-to-maturity  category made in conjunction with that  reassessment
          would not call into question an enterprise's intent to hold other debt
          securities to maturity in the future.  The Savings Bank undertook such
          a  reassessment  and,  effective  December  31, 1995,  all  investment
          securities  were  reclassified as available for sale. On the effective
          date  of  the  reclassification,  the  securities  transferred  had  a
          carrying  value of $25.8 million and an estimated  fair value of $26.0
          million,  resulting in a net increase to stockholders'  equity for the
          net unrealized  appreciation of $126,000,  after deducting  applicable
          income taxes of $76,000.

          Prior to October 1, 1994,  investment and  mortgage-backed  securities
          were carried at cost,  adjusted for premiums and  discounts  that were
          recognized  in  interest  income  using the  interest  method over the
          period to maturity.

          At September 30, 1996 and 1995, the Savings Bank had no commitments to
          sell investment or mortgage-backed securities.

     (f)  Loans Receivable

          Loans receivable are stated at unpaid principal  balances,  less loans
          in  process,  the  allowance  for loan  losses and net  deferred  loan
          origination fees and discounts.

                                       F-9

<PAGE>

                  HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

          Discounts on mortgage loans are amortized to income using the interest
          method over the remaining period to contractual maturity.

          A  provision  for  loan  losses  is  charged  to  operations  based on
          management's  periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for
          loan losses. Such evaluation is based upon a review of all significant
          loans on which full  collectibility  may not be reasonably assured and
          considers  among  other  factors,  the  estimated  fair  value  of the
          underlying collateral on the loan, adverse situations which may affect
          the borrower's  ability to repay,  known and unknown inherent risks in
          the  portfolio,   actual  loan  loss  history  and  current   economic
          conditions.  Regulatory  examiners  may require  the  Savings  Bank to
          recognize  additions to the allowance based upon their judgments about
          information available to them at the time of their examination.

          In May 1993, FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
          No.  114,   "Accounting   by  Creditors  for  Impairment  of  a  Loan"
          ("Statement  114"),  as  amended,  which  prescribes  the  recognition
          criterion for loan impairment and the measurement  methods for certain
          impaired  loans and loans  whose terms are  modified in troubled  debt
          restructurings (a "restructured loan").  Statement 114 is effective as
          of October 1, 1995 for the Savings Bank.

          Statement 1l4 is  applicable  to all  creditors and all loans,  except
          those  large  groups of  smaller-balance  homogeneous  loans  that are
          collectively  evaluated for impairment.  A loan is impaired when it is
          "probable"  that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due,
          both principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the
          loan agreement.  When a loan is impaired, the Savings Bank may measure
          impairment  based on (a) the present value of the expected future cash
          flows of the impaired loan discounted at the loan's original effective
          interest rate, ((b)) the observable market price of the impaired loan,
          or (c) the fair  value  of the  collateral  of a  collateral-dependent
          loan.  Creditors can select the  measurement  method on a loan-by-loan
          basis, except for collateral  dependent loans for which foreclosure is
          probable  must be  measured  at the fair  value of the  collateral.  A
          creditor in a troubled  debt  restructuring  involving a  restructured
          loan should  measure  impairment  by  discounting  the total  expected
          future cash flows at the loan's original effective rate of interest.

          Management  implemented  the provisions of Statement 114 on October 1,
          1995.  The  implementation  of  Statement  114 did not have a material
          effect on the  financial  condition  or results of  operations  of the
          Savings Bank, upon adoption.

     (g)  Loans Held for Sale

          Mortgage  loans  originated  and  intended  for sale in the  secondary
          market,  comprised of 1-4 family residential loans, are carried at the
          lower  of  cost or  estimated  market  value,  in the  aggregate.  Net
          unrealized  losses are  recognized  through a valuation  allowance  by
          charges to income.

          In  May  1995  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
          Standards  Statement  No.  122,  "Accounting  for  Mortgage  Servicing
          Rights" ("Statement 122") which eliminated the accounting  distinction
          between rights to service  mortgage loans for others that are acquired
          through  loan  origination   activities  and  those  acquired  through
          purchase  transactions.  Statement 122 requires an entity to recognize
          as  separate  assets  rights to  service  mortgage  loans for  others,
          however those  servicing  rights are acquired.  Statement 122 requires
          the periodic  evaluation of capitalized  mortgage servicing rights for
          impairment based on fair value. On October 1, 1996, this statement was
          implemented   prospectively.   The  impact  of   Statement   122  upon
          implementation  was not significant to the Bank's financial  condition
          or results of operations upon adoption.

     (h)  Real Estate Owned

          Real  estate  properties   acquired  through,  or  in  lieu  of,  loan
          foreclosure are to be sold and are initially recorded at fair value at
          the  date  of  foreclosure   establishing  a  new  cost  basis.  After
          foreclosure,  valuations are periodically  performed by management and
          the real  estate is  carried at the lower of  carrying  amount or fair
          value less cost to sell.  Revenue and  expenses  from  operations  and
          changes in the  valuation  allowance  are included in income  (losses)
          from real estate operations.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>

                  HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     (i)  Premises and Equipment

          Premises  and   equipment   are  carried  at  cost  less   accumulated
          depreciation.  Depreciation  of premises and  equipment is provided on
          the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives of the
          related assets. Estimated lives are three to fifty years for buildings
          and  improvements  and three to ten years for furniture and equipment.
          Leasehold  improvements are amortized on the straight-line method over
          the  shorter  of the  remaining  term of the  related  leases or their
          estimated useful lives.

          Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to expense  as  incurred  and
          improvements  are capitalized.  The cost and accumulated  depreciation
          relating to premises and  equipment  retired or otherwise  disposed of
          are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are
          credited or charged to income.

     (j)  Goodwill

          Goodwill  is  being  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  its
          estimated useful life of 15 years. Goodwill is evaluated by management
          for impairment  whenever events or changes in  circumstances  indicate
          that the carrying  amount of goodwill may not be recoverable  based on
          facts and  circumstances  related to the value of net assets  acquired
          that gave rise to the goodwill.

     (k)  Income Taxes

          Effective  October 1, 1993, the Savings Bank adopted the provisions of
          the  Financial   Accounting   Standards   Board   Statement  No.  109,
          "Accounting  for Income  Taxes"  ("Statement  109"),  and reported the
          cumulative  effect of the  change in method of  accounting  for income
          taxes in the 1994  consolidated  statement of earnings.  Statement 109
          requires a change from the deferred  method to the asset and liability
          method of accounting  for income taxes.  Under the asset and liability
          method,  deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences
          of "temporary  differences"  by applying  enacted  statutory tax rates
          applicable  to  future  years to  differences  between  the  financial
          statement  carrying  amounts and the tax basis of existing  assets and
          liabilities.  Under  Statement  109, the effect on deferred taxes of a
          change  in tax  rates is  recognized  in  income  in the  period  that
          includes the enactment date.

          The  tax  bad  debt  reserve  method  currently  available  to  thrift
          institutions  was repealed for the Savings Bank for the year beginning
          October 1, 1996.  As a result the  Savings  Bank must  change from the
          reserve  method to the specific  charge-off  method to compute its bad
          debt deduction.

          The Savings Bank is required  generally  to recapture  into income for
          tax  purposes  the  portion of its bad debt  reserves  (other than the
          supplemental  reserve) that exceeds its base year reserves (i.e.,  its
          tax  reserves  for the last  tax  year  beginning  before  1988).  For
          financial statement purposes, the Savings Bank has previously provided
          deferred  taxes on the amount of the bad debt reserve in excess of the
          base year.  Such reserves  subject to recapture and base year reserves
          were  approximately  $7.1 million and $14.5  million at September  30,
          1996, respectively. If the current amount of outstanding loans for tax
          purposes is lower than the amount of loans  outstanding  at the end of
          the base year, the base year reserves will be reduced proportionately.
          This will result in a "contracted" base year reserve and will increase
          the amount of reserve  recapture for tax  purposes,  and will increase
          the tax expense for financial statement purposes, since deferred taxes
          have not been  provided  on the tax bad debt  base  year  reserve  for
          financial statement purposes.

          The  recapture  amount  resulting  from the  change  in the  method of
          accounting  for its bad debt  reserves  generally  will be taken  into
          taxable  income  ratably  (on a  straight-line  basis) over a six-year
          period. If the Savings Bank meets a "residential loan requirement", as
          defined for a tax year beginning in 1996 or 1997, the recapture of the
          reserves will be suspended for such tax year.

          Certain events, as defined, will still trigger a recapture of the base
          year  reserve.  However,  the base  year will not be  recaptured  if a
          thrift  converts to a bank charter or is merged into a bank.  The base
          year  reserves  also remain  subject to income tax penalty  provisions
          which, in general,  require  recapture upon certain stock  redemptions
          of, and excess distributions to, shareholders.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                  HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     (l)  Pension Plan

          The  Savings  Bank's  policy is to fund  pension  costs as they accrue
          based on normal cost.

     (m)  Statement of Cash Flows

          Cash  equivalents  include  amounts due from  banks,  interest-bearing
          deposits in other banks and Federal  funds sold.  For purposes of cash
          flows,  the Savings Bank considers all highly liquid debt  instruments
          with original  maturities when purchased of three months or less to be
          cash equivalents.

     (n)  Net Income Per Share

          Net income per share totaled $1.75 and $2.03 based upon  4,947,108 and
          4,880,054  weighted  average  number of common and  common  equivalent
          shares outstanding during the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995,
          respectively.  Net income per share totaled $1.43 based upon 4,732,756
          weighted  average number of common shares  outstanding from January 6,
          1994 (date of the initial public  offering) to September 30, 1994. Net
          income for the period  October 1, 1993 to December  31,1993,  totaling
          $3,007,000  has been excluded from the  calculation  of net income per
          share.  Net income for the period  January 1,1994 to January 6,1994 is
          insignificant.

     (o)  Reclassification

          Amounts  included  in  the  1995  and  1994   consolidated   financial
          statements  have been  reclassified  in order to  conform  to the 1996
          presentation.

     (p)  New Accounting Pronouncements

          On October 23, 1995,  the FASB issued  Statement No. 123,  "Accounting
          for  Stock-Based   Compensation"  ("Statement  123").  This  Statement
          applies  to all  transactions  in which an  entity  acquires  goods or
          services by issuing  equity  instruments  or by incurring  liabilities
          where the  payment  amounts  are based on the  entity's  common  stock
          price.   The  Statement   covers   transactions   with  employees  and
          nonemployees and is applicable to both public and nonpublic  entities.
          Entities are allowed (1) to continue to use the Accounting  Principles
          Board  Opinion No. 25 method ("APB 25"), or (2) to adopt the Statement
          123 fair value based  method.  Once the method is  adopted,  an entity
          cannot change the method and the method selected  applies to all of an
          entity's  compensation  plans  and  transactions.   For  entities  not
          adopting the  Statement  123 fair value based  method,  Statement  123
          requires pro forma net income and earnings per share information as if
          the fair  value  based  method  has been  adopted.  For  entities  not
          adopting the fair value based method,  the disclosure  requirements of
          Statement 123, including the pro forma information,  are effective for
          financial  statements  for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15,
          1995 (fiscal year ended September 30, 1997 for the Savings Bank).  The
          pro forma  disclosures  are to include  all  awards  granted in fiscal
          years that begin after December 15, 1994 (fiscal year ended  September
          30, 1996 for the Savings Bank).  However,  the disclosures,  including
          the pro forma net income and earnings per share  disclosures,  for the
          fiscal year  beginning  after  December  15, 1994  (fiscal  year ended
          September  30, 1996 for the Savings Bank) will not be included in that
          year's  financial  statements  but will be included  in the  following
          year-end  (fiscal year ended  September 30, 1997 for the Savings Bank)
          financial  statements  if the  first  fiscal  year  is  presented  for
          comparative purposes.  Management has determined that the Savings Bank
          will continue to account for stock-based compensation under the APB 25
          method and will  disclose  the pro forma  impact of  Statement  123 in
          future years' financial statements.

          In June  1996,  the FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
          Standards No. 125  ("Statement  125"),  "Accounting  for Transfers and
          Servicing of Financial  Assets and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities."
          Statement  125  provides   accounting  and  reporting   standards  for
          transfers  and  servicing of financial  assets and  extinguishment  of
          liabilities based on a  financial-components  approach that focuses on
          control.  Statement  125 is effective  for  transfers and servicing of
          financial assets and  extinguishments  of liabilities  occurring after
          December 31, 1996 and is to be  prospectively  applied.  The impact of
          adoption  of  Statement  125 on  financial  position  and  results  of
          operations was not material.

                                      F-12

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)  Investment and Mortgage-Backed Securities

     The  amortized   cost  and  estimated   market  value  of  investment   and
     mortgage-backed securities as of September 30, 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                       Gross        Gross        Estimated
                                     Amortized       unrealized   unrealized        market
                                        cost            gains       losses          value
                                        ----            -----       ------          -----
Available for sale:
<S>                                <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>         
  Treasury note ................   $ 23,456,568           --     $    109,568   $ 23,347,000
  FHLB note ....................     10,000,000         31,000           --       10,031,000
  Other securities .............        115,152           --             --          115,152
                                   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                     33,571,720         31,000        109,568     33,493,152
                                   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

Held to maturity:
  FHLB notes ...................     20,000,000         16,000           --       20,016,000
                                   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

FHLMC mortgage-backed securities    114,072,043           --          333,043    113,739,000
FNMA mortgage-backed securities      39,221,230        327,770           --       39,549,000
                                   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                    153,293,273        327,770        333,043    153,288,000
                                   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                   $206,864,993   $    374,770   $    442,611   $206,797,152
                                   ============   ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>


     The  amortized   cost  and  estimated   market  value  of  investment   and
     mortgage-backed securities as of September 30, 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Gross        Gross        Estimated
                                     Amortized       unrealized   unrealized        market
                                        cost            gains       losses          value
                                        ----            -----       ------          -----
Held to maturity:
<S>                                <C>                <C>        <C>            <C>         
  Treasury notes ...............   $ 15,027,621           --     $     57,621   $ 14,970,000
  FHLB notes ...................     10,000,000        159,000           --       10,159,000
  Other securities .............        158,047           --               47        158,000
                                   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                     25,198,668        159,000         57,668     25,287,000



FHLMC mortgage-backed securities    128,677,832        363,168           --      129,041,000
FNMA mortgage-backed securities      36,080,794        640,206           --       36,721,000
                                   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                    164,758,626      1,003,374           --      165,762,000
                                   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                   $189,944,294   $  1,162,374   $     57,668   $191,049,000
                                   ============   ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>

                                      F-13

<PAGE>


                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  market  value of debt  securities  at
     September 30, 1996 and September 30, 1995 by contractual maturity are shown
     below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual  maturities because
     borrowers may have the right to call or prepay  obligations with or without
     call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               1996                          1995
                                    ---------------------------   --------------------------
                                                   Estimated                    Estimated
                                      Amortized      market         Amortized     market
                                        cost          value           cost         value
                                        ----          -----           ----         -----
Available for sale:
<S>                                 <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
  Due in one year or less .......   $ 15,504,525   $ 15,539,000           --             --
  Due in one to five years ......     17,952,043     17,839,000           --             --
  Other securities ..............        115,152        115,000           --             --
                                    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                      33,571,720     33,493,000           --             --
                                    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

Held to maturity:
  Due in one year or less .......           --             --     $  9,995,467   $  9,932,000
  Due in one to five years ......     20,000,000     20,016,000     15,032,154     15,197,000
  Other securities ..............           --             --          158,047        158,000
                                    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                      20,000 000     20,016,000     25,185,668     25,287,000
                                    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

FHLMC mortgage-backed securities     114,072,043    113,739,000    128,677,832    129,041,000
FNMA mortgage-backed securities .     39,221,230     39,549,000     36,080,794     36,721,000
                                    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                     153,293,273    153,288,000    164,758,626    165,762,000
                                    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                    $206,864,993   $206,797,000   $189,944,294   $191,049,000
                                    ============   ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>


     During 1996,  gross realized  gains and gross realized  losses on available
     for sale securities were $19,000 and $0, respectively.  As of September 30,
     1996, the Savings Bank had pledged mortgage-backed securities with a market
     value of $609,000 and a carrying  value of $608,000 to  collateralized  the
     public funds on deposit. The Savings Bank had also pledged  mortgage-backed
     securities  with  market  value  of  $2,386,000  and a  carrying  value  of
     $2,368,000 to collateralize treasury, tax and loan accounts.


                                      F-14

<PAGE>

                  HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


(3)  Loans

     Loans are summarized below:

                                                      1996              1995
                                                      ----              ----
Mortgage loans:
  Construction 1-4 family ..................      $ 43,994,406      $ 40,633,556
  Permanent 1-4 family .....................       584,591,705       487,480,266
  Multi-family .............................        17,803,854        14,916,137
  Nonresidential ...........................        41,970,343        31,980,096
  Land .....................................        29,033,519        20,459,738
                                                  ------------      ------------
    Total mortgage loans ...................       717,393,827       595,469,793
                                                  ------------      ------------

Other loans:
  Commercial nonmortgage ...................         8,199,057         8,468,185
  Home improvement .........................        20,678,953        19,198,687
  Manufactured housing .....................        15,783,991        15,044,712
  Other consumer ...........................        44,264,945        31,049,028
                                                  ------------      ------------
    Total other loans ......................        88,926,946        73,760,612
                                                  ------------      ------------

    Total loans receivable .................       806,320,773       669,230,405
                                                  ------------      ------------

Less:
  Loan in process ..........................        26,787,344        24,321,300
  Deferred loan fees and discounts .........         3,498,189         3,519,613
  Allowance for loan losses ................        11,016,433        10,082,590
                                                  ------------      ------------
                                                    41,301,966        37,923,503
                                                  ------------      ------------
    Total loans receivable, net ............      $765,018,807      $631,306,902
                                                  ============      ============
Weighted average yield .....................             8.54%             8.40%
                                                         ====              ==== 

     An analysis of the allowance for loan losses follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       1996              1995             1994
                                                       ----              ----             ----
<S>                                               <C>               <C>               <C>         
Beginning balance .....................           $ 10,082,590      $  9,434,360      $  7,305,038
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses                (76,386)          459,845         1,552,767
Allowance for loan losses acquired ....                885,159              --                --
Charge-offs ...........................               (364,554)         (384,191)        (134,861)
Recoveries ............................                489,624           572,576           711,416
                                                  ------------      ------------      ------------
Ending balance ........................           $ 11,016,433      $ 10,082,590      $  9,434,360
                                                  ============      ============      ============
</TABLE>                                                                       



     At September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994, loans with unpaid principal  balances
     of approximately $2,172,000, $3,517,000 and $2,861,000,  respectively, were
     ninety  days or more  contractually  delinquent  or on  nonaccrual  status.
     Interest income  relating to nonaccrual  loans not recognized for the years
     ended  September 30, 1996,  1995 and 1994 totaled  approximately  $140,000,
     $231,000 and $133,000, respectively.

                                      F-15

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     All loans on non-accrual  status,  other than those evaluated  collectively
     for  impairment,  are  considered  to be  impaired  loans for  purposes  of
     Statement  114.   Impairment  of  loans  having  recorded   investments  of
     approximately  $646,000  at  September  30,  1996 have been  recognized  in
     conformity  with  Statement  114, as amended by Statement  118. The average
     recorded  investment in impaired loans during the year ended  September 30,
     1996 was  approximately  $706,000.  The  total  allowance  for loan  losses
     related to these loans was  approximately  $67,000 on  September  30, 1996.
     Interest income on impaired loans of  approximately  $15,000 was recognized
     for cash payments received in the year ended September 30, 1996.

     As of September 30, 1996 and 1995, $2,081,000 and $2,295,000, respectively,
     of loans were in the process of foreclosure.

     As of September 30, 1996 and 1995,  mortgage loans which had been sold on a
     recourse  basis  had  outstanding  principal  balances  of  $4,424,000  and
     $5,788,000, respectively.

     Accrued interest receivable is summarized below:


                                                      1996                1995
                                                      ----                ----
Loans ....................................         $4,624,713         $3,905,325
Investment securities ....................            676,538            698,126
Mortgage-backed securities ...............          1,189,994          1,286,509
FHLB stock dividends .....................            130,442            110,808
                                                   ----------         ----------
                                                   $6,621,687         $6,000,768
                                                   ==========         ==========


     The Savings Bank is a party to financial  instruments  in the normal course
     of business to meet the financing  needs of its customers.  These financial
     instruments  include  commitments  to extend credit and standby  letters of
     credit. These instruments  involve, to varying degrees,  elements of credit
     and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the statements
     of condition. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments reflect
     the extent of  involvement  the Savings Bank has in  particular  classes of
     financial  instruments.  The Savings Bank uses the same credit  policies in
     making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The Savings
     Bank  controls  the  credit  risk  of  these  transactions  through  credit
     approvals,   limits,  and  monitoring  procedures.   Such  commitments  are
     agreements  to lend to a  customer  as long as  there  is no  violation  of
     conditions  established in the contract.  Commitments  generally have fixed
     expiration dates or other  termination  clauses.  Standby letters of credit
     are  conditional commitments  issued by the Savings Bank to  guarantee  the
     performance  of a customer to a third  party.  The credit risk  involved in
     issuing  letters  of credit is  essentially  the same as that  involved  in
     extending loan facilities to customers.  The Savings Bank holds  collateral
     supporting  those  commitments  for which  collateral is deemed  necessary.
     Since many of the  commitments  are expected to expire  without being drawn
     upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
     requirements.

     Outstanding mortgage loan commitments  (excluding loans in process),  which
     generally  expire  in  60  days,   amounted  to  approximately   $7,871,000
     ($4,296,000 fixed rate, interest rates from 6.65% to 10.5%) as of September
     30, 1996.  In  addition,  as of  September  30, 1996,  the Savings Bank had
     determined  that  $13,802,000  may be lent to certain  home  builders  on a
     variable rate and home-by-home  basis,  subject to underwriting and product
     approval by the Savings Bank.


                                      F-16

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(4)  Loan Servicing

     Mortgage  loans,   including  those  underlying  pass  through  securities,
     serviced  for  others are not  included  in the  accompanying  consolidated
     financial  statements.  The unpaid  principal  balances  of these loans are
     summarized as follows:



                                       1996             1995             1994
                                       ----             ----             ----
FHLMC .......................      $30,168,717      $39,252,344      $47,945,608
FNMA ........................       33,521,382       33,960,731       34,278,377
Other investors .............        3,547,402        3,872,541        1,050,230
                                   -----------      -----------      -----------
                                   $67,237,501      $77,085,616      $83,274,215
                                   ===========      ===========      ===========



     At September 30, 1996, and 1995, collection of principal and interest to be
     remitted  to FHLMC and FNMA and  advance  payment  for taxes and  insurance
     relating  to  FNMA  serviced  loans  are  reflected  in  the   consolidated
     statements  of  financial  condition as advance  deposits by borrowers  for
     taxes and insurance.

(5)  Real Estate Owned

     Real estate owned includes the following:


                                                        1996            1995
                                                        ----            ----
Real estate acquired in satisfaction of loans ....   $ 4,829,983    $ 4,643,700
Allowsance for losses ............................    (1,712,001)    (1,857,496)
                                                     -----------    -----------
                                                     $ 3,117,982    $ 2,786,204
                                                     ===========    ===========

     Activity in the allowance for losses on real estate owned is as follows:

                                        1996            1995             1994
                                        ----            ----             ----
Beginning balance ..............    $ 1,857,496     $ 2,008,308     $ 4,791,590
Provision for (recovery of)
 losses(a) .....................        116,510          35,252        (579,170)
Allowance for losses on REO
 acquired ......................         21,400            --              --
Charge-offs ....................       (283,405)       (186,065)     (2,204,112)
                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
Ending balance .................    $ 1,712,001     $ 1,857,496     $ 2,008,308
                                    ===========     ===========     ===========

     (a)  Recovery of losses in the year ended  September 30, 1994  represents a
          reversal of the allowance for real estate losses  provided in previous
          years.

     Provisions for losses on real estate owned are included in income  (losses)
     from real estate operations in the consolidated statements of earnings.

     Legal and  consulting  fees  relating  to real estate  operations  are real
     estate  owned  are  included  in  professional  fees  in  the  consolidated
     statements of earnings.


                                      F-17

<PAGE>


                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(6)  Premises and Equipment

     Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

                                                         1996           1995
                                                         ----           ----
Land .............................................    $ 3,817,741    $ 3,558,600
Buildings and leasehold improvements .............      7,656,560      6,990,380
Funiture, fixtures and equipment .................      7,518,037      7,161,364
                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                       18,992,338     17,710,344
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ...      8,449,020      7,874,834
                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                      $10,543,318    $ 9,835,510
                                                      ===========    ===========

     Depreciation  expense for the year ended  September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
     totaled $902,000, $729,000 and $746,000, respectively.


(7)  Deposits

     Deposits are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             1996                            1995
                                    ------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                 Period-end                        Period-end
                                       Amount    stated rate         Amount        stated rate
                                       ------    -----------         ------        -----------
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>                 <C>
Commercial checking ............   $ 19,652,853                $ 11,228,340
Noninterest-bearning personal
  checking accounts ............     13,960,479                   9,773,049
NOW ............................     54,805,708    1.51%         44,813,668            1.57%
Passbook .......................     77,304,473    1.78%         80,719,698            1.97%
Money market checking ..........      1,624,853    1.32%          1,838,098            1.56%
Money market investment ........     40,936,135    2.63%         35,025,140            2.41%
Official checks ................      6,661,276                   5,981,754
                                   ------------                ------------
                                    214,945,777                 189,379,747
                                   ------------               -------------

Certificate accounts:
  2.01 - 3.00% .................        307,361                    199,113
  3.01 - 4.00% .................          1,072                  4,360,211
  4.01 - 5.00% .................    155,120,767                100,834,150
  5.01 - 6.00% .................    378,998,992                234,126,279
  6.01 - 7.00% .................    101,780,068                182,298,599
  7.01 - 8.00% .................        602,953                  9,173,612
  8.01 - 9.00% .................          3,347                     61,466
  9.01 - 10.00% ................           --                      547,919
  Premiums on deposits purchased         92,823                         --
                                   ------------               ------------
                                    636,907,383                531,601,349
                                   ------------               ------------
                                   $851,853,160               $720,981,096
                                   ============              =============
Weighted average interest rate .           4.41%                     4.57%
                                   ============              =============
</TABLE>

                                      F-18
<PAGE>


                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     Maturities  of  outstanding  certificates  of  deposit  are  summarized  as
     follows:

                                                   1996                 1995
                                                   ----                 ----
Less than one year ...................         $438,167,526         $332,818,671
One to three years ...................          159,085,437          150,756,316
Over three years .....................           39,654,420           48,026,362
                                               ------------         ------------
                                               $636,907,383         $531,601,349
                                               ============         ============

     The aggregate  amount of  certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 was
     approximately  $39,359,000  and $21,958,000 at September 30, 1996 and 1995,
     respectively.

     Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows:

                                           1996           1995           1994
                                           ----           ----           ----
Passbook accounts .................    $ 1,505,971    $ 1,717,650    $ 1,934,132
NOW, money market checking,
  and money market investment
  accounts ........................      1,723,778      1,782,550      1,923,313
Certificate accounts ..............     31,209,967     26,126,922     19,566,663
                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
                                       $34,439,716    $29,627,122    $23,424,108
                                       ===========    ===========    ===========


     Early withdrawal penalties for the years ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and
     1994  aggregqated  $173,560, $229,633 and $123,677,  respectively,  and are
     netted against interest on certificate accounts.

     Accrued interest payable of $145,831 and $356,269 at September 30, 1996 and
     1995, respectively, is included in other liabilities.

(8)  Short-Term Borrowings

     At September 30, 1996,  short-term borrowings were comprised of $25 million
     in  advances  from the Federal  Home Loan Bank (FHLB) due at various  dates
     through February,  1997, with fixed terms and fixed interest rates of 5.58%
     to 5.94%.

     Information concerning short-term borrowings is summarized as follows:

                                                      1996             1995
                                                      ----             ----
Average balance during the year ..............     $ 5,997,268      $ 6,767,123
Average interest rate during the year ........            5.87%            6.18%
Maximum month-end balance during the year ....      25,000,000       20,000,000



                                      F-19

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(9)  Long-Term Debt

     Long-term debt is summarized as follows:

                                                          1996           1995
                                                          ----           ----
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
  (FHLB), due at various dates through December,
  2005, with fixed terms and fixed interest
rates of 5.86% to 6.5% .............................   $70,000,000   $65,000,000

ESOP loan, maturing through December, 1998
  with a variable interest rate of prime plus .25%,
  8.5% at September 30, 1996 .......................       674,100       973,700
                                                       -----------   -----------
                                                       $70,674,100   $65,973,700
                                                       ===========   ===========

     Pursuant to a collateral  agreement with the FHLB,  advances are secured by
     all stock in the FHLB and a blanket floating lien that requires the Savings
     Bank to maintain  qualifying first mortgage loans as pledged  collateral in
     an  amount  equal  to,  when  discounted  at 75% of  the  unpaid  principal
     balances, the advances.

     At  September,  1996 and  1995,  the FHLB  advances  and the ESOP loan have
     fiscal year maturity dates as follows:


                                     1996                      1995
                            ------------------------   ------------------------
                                          Weighted                  Weighted
Year ending September 30,     Amount    average rate     Amount    average rate
- -------------------------     ------    ------------     ------    ------------
1996                              --          --       $   299,600     9.00%
1997                           299,600       8.50%      10,299,600     6.03%
1998                           299,600       8.50%         299,600     9.00%
1999                            74,900       8.50%          74,900     9.00%
2000                        10,000,000       6.17%      10,000,000     6.17%
2001 and after              60,000,000       6.04%     45,000,0000     6.12%
                           -----------       ----      -----------     ----
                           $70,674,100       6.14%     $65,973,700     6.14%
                           ===========       ====      ===========     ====

     In October 1993,  the Savings Bank  refinanced $15 million of FHLB advances
     to take  advantage of the low  interest  rate  environment  at that time. A
     prepayment penalty of approximately $1,342,000 (net of icome tax benefit of
     approximately $810,000) was charged to earnigns as an extraordinary loss in
     1994.

     Other interest expense is summarized as follows:

                                         1996            1995           1994
                                         ----            ----           ----
Advances from the FHLB .........      $4,593,100      $3,545,994      $2,773,350
ESOP loan ......................          75,789         104,920          74,550
Other ..........................           5,392           2,595           3,688
                                      ----------      ----------      ----------
                                      $4,674,281      $3,653,509      $2,851,588
                                      ==========      ==========      ==========

                                      F-20

<PAGE>


                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(10) Income Taxes

     Income tax  expense  (benefit)  on income  from  continuing  operations  is
     summarized as follows:


                                  1996                1995              1994
                                  ----                ----              ----
Current:
  Federal ............        $ 5,832,000         $ 3,766,000        $ 3,892,000
  State ..............            965,000             633,000            632,000
                              -----------         -----------        -----------
                                6,797,000           4,399,000          4,524,000
                              -----------         -----------        -----------

Deferred:
  Federal ............         (1,170,000)          1,334,000            579,000
  State ..............           (195,000)            225,000            151,000
                              -----------         -----------        -----------
                               (1,365,000)          1,559,000            730,000
                              -----------         -----------        -----------
                              $ 5,432,000         $ 5,958,000        $ 5,254,000
                              ===========         ===========        ===========

     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax
     assets and deferred tax  liabilities  at September 30, 1996 and 1995 are as
     follows:


                                          1996           1995           1994
                                          ----           ----           ----
Deferred tax assets:
  SAIF special assessment .........   $ 1,929,000           --             --
  Allowance for bad debts .........     1,440,000      1,652,000      1,695,000
  Valuation of real estate owned ..       704,000        656,000      2,119,000
  Deferred compensation ...........       681,000        632,000        620,000
  Other ...........................       100,000         37,000         22,000
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
                                        4,854,000      2,977,000      4,456,000
  Less valuation allowance ........      (250,000)      (250,000)      (250,000)
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total deferred tax assets .....     4,604,000      2,727,000      4,206,000
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------

Deferred tax liability:
  Net deferred loan fees and costs      3,333,000      3,320,000      3,162,000
  FHLB stock dividend .............       840,000        820,000        820,000
  Premises and equipment
   depreciation difference ........       355,000        316,000        336,000
  Purchase accounting adjustments .       350,000           --             --
  Cash to accrual adjustment ......       132,000           --             --
  Installment sales ...............       128,000        275,000        319,000
  Other ...........................        16,000         51,000         64,000
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total deferred tax liability ..     5,154,000      4,782,000      4,701,000
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
    Net deferred tax liability ....   $   550,000    $ 2,055,000    $   495,000
                                      ===========    ===========    ===========


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     Income tax expense on income from  continuing  operations is different than
     the amount  computed by applying the United States  Federal income tax rate
     of 34% to income from continuing  operations before income taxes because of
     the following:

                                                           1996    1995   1994
                                                           ----    ----   ----

Statutory Federal income tax rate ......................   34.0%   34.0%  34%
State income tax (net of Federal income tax benefit) ...    3.6     3.6    3
Other ..................................................    1.0      --   (1)
                                                           ----    ----   ---
Effective tax expense rate .............................   38.6%   37.6%  36%
                                                           ====    ====   ===

     Deferred income taxes payable of  approximately  $550,000 and $2,055,000 at
     September  30,  1996  and  1995,   respectively,   are  included  in  other
     liabilities.  Included in deferred  income taxes  payable at September  30,
     1996 is a net deferred tax asset of  approximately  $110,000  acquired from
     Treasure Coast Bank, FSB (see note 17).

     Retained earnings at September 30, 1996 includes approximately  $14,500,000
     (base year tax bad debt  reserve)  for which no deferred  Federal and state
     income tax  liability  has been  recognized.  These  amounts  represent  an
     allocation  of  income  to bad  debt  deductions  for  tax  purposes  only.
     Reduction  of amounts so  allocated  for  purposes  other than tax bad debt
     losses or adjustments  arising from carryback of net operating losses would
     create  income for tax  purposes  only,  which would be subject to the then
     current  corporate  income tax rate.  The  unrecorded  deferred  income tax
     liability on the above  amounts was  approximately  $5,500,000 at September
     30, 1996.

(11) Regulatory Matters

     The  Savings  Bank is subject to various  regulatory  capital  requirements
     administered  by the  federal  banking  agencies.  Failure to meet  minimum
     capital   requirements  can  initiate  certain   mandatory,   and  possibly
     additional discretionary,  actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could
     have a direct material effect on the Savings Bank's  financial  statements.
     Under capital adequacy  guidelines and the regulatory  framework for prompt
     corrective  action,  the Savings Bank must meet specific capital guidelines
     that  involve   quantitative   measures  of  the  Savings   Bank's  assets,
     liabilities,  and  certain  off-balance-sheet  items  as  calculated  under
     regulatory  accounting  practices.  The Savings Bank's capital  amounts and
     classification are also subject to qualitative  judgments by the regulators
     about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

     Quantitative  measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
     require the Savings Bank to maintain  minimum amounts and ratios (set forth
     in the  cable  below)  of  total  and Tier I  capital  (as  defined  in the
     regulations) to  risk-weighted  assets (as defined),  and of Tier I capital
     (as defined) to adjusted tangible assets (as defined). Management believes,
     as of September 30, 1996, that the Savings Bank meets all capital  adequacy
     requirements to which it is subject.

     As of September 30, 1996, the most recent  notification  from the Office of
     Thrift  Supervision  categorized the Savings Bank as well capitalized under
     the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as
     well capitalized the Savings Bank must maintain  minimum total  risk-based,
     Tier I  risk-based,  and Tier I leverage  ratios as set forth in the table.
     There are no conditions or events since that  notification  that management
     believes have changed the institution's category.



                                      F-22

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     The Savings Bank's actual capital  amounts and ratios are also presented in
     the table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  To Be Well
                                                                                               Capitalized Under
                                                                   For Capital                 Prompt Corrective
                                               Actual           Adequacy Purposes:             Action Provisions:
                                        ------------------     -------------------           ---------------------
                                         Amount      Ratio      Amount        Ratio          Amount          Ratio
                                         ------      -----      ------        -----          ------          -----
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>             <C>  
As of September 30, 1996
 Total Capital
 (to risk weighted assets) ............ $87,890      16.13%     $43,593         >8.0%        $54,492        >10.0%
                                                                                -                           -
Tier I Capital
 (to risk weighted assets) ............  81,030      14.87%      21,797         >4.0%         32,695         >6.0%
                                                                                -                            -
Tier I Capital
 (to adjusted tangible assets) ........  81,030       7.69%      31,609         >3.0%         52,682         >5.0%
                                                                                -                            -
Tangible Capital
 (to adjusted tangible assets) ........ $81,030       7.69%      15,805        >1.50%           n/a           n/a
                                                                               -

As of September 30, 1995
 Total Capital
  (to risk weighted assets) ...........  83,273      18.17%      36,654         >8.0%         45,818        >10.0%
                                                                                -                           -
 Tier I Capital
  (to risk weighted assets) ...........  77,500      16.91%      18,327         >4.0%         27,491         >6.0%
                                                                                -                            -
 Tier I Capital
  (to adjusted tangible assets) .......  77,500       8.74%      26,597         >3.0%         44,328         >5.0%
                                                                                -                            -
 Tangible Capital
  (to adjusted tangible assets) .......  77,500       8.74%      26,597        >1.50%           n/a           n/a
                                                                               -
</TABLE>


     At  September  30,  1996,  $4,777,864  of retained  earnings is  restricted
     relating to the dividends on the Savings Bank's shares owned by the Holding
     Company which have been waived. The dividend waived was approved by the OTS
     and is available only to the Holding  Company and will be accrued only when
     the payment of such amount is probable.

     In the  unlikely  event of a complete  liquidation  of the  Mutual  Holding
     Company  in its  present  mutual  form,  each  depositor  of the Bank would
     receive  his pro rata  share of any assets of the  Mutual  Holding  Company
     remaining  after payment of claims of all creditors.  Each  depositor's pro
     rata share of such remaining  assets would be in the same proportion as the
     value of his deposit account was to the total value of all deposit accounts
     in the Bank at the time of liquidation.

     The Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company provides that in no event
     shall any record owner of any outstanding Common Stock which is benefically
     owned, directly or indirectly,  by a person who beneficially owns in excess
     of 10% of the then  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock (the  "Limit")  be
     entitled or  permitted  to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess
     of the Limit.

     The Company  has  authorized  but not issued  preferred  stock,  subject to
     regulatory  restrictions and  determination of rights and preferences to be
     determined by the Board of Directors.

     On September 30, 1996, President Clinton signed The Deposit Insurance Funds
     Act of 1996,  which is intended  to  recapitalize  the Savings  Association
     Insurance  Fund  ("SAIF")  and  substantially  bridge the  assessment  rate
     disparity  existing  between  ("SAIF")  and  Bank  Insurance  Fund  insured
     institutions.  The  new  law  subjects  institutions  with  SAIF-assessable
     deposits,  including  the Savings  Bank,  to a one-time  assessment of 65.7
     basis points of assessable deposits as of March 31, 1995, and provides for,
     among other things, a sharing of FICO bond obligation fundings by banks and
     thrifts  and the  eventual  merger  of the  Bank  Insurance  Fund  with the
     ("SAIF")  The new law  remains to be  implemented-by  the  Federal  Deposit
     Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), and the FDIC's interpretation

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     of the new law may affect actual  amounts paid by depository  institutions,
     including  the Savings  Bank.  At this time,  the Savings  Bank's  one-time
     assessment resulted in a pre-tax charge of approximately $4,552,000,  which
     was payable on November  27,1996 and, under  provisions of the new law, may
     be treated for tax purposes as a fully  deductible  "ordinary and necessary
     business  expense"  when paid.  Results of  operations  for the year ended
     September  30,  1996  include  a  charge  for  this  one-time   assessment.
     Additionally,  the Savings Bank recorded a pre-tax charge of  approximately
     $450,000  related to the application of this assessment to deposits held by
     Treasure  Coast (see note 17) at March 31, 1995.  Such charge was reflected
     as a cost of the acquisition of Treasure Coast.

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

     As of September 30,1996, the Savings Bank had irrevocable letters of credit
     aggregating approximately $407,000.

     The Savings  Bank and certain  other  entities  are  defendants  in a class
     action  lawsuit  which  was  filed  in  May  1991.  The  plaintiffs  in the
     litigation are purchasers of parcels of developed and undeveloped land from
     General  Development  Corporation  ("GDC")  who  allege  that GDC,  through
     fraudulent means,  induced them to buy land at inflated values. The Savings
     Bank is a defendant in this matter  along with a number of other  financial
     institutions,  purchasers of loans in the secondary market, broker dealers,
     an insurance  company and numerous other  individuals  and  companies.  The
     involvement  of the Savings Bank arises from its purchase  from GDC of land
     sales contracts  originated by GDC. The Savings Bank,  along with the other
     defendants,  filed a motion to  dismiss  the case  which was  granted.  The
     plaintiffs  filed an appeal with the Third  Circuit  Court of Appeals which
     remanded the case to the District Court for  reconsideration.  The District
     Court entered its order dismissing the case again.

     The  plaintiffs  filed a motion  requesting the District Court to amend the
     dismissal order to permit the plaintiffs to file another amended complaint.
     The District Court denied the plaintiff's  motion. The plaintiffs  appealed
     that order to the Third  Circuit  and both sides  were  directed  to submit
     supplementary  briefs.   Management  believes  that  the  position  of  the
     plaintiffs is without merit.

     The Savings Bank and  subsidiaries  are  defendants in certain other claims
     and legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of  business.  In the
     opinion of management,  after consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate
     disposition  of these  matters is not  expected to have a material  adverse
     effect on the  consolidated  financial  statements  of the Savings Bank and
     subsidiaries.

(13) Related Party Transactions

     Directors  and  officers  of the  Savings  Bank had  transactions  with the
     Savings Bank in the ordinary  course of business.  Loan  transactions  were
     made on  substantially  the same terms as those  prevailing at the time for
     comparable loans to other persons, did not involve more than normal risk of
     collectibility, and are performing as agreed.

     The summary of changes in the related party loans follows:

                                          1996           1995            1994
                                          ----           ----            ----
Outstanding loans - beginning
  of year .........................   $ 1,477,780    $ 1,385,500    $ 1,748,906
New loans .........................       841,642        176,370        955,752
Repayments ........................      (533,517)       (84,090)    (1,319,158)
                                      -----------    -----------    -----------
Outstanding balance - end
  of year .........................   $ 1,785,905    $ 1,477,780    $ 1,385,500
                                      ===========    ===========    ===========


     The Savings Bank paid $125,045,  $158,628 and $129,253 of legal fees in the
     years ended September 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively,  to a law firm
     in which a director of the Savings Bank is a partner.


                                      F-24

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(14) Other Expense

     Other expense consists of the following:

                                       1996             1995             1994
                                       ----             ----             ----
Data processing .............       $1,092,202       $  994,351       $  880,112
Advertising .................          735,168          621,552          506,381
Postage .....................          293,632          252,241          262,847
Insurance ...................          213,901          216,186          208,856
Telephone ...................          265,139          252,078          209,238
OTS assessment ..............          189,901          170,722          161,747
Other .......................        1,192,324        1,096,562        1,041,837
                                    ----------       ----------       ----------
                                    $3,982,267       $3,603,692       $3,271,018
                                    ==========       ==========       ==========

(15) Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The following  methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
     of each  class of  financial  instruments  for which it is  practicable  to
     estimate that value:

     Cash and Amounts Due From Depository Institutions.  lnterest-Bearing Assets
     in Other Banks and Federal Funds Sold - The carrying amount of these assets
     is a reasonable estimate of their fair value.

     Investment  Securities and  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  Held to Maturity -
     Fair value equals  quoted market  price,  if available.  If a quoted market
     price is not available,  fair value is estimated using quoted market prices
     for similar securities.

     Investment  Securities  Available  for Sale - Fair  value  equals  carrying
     value.

     Loans - The fair value of loans is  estimated  by  discounting  future cash
     flows  using  the  current  rate at which  similar  loans  would be made to
     borrowers with similar credit ratings for the same remaining maturities.

     Deposits - The fair  value of demand  deposits,  interest-bearing  checking
     accounts, savings and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand
     at the  reporting  date.  The fair  value of  certificates  of  deposit  is
     estimated  using  the rates  currently  offered  for  deposits  of  similar
     remaining maturities.

     Short and Long Term Advances from the FHLB - Rates  currently  available to
     the  Savings  Bank for FHLB  advances  with  similar  terms  and  remaining
     maturities are used to estimate the fair value of FHLB advances.

     ESOP Loan - The carrying  amount of the ESOP loan is a reasonable  estimate
     of fair market value.

     Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit - The fair value
     of commitments is insignificant.


                                      F-25

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     The estimated  fair values of the Savings Bank's  financial  instruments at
     September 30, 1996 and 1995 are as follows (in thousands):

                                            1996                     1995
                                            ----                     ----
                                   Carrying       Fair      Carrying       Fair
                                    amount       value       amount       value
                                    ------       -----       ------       -----
Assets:
 Cash and amounts due from
  depository institutions ....   $  16,137    $  16,137   $   9,844    $   9,844
 Interest-bearing deposits in
  other banks ................      16,350       16,350      15,986      615,986
 Federal funds sold ..........      16,075       16,075      12,825       12,825
 Investment securities held
  to maturity ................      20,000       20,016      25,186       25,287
 Investment securities
  available for sale .........      33,493       33,493        --           --
 Mortgage-backed securities ..     153,293      153,288     164,759      165,762
 Loans held for sale .........       4,870        4,870       1,009        1,016
 Loans .......................     776,035      776,346     641,388      653,148
 Less allowance for loan
  losses .....................     (11,016)        --       (10,082)        --
                                 ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------
   Loans, net ................     765,019      776,346     631,306      653,148
                                 ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------

Liabilities:
 Commercial checking,
  noninterest-bearing
  personal, NOW, passbook,
  money market accounts
  end official checks ........     214,946      214,946     189,380      189,380
 Certificate accounts ........     636,907      638,592     531,601      536,157
 FHLB advances ...............      95,000       91,882      65,000       63,104
 ESOP loan ...................         674          674         974          974


     Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant
     market  information and information about the financial  instrument.  These
     estimates  do not reflect any  premium or discount  that could  result from
     offering  for sale at one time the  Savings  Bank's  entire  holdings  of a
     particular financial instrument.  Because no market exists for a portion of
     the Savings Bank's financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on
     judgments  regarding  future  expected loss  experience,  current  economic
     conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other
     factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties
     and matters of significant  judgment and,  therefore,  cannot be determined
     with  precision.  Changes in  assumptions  could  significantly  affect the
     estimates.

(16) Benefit Plans

     The  Savings  Bank  has  a  noncontributory-defined  benefit  pension  plan
     covering all  employees  who have attained one year of service and 21 years
     of age. Pension expense was $7,400,  $8,500 and $8,900,  respectively,  for
     the  years  ended  September  30,  1996,  1995  and  1994.  The  plan  is a
     multi-employer  plan.  Separate actuarial  valuations are not made for each
     employer  nor are plan assets so  segregated.  The assumed  average rate of
     return used in determining the actuarial  present value of accumulated plan
     benefits was 7.5%. The date of the most recent actuarial evaluation is June
     30, 1995.

                                      F-26

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     The  Savings  Bank has a  deferred  compensation  plan for  Directors  (the
     "Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan") who may elect to defer all or part
     of their annual director fees to fund the Directors' Deferred  Compensation
     Plan.  The plan  provides  that  deferred  fees are to earn  interest at an
     annual rate equal to the 30-month certificate of deposit rate, adjusted and
     compounded  quarterly.  At September 30, 1996 and 1995,  deferred directors
     fees  included  in other  liabilities  aggregated  $309,790  and  $533,138,
     respectively.

     The Savings Bank also has a retirement  plan for non employee (the "Plan").
     The annual basic  benefit  under the Plan is based on a  percentage  of the
     average three years  director's  fees preceding the  termination of service
     multiplied  by the  number of years of  service,  not to exceed  50% of the
     average annual director's fees. During the year ended September 30, 1993, a
     $547,000  charge  to  earnings  was made for the above  defined  retirement
     benefits. During the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, the charge to
     earnings  relating to the Plan was  insignificant.  Directors  may elect to
     have their deferred  compensation balance invested in shares of the Savings
     Bank's common stock.  When the Savings Bank  purchases  common stock in the
     open market to fund such  investment,  these  purchases  are reflected as a
     reduction  in  stockholders'  equity.  Such  purchases  were  approximately
     $238,000  and  $435,000  in 1996 and 1994,  respectively.  No  shares  were
     purchased in 1995.

     As part of the  reorganization to the stock form of ownership,  the Savings
     Bank's Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP")  purchased  149,800 shares of
     the Savings Bank's common stock at $10 per share, or $1,498,000,  which was
     funded  by a loan from an  unaffiliated  lender.  The  Savings  Bank  makes
     scheduled cash  contributions  to the ESOP sufficient to service the amount
     borrowed.   For  the  years  ended  September  30,  1996  and  1995,  total
     contributions  to the ESOP,  which were used to fund principal and interest
     payments on the ESOP debt,  totaled  approximately  $375,000 and  $405,000,
     respectively.  At September 30, 1996, there were 65,194  allocated  shares,
     22,470 shares committed to be released,  and 67,410 suspense shares held by
     the ESOP. Total compensation expense charged to earnings in the years ended
     September 30, 1996 and 1995, totaled $766,499 and $661,026, respectively.

     Additionally,  the Savings Bank's  Recognition  and Retention Plans ("RRP")
     purchased 64,200 shares at $10 per share totaling $642,000.  The funds used
     to  acquire  the RRP shares  were  contributed  by the  Savings  Bank.  The
     purchase  price of  $642,000  will be  amortized  as  compensation  expense
     ratably over the participants' vestingI period of three years.

     The  Savings  Bank has  adopted  stock  option  plans  for the  benefit  of
     directors,  officers,  and  other key  employees of the Savings  Bank.  The
     number of shares of common  stock  reserved  for  issuance  under the stock
     option plans is equal to 214,000  shares  (170,106  shares  outstanding  at
     September 30, 1996), or 9.6% of the total number of common shares issued in
     the minority offering pursuant to the Savings Bank's  reorganization to the
     stock form of ownership. The stock option exercise price was the fair value
     at the date of the  grant.  The  stock  options  are  exercisable  in equal
     installments  at prices of $10.00 to $27.00 per share over varying  periods
     not to exceed 10 years,  depending  upon the  individual's  position in the
     Savings Bank. At September 30, 1996, 40,254 shares of the stock options had
     been  exercised,  and 34,913 shares of the stock options were  exercisable.
     The  weighted  average  exercise  price of  stock  options  outstanding  at
     September 30, 1996 was $10.73,  and the weighted average remaining exercise
     period on such options was approximately six years.

     The Harbor  Federal  Savings Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the
     "401(k) Plan") covers all eligible employees of the Savings Bank age 21 and
     over.  An eligible  employee may elect to  contribute to the 401(k) Plan in
     the form of deferrals of between 1% and 15% of the total  compensation that
     would  otherwise be payable to the  employee.  Employee  contributions  are
     fully  vested and  nonforfeitable  at all times.  The 401(k)  Plan  permits
     contributions  by the Savings Bank.  The Savings Bank intends  initially to
     make matching contributions of 25% of the first 6% to of each participant's
     contributions. For the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, the Savings
     Bank's matching  contribution  totaled  approximately  $75,000 and $72,000,
     respectively.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(17) Acquisition of Treasure Coast

     On June 1, 1996,  the Savings Bank acquired all of the  outstanding  common
     stock of Treasure  Coast Bank,  FSB  ("Treasure  Coast"),  a Florida  based
     savings bank, for  approximately  $6.8 million in cash. The acquisition was
     accounted  for using the  purchase  method.  Treasure  Coast had  assets of
     approximately $75 million. The Treasure Coast acquisition added 1 branch to
     the Savings  Bank's branch  network.  The results of operations of Treasure
     Coast  from  June  1,  1996 to  September  30,  1996  are  included  in the
     consolidated financial statements of the Savings Bank.

     The fair value of assets  acquired and  liabilities  assumed in conjunction
     with the acquisition of Treasure Coast was as follows:


                                                           (In Thousands)
                                                           --------------
Cash .....................................................    $ 2,315
Investments ..............................................      7,039
Mortgage-backed securities ...............................        287
Loans receivable, net ....................................     62,575
Accrued interest receivable ..............................        437
Real estate owned ........................................         86
Property and equipment ...................................      1,778
Goodwill .................................................      3,365
Other assets .............................................        542
                                                              -------
Fair value of assets acquired ............................     78,424
                                                              -------
Deposits .................................................     70,239
Other liabilities ........................................      1,712
                                                              -------
Fair value of liabilities assumed ........................     71,951
                                                              -------
Acquisition costs ........................................        293
                                                              -------
Purchase of Treasure Coast ...............................      6,766
Cash acquired ............................................      2,315
                                                              -------
Purchase of Treasure Coast, net of cash acquired .........    $ 4,451
                                                              =======

     The  following  table  indicates  the  estimated  net  decrease in earnings
     resulting from the net amortization/accretion of the adjustments, including
     goodwill,  resulting  from the use of the  purchase  method  of  accounting
     during each of the years 1997  through  2001.  The  amounts (in  thousands)
     assume no sales or dispositions of the related assets or liabilities.

                                                           Net Decrease
                                                                of
          Years Ending September 30,                       Net Earnings
          --------------------------                       ------------
                     1997 .............................         (232)
                     1998 .............................         (325)
                     1999 .............................         (325)
                     2000 .............................         (298)
                     2001 .............................         (245)
                     Thereafter .......................       (2,364)

     Adjustments  to fair value are being  amortized on a  straight-line  basis,
     which approximates the level yield method,  over the estimated average term
     of four  years for  loans,  and one year for  deposits.  Goodwill  does not
     qualify for amortization for tax purposes. Goodwill is being amortized on a
     straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of 15 years. Goodwill as
     of September 30, 1996 is $3.6 million.

                                      F-28

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     The following is pro forma  information  for the years ended  September 30,
     1996 and 1995 as if the Treasure Coast purchase was  consummated on October
     1, 1995 and 1994,  respectively (in thousands,  except for per share data),
     after  giving  effect to certain  adjustments,  including  amortization  of
     goodwill and other purchase  accounting  adjustments,  and interest  income
     assumed foregone on the funding of the acquisition:

                                 For the Year Ended       For the Year Ended
                                 September 30, 1996       September 30, 1995
                                ---------------------    ---------------------
                                Historical  Pro forma    Historical  Pro forma
                                ----------  ---------    ----------  ---------
                                     (Unaudited)             (Unaudited)
Interest income ...............  $ 74,357    $ 77,840    $ 64,885   $ 69,855
Interest expense ..............    39,114      41,214      33,281     36,411
Provision for (recovery of)
 loan losses ..................       (76)        510         460        536
Net interest income after
 provision for loan losses ....    35,319      36,116     631,144     32,908
Net income ....................     8,640       7,971       9,895      9,748
Net income per share ..........  $   1.75    $   1.61    $   2.03   $   2.00

     These pro forma  results may not be  representative  of the actual  results
     that would have occurred or may occur in the future.

(18) Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

     The quarterly  results of operations for the years ended September  30,1996
     and 1995 are as follows (in thousands):

                                       For the Three Months Ended Fiscal 1996
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  September 30   June 30   March 31  December 31
                                  ------------   -------   --------  -----------
Total interest income ............   $ 19,885   $ 18,618    $ 18,221   $ 17,632
Total interest expense ...........     10,461      9,754       9,471      9,428
                                     --------   --------    --------   --------
  Net interest income ............      9,424      8,864       8,750      8,204
Provision for (recovery
 of) loan losses .................         72        (19)         28       (158)
                                     --------   --------    --------   --------
Net interest income after
 provision for loan losses .......      9,352      8,883       8,722      8,362
Total other income ...............        744        562         827        752
Total other expenses .............      9,481      4,857       5,057      4,737
                                     --------   --------    --------   --------
Income before extraordinary
 items and before
 income taxes ....................   $    615   $  4,588    $  4,492   $  4,377
                                     ========   ========    ========   ========
Net income .......................   $    390   $  2,807    $  2,736   $  2,707
                                     ========   ========    ========   ========
Net income per share(1) ..........   $   0.08   $   0.57    $   0.55   $   0.55
                                     ========   ========    ========   ========

                                      F-29

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                     For the Three Months Ended Fiscal 1995
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                September 30   June 30     March 31  December 31
                                ------------   -------     --------  -----------

Total interest income .........    $ 17,348    $ 16,709     $ 15,635    $ 15,191
Total interest expense ........       9,325       8,913        7,806       7,236
                                   --------    --------     --------    --------
  Net interest income .........       8,023       7,796        7,829       7,955
Provision for (recovery
 of) loan losses ..............         333        (227)         203         150
                                   --------    --------     --------    --------
 Net interest income
  after provision for
  loan losses .................       7,690       8,023        7,626       7,805
Total other income ............         846         678          691         692
Total other expenses ..........       4,519       4,546        4,447       4,687
                                   --------    --------     --------    --------
 Income before
  extraordinary items end
  before income taxes .........    $  4,017    $  4,155     $  3,870    $  3,810
                                   ========    ========     ========    ========
Net income ....................    $  2,592    $  2,573     $  2,399    $  2,330
                                   ========    ========     ========    ========
Net income per share (2) ......    $    .53    $    .53     $    .49    $    .48
                                   ========    ========     ========    ========

- -----------

(1)  Earnings  per share was  computed  by dividing  net income by the  weighted
     average  number of shares of common stock  outstanding  during the quarters
     ended  September  30, June 30 and March 31,  1996 and  December  31,  1995.
     Adjustments  have been made,  where material,  to give effect to the shares
     that would be outstanding, assuming the exercise of dilutive stock options,
     all of which are considered common stock equivalents.

(2)  Earnings  per share was  computed  by dividing  net income by the  weighted
     average  number of shares of common stock  outstanding  during the quarters
     ended  September  30,  June 30,  March  31,  1995 and  December  31,  1994.
     Adjustments  have been made,  where material,  to give effect to the shares
     that would be outstanding, assuming the exercise of dilutive stock options,
     all of which are considered common stock equivalents.


                                      F-30
<PAGE>


                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
                             (Dollars in thousands)


                                                June 30, 1997 September 30, 1996
                                                ------------- ------------------
Assets                                           (Unaudited)

Cash and amounts due from depository institutions   $ 19,472    $ 16,137
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks              15,039      16,350
Federal funds sold                                    10,250      16,075
Investment securities held to maturity                15,000      20,000
Investment securities available for sale              47,493      33,493
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity          156,559     153,293
Loans held for sale                                    3,090       4,870
Loans, net                                           815,789     765,019
Accrued interest receivable                            7,106       6,621
Real estate                                            2,896       3,118
Premises and equipment                                12,248      10,543
Federal Home Loan Bank stock                           7,595       7,158
Goodwill                                               3,100       3,587
Other assets                                           1,081       1,179
                                                    --------     --------
  Total                                           $1,116,718   $1,057,443
                                                   =========   ==========

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Deposits                                          $  904,904   $  851,853
Short-term borrowings                                 30,000       25,000
Long-term debt                                        70,449       70,674
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes 
  and insurance                                       11,610       15,212
Income taxes payable                                     919          962
Other liabilities                                      5,130        8,910
                                                       -----        -----
  Total liabilities                                1,023,012      972,611
                                                   ---------      -------
Preferred stock ($.01 par value; authorized 
  1,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding)         ---          ---
Common stock ($.01 par value; authorized
  13,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 
  4,970,240 shares at June 30, 1997 and 
  4,934,454 shares at September 30, 1996)                 50           49
Paid-in capital                                       26,550       25,339
Retained earnings, substantially restricted           68,484       60,893
Common stock purchased by:
  Employee stock ownership plan (ESOP)                  (449)        (674)
  Recognition and retention plans (RRP)                  ---         ( 53)
  Deferred compensation plan                            (886)        (673)
  Unrealized loss on investment securities 
    available for sale, net                              (43)         (49)
                                                         ---          --- 
    Total stockholders' equity                        93,706       84,832
                                                      ------       ------
    Total                                        $ 1,116,718  $ 1,057,443
                                                 ===========  ===========


See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-31


<PAGE>


                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings
                  (Dollars in thousands except per share data)
                                   (Unaudited)

                                            Three Months        Nine Months
                                               Ended               Ended
                                              June 30,            June 30,
                                              --------            --------
                                           1997      1996      1997      1996
                                           ----      ----      ----      ----
Interest income:
  Loans                                  $17,465   $15,060   $51,026   $43,484
  Investment securities                    1,055       677     2,835     1,731
  Mortgage-backed securities               2,532     2,418     7,354     7,661
  Other                                      502       463     1,590     1,595
                                             ---       ---     -----     -----
    Total interest income                 21,554    18,618    62,805    54,471
                                          ------    ------    ------    ------
Interest expense:
  Deposits                                 9,940     8,598    28,941    25,224
  Other                                    1,507     1,156     4,441     3,429
                                           -----     -----     -----     -----
    Total interest expense                11,447     9,754    33,382    28,653
                                          ------     -----    ------    ------
    Net interest income                   10,107     8,864    29,423    25,818
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses      205       (19)      456      (149)
                                             ---       ---       ---      ---- 
  Net interest income after provision
  for (recovery of) loan losses            9,902     8,883    28,967    25,967
                                           -----     -----    ------    ------
Other income:
  Other fees and service charges             788       694     2,478     2,085
  Income (losses) from real estate 
    operations                                68      (199)       23      (181)
  Gain (loss) on sale of mortgage loans       98       (63)      135       (67)
  Other                                       87       130       259       304
                                              --       ---       ---       ---
    Total other income                     1,041       562     2,895     2,141
                                           -----       ---     -----     -----
Other expenses:
  Compensation and employee benefits       2,968     2,710     8,864     7,947
  Occupancy                                  715       798     2,100     2,025
  Professional fees                          223         3       485       397
  SAIF deposit insurance premium             138       437       645     1,270
  Other                                    1,274       909     3,612     3,012
                                           -----       ---     -----     -----
    Total other expense                    5,318     4,857    15,706    14,651
                                           -----     -----    ------    ------
Income before income taxes                 5,625     4,588    16,156    13,457
Income tax expense                         2,209     1,781     6,339     5,207
                                           -----     -----     -----     -----
  Net income                             $ 3,416   $ 2,807   $ 9,817   $ 8,250
                                         =======   =======   =======   =======
Net income per share primary 
  and fully diluted                      $  0.68   $  0.57   $  1.96   $  1.67
                                         =======   =======   =======   =======


See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-32

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
                             (Dollars in thousands)
                                  (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           Common stock    Unrealized
                                                                      Common     Common    purchased by    gain (loss)
                                                                       stock      stock      deferred     on securities
                                    Common     Paid-in    Retained   purchased   purchased  compensation    available    
                                     stock     capital    earnings    by ESOP    by RRP's      plan        for sale, net   Total
                                     -----     -------    --------    -------    --------      ----        -------------   -----
Nine Months Ended June 30, 1996                                                                                       
- -------------------------------                                                                                       
<S>                                 <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>         <C>     
Balance at September 30, 1995       $   49    $ 24,455    $ 54,672    $ (974)    $ (267)    $ (435)         $     -     $ 77,500
Stock options exercised                  -         219           -         -          -          -                -          219
Net income                               -           -       8,250         -          -          -                -        8,250
Amortization of award                                                                                                 
  of ESOP and RRP's                      -         360           -       225        160          -                -          745
Tax benefit of RRP's                     -         137           -         -          -          -                -          137
Dividends paid                           -           -      (1,769  )      -          -          -                -       (1,769)
Unrealized gain on securities                                                                                         
  available for sale, net                -           -           -         -          -          -              126          126
Change in unrealized gain (loss)                                                                                      
  on securities available for 
  sale, net                              -           -           -         -          -          -           (  177)         (177)
Tax benefit of non-qualified                                                                                          
  stock options                          -          31           -         -          -          -                -            31
                                    ------      ------      ------    ------     ------     ------           ------        ------
Balance at June 30, 1996            $   49    $ 25,202    $ 61,153    $ (749)    $ (107)    $ (435)         $   (51)     $ 85,062
                                    ======    ========    ========    ======     ======     ======          =======      ========
Nine Months Ended June 30, 1997                                                                                       
Balance at September 30, 1996       $   49    $ 25,339    $ 60,893    $ (674)    $  (53)    $ (673)         $   (49)     $ 84,832
Stock options exercised                  1         357           -         -          -          -                -           358
Net income                               -           -       9,817         -          -          -                -         9,817
Amortization of award                                                                                                 
  of ESOP and RRP's                      -         562           -       225         53          -                -           840
Tax benefit of RRP's                     -         193           -         -          -          -                -           193
Dividends paid                           -           -      (2,226  )      -          -          -                -        (2,226)
Change in unrealized gain (loss)                                                                                      
  on securities available for 
  sale, net                              -           -           -         -          -          -                6             6
Tax benefit of non-qualified                                                                                          
  stock options                          -          99           -         -          -          -                -            99
Stock purchased by deferred                                                                                           
  compensation plan                      -           -           -         -          -       (213)               -          (213)
                                    ------      ------      ------    ------     ------     ------           ------        ------
Balance at June 30, 1997            $   50    $ 26,550    $ 68,484    $ (449)     $   0     $ (886)         $   (43)     $ 93,706
                                    ======    ========    ========    ======      =====     ======          =======      ========
                                                                                                                  
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-33

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                             (Dollars in thousands)
                                  (Unaudited)

                                                            Nine months ended
                                                               June 30,
                                                               --------
                                                          1997           1996
                                                          ----           ----
Cash provided by operating activities:
  Net income                                            $ 9,817        $ 8,250
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided by operating activities:
    Amortization of stock benefit plans                     840            745
    Tax benefit of stock plans credited to capital          292            168
    Originations of loans held for sale                  (3,939)        (6,621)
    Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale             5,719          3,463
    Depreciation and amortization                           820            833
    Deferred income tax provision                         1,787            408
    Increase in deferred loan fees and costs                830            802
    Amortization of deferred loan fees and costs           (668)          (735)
    Amortization of goodwill                                180             27
    Net accretion of other purchase accounting 
      adjustments                                           (32)            (5)
    Gain on sale of real estate owned                       (95)            (7)
    Accretion of discount on purchased loans                (12)           (17)
    Increase in accrued interest receivable                (484)           (49)
    Provision for (recovery of) loan losses                 456           (149)
    Provision for (recovery of) losses on real estate
      owned                                                 (20)            67
    (Increase) decrease in other assets                      98            (32)
    Decrease in income taxes payable                        (43)           (15)
    Decrease in other liabilities                        (5,573)          (376)
                                                         ------           ---- 
      Net cash provided by operating activities           9,973          6,757
                                                          -----          -----
Cash used by investing activities:
    Net increase in loans                               (52,686)       (58,455)
    Purchase of mortgage-backed securities              (31,843)       (19,430)
    Proceeds from principal repayments of
      mortgage-backed securities                         28,438         31,108
    Proceeds from maturities of investment securities
      held to maturity                                   20,000         15,876
    Purchase of investment securities held to maturity  (15,000)       (17,939)
    Proceeds from maturities of investment securities
      available for sale1                                15,528             --
    Proceeds from sale of investment securities available
      for sale                                              ---            906
    Purchase of investment securities available for 
      sale                                              (29,500)            --
    Proceeds from sale of real estate owned               1,587            751
    Purchase of premises and equipment                   (2,404)        (1,271)
    Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment              1              8
    FHLB stock purchase                                    (437)          (619)
    Purchase of Treasure Coast Bank, net of cash acquired   ---         (4,451)
    Other                                                   306             --
                                                            ---            ---
      Net cash used by investing activities             (66,010)       (53,516)
                                                        -------        ------- 

                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-34

<PAGE>


                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                             (Dollars in thousands)
                                  (Unaudited)
(Continued)
                                                         Nine months ended
                                                              June 30,
                                                              --------
                                                        1997            1996
                                                        ----            ----
Cash provided by financing activities:
  Net increase in deposits                             53,143          44,010
  Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings      5,000          (5,000)
  Repayments of long-term borrowings                     (225)           (225)
  Net proceeds from long-term borrowings                  ---          15,000
  Decrease in advance payments by borrowers for 
    taxes and insurance                                (3,601)         (5,381)
  Stock dividend paid                                  (2,226)         (1,769)
  Common stock options exercised                          358             219
  Purchase of common stock by deferred compensation 
    plan                                                 (213)             --
                                                         ----             ---
    Net cash provided by financing activities          52,236          46,854
                                                       ------          ------
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash 
      equivalents                                      (3,801)             95
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period        48,562          38,655
                                                       ------          ------
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period            $ 44,761        $ 38,750
                                                     ========        ========

Supplemental disclosures:
  Cash paid for:
    Interest                                         $ 33,388         $28,842
                                                     ========         =======
    Taxes                                               4,303           4,647
                                                        =====           =====
  Noncash investing and financing activities:
    Additions to real estate acquired in settlement
      of loans through foreclosure                      2,200           1,853
                                                        =====           =====
    Sale of real estate owned financed by the Bank        950             834
                                                          ===             ===
    Transfer of investment securities from held to 
      maturity to available for sale                      ---          26,011
                                                          ===          ======
    Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities
      available for sale                                   10             (82)
                                                           ==             === 
    Change in deferred taxes related to securities
      available for sale                                   (4)             31
                                                           ==              ==

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-35
<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
                                   Unaudited

1). BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The unaudited  condensed  consolidated  interim financial  statements for Harbor
Florida Bancorp, Inc. ("Bancorp") and its subsidiary Harbor Federal Savings Bank
("Bank")  (collectively  "Company") reflect all adjustments  (consisting only of
normal recurring accruals) which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to
present fairly Bancorp's  consolidated  financial condition and the consolidated
results of  operations  and cash flows for  interim  periods.  The  results  for
interim  periods  are not  necessarily  indicative  of trends or  results  to be
expected  for the full year.  These  condensed  consolidated  interim  financial
statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the Bank's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 1996.

On June 25, 1997, the Bank completed its  reorganization  into the two-tier form
of mutual holding company ownership. Pursuant to the reorganization, the Bank is
now the wholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp, a Delaware  corporation.  Bancorp is
the  majority  owned  subsidiary  of Harbor  Financial,  M.H.C.  Pursuant to the
reorganization   each  share  of  the  Bank's   outstanding   common  stock  was
automatically converted into one share of Bancorp common stock. The consolidated
financial  statements for prior periods have been restated to reflect the change
in the par value of Bancorp  common stock from $1.00 to $.01 per share.  Certain
conditions  were imposed upon Bancorp by the OTS as part of the  reorganization,
including  requirements  to  obtain a federal  charter,  provisions  related  to
minority stock issuances and other regulatory requirements.

The  reorganization  was  accounted  for in a manner  similar  to a  pooling  of
interest and did not result in any significant accounting adjustments.

Bancorp  conducts no business  other than  holding the common stock of the Bank.
Consequently, its net income is derived from the Bank.

The Company does not  purchase,  sell or utilize  off-balance  sheet  derivative
financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments.

In October,  1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation"  ("Statement  123").  The adoption  date of  Statement  123 varies
depending  upon  the  various   provisions  of  the  statement.   Statement  123
established   financial  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  stock-based
employee  compensation  plans. The statement defines a "fair value based method"
of  accounting  for employee  stock  option or similar  equity  instruments  and
encourages  all  entities  to adopt that method of  accounting  for all of their
employee stock compensation plans. However,  Statement 123 also allows an entity
to continue to measure  compensation  costs for those plans using the "intrinsic
value based method" of accounting which Bancorp  currently uses.  Management has
determined  that it will continue to use the method of accounting  prescribed by
APB No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to  Employees".  Bancorp will present
required proforma amounts and disclosures under Statement 123 beginning with the
fiscal year ending September 30, 1997.

In February,  1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("Statement 128").  Statement 128 is effective for
financial  statements  issued  for  periods  ending  after  December  15,  1997.
Statement 128  establishes  standards for computing and presenting  earnings per
share  ("EPS"),  simplifies  the  standards  previously  found  in APB  No.  15,
"Earnings Per Share",  and makes them comparable to international EPS standards.
Bancorp will begin  disclosing  EPS in accordance  with  Statement 128 beginning
with the quarter ended December 31, 1997.

In June, 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income"  ("Statement  130").  Statement  130 is
effective  for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1997.  Statement 130
establishes  standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components in a full set of general purpose financial statements.  Statement 130
requires  all  items be  recognized  under  accounting  standards  as  compo- of
comprehensive  income  reported in a financial  statement  displayed  with equal
prominence as other  financial  statements.  Such statement will be presented by
Bancorp beginning with the quarter ended December 31,1998.


                                      F-36

<PAGE>

HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
Unaudited

In June, 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related  Information"
("Statement  131").  Statement  131 is  effective  for periods  beginning  after
December 15, 1997.  Statement 131 establishes  standards for the way that public
business  enterprises report information about operating segments,  based on how
the enterprise  defines such segments.  Bancorp is required to report  operating
segment information, to the extent such segments are defined, beginning with the
year ended September 30, 1999.

2). NET INCOME PER SHARE

Net income per share was computed by dividing net income by the weighted average
number of shares of common stock outstanding  during the three months ended June
30, 1997 and 1996. Adjustments have been made, where material, to give effect to
the shares that would be  outstanding,  assuming the exercise of dilutive  stock
options, all of which are considered common stock equivalents.

                                                      Quarter Ended
                                                         June 30,
                                                         --------
                                                 1997                1996
                                                 ----                ----
Net income                                   $3,415,861          $2,806,597
                                             ==========          ==========
Weighted average common shares outstanding    4,919,152           4,850,758
Common stock equivalents due to dilutive 
  effect of stock options                        94,192              103,713
                                                 ------              -------
Total weighted average common shares and 
  equivalents outstanding for primary 
  earnings per share computation              5,013,344            4,954,471
                                              =========            =========
Primary earnings per share                   $     0.68           $     0.57
                                             ==========           ==========
Weighted average common shares outstanding    5,013,344            4,954,471
Additional dilutive shares using the higher
  of end of period market value versus 
  average market value for the period 
  utilizing the treasury stock method 
  regarding stock option                          8,112                    0
                                                  -----                  ---
Total weighted average common shares and 
  equivalents outstanding for fully diluted
  earnings per share computation              5,021,456            4,954,471
                                              =========            =========
Fully diluted earnings per share             $     0.68           $     0.57
                                             ==========           ==========


                                      F-37

<PAGE>

HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
Unaudited

3). INVESTMENT AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment and  mortgage-backed
securities as of June 30, 1997 are as follows:

                                                    Gross      Gross  Estimated
                                        Amortized unrealized unrealized market
                                           cost     gains     losses    value
                                           ----     -----     ------    -----
                                                (Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale:
     Treasury notes                     $ 17,954  $   ---   $   ---   $ 17,954
     FHLB notes                           29,452      ---       ---     29,452
     Other securities                         87      ---       ---         87
                                             ---      ---       ---         --
                                          47,493      ---       ---     47,493
                                          ------      ---       ---     ------
Held to maturity:
     FHLB notes                           15,000      ---         6     14,994
                                          ------      ---       ---     ------
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities
FNMA mortgage-backed securities           94,483      329       ---     94,812
                                          62,076      573       ---     62,649
                                          ------      ---       ---     ------
                                         156,559      902       ---    157,461
                                         -------      ---       ---    -------
                                        $219,052  $   902   $     6   $219,948
                                        ========  =======   =======   ========
 
The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment and  mortgage-backed
securities as of September 30, 1996 are as follows:

                                                 Gross     Gross   Estimated
                                    Amortized unrealized unrealized  market
                                       cost      gains    losses      value
                                       ----      -----    ------      -----
                                               (Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale:
     Treasury notes                 $ 23,457    $  ---    $  110    $ 23,347
     FHLB notes                       10,000        31       ---      10,031
     Other securities                    115       ---       ---         l15
                                         ---       ---       ---          --
                                      33,572        31       110      33,493
                                      ------        --       ---      ------
Held to maturity:                                                  
     FHLB notes                       20,000        16       ---      20,016
                                      ------       ---       ---      ------
                                                                   
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities     114,072       ---       333     113,739
FNMA mortgage-backed securities       39,221       328       ---      39,549
                                      ------       ---       ---      ------
                                     153,293       328       333     153,288
                                     -------       ---       ---     -------
                                    $206,865    $  375    $  443    $206,797
                                    ========    ======    ======    ========
                                                                          

                                      F-38

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
                                   Unaudited

The  amortized  cost and estimated  market value of debt  securities at June 30,
1997 and September 30, 1996 by  contractual  maturity are shown below.  Expected
maturities will differ from contractual  maturities  because  borrowers may have
the right to call or  prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or  prepayment
penalties.

                                       June 30, 1997         September 30, 1996
                                       -------------         ------------------
                                               Estimated               Estimated
                                   Amortized     market      Amortized   market
                                      cost        value         cost      value
                                      ----        -----         ----      -----
                                               (Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale:
     Due in one year or less       $ 17,954     $ 17,954      $15,505   $ 15,539
     Due in one to five years        29,452       29,452       17,952     17,839
     Other securities                    87           87          115        115
                                         --           --          ---        ---
                                     47,493       47,493       33,572     33,493
                                     ------       ------       ------     ------
Held to maturity:                                           
     Due in one year or less            ---          ---          ---        ---
     Due in one to five years        15,000       14,994       20,000     20,016
     Other securities                   ---          ---          ---        ---
                                        ---          ---          ---        ---
                                     15,000       14,994       20,000     20,016
                                                            
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities     94,483       94,812      114,072    113,739
FNMA mortgage-backed securities      62,076       62,649       39,221     39,549
                                     ------       ------       ------     ------
                                    156,559      157,461      153,293    153,288
                                    -------      -------      -------    -------
                                   $219,052     $219,948     $206,865   $206,797
                                   ========     ========     ========   ========
                                                         
As of June  30,  1997 the Bank had  pledged  mortgage-backed  securities  with a
market value of $506,000 and a carrying value of $497,000 to  collateralize  the
public funds on deposit.  The Bank had also pledged  mortgage-backed  securities
with a  market  value of  $2,130,000  and a  carrying  value  of  $2,095,000  to
collateralize Treasury, tax and loan accounts.



                                      F-39

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
                                   Unaudited

4). LOANS
     Loans are summarized below:
                                                  June 30,     September 30,
                                                    1997           1996
                                                    ----           ----
                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
Mortgage loans:
  Construction 1-4 family                        $ 41,417       $ 43,994
  Permanent 1-4 family                            620,066        584,592
  Multi-family                                     14,457         17,804
  Nonresidential                                   53,006         41,970
  Land                                             31,881         29,034
                                                   ------         ------
    Total mortgage loans                          760,827        717,394
                                                  -------        -------

Other loans:
  Commercial nonmortgage                           11,446          8,199
  Home improvement                                 20,670         20,679
  Manufactured housing                             16,046         15,784
  Other consumer                                   50,320         44,265
                                                   ------         ------
    Total other loans                              98,482         88,927
                                                   ------         ------
    Total loans receivable                        859,309        806,321
                                                  -------        -------

Less:
  Loans in process                                 28,727         26,788
  Deferred loan fees and discounts                  3,385          3,498
  Allowance for loan losses                        11,408         11,016
                                                   ------         ------
                                                   43,520         41,302
                                                   ------         ------
Total loans receivable, net                      $815,789       $765,019
                                                 --------       --------

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses follows:

                                            Three Months         Nine Months
                                           Ended June 30,      Ended June 30,
                                           --------------      --------------
                                           1997      1996      1997      1996
                                           ----      ----      ----      ----
                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance                       $ 11,280  $ 10,085  $ 11,016  $ 10,083
  Provision for (recovery of) loan 
    losses                                   205       (19)      456      (149)
  Allowance for loan losses acquired           0       885         0       885
  Charge-offs                               (112)      (10)     (184)      (79)
  Recoveries                                  35       110       120       311
                                              --       ---       ---       ---
Ending balance                          $ 11,408  $ 11,051  $ 11,408  $ 11,051
                                        ========  ========  ========  ========


                                      F-40

<PAGE>

                 HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
                                   Unaudited

At June 30, 1997 and September 30, 1996, loans with unpaid principal balances of
approximately  $2,227,000  and  $2,172,000,  respectively,  were 90 days or more
contractually  delinquent  or on  nonaccrual  status.  As of June  30,  1997 and
September 30, 1996, $1,853,000 and $2,081,000, respectively, of these loans were
in the process of foreclosure.

As of June 30, 1997 and September 30, 1996,  mortgage  loans which had been sold
on a  recourse  basis had  outstanding  principal  balances  of  $3,562,000  and
$4,424,000, respectively.

5). REAL ESTATE OWNED
Real estate owned includes the following:
                                                       June 30,    September 30,
                                                         1997          1996
                                                         ----          ----
                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
     Real estate acquired in satisfaction of loans     $ 3,620       $ 4,830
     Allowance for losses                                 (724)       (1,712)
                                                          ----        ------ 
                                                       $ 2,896       $ 3,118
                                                       =======       =======

Activity in the allowance for losses on real estate owned is as follows:

                                           Three Months          Nine Months
                                          Ended June 30,       Ended June 30,
                                          --------------       --------------
                                          1997       1996      1997      1996
                                          ----       ----      ----      ----
                                                (Dollars in thousands)
     Beginning balance                  $  763    $ 1,509   $ 1,712   $ 1,857
     Provision for (recovery of) losses    (16)       180       (20)       67
     Allowance for losses acquired           0         21         0        21
     Charge-offs                           (23)        (8)     (968)     (243)
                                           ---         --      ----      ---- 
     Ending balance                     $  724    $ 1,702   $   724   $ 1,702
                                        ======    =======   =======   =======

Provision  for losses on real estate owned is included in income  (losses)  from
real estate operations in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Legal and  consulting  fees relating to real estate  operations  and real estate
owned are  included  in  professional  fees on the  consolidated  statements  of
earnings.

6). PROPOSED STOCK OFFERING

On August 27, 1997,  the Company  announced that the Board of Directors of their
Mutual Holding Company, Harbor Financial,  M.H.C., has determined to convert the
Mutual Holding  Company to a capital stock  corporation.  Upon completion of the
Conversion, the Mutual Holding Company will cease to exist. Pursuant to The Plan
of Conversion,  shares  previously  held by the Mutual  Holding  Company will be
sold. The remaining shares will be sold in subscription and community offerings.
The  Conversion  is expected to be completed in the Fourth  Calendar  Quarter of
1997.

Pursuant  to  OTS  regulations,   certain  restrictions  will  be  imposed  upon
directors,  executive officers and their associates and the Company with respect
to stock purchases for a period following completion of the Conversion.


                                      F-41


<PAGE>


         No person has been  authorized to give any  information  or to make any
representations  in connection  with this offering other than those contained in
this   Prospectus   and,  if  given  or  made,   such  other   information   and
representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Holding
Company.  Neither the delivery of this  Prospectus  nor any sale made  hereunder
shall,  under any  circumstances,  create any implication that there has been no
change in the affairs of the Holding  Company  since the date hereof or that the
information  contained  herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.
This  Prospectus  does not constitute an offer to sell or a  solicitation  of an
offer to buy any  securities  other than the  registered  securities to which it
relates.  This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation
of an offer to buy such  securities in any  circumstances  or  jurisdictions  in
which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.

                    TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY......................................................1
HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC..................................1
HARBOR FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK..................................1
HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C......................................2
THE CONVERSION...............................................2
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA........................13
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS.........................................17
RISK FACTORS................................................20
HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.................................26
HARBOR FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK.................................27
HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.....................................29
HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.....................................29
USE OF PROCEEDS.............................................30
DIVIDEND POLICY.............................................30
MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK.....................................31
CAPITALIZATION..............................................32
CAPITALIZATION..............................................32
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CAPITAL COMPLIANCE.................36
PRO FORMA DATA..............................................38
HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.
 CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS..............43
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS..............45
BUSINESS OF HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.....................61
BUSINESS OF HARBOR FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK.....................63
REGULATION..................................................94
MANAGEMENT OF HARBOR FLORIDA...............................107
MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK.....................................108
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK.......................121
PROPOSED SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.125
THE CONVERSION.............................................126
COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS' RIGHTS.........................149
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE COMPANY.................149
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF HARBOR FLORIDA.............155
LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS......................................157
EXPERTS....................................................157
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS..................................158
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................................158

         Until  the   later  of   __________________1997,   or  25  days   after
commencement  of  the  Offering  all  dealers  effecting   transactions  in  the
registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be
required  to deliver a  prospectus.  This is in addition  to the  obligation  of
dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters  and with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions.



<PAGE>




                 PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

         Underwriting Fees and Expenses........................$793,500
         Legal Fees and Expenses................................160,000
         Printing, Postage and Mailing..........................260,000
         Accounting Fees and Expenses............................80,000
         Appraisal and Business Plan Fees and Expenses...........35,000
         Blue Sky Filing Fees and Expenses
          (including legal counsel)..............................10,000
         Federal Filing Fees (OTS and SEC).......................59,000
         Conversion Agent Fees...................................10,000
         Stock Certificates.......................................5,000
         Transfer Agent...........................................3,000
         Other Expenses..........................................50,000

         Total...............................................$1,465,500


Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Article VI of the Harbor  Florida's Bylaws sets forth  circumstances  under
which  directors,  officers,  employees  and agents may be  indemnified  against
liability which they may incur in their capacities as follows:

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                 Indemnification


     SECTION 1. Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees.

     The Corporation  shall  indemnify to the full extent  authorized by law any
Director or officer made or threatened to be made a party to an action,  suit or
proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative,  by reason
of the fact that he, his  testator or  intestate is or was a Director or officer
of the Corporation or is or was serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a
Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise.

     The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, indemnify
to the full extent authorized by law any employee or agent made or threatened to
be made a party to an  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  criminal,  civil,
administrative  or  investigative by reason of the fact that he, his testator or
intestate is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is



<PAGE>



or was  serving at the  request of the  Corporation  as an  employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

     SECTION 2. Expenses Advanced.

     Expenses  incurred  with respect to any claim,  action or proceeding of the
character, actual or threatened,  described in Section 1 of this Article VI, may
be advanced  by the  Corporation  prior to the final  disposition  thereof  upon
receipt of an undertaking by such person to repay the amount so advanced if and.
to the  extent  it  shall  ultimately  be  determined  by a court  of  competent
jurisdiction that he was not entitled to indemnification under this Bylaw.

     SECTION 3. Automatic Conformity to Law.

     The intention of this Bylaw is to provide indemnification with the broadest
and  most  inclusive  coverage  permitted  by law (a) at the  time of the act or
omission to be indemnified  against, or (b) so permitted at the time of carrying
out  such  indemnification,  whichever  of (a) or (b)  may be  broader  or  more
inclusive  and  permitted  by  law  to be  applicable.  If  the  indemnification
permitted by law at this present time,  or at any future time,  shall be broader
or more inclusive than the provisions of this Bylaw, then indemnification  shall
nevertheless  extend to the broadest and most inclusive  permitted by law at any
time and this Bylaw  shall be deemed to have been  amended  accordingly.  If any
provision  or portion of this  Article  shall be found,  in any action,  suit or
proceeding,  to be  invalid  or  ineffective,  the  validity  and  effect of the
remaining parts shall not be affected.


Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     Not applicable.

Item 16.  Exhibits:

     The exhibits  schedules filed as a part of this registration  statement are
as follows:

    1.1      Engagement Letter with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.

*   1.2      Agency Agreement with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.

    2.       Plan of Conversion

    3.1      Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Harbor  Florida  Bancorp,  Inc.
             (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3(a)  of the Registration
             Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 1996.


                                      II-2


<PAGE>



    3.2      Bylaws of Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc.(Incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit  3(b)  of  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form S-4 filed
             December 20, 1996.

*   4        Form of Stock Certificate of Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc.

*   5.1      Opinion of Peabody & Brown regarding legality of  securities  being
             registered

*   8.1      Federal Tax Opinion of  Peabody & Brown

*   8.2      Florida Tax Opinion of Dean,  Mead, Egerton, Bloodworth, Capouano &
             Bozarth, P.A.

    8.3      Opinion of RP Financial, LC  as to the value of subscription rights
             for tax purposes

*  10.1      Change in Control Agreements

    23.1     Consents of Peabody & Brown

    23.2     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP

    23.3     Consent of RP Financial, LC

    24       Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page)

*   99.1     Proposed Stock Order Form and Form of Certification

    99.2     Proxy Statement for Special Meeting of  Members of Harbor Financial
             M.H.C.

    99.3     Proxy  Statement  for  Special  Meeting  of  Stockholders of Harbor
             Florida Bancorp, Inc.

*   99.4     Miscellaneous Solicitation and Marketing Materials

*   99.5     Appraisal Report, without exhibits

*    To be filed by amendment.


                                      II-3


<PAGE>



Item 17.  Undertakings

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

          (1) To file, during any period in which it offers or sells securities,
     a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

               (i)  Include any prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of the
                    Securities Act of 1933 ("Securities Act").

               (ii) Reflect  in  the  prospectus  any  facts  or  events  which,
                    individually or together,  represent a fundamental change in
                    the    information    in   the    registration    statement.
                    Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  any increase or decrease in
                    volume of  securities  offered (if the total dollar value of
                    securities   offered   would  not  exceed   that  which  was
                    registered)  and any  deviation  from the low or high end of
                    the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the
                    form of  prospectus  filed with the  Commission  pursuant to
                    Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate,  the changes in volume and
                    price  represent  no more  than a 20  percent  change in the
                    maximum   aggregate   offering   price   set  forth  in  the
                    "Calculation  of  Registration  Fee" table in the  effective
                    registration statement.

               (iii)Include any  additional or changed  material  information on
                    the plan of distribution.

          (2) For  determining  liability  under the Securities  Act, treat each
     such  post-effective  amendment  as a new  registration  statement  of  the
     securities  offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be
     the initial bona fide offering.

          (3) File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of
     the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

          (4) The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes to provide to the
     underwriter  at  the  closing  specified  in  the  underwriting  agreement,
     certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required
     by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to  directors,  officers and  controlling  persons of the small
business issuer pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the small
business  issuer has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the  Securities  Act, and is  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event that a
claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other than the payment by
the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the small business issuer in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such


                                      II-4


<PAGE>



director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the  matter  has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.


                                      II-5


<PAGE>




                                   SIGNATURES

     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly authorized this  registration  statement to be signed on its
behalf by the  undersigned,  in the City of Ft.  Pierce,  State of  Florida,  on
October 3, 1997.

                                         HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.


                                      By:  /s/
                                         -------------------------------------
                                         Michael J. Brown, Sr.
                                         Director, President and Chief
                                         Executive Officer
                                         (Duly Authorized Representative)



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     We, the  undersigned  Directors  of Harbor  Florida  Bancorp,  Inc.  hereby
severally  constitute  and  appoint  Michael J. Brown,  Sr.,  with full power of
substitution,  our true and lawful  attorney and agent, to do any and all things
in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Michael J. Brown, Sr.,
may deem necessary or advisable to enable Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc. to comply
with the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and any rules,  regulations  and
requirements of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  in connection with the
registration  of  Harbor  Florida   Bancorp,   Inc.   common  stock,   including
specifically,  but not limited  to,  power and  authority  to sign for us in our
names in the capacities indicated below, the registration  statement and any and
all amendments  (including  post-effective  amendments)  thereto;  and we hereby
ratify and confirm all that said  Michael J. Brown,  Sr. shall do or cause to be
done by virtue thereof.


                                      II-6


<PAGE>



     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,  this
registration  statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates stated.


Signatures                        Title                             Date
- ----------                        -----                             ----

 /s/                                                                9/29/97
- -----------------------------     President, Chief Executive        -------
Michael J. Brown, Sr.             Officer and Director

 /s/                                                                9/29/97
- -----------------------------     Senior Vice President             -------
Don W. Bebber                     Chief Financial Officer

 /s/                              Chairman                          10/1/97
- -----------------------------                                       -------
Edward G. Enns

 /s/                              Vice Chairman                     10/2/97
- -----------------------------                                       -------
Bruce R. Abernethy, Sr.

 /s/                              Director                          9/29/97
- -----------------------------                                       -------
Richard N. Bird

 /s/                              Director                          9/29/97
- -----------------------------                                       -------
Richard B. Hellstrom

 /s/                              Director                          10/2/97
- -----------------------------                                       -------
Richard K. Davis

 /s/                              Director                          9/29/97
- -----------------------------                                       -------
Frank N. Fee III

<PAGE>

    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 3, 1997.
                                                       Registration No. 333-____

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



                                   ----------




                                    EXHIBITS
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



                                   ----------





                          Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)





                                                                     Exhibit 1.1

               [FRIEDMAN, BILLINGS, RAMSEY & CO. INC. LETTERHEAD]


September 8, 1997


Board of Directors
Attn: Michael J. Brown, Sr.
President & Chief Executive Officer
Harbor Federal Savings Bank
100 S. Second Street
Fort Pierce, FL 34950

RE: Reorganization and Plan of Conversion Marketing Services

Gentlemen:

This letter sets forth the terms of the proposed  engagement  between  Friedman,
Billings,  Ramsey and Co., Inc. ("FBR") and Harbor Federal Savings Bank ("Harbor
Federal"),  concerning our Investment  Banking  Services in connection  with the
Plan of Conversion and Plan of  Reorganization  (the "Plan") in connection  with
the  reorganization  of Harbor Federal Savings Bank and Harbor Florida  Bancorp,
Inc.  from the mutual  holding  company  format into the stock  holding  company
structure.

FBR is prepared to assist Harbor Federal in connection  with the offering of its
shares of common stock during the Subscription  Offering and Community  Offering
as such  terms are  defined  in the Plan.  The  specific  terms of the  services
contemplated hereunder shall be set forth in a definitive sales agency agreement
(the "Agreement") between FBR and Harbor Federal to be executed prior to mailing
of the  Offering  material.  The price of the  shares  during  the  Subscription
Offering and Community  Offering will be the price established by Harbor Federal
Board of  Directors,  based upon an  independent  appraisal  as  approved by the
appropriate regulatory  authorities,  provided such price is mutually acceptable
to FBR and Harbor Federal.

In connection with the Subscription  Offering and Community  Offering,  FBR will
render the following services:

         1.       Act as the Financial Advisor to Harbor Federal
         2.       Create marketing materials and formulate a marketing plan
         3.       Conduct training for all Directors and Employees
                  concerning the reorganization and stock offering
         4.       Manage Stock Center and staff with FBR personnel
         5.       Assist Harbor Federal and Attorneys with listing on
                  Nasdaq


<PAGE>

After the Offering,  FBR intends to become a Market Maker and continue  coverage
of Harbor Federal through after market support and research.

At the appropriate  time, FBR, in conjunction with its counsel,  will conduct an
examination of the relevant documents and records of Harbor Federal as FBR deems
necessary and appropriate.  Harbor Federal will make all documents,  records and
other information  deemed necessary by FBR or its counsel available to them upon
request.

For its services  hereunder,  FBR will receive the  following  compensation  and
reimbursement from Harbor Federal:

         1. A  management fee of  $50,000  payable as follows, $25,000  upon the
         signing of this letter and $25,000 upon  receiving  OTS approval of the
         Plan  Application.  Should  the Plan be  terminated  for any reason not
         attributable  to the action or inaction  of FBR,  FBR shall have earned
         and be  entitled  to be paid fees  accruing  through the stage at which
         point the termination occurred.

         2. A marketing fee of 0.75% of the aggregate  Purchase  Price of Common
         Stock  sold  in  the  Subscription  Offering  and  Community  Offering,
         excluding those shares purchased by Harbor Federal officers, directors,
         or employees (or members of their  immediate  families) or by any ESOP,
         charitable  foundation,   tax-qualified  or  stock  compensation  plans
         (except  IRA's) or similar plan  created by Harbor  Federal for some or
         all of its directors or employees.  The  management fee of $50,000 will
         be subtracted from the marketing fee.

         3. The  foregoing  commissions  are to be  payable to FBR at closing as
         defined in the  agreement  to be entered  into  between  FBR and Harbor
         Federal.

         4. FBR shall be  reimbursed  for allocable  expenses  incurred by them,
         including  legal  fees,  not to  exceed  $50,000,  whether  or not  the
         Agreement is consummated. These expenses shall not exceed $70,000.

It is further  understood that Harbor Federal will pay all other expenses of the
Plan including but not limited to its attorneys' fees, NASD filing fees,  filing
and  registration  fees and fees of  either  FBR's  attorneys  or the  attorneys
relating to any required state securities law filings,  telephone  charges,  air
freight,  supplies,  conversion  agent charges,  transfer  agent  charges,  fees
relating  to  auditing  and  accounting  and  costs of  printing  all  documents
necessary in connection with the foregoing.

For purpose of FBR's  obligation  to file certain  documents and to make certain
representations to the NASD in connection with the Plan, Harbor Federal warrants
that: (a) Harbor Federal has not privately placed any securities within the last
18 months;  (b) there have been no material  dealings  within the last 12 months
between  Harbor  Federal  and  any  NASD  member  or any  person  related  to or
associated with any such member; (c) none of the officers or directors of Harbor
Federal has any  affiliation  with the NASD; (d) except as  contemplated by this
engagement  letter with FBR,  Harbor  Federal  has no  financial  or  management
consulting  contracts  outstanding with any other person; (e) Harbor Federal has
not granted FBR a right of first refusal with respect to the underwriting of any
future offering of Harbor Federal stock;  and (f) there has been no intermediary
between FBR and Harbor Federal in connection

<PAGE>


with the  public  offering  of Harbor  Federal  shares,  and no  person is being
compensated in any manner for providing such services.

Harbor  Federal agrees to indemnify and hold harmless FBR and its affiliates (as
defined in Rule 405 under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended)  and their
respective directors,  officers,  employees, agents and controlling persons (FBR
and each such person being an "Indemnified  Party") from and against any and all
losses,  claims,  damages and  liabilities  (or actions,  including  shareholder
actions, in respect thereof),  joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party
may become  subject  under any  applicable  federal or state law, or  otherwise,
which are  related  to or result  from the  performance  by FBR of the  services
contemplated by, or the engagement of FBR pursuant to, this letter agreement and
will  promptly  reimburse  any  Indemnified  Party for all  reasonable  expenses
(including  reasonable  counsel  fees  and  expenses)  as they are  incurred  in
connection  with  the  investigation  of,  preparation  for or  defense  arising
therefrom,  whether or not such Indemnified  Party is a party and whether or not
such claim,  action or  proceeding  is initiated  or brought by Harbor  Federal.
Harbor Federal will not be liable to any  Indemnified  Party under the foregoing
indemnification  and  reimbursement  provisions,  (i) for any  settlement  by an
Indemnified  Party effected  without its prior written  consent;  or (ii) to the
extent that any loss, claim, damage or liability is found in a final judgment by
a court to have  resulted  primarily  from  FBR's  gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct. FBR shall repay to Harbor Federal any amounts paid by Harbor Federal
for  reimbursement  of FBR's and any Indemnified  Party's  expenses in the event
that such  expenses were incurred in relation to an act or omission with respect
to which it is finally determined that FBR has acted in gross negligence or with
willful  misconduct.  Harbor Federal also agrees that no Indemnified Party shall
have  any  liability  (whether  direct  or  indirect,  in  contract  or  tort or
otherwise) to Harbor Federal or its security holders or creditors  related to or
arising out of the  engagement of FBR pursuant to, or the  performance by FBR of
the services  contemplated  by, this letter  agreement except to the extent that
any loss, claim,  damage or liability is found in a final judgment by a court to
have resulted primarily from FBR's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Promptly  after  receipt by an  Indemnified  Party of notice of any intention or
threat to commence an action,  suit or proceeding or notice of the  commencement
of any action,  suit or proceeding,  such Indemnified  Party will, if a claim in
respect thereof is to be made against Harbor Federal pursuant  hereto,  promptly
notify Harbor Federal in writing of the same. In case any such action is brought
against any Indemnified Party and such Indemnified Party notifies Harbor Federal
of the  commencement  thereof,  Harbor  Federal  may elect to assume the defense
thereof, with counsel reasonably  satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and an
Indemnified  Party may retain  counsel to participate in the defense of any such
action; provided,  however, that in no event shall Harbor Federal be required to
pay  fees  and  expenses  for  more  than  one  firm of  attorneys  representing
Indemnified Parties.

If the  indemnification  provided for in this letter agreement is for any reason
held unenforceable by an Indemnified Party,  Harbor Federal agrees to contribute
to the losses, claims, damages and liabilities for which such indemnification is
held  unenforceable  (i) in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to reflect the
relative benefits to Harbor Federal, on the one hand, and FBR on the other hand,
(ii) if (but  only if) the  allocation  provided  for in  clause  (i) is for any
reason  unenforceable,  in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only
the relative  benefits referred to tin clause (i) but also the relative fault of
Harbor  Federal,  on the one hand,  and FBR, on the other  hand,  as well as any
other relevant equitable considerations.  Each of the parties hereto (on its own
behalf  and,  to the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  on  behalf of its
stockholders)  waives all right to trial by jury in any  action,  proceeding  or

<PAGE>


counteraction  (whether based upon contract, or otherwise) related to or arising
out of our  engagement  pursuant  to, or the  performance  by us of the services
contemplated by, this Letter Agreement.

This letter is merely a statement of intent and is not a binding legal agreement
except as to the compensation and  reimbursement  paragraphs  numbered 1-4 above
and the  indemnity  described  above.  While  FBR and  Harbor  Federal  agree in
principle to the  contents  hereof and the purpose to proceed  promptly,  and in
good faith, to work out the arrangements with respect to the proposed  offering,
and legal obligations  between FBR and Harbor Federal shall be only as set forth
in a duly executed Agreement. The indemnification provision described above will
be superseded by the indemnification provisions of the Agreement entered into by
Harbor  Federal  and FBR.  Such  Agreement  shall  be in the  form  and  content
satisfactory  to, among other  things,  there being in FBR's opinion no material
adverse  change in the condition or  obligations  of Harbor Federal or no market
conditions  which might render the sale of the shares by Harbor  Federal  hereby
contemplated inadvisable.

The  validity and  interpretation  of this  Agreement  shall be governed by, and
construed  and enforced in  accordance  with,  the laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Virginia (excluding the conflicts of laws rules).

Please  acknowledge  your  agreement  to the  foregoing  by  signing  below  and
returning to FBR one copy of this letter  along with a payment of $25,000.  This
proposal  is open for your acceptance  for a period of thirty (30) days from the
date hereof.


Very truly yours,

/s/ J. Rock Tonkel, Jr.                                /s/ Richard A. Buckner

By: J. Rock Tonkel, Jr.                                    Richard A. Buckner
Title: Managing Director                                   Senior Vice President

Date: September 8, 1997



Agreed and Accepted to this 10th day of September, 1997.

Harbor Federal Savings Bank


By: Michael Brown
Title: President





                                                                      Exhibit 2



                               PLAN OF CONVERSION
                                       of
                            HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.
                                       and
                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
                                     between
                            HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.
                                       and
                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.

                               SEPTEMBER 24, 1997


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
1.   INTRODUCTION.........................................................   1
2.   DEFINITIONS..........................................................   3
3.   GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION.....................................   10
4.   TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF
         CONVERSION STOCK.................................................   11
5.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS
        (FIRST PRIORITY)..................................................   13
6.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF THE TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE
        STOCK BENEFIT PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY).............................   15
7.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT
        HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)..........................................   15
8.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)...............   16
9.   PUBLIC STOCKHOLDERS OFFERING.........................................   16
10. COMMUNITY OFFERING AND OTHER OFFERINGS................................   17
11. LIMITATIONS ON SUBSCRIPTIONS AND PURCHASES OF
       CONVERSION STOCK...................................................   18
12. TIMING OF SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING., MANNER OF EXERCISING
       SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AND ORDER FORMS................................   20
13. PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK..........................................   23
14. ACCOUNTHOLDERS IN NONQUALIFIED STATES OR FOREIGN
       COUNTRIES..........................................................   24
15. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS.........................................   24
16. LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT...................................................   25
17. TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS..........................................   26
18. REQUIREMENTS FOLLOWING CONVERSION FOR REGISTRATION,
       MARKET MAKING AND STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING...........................   27
19. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE BANK....................................   27
20. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
       FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION...........................................   27
21. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF STOCK.....................................   27
22. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF STOCK OF THE HOLDING COMPANY...........   28
23. TAX RULINGS OR OPTIONS................................................   29
24. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS..............................................   29
25. DIVIDEND AND REPURCHASE RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK.........................   29
26. PAYMENT OF FEES TO BROKERS............................................   30
27. EFFECTIVE DATE........................................................   30
28. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN..................................   30
29. INTERPRETATION OF THE PLAN............................................   31
ANNEX A - PLAN OF MERGER BETWEEN THE MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY
       AND THE HOLDING COMPANY............................................   A-1


                                       i

<PAGE>



1.   INTRODUCTION

     For  purposes  of this  section,  all  capitalized  terms have the  meaning
ascribed to them in Section 2.

     On January 6, 1994,  Harbor  Federal  Savings  Bank, a federally  chartered
mutual savings  institution  reorganized into the mutual holding company form of
organization and consummated a sale of stock to its members.  To accomplish this
transaction,  the Bank organized a federally chartered,  stock savings bank as a
wholly owned subsidiary.  The mutual Bank then transferred  substantially all of
its assets and liabilities to the stock Bank in exchange for 4,894,200 shares of
Bank Common Stock,  and  reorganized  itself into a federally  chartered  mutual
holding company known as Harbor  Financial,  M.H.C. and sold 2,239,831 shares of
Bank Common Stock to  directors,  employees and members of the Bank. On June 25,
1997,  the Bank  completed  a  reorganization  in which the Bank became a wholly
owned  subsidiary of a stock middle tier holding company known as Harbor Florida
Bancorp, Inc. ("Holding Company").  Shareholders of the Bank became, as a result
of the  reorganization,  shareholders  of the Holding  Company.  As of, June 30,
1997, the Mutual Holding Company and the Public Stockholders own an aggregate of
53.4 and 46.6% of the outstanding Holding Company Common Stock, respectively.

     The Boards of  Directors  of the Mutual  Holding  Company  and the  Holding
Company  believe that a conversion of the Mutual  Holding  Company to stock form
pursuant  to this Plan of  Conversion  is in the best  interests  of the  Mutual
Holding Company and the Bank, as well as the best interests of their  respective
Members and Stockholders.  The Boards of Directors  determined that this Plan of
Conversion  equitably provides for the interests of Members through the granting
of  subscription  rights and the  establishment  of a liquidation  account.  The
Conversion will result in the raising of additional capital for the Bank and the
Holding  Company and should  result in a more  active and liquid  market for the
Holding  Company  Common Stock than currently  exists,  although there can be no
assurances  that this will be the case. The Conversion is designed to enable the
Bank and  Holding  Company  to compete  more  effectively  in a market  which is
undergoing consolidation.

     If the Bank had undertaken a standard conversion involving the formation of
a stock holding company in 1994,  applicable OTS regulations would have required
a greater  amount of Bank Common Stock to be sold than resulted in the amount of
net proceeds  raised in the Bank's initial public  offering  undertaken with the
mutual holding company reorganization. In addition, if a standard conversion had
been conducted in 1994,  management of the Bank believes that it would have been
difficult to profitably invest the larger amount of capital that would have been
raised, when compared to the amount of net proceeds raised in the Bank's initial
public  offering.  A standard  conversion  in 1994 also  would have  immediately
eliminated  all aspects of the mutual form of  organization  and  possibly  have
subjected the Association to


                                       1


<PAGE>



greater interference from stockholders and from an unwanted acquisition or other
change in control of the Bank.

     Subsequent to the formation of the Mutual Holding Company,  there have been
certain changes in the policies of the OTS relating to mutual holding companies.
In addition,  market conditions for the stocks of savings institutions and their
holding  companies  have  improved.  The Bank and the Holding  Company have also
gained experience in being a company required to meet the filing requirements of
the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and in conducting  stockholder  meetings
and other stockholder  matters,  such as  communications,  press releases,  NASD
matters  and  dividend  payments.  In  light of the  foregoing,  the  Boards  of
Directors of the Mutual Holding  Company and the Holding Company believe that it
is in the best  interests of such  companies  and their  respective  Members and
Stockholders to reorganize into the stock form of organization at this time, and
that the most feasible way to do so is through the Conversion and Merger.

     The Bank formed the Holding  Company  which became the holding  company for
the Bank pursuant to a reorganization  completed in June of 1997. In the current
transaction, as described in more detail herein, the Mutual Holding Company will
convert to an interim federal stock savings  association and will simultaneously
merge with and into the Holding Company  pursuant to the Plan of Merger included
as Annex A hereto,  pursuant to which the Mutual  Holding  Company will cease to
exist and a liquidation account will be established for the benefit of depositor
Members as of  specified  dates.  Stock of the  Holding  Company  held by Public
Shareholders  shall  be  automatically  converted  into  the  right  to  receive
additional  shares of Holding  Company  stock based on a  Distribution  Exchange
Ratio plus cash in lieu of any fractional share interest.

     In connection with the Conversion, the Holding Company will offer shares of
Conversion Stock in the Offerings as provided herein. Shares of Conversion Stock
will be offered in a  Subscription  Offering in descending  order of priority to
Eligible   Account   Holders,   Tax-Qualified   Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plans,
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  Other Members and Public  Stockholders.
Any shares of Conversion Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription  Offering
will  be  offered  for  sale to the  public  through  a  Community  Offering  as
determined by the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company.

     The  Conversion  is intended to provide  support to the Bank's  lending and
investment  activities and thereby enhance the Bank's  capabilities to serve the
borrowing and other financial needs of the communities it serves.

     This Plan was  adopted by the  Boards of  Directors  of the Mutual  Holding
Company, the Holding Company and the Bank on September 24, 1997.


                                       2


<PAGE>



     This Plan is subject to the  approval of the OTS and must be adopted by (1)
at least a majority of the total  number of votes  eligible to be cast by Voting
Members of the Mutual Holding  Company at the Special Meeting and (2) holders of
at least  two-thirds  of the  outstanding  Holding  Company  Common Stock at the
Stockholders'  Meeting.  In addition,  the Primary parties have  conditioned the
consummation  of the  Conversion  on the  approval  of the  Plan  by at  least a
majority of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, by the Public Stockholders at
the Stockholders' Meeting.

     After the Conversion, the Bank will continue to be regulated by the OTS, as
its chartering authority, and by the FDIC, which insures the Bank's deposits. In
addition,  the Bank will  continue to be a member of the Federal  Home Loan Bank
System, and all insured savings deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC
up to the maximum provided by law.

2.   DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meaning:

     Actual  Purchase  Price  means the price per share at which the  Conversion
Stock is ultimately  sold by the Holding  Company in the Offerings in accordance
with the terms hereof.

     Affiliate means a Person who,  directly or indirectly,  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls or is  controlled  by or is under common  control with
Person specified.

     Associate,  when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i)
a corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company,  the Bank,
a  majority-owned  subsidiary of the Bank or the Holding  Company) of which such
Person is a  director,  officer or partner or is,  directly or  indirectly,  the
beneficial  owner of 10% or more of any  class of  equity  securities,  (ii) any
trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest
or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity,
provided,  however, that such term shall not include any Tax-Qualified  Employee
Stock Benefit Plan of the Holding Company or the Bank in which such Person has a
substantial  beneficial  interest  or  serves  as a.  trustee  or  in a  similar
fiduciary  capacity,  and (iii) any  relative or spouse of such  Person,  or any
relative  of such  spouse,  who has the  same  home as such  Person  or who is a
director  or  officer  of  the a  Holding  Company  or  the  Bank  or any of the
subsidiaries of the foregoing.

     Bank  means  Harbor  Federal  Savings  Bank in its  mutual or stock form or
Harbor Federal Savings Bank following  consummation  of the  Conversion,  as the
context of the reference indicates.

     Bank Common Stock means the common  stock of the Bank,  par value $1.00 per
share,  which  stock  is not and will not be  insured  by the FDIC or any  other
governmental authority.


                                       3


<PAGE>



     Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     Community  Offering  means the offering for sale by the Holding  Company of
any shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the  Subscription  Offering
to (i)  natural  persons  residing in the Local  Community,  and (ii) such other
Persons within or without the State of Florida as may be selected by the Holding
Company within its sole discretion.

     Control  (including the terms  "controlling,"  "controlled  by," and "under
common control with") means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power
to direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  and policies of a Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

     Conversion  means (i) the  conversion of the Mutual  Holding  Company to an
interim federal stock savings association and the subsequent merger, pursuant to
which the Mutual Holding  Company will cease to exist,  and (ii) the issuance of
Conversion  Stock by the Holding  Company in the  Offerings as provided  herein,
which will  increase  the  number of shares of a Holding  Company  Common  Stock
outstanding  (subject  to  approval  by Holding  Company  Shareholders)  and the
capitalization of the Holding Company and the Bank.

     Conversion  Stock means the Holding  Company  Common Stock to be issued and
sold in the Offerings pursuant to the Plan of Conversion.

     Deposit  Account  means  savings and demand  accounts,  including  passbook
accounts,  money market  deposit  accounts and  negotiable  order of  withdrawal
accounts,  and certificates of deposit and other authorized accounts of the Bank
held by a Member.

     Director,  Officer and Employee means the terms as applied  respectively to
any person who is a director. officer or employee of the Mutual Holding Company,
the Bank, the Holding Company or any subsidiary thereof.

     Distribution  Exchange  Ratio means the rate at which shares of the Holding
Company held by the Public Stockholders will be increased in connection with the
Holding Company Merger. The exact rate shall be determined by the Mutual Holding
Company and the Holding Company in order to ensure that upon consummation of the
Conversion the Public  Stockholders will own in the aggregate  approximately the
same  percentage  of the Holding  Company  Common Stock to be  outstanding  upon
completion of the Conversion as the  percentage of Holding  Company Common Stock
owned by them in the  aggregate on the Effective  Date,  before giving effect to
(a) cash paid in lieu of any  fractional  interests  of Holding  Company  Common
Stock  and  (b)  any  shares  of  Conversion   Stock  purchased  by  the  Public
Stockholders  in the  Offerings or  tax-qualified  employee  stock benefit plans
thereafter.


                                      4


<PAGE>



     Distribution Exchange Shares means the additional shares of Holding Company
Common  Stock to be issued to the Public  Stockholders  in  connection  with the
Holding Company Merger with the MHC.

     Eligible  Account Holder means any Person  holding a Qualifying  Deposit on
the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining  subscription rights and
establishing  subaccount  balances in the liquidation  account to be established
pursuant to the provision herein.

     Eligibility Record Date means the date for determining  Qualifying Deposits
of Eligible Account Holders and is the close of business on July 31, 1996.

     Estimated Price Range means the range of the estimated  aggregate pro forma
market  value  of  the  Conversion  Stock  to be  issued  in the  Offerings,  as
determined by the Independent Appraiser in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

     FDIC means the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or any  successor
thereto.

     Holding Company means Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc., a corporation organized
under  the laws of the  State of  Delaware.  Upon  completion  of the June  1997
Reorganization, the Holding Company held all of the outstanding capital stock of
the Bank.

     Holding Company Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Holding Company,
par value  $0.01 per share,  which  stock  cannot and will not be insured by the
FDIC or any other governmental authority.

     Independent Appraiser means the independent investment banking or financial
consulting  firm  retained  by the  Holding  Company  and the Bank to prepare an
appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock.

     Initial  Purchase  Price means the price per share to be paid  initially by
Participants  for shares of Conversion  Stock subscribed for in the Subscription
Offering and by Persons for shares of Conversion  Stock ordered in the Community
Offering.

     Interim means an interim federal stock savings  association,  which will be
formed as a result of the conversion of Harbor Financial,  M.H.C. into the stock
form of organization.

     Local Community means all counties in which the Bank has its home office or
a branch office.

     Member  means  any  Person  qualifying  as a member of the  Mutual  Holding
Company in  accordance  with its mutual  charter  and bylaws and the laws of the
United States.


                                       5


<PAGE>



     MHC Merger  means the merger of Interim  with and into the Holding  Company
pursuant to the Plan of Merger included as Annex A hereto.

     Mid-Tier  Holding Company - Harbor Florida Bancorp,  or Holding Company,  a
Delaware  chartered  corporation  which owns 100% of the common  stock of Harbor
Federal Savings Bank.

     Mutual Holding Company means Harbor Financial, M.H.C. (an owner of 53.4% of
the  common  stock of Holding  Company)  prior to the MHC's  conversion  into an
interim federal stock savings association.

     Offerings means the Subscription Offering, the Public Stockholders Offering
and the Community Offering.

     Officer  means  the  president,  all  senior  vice-presidents,   secretary,
treasurer or principal  financial officer,  comptroller or principal  accounting
officer and any other person  performing  similar  functions with respect to any
organization whether incorporated or unincorporated.

     Order  Form  means  the  form or forms  provided  by the  Holding  Company,
containing all such terms and  provisions as set forth herein,  to a Participant
or other Person by which Conversion Stock may be ordered in the Offerings.

     Other Member means a Voting Member who is not an Eligible Account Holder or
a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

     OTS means the Office of Thrift Supervision or any successor thereto.

     Participant means any Eligible Account Holder, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock
Benefit Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and Other Member.

     Person means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a
joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated  organization or a government or
any political subdivision thereof.

     Plan of Conversion and Plan of Merger means this Plan of Conversion and the
Plan of Merger as  adopted  by the Boards of  Directors  of the  Mutual  Holding
Company,  the Holding Company, and the Bank and any amendment hereto approved as
provided herein.  The Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall adopt this
Plan as soon as practicable following its organization.


                                      6


<PAGE>



     Primary Parties means the Mutual Holding Company,  the Holding Company, and
the Bank.

     Prospectus  means  the one or more  documents  to be used in  offering  the
Conversion Stock in the Offerings.

     Public Stockholders mean those Persons who own shares of Bank Common Stock,
excluding the Mutual Holding Company, as of the Stockholder Voting Record Date.

     Public  Stockholders  Offering  means the  offering for sale by the Holding
Company of any shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription
Offering  to Public  Stockholders,  at the sole  discretion  of the bank and the
Holding Company.

     Qualifying  Deposit means the aggregate  balance of all Deposit Accounts in
the Bank of (i) an  Eligible  Account  Holder  at the close of  business  on the
Eligibility  Record Date,  provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50,
and (ii) a Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the
Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date,  provided such aggregate  balance is not
less than $50.

     Resident means any person who, on the date  designated for that category of
subscriber  in the Plan,  maintained  a bona  fide  residence  within  the Local
Community . The  designated  dates for Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are July 31, 1996, September 30, 1997
and  __________________,  1997,  respectively.  To the  extent  the  person is a
corporation  or other  business  entity,  the  principal  place of  business  or
headquarters shall be within the Local Community.  To the extent the person is a
personal  benefit plan, the  circumstances  of the beneficiary  shall apply with
respect  to  this   definition.   In  the  case  of  all  other  benefit  plans,
circumstances  of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition.
The Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence  provided to
it to make a determination as to whether a person is a bona fide resident of the
Local Community.  Subscribers in the Community  Offering who are natural persons
will have a purchase preference if they were residents of the Local Community on
the date of the Prospectus.  In all cases,  however, such determination shall be
in the sole discretion of the Bank and Holding Company.

     SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Special  Meeting means the Special Meeting of Members of the Mutual Holding
Company and Public  Stockholders  called for the purpose of submitting this Plan
to the Members for their approval, and matters related to stockholders including
any adjournments of such meeting.


                                       7


<PAGE>



     Stockholders  means those  Persons  who own shares of the  Holding  Company
Common Stock.

     Stockholders'  Meeting means the annual or special  meeting of Stockholders
of the Holding  Company  called for the purpose of  submitting  this Plan to the
Stockholders for their approval, including any adjournments of such meeting.

     Stockholder  Voting Record Date means the date for  determining  the Public
Stockholders of the Bank eligible to vote at the Stockholders' Meeting.

     Subscription  Offering  means  the  offering  of the  Conversion  Stock  to
Participants.

     Subscription   Rights  means   nontransferable   rights  to  subscribe  for
Conversion Stock granted to Participants pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

     Supplemental Eligible Account Holder means any Person and their Associates.
holding a  Qualifying  Deposit  at the  close of  business  on the  Supplemental
Eligibility Record Date.

     Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, if  applicable,  means the date for
determining  Qualifying  Deposits of Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders and
shall be required if the Eligibility Record Date is more than 15 months prior to
the date of the latest  amendment to the Application for Conversion filed by the
Mutual  Holding  Company  prior to approval of such  application  by the OTS. If
applicable,  the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date shall be the last day of
the calendar  quarter  preceding OTS approval of the  Application for Conversion
submitted by the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to this Plan of Conversion.

     Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan means any defined benefit plan or
defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus
plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which is established for the benefit of
the  employees of the Holding  Company and the Bank and which,  with its related
trust, meets the requirements to be "qualified" under Section 401 of the Code as
from time to time in effect. A  "Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan"
is any defined benefit plan or defined  contribution stock benefit plan which is
not so qualified.

     Voting  Member  means a Person who at the close of  business  on the Voting
Record  Date is entitled  to vote as a Member of the Mutual  Holding  Company in
accordance with its mutual charter and bylaws.

     Voting Record Date means the date or dates for  determining the eligibility
of Members to vote at the Special Meeting


                                       8


<PAGE>



3.   GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION

     A. An application for the Conversion,  including the Plan of Conversion and
all other  requisite  material  (the  "Application  for  Conversion"),  shall be
submitted to the OTS for approval.  The Mutual  Holding  Company and the Holding
Company  also will  cause  notice of the  adoption  of the Plan by the Boards of
Directors of the Mutual Holding  Company and the Holding  Company to be given by
publication in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which
an office of the Bank is located;  and will cause  copies of the Plan to be made
available  at each  office  of the  Mutual  Holding  Company  and the  Bank  for
inspection by Members and Stockholders.  The Mutual Holding Company and the Bank
will post the notice of the filing of the  Application for Conversion in each of
their  offices  and will again cause to be  published,  in  accordance  with the
requirements  of applicable  regulations of the OTS, a notice of the filing with
the OTS of an application  to convert the Mutual Holding  Company from mutual to
stock form.

     B. Promptly  following receipt of requisite  approval of the OTS, this Plan
will be  submitted  to the Members for their  consideration  and approval at the
Special  Meeting.  The Mutual  Holding  Company may, at its option,  mail to all
Members as of the Voting Record Date,  at their last known address  appearing on
the  records of the Mutual  Holding  Company and the  Holding  Company,  a proxy
statement  in either  long or  summary  form  describing  the Plan which will be
submitted to a vote of the Members at the Special  Meeting.  The Holding Company
also shall mail to all such  Members  (as well as other  Participants)  either a
Prospectus  and Order  Form for the  purchase  of  Conversion  Stock or a letter
informing  them of their  right to  receive a  Prospectus  and Order  Form and a
postage  prepaid  card to request  such  materials,  subject  to the  provisions
herein. The Plan must be approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority
of the  total  number of votes  eligible  to be cast by  Voting  Members  at the
Special Meeting.

     C.  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  shares of  Conversion  Stock will be
issued  without  payment  therefor to Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members.

     D. The Holding Company shall file preliminary  proxy materials with the OTS
and SEC in order to seek the approval of the Plan by its Stockholders.  Promptly
following  clearance  of  such  proxy  materials  by the OTS and the SEC and the
receipt of any other  requisite  approval of the OTS,  the Holding  Company will
mail definitive proxy materials to all Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting
Record Date, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Holding
Company,  for their consideration and approval of this Plan at the Stockholders'
Meeting.  The Plan must be approved by the holders of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding  Holding  Company  Common  Stock as of the Voting  Record  Date.  In
addition,   the  Primary  Parties  have  conditioned  the  consummation  of  the
Conversion on the approval of


                                        9


<PAGE>



the Plan by at least a majority of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, by the
Public   Stockholders  as  of  the   Stockholder   Voting  Record  Date  at  the
Stockholders' Meeting.

     E. The  Conversion  Stock shall be first offered for sale in a Subscription
Offering to Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit
Plans,   Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holders  and  Other  Members.  It  is
anticipated  that any shares of  Conversion  Stock  remaining  unsold  after the
Subscription  Offering  will be  sold  first  through  the  Public  Stockholders
Offering and then through a Community Offering Community. The purchase price per
share for the Conversion Stock shall be a uniform price determined in accordance
with the provisions  herein. The Holding Company shall contribute to the Bank an
amount of the net  proceeds  received  by the Holding  Company  from the sale of
Conversion  Stock as shall be  determined  by the  Boards  of  Directors  of the
Holding Company, and the Bank and as shall be approved by the OTS.

     F. The  Effective  Date of the  Conversion  shall be the date set  forth in
Section 27 hereof.  Upon the effective  date, the following  transactions  shall
occur:

          (i) The Mutual Holding  Company shall convert into an interim  federal
     stock savings association,  Interim, and Interim shall simultaneously merge
     with and into the  Holding  Company  in the MHC  Merger,  with the  Holding
     Company being the surviving institution. As a result of the MHC Merger, (a)
     the shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock  currently  held by the Mutual
     Holding  Company  shall be canceled  and (b) Members of the Mutual  Holding
     Company  will  be  granted  interests  in  the  liquidation  account  to be
     established pursuant to Section 16 hereof.

          (ii)  The  Holding  Company  shall  sell the  Conversion  Stock in the
     Offerings, as provided herein.

     G. The Primary parties may retain and pay for the services of financial and
other  advisors and investment  bankers to assist in connection  with any or all
aspects of the  Conversion,  including in  connection  with the  Offerings,  the
payment of fees to brokers  and  investment  bankers  for  assisting  Persons in
completing  and/or  submitting  Order Forms. All fees,  expenses,  retainers and
similar items shall be reasonable.

4.   TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF CONVERSION STOCK

     A. The aggregate price at which shares of Conversion Stock shall be sold in
the Offerings  shall be based on a pro forma  valuation of the aggregate  market
value  of the  Conversion  Stock  prepared  by the  Independent  Appraiser.  The
valuation  shall be based  on  financial  information  relating  to the  Primary
Parties,  market, financial and economic conditions, a comparison of the Primary
Parties with selected publicly held financial


                                       10


<PAGE>



institutions and holding  companies and with comparable  financial  institutions
and holding  companies and such other factors as the  Independent  Appraiser may
deem to be  important.  The  valuation  shall be stated in terms of an Estimated
Price Range,  the maximum of which shall generally be no more than 15% above the
average of the  minimum and maximum of such price range and the minimum of which
shall  generally be no more than 15% below such average.  The valuation shall be
updated during the Conversion as market and financial  conditions warrant and as
may be required by the OTS.

     B. Based upon the  independent  valuation,  the Boards of  Directors of the
Primary  Parties shall fix the Initial  Purchase Price and the number (or range)
of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  ("Offering  Range")  to  be  offered  in  the
Subscription  Offering,  Public Stockholders Offering and Community Offering, if
applicable.  The  Actual  Purchase  Price  and the  total  number  of  shares of
Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offerings shall be determined by the Boards
of  Directors  of the  Primary  Parties  upon  conclusion  of the  Offerings  in
consultation  with  the  Independent  Appraiser  and any  financial  advisor  or
investment banker retained by the Primary Parties in connection therewith.

     C.  Subject to the approval of the OTS,  the  Estimated  Price Range may be
increased or  decreased to reflect  market,  financial  and economic  conditions
prior to completion of the Conversion,  and under such circumstances the Primary
Parties may  correspondingly  increase or decrease the total number of shares of
Conversion  Stock to be issued in the  Conversion  to reflect  any such  change.
Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary   contained   in  this  Plan,   no
resolicitation  of subscribers  shall be required and  subscribers  shall not be
permitted to modify or cancel their subscriptions unless the gross proceeds from
the sale of the  Conversion  Stock  issued in the  Conversion  are less than the
minimum or (excluding purchases,  if any, by the Holding Company's Tax-Qualified
Employee  Stock Benefit  Plans) more than 15% above the maximum of the Estimated
Price  Range set forth in the  Prospectus.  In the event of an  increase  in the
total  number of shares  offered in the  Conversion  due to an  increase  in the
Estimated Price Range, the priority of share allocation shall be as set forth in
this Plan, provided,  however, that such priority will have no effect whatsoever
on the ability of the Tax  Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit Plans to purchase
additional shares pursuant to Section 4.D.

     D. (i) In the event that  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit Plans are
unable to purchase  the number of shares  subscribed  for by such  Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans due to an oversubscription for shares of Conversion
Stock pursuant to Section 5 hereof,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans
may purchase from the Holding  Company,  and the Holding Company may sell to the
Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans, such additional shares ("Additional
Shares") of Holding Company Common Stock necessary to fill the  subscriptions of
the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans,  provided that such Additional
Shares  may not exceed 10% of the total  numbers of shares of  Conversion  Stock
sold in the Conversion.  The sale of Additional Shares, if necessary, will occur
contemporaneously  with the sale of the Conversion Stock. The sale of Additional
Shares to


                                       11


<PAGE>



Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans by the Holding Company is conditioned
upon receipt by the Holding Company of a letter from the  Independent  Appraiser
to the effect that such sale would not have a material  effect on the Conversion
or the Actual  Purchase  Price and the  approval of the OTS.  The ability of the
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock Benefit Plans to purchase up to an additional 10%
of the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock sold in the Conversion  shall
not  be  affected  or  limited  in any  manner  by the  priorities  or  purchase
limitations otherwise set forth in this Plan of Conversion.

     (ii)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this Plan, if
the final valuation of the Conversion Stock exceeds the maximum of the Estimated
Price Range, up to 10% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock sold in
the Conversion may be sold to Tax-Qualified Stock Benefit Plans prior to filling
any  other  orders  for  Conversion  Stock  from  such  shares  in excess of the
Estimated Price Range.

5.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

     A.  Each  Eligible   Account   Holder  shall  receive,   without   payment,
nontransferable  subscription  rights  equal to the  greater of (i) the  maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering, (ii) one-tenth of 1%
of the  total  offering  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  in the  Subscription
Offering, and (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number)
obtained by multiplying  the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock offered
in the Subscription Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount
of the Qualifying  Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is
the total amount of all  Qualifying  Deposits of all Eligible  Account  Holders,
subject to Section 14 hereof.

     B. In the  event of an  oversubscription  for  shares of  Conversion  Stock
pursuant to the provisions  herein,  available  shares shall be allocated  among
subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit, to the extent possible, to
purchase a number of shares which will make his or her total allocation equal to
the lesser of the number of shares  subscribed for or 100 shares.  Any available
shares  remaining  after  each  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holder  has been
allocated  the  lesser  of the  number  subscribed  for or 100  shares  shall be
allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders in the proportion which
the Qualifying Deposit of each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder bears to
the total Qualifying Deposits of all such subscribing  Eligible Account Holders,
provided  that no  fractional  shares  shall be issued.  Subscription  Rights of
Eligible Account Holders who are also Directors or Officers and their Associates
shall be subordinated  to those of other Eligible  Account Holders to the extent
that they are  attributable  to increased  deposits  during the one-year  period
preceding the Eligibility Record Date.


                                       12


<PAGE>



6.   SUBSCRIPTION  RIGHTS OF THE  TAX-QUALIFIED  EMPLOYEE  STOCK  BENEFIT  PLANS
     (SECOND PRIORITY)

     Notwithstanding  the purchase  limitations  discussed below,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Holding  Company and the Bank shall receive,
without  payment,   nontransferable  Subscription  Rights  to  purchase  in  the
aggregate  up to  10% of the  Conversion  Stock,  including  first  priority  to
purchase  any shares of  Conversion  Stock to be issued in the  Conversion  as a
result of an increase in the  Estimated  Price Range after  commencement  of the
Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion. Consistent with
applicable  laws  and  regulations  and  policies  and  practices  of  the  OTS,
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit Plans may use funds  contributed  by the
Holding  Company  or the Bank  and/or  borrowed  from an  independent  financial
institution to exercise such  Subscription  Rights,  and the Holding Company and
the Bank may make scheduled discretionary  contributions thereto,  provided that
such  contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet
any applicable regulatory capital requirement.

7.   SUBSCRIPTION  RIGHTS  OF  SUPPLEMENTAL   ELIGIBLE  ACCOUNT  HOLDERS  (THIRD
     PRIORITY)

     A. In the event  that the  Eligibility  Record  Date is more than 15 months
prior to the date of the latest  amendment  to the  Application  for  Conversion
filed  prior to OTS  approval,  then,  and only in that  event,  a  Supplemental
Eligibility  Record  Date shall be set and each  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder, shall, subject to the further limitations of Section 11 hereof, receive,
without  payment,  nontransferable  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  up to the
greater of (i) the maximum  purchase  limitation  established  for the Community
Offering,  (ii)  one-tenth of 1% of the total  offering of shares of  Conversion
Stock in the Subscription Offering, and (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down
to the next whole number)  obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of
Conversion  Stock offered in the Subscription  Offering by a fraction,  of which
the  numerator  is the amount of the  Qualifying  Deposits  of the  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of all
Qualifying  Deposits of all Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders,  subject to
Section  14  hereof  and the  availability  of shares  of  Conversion  Stock for
purchase after taking into account the shares of Conversion  Stock  purchased by
Eligible Account Holders and  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans though
the exercise of Subscription Rights under Sections 5 and 6 hereof.

     B. In the event of an  oversubscription  for  shares of  Conversion  Stock,
available  shares shall be allocated  among  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders so as to permit each  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder,  to
the extent  possible,  to purchase a number of shares  which will make his total
allocation  equal to the  lesser of the number of shares  subscribed  for or 100
shares.  Any available  shares  remaining  after each  subscribing  Supplemental
Eligible  Account Holder has been allocated the lesser of the number  subscribed


                                       13


<PAGE>



for or 100 shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders in the  proportion  which the  Qualifying  Deposit of each such
subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder bears to the total Qualifying
Deposits of all such subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, provided
that no fractional shares shall be issued.

8.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

     A. Each Other  Member,  as of the Voting  Record  Date  ("Other  Members"),
shall, subject to the further limitations of Section 11, hereof, receive without
payment,  Subscription  Rights to  purchase up to the greater of (i) the maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering and (ii) one-tenth of
1% of the  total  offering  of shares of  Conversion  Stock in the  Subscription
Offering,  in each case  subject to Section  14 hereof and the  availability  of
shares of Conversion  Stock for purchase after taking into account the shares of
Conversion Stock purchased by Eligible Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Stock Benefit Plans, and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, if any, through
the exercise of Subscription Rights under Sections 5, 6 and 7 hereof.

     B. If,  pursuant to this Section,  Other Members  subscribe for a number of
shares of Conversion Stock in excess of the total number of shares of Conversion
Stock  remaining,  available shares shall be allocated among  subscribing  Other
Members shares so as to permit each such Other Member,  to the extent  possible,
to purchase a number of shares  which will make his total  allocations  equal to
the lesser of the number of shares  subscribed for or 100 shares.  Any remaining
shares after each subscribing  Other Member has been allocated the lesser of the
number  subscribed for or 100 shares shall be allocated among  subscribing Other
Members on a pro rata basis in the same  proportion as each such Other  Member's
subscription  bears to the total  subscriptions  of all such  subscribing  Other
Members, provided that no fractional shares shall be issued.

9.   PUBLIC STOCKHOLDERS OFFERING

     A. If less than the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock are sold in
the  Subscription  Offering,  all remaining  shares of  Conversion  Stock shall,
subject to the  further  limitations  of  Section  11 hereof,  be sold to Public
Stockholders  as of the  Stockholder  Voting  Record Date in an amount up to the
greater of (i) the maximum  purchase  limitation  established  for the Community
Offering and (ii) one tenth of 1% of the total  offering of shares of Conversion
Stock in the  Subscription  Offering,  in each case subject to Section 14 hereof
and the  availability  of shares of Conversion  Stock for purchase  after taking
into  account the shares of  Conversion  Stock  purchased  by  Eligible  Account
Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock Benefit  Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders  and Other  Members.  The  ability  of Public  Stockholders  to
purchase  stock in the Public  Stockholders  Offering is subject to the right of
the Primary Parties in their absolute discretion to accept or reject in whole or
in part all orders in the Public Stockholders Offering.


                                       14


<PAGE>



     B. If, pursuant to this Section,  Public Stockholders as of the Stockholder
Voting  Record  Date  subscribe  for a number of shares of  Conversion  Stock in
excess of the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock  remaining,  available
shares  shall be  allocated  among  subscribing  Public  Stockholders  as of the
Stockholder Voting Record Date in an equitable manner as determined by the Board
of Directors, provided that no fractional shares shall be issued.

10.  COMMUNITY OFFERING AND OTHER OFFERINGS

     A. If less than the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock are sold in
the Subscription  Offering and Public Stockholders  Offering,  it is anticipated
that all remaining shares of Conversion Stock shall, if practicable,  be sold in
a Community  Offering.  Subject to the requirements set forth herein, the manner
in which the  Conversion  Stock is sold in the Community  Offering shall have as
the objective the achievement of the widest possible distribution of such stock,
subject to the right of the Primary Parties,  in their absolute  discretion,  to
accept or reject in whole or in part all orders in the Community Offering.

     B. In the event of a Community  Offering,  all shares of  Conversion  Stock
which  are  not  subscribed  for  in  the   Subscription   Offering  and  Public
Stockholders  Offering shall be offered for sale by means of a direct  community
marketing  program,  which  may  provide  for the  use of  brokers,  dealers  or
investment  banking  firms  experienced  in the  sale of  financial  institution
securities.  Any available  shares in excess of those not  subscribed for in the
Subscription  Offering  will be available for purchase by members of the general
public to whom a  Prospectus  is  delivered  by the  Holding  Company  or on its
behalf,  with preference given to natural persons who are Residents of the Local
Community ("Preferred Subscribers").

     C. A  Prospectus  and Order Form shall be  furnished to such Persons as the
Primary Parties may select in connection with the Community  Offering,  and each
order for  Conversion  Stock in the Community  Offering  shall be subject to the
absolute  right of the  Primary  Parties  to accept or reject  any such order in
whole  or in part  either  at the  time of  receipt  of an  order  or as soon as
practicable  following  completion of the Community  Offering.  Available shares
will be allocated first to each Preferred  Subscriber whose order is accepted in
an amount  equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares  subscribed
for by each such  Preferred  Subscriber,  if possible.  Thereafter,  unallocated
shares shall be allocated among the Preferred  Subscribers whose accepted orders
remain  unsatisfied  in an  equitable  manner  as  determined  by the  Board  of
Directors.  If there  are any  shares  remaining  after all  accepted  orders by
Preferred  Subscribers  have  been  satisfied,  any  remaining  shares  shall be
allocated  to other  members  of the  general  public  who  place  orders in the
Community Offering,  applying the same allocation  described above for Preferred
Subscribers.


                                       15


<PAGE>



     D. The amount of  Conversion  Stock that any  Person  may  purchase  in the
Community  Offering  shall  (subject  to the further  limitations  of Section 11
hereof)  not  exceed  the number of shares of  Conversion  Stock as shall  equal
$500,000  divided by the Actual Purchase  Price,  provided,  however,  that this
amount may be  decreased  or  increased  by up to 5%,  subject  to any  required
regulatory  approval  but without the further  approval of Members of the Mutual
Holding Company or the Stockholders of the Holding Company.  The Primary Parties
may commence the Community Offering concurrently with, at any time during, or as
soon as  practicable  after the end of,  the  Subscription  Offering  and Public
Stockholders  Offering,  and the Community  Offering must be completed within 45
days after the completion of the Subscription  Offering and Public  Stockholders
Offering,  unless extended by the Primary  Parties with any required  regulatory
approval.

     E. In the event  that any  insignificant  residue  of shares of  Conversion
Stock  is not sold in the  Subscription  Offering  or  Community  Offering,  the
Primary Parties shall use their best efforts to obtain other purchasers for such
shares in such manner and upon such  conditions  as may be  satisfactory  to the
OTS.

11.  LIMITATIONS ON SUBSCRIPTIONS AND PURCHASES OF CONVERSION STOCK

     The following limitations shall apply to all purchases of Conversion Stock:

     A. The maximum number of shares of Conversion  Stock which may be purchased
by any Person in the First  Priority,  Third Priority and Fourth Priority in the
Subscription  Offering,  any Person in the Public Stockholders  Offering and any
person in the  Community  Offering  shall  not  exceed  the  number of shares of
Conversion Stock as shall equal $500,000 divided by the Actual Purchase Price.

     B. The maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be subscribed
for or purchased in all  categories in the  Conversion by any Person (or persons
through a single account) together with any Associate or group of persons Acting
in Concert shall not exceed such number of shares of  Conversion  Stock as shall
equal $750,000  divided by the Actual Purchase Price,  except for  Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans, which in the aggregate may subscribe for up to 10%
of the Conversion Stock.

     C. Except for the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans, the maximum
number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be purchased in all categories in
the Conversion by any Person (or persons through a single account) together with
any Associate or group of persons Acting in Concert shall not exceed such number
of shares that when  combined  with  Distribution  Exchange  Shares  shall equal
$3,000,000 divided by the Actual Purchase Price per share.


                                       16


<PAGE>



     D. The number of shares of  Conversion  Stock which  Directors and Officers
and their  Associates  may purchase in the  aggregate in the Offering  shall not
exceed  25% of the  total  number  of shares  of  Conversion  Stock  sold in the
Offerings,  including any shares which may be issued in the event of an increase
in the  maximum  of the  Estimated  Price  Range to  reflect  changes in market,
financial  and  economic  conditions  after  commencement  of  the  Subscription
Offering and prior to completion of the Offerings.

     E. No Person may purchase  fewer than 25 shares of Conversion  Stock in the
Offerings, to the extent such shares are available;  provided,  however, that if
the Actual Purchase Price is greater than $20.00 per share,  such minimum number
of shares shall be adjusted so that the aggregate Actual Purchase Price for such
minimum shares will not exceed $500.00.

     F. For  purposes of the  foregoing  limitations  and the  determination  of
Subscription  Rights, (i) Directors,  Officers and Employees shall not be deemed
to be  Associates  or a group  acting  in  concert  solely  as a result of their
capacities  as such,  (ii) shares  purchased  by  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock
Benefit  Plans  shall  not  be  attributable  to  the  individual   trustees  or
beneficiaries  of any such plan for purposes of determining  compliance with the
limitations set forth in this Section,  and (iii)  Distribution  Exchange Shares
shall be valued at the Actual Purchase Price.

         G. Subject to any required  regulatory approval and the requirements of
applicable laws and regulations,  but without further approval of the Members of
the Mutual  Holding  Company or the  Stockholders  of the Holding  Company,  the
Primary  Parties may  increase or decrease  any of the  individual  or aggregate
purchase  limitations set forth herein to a percentage  which does not exceed 5%
of the maximum  purchase  amount set forth herein  whether  prior to,  during or
after the  Subscription  Offering or  Community  Offering.  In the event that an
individual   purchase   limitation  is  increased  after   commencement  of  the
Subscription  Offering or any other  offering,  the Primary Parties shall permit
any Person who subscribed  for the maximum number of shares of Conversion  Stock
to  purchase  an  additional  number of  shares,  so that such  Person  shall be
permitted to subscribe  for the then  maximum  number of shares  permitted to be
subscribed  for by such  Person,  subject to the rights and  preferences  of any
Person who has priority  Subscription  Rights.  In the event that an  individual
purchase limitation is decreased after commencement of the Subscription Offering
or any other offering, the orders of any Person who subscribed for more than the
new purchase  limitation  shall be decreased by the minimum amount  necessary so
that such Person shall be in compliance  with the then maximum  number of shares
permitted to be subscribed for by such Person.

     H. The Primary Parties shall have the right to take all such action as they
may, in their sole discretion, deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order
to monitor and  enforce  the terms,  conditions,  limitations  and  restrictions
contained in this Section and elsewhere


                                       17


<PAGE>



in this Plan and the terms,  conditions  and  representations  contained  in the
Order Form,  including,  but not limited to, the absolute right (subject only to
any necessary  regulatory  approvals or concurrences) to reject, limit or revoke
acceptance  of any  subscription  or order and to delay,  terminate or refuse to
consummate any sale of Conversion Stock which they believe might violate,  or is
designed  to,  or is any part of a plan  to,  evade or  circumvent  such  terms,
conditions, limitations, restrictions and representations. Any such action shall
be final,  conclusive  and binding on all persons,  and the Primary  Parties and
their  respective  Boards  shall be free  from any  liability  to any  Person on
account of any such action.

     I.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this Plan,  the
Public Stockholders will not have to sell any Holding Company Common Stock or to
be limited in receiving  Distribution Exchange Shares even if their ownership of
Holding  Company Common Stock when converted into  Distribution  Exchange Shares
would exceed an applicable purchase limitation.

12.  TIMING OF SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING,  MANNER OF EXERCISING  SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS
     AND ORDER FORMS

     A. The Subscription  Offering may be commenced  concurrently with or at any
time after the  mailing to Voting  Members of the  Mutual  Holding  Company  and
Stockholders  of the  Holding  Company of the proxy  statement(s)  to be used in
connection  with  the  Special  Meeting  and  the  Stockholders'   Meeting.  The
Subscription  Offering  may  be  closed  before  the  Special  Meeting  and  the
Stockholders' Meeting,  provided that the offer and sale of the Conversion Stock
shall be conditioned  upon the approval of the Plan by the Voting Members of the
Mutual Holding  Company and the  Stockholders of the Bank at the Special Meeting
and the Stockholders' Meeting, respectively.

     B. The exact timing of the commencement of the Subscription  Offering shall
be  determined  by the  Primary  Parties in  consultation  with the  Independent
Appraiser and any  financial or advisory or investment  banking firm retained by
them in  connection  with the  Conversion.  The Primary  Parties may  consider a
number of factors,  including,  but not limited to, their  current and projected
future  earnings,  local and national  economic  conditions,  and the prevailing
market for stocks in general and stocks of financial institutions in particular.
The Primary Parties shall have the right to withdraw, terminate, suspend, delay,
revoke or modify any such  Subscription  Offering,  at any time and from time to
time, as they in their sole discretion may determine,  without  liability to any
Person,  subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and any necessary
regulatory approval or concurrence.

     C. The Primary  Parties  shall,  promptly  after the SEC has  declared  the
Registration  Statement,  which  includes  the  Prospectus,  effective  and  all
required regulatory  approvals have been obtained,  distribute or make available
the Prospectus,  together with Order Forms for the purchase of Conversion Stock,
to all  Participants  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  them  to  exercise  their


                                       18


<PAGE>



respective  Subscription  Rights,  subject to Section  14  hereof.  The  Primary
Parties may elect to mail a Prospectus and Order Form only to those Participants
who request  such  materials  by  returning a  postage-paid  card to the Primary
Parties by a date specified in the letter  informing them of their  Subscription
Rights. Under such circumstances,  the Subscription Offering shall not be closed
until the expiration of 30 days after the mailing by the Primary  Parties of the
postage-paid card to Participants.

     D. A single Order Form for all Deposit Accounts maintained with the Bank by
an Eligible Account Holder and any  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder may be
furnished,  notwithstanding  the number of Deposit Accounts  maintained with the
Bank on the Eligibility  Record Date and Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date.
respectively.

     E. The  recipient  of an Order  Form shall have no less than 20 days and no
more than 45 days from the date of  mailing  of the Order  Form  (with the exact
termination  date to be set forth on the Order  Form) to properly  complete  and
execute  the Order  Form and  deliver it to the  Primary  Parties.  The  Primary
Parties  may extend  such  period by such  amount of time as they  determine  is
appropriate.  Failure of any  Participant  to deliver a properly  executed Order
Form to the Primary Parties, along with payment (or authorization for payment by
withdrawal)  for the shares of  Conversion  Stock  subscribed  for,  within time
limits  prescribed,  shall be deemed a waiver and  release by such person of any
rights to subscribe for shares of Conversion  Stock.  Each Participant  shall be
required to confirm to the Primary  Parties by executing an Order Form that such
Person has fully  complied with all of the terms,  conditions,  limitations  and
restrictions in the Plan.

     F. The  Primary  Parties  shall  have the  absolute  right,  in their  sole
discretion and without  liability to any Participant or other Person,  to reject
any Order  Form,  including,  but not  limited  to,  any Order  Form that is (i)
improperly  completed or executed;  (ii) not timely received;  (iii) transmitted
via facsimile;  (iv) not accompanied by the proper payment (or  authorization of
withdrawal  for  payment)  or,  in the case of  institutional  investors  in the
Community  Offering,  not  accompanied by an  irrevocable  order together with a
legally binding commitment to pay the full amount of the purchase price prior to
48 hours before the  completion of the  Offerings;  or (v) submitted by a Person
whose  representations  the  Primary  Parties  believe  to be  false or who they
otherwise believe, either alone, or acting in concert with others, is violating,
evading or circumventing,  or intends to violate, evade or circumvent, the terms
and  conditions of the Plan.  The Primary  Parties may, but will not be required
to, waive any  irregularity  on any Order Form or may require the  submission of
corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for shares of Conversion
Stock by such  date as they  may  specify.  The  interpretation  of the  Primary
Parties  of the  terms and  conditions  of the  Order  Forms  shall be final and
conclusive.


                                       19


<PAGE>



13.  PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK

     A. Payment for shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for by Participants in
the Subscription  Offering and payment for shares of Conversion Stock ordered by
Persons in the  Stockholders  Offering and Community  Offering shall be equal to
the Initial  Purchase  Price  multiplied by the number of shares which are being
subscribed  for or ordered,  respectively.  Such payment may be made in cash, if
delivered  in person,  or by check or money  order at the time the Order Form is
delivered to the Primary Parties. Wire transfers of funds may be accepted in the
sole  discretion  of the Primary  Parties and there  shall be no  liability  for
failing to accept  such funds.  In  addition,  the Primary  Parties may elect to
provide  Participants  and/or other Persons who have a Deposit  Account with the
Bank the  opportunity to pay for shares of Conversion  Stock by authorizing  the
Bank to withdraw  from such  Deposit  Account an amount  equal to the  aggregate
Purchase  Price of such shares.  If the Actual  Purchase  Price is less than the
Initial  Purchase Price,  the Primary Parties shall refund the difference to all
Participants  and other  Persons,  unless the Primary  Parties choose to provide
Participants  and other  Persons the  opportunity  on the Order Form to elect to
have such  difference  applied to the  purchase of  additional  whole  shares of
Conversion Stock. If the Actual Purchase Price is more than the Initial Purchase
Price, the Primary Parties shall reduce the number of shares of Conversion Stock
ordered by Participants  and other Persons and refund any remaining amount which
is  attributable  to a fractional  share  interest,  unless the Primary  Parties
choose to provide Participants and other Persons the opportunity to increase the
Actual Purchase Price submitted to them.

     B.  Consistent  with  applicable  laws and  regulations  and  policies  and
practices of the OTS,  payment for shares of Conversion  Stock subscribed for by
Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may be made with funds contributed by
the Holding  Company,  and/or the Bank and/or funds obtained  pursuant to a loan
from an unrelated financial  institution  pursuant to a loan commitment which is
in force  from the time  that any such  plan  submits  an Order  Form  until the
closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     C. If a  Participant  or other Person  authorizes  the Bank to withdraw the
amount of the Initial Purchase Price from his or her Deposit  Account,  the Bank
shall have the right to make such  withdrawal  or to freeze  funds  equal to the
aggregate Initial Purchase Price upon receipt of the Order Form. Notwithstanding
any  regulatory  provisions  regarding  penalties  for  early  withdrawals  from
certificate  accounts,  the Bank intends to allow payment by means of withdrawal
from certificate accounts without the assessment of such penalties.  In the case
of an early  withdrawal  of only a  portion  of such  account,  the  certificate
evidencing  such account  shall be canceled if any  applicable  minimum  balance
requirement  ceases to be met. In such case,  the  remaining  balance  will earn
interest at the regular  passbook rate.  However,  where any applicable  minimum
balance is maintained  in such  certificate  account,  the rate of return on the
balance of the certificate  account shall remain the same as prior to such early
withdrawal.  This  waiver  of the  early  withdrawal  penalty  applies  only  to
withdrawals  made in  connection


                                       20


<PAGE>



with the purchase of Conversion  Stock and is entirely  within the discretion of
the Primary Parties.

     D. The Bank shall pay interest, at not less than the passbook rate, for all
amounts paid in cash,  by check or money order to purchase  shares of Conversion
Stock in the  Subscription  Offering and the  Community  Offering  from the date
payment is received until the date the Conversion is completed or terminated.

     E. The Bank shall not  knowingly  loan funds or otherwise  extend credit to
any Participant or other Person to purchase Conversion Stock.

     F. Each share of Conversion Stock shall be  non-assessable  upon payment in
full of the Actual Purchase Price.

14.  ACCOUNTHOLDERS IN NONQUALIFIED STATES OR FOREIGN COUNTRIES

     The  Primary  Parties  shall make  reasonable  efforts  to comply  with the
securities laws of all jurisdictions in the United States in which  Participants
reside.  However, no Participant will be offered or receive any Conversion Stock
under the Plan if such Participant  resides in a foreign country or resides in a
jurisdiction  of the United  States with  respect to which any of the  following
apply; (a) there are few Participants otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares
under  this  Plan  who  reside  in  such  jurisdiction;   (b)  the  granting  of
Subscription  Rights or the offer or sale of shares of Conversion  Stock to such
Participants  would  require  any of the  Primary  Parties  or their  respective
Directors and Officers,  under the laws of such  jurisdiction,  to register as a
broker-dealer, salesman or selling agent or to register or otherwise qualify the
Conversion  Stock for sale in such  jurisdiction,  or any of the Primary Parties
would be  required  to  qualify  as a foreign  corporation  or file a consent to
service   of  process  in  such   jurisdiction;   and  (c)  such   registration,
qualification  or  filing  in the  judgment  of the  Primary  Parties  would  be
impracticable or unduly burdensome for reasons of cost or otherwise.

15.  VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     Following consummation of the Conversion, voting rights with respect to the
Bank shall be held and exercised exclusively by the Holding Company as holder of
all of the Bank's  outstanding  voting  capital  stock,  and voting  rights with
respect to the Holding  Company shall be held and exercised  exclusively  by the
holders of the Holding Company's voting capital stock.


                                       21


<PAGE>



16.  LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

     A.  At the  time  of  the  MHC  Merger,  a  liquidation  account  shall  be
established  in an amount equal to the amount of the dividends  from Bank Common
Stock waived by the Mutual Holding Company plus the greater of (i)  $38,728,073,
which is equal to 100% of the retained earnings of the Bank as of June 30, 1993,
the date of the latest statement of financial  condition  contained in the final
offering circular utilized in the Bank's initial public offering,  or (ii) 53.4%
of the Bank's total stockholders' equity as reflected in its latest statement of
financial   condition   contained  in  the  final  Prospectus  utilized  in  the
Conversion.  The  function of the  liquidation  account  will be to preserve the
rights of certain  holders of Deposit  Accounts in the  association who maintain
such  accounts  in  the  Bank   following  the  Conversion  to  a  priority  for
distributions  in the unlikely event of a liquidation of the Bank  subsequent to
the Conversion.

     B. The liquidation  account shall be maintained for the benefit of Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, if any, who maintain
their  Deposit  Accounts  in the Bank after the  Conversion.  Each such  account
holder will, with respect to each Deposit Account held, have a related  inchoate
interest in a portion of the liquidation account balance, which interest will be
referred to in this Section 16 as the "subaccount balance." All Deposit Accounts
which have the same social  security  number will be aggregated  for purposes of
determining  the  initial  subaccount  balance  with  respect  to  such  Deposit
Accounts, except as provided in this Section.

     C. In the event of a complete  liquidation  of the Bank  subsequent  to the
Conversion  (and  only  in  such  event),   each  Eligible  Account  Holder  and
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder,  if any, shall be entitled to receive a
liquidation  distribution from the liquidation account in the amount of the then
current  subaccount  balances  for  Deposit  Accounts  then  held  (adjusted  as
described below) before any liquidation distribution may be made with respect to
the capital stock of the Bank. No merger, consolidation,  sale of bulk assets or
similar combination  transaction with another FDIC-insured  institution in which
the Bank is not the surviving entity shall be considered a complete  liquidation
for this purpose.  In any merger or consolidation  transaction,  the liquidation
account shall be assumed by the surviving entity.

     D. The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible
Account  Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder,  if any,  shall be
determined by multiplying the opening  balance in the  liquidation  account by a
fraction,  of which the  numerator is the amount of the  Qualifying  Deposits of
such  account  holder  and the  denominator  is the total  amount of  Qualifying
Deposits of all  Eligible  Account  Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders,  if any.  For Deposit  Accounts in  existence  at both the  Eligibility
Record Date and the  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date,  if any,  separate
initial  subaccount  balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying
Deposits in such Deposit Accounts on each such record date.  Initial  subaccount
balances shall not be increased,  and shall be subject to downward adjustment as
provided below.


                                       22


<PAGE>



     E. If the  aggregate  deposit  balance  in the  Deposit  Account(s)  of any
Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder, if any, at the
close of business on any annual  closing date and the  Supplemental  Eligibility
Record Date for  Eligible  Account  Holders and  subsequent  to the  Eligibility
Record Date for Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  is less than the lesser
of (a) the aggregate deposit balance in such Deposit  Account(s) at the close of
business on any other annual closing date subsequent to such record dates or (b)
the aggregate  deposit balance in such Deposit  Account(s) as of the Eligibility
Record Date or the Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance
for such  Deposit  Accounts(s)  shall be adjusted by  reducing  such  subaccount
balance in an amount  proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In
the event of such a downward  adjustment,  the  subaccount  balance shall not be
subsequently  increased,  notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit
balance of the related Deposit Account(s). The subaccount balance of an Eligible
Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder, if any, will be reduced
to zero if the Account  Holder ceases to maintain a Deposit  Account at the Bank
that has the same social security  number as appeared on his Deposit  Account(s)
at the Eligibility Record Date or, if applicable,  the Supplemental  Eligibility
Record Date.

     F.  Subsequent  to the  Conversion,  the Bank  may not pay  cash  dividends
generally on deposit accounts and/or capital stock of the Bank, if such dividend
or  repurchase  would reduce the Bank's  regulatory  capital below the aggregate
amount of the then current  subaccount  balances for Deposit Accounts then held;
otherwise,  the  existence  of the  liquidation  account  shall not  operate  to
restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of the Bank.

     G.  For  purposes  of  this   Section,   a  Deposit   Account   includes  a
predecessor/successor  account which is held by an Account  Holder with the same
social security number.

17.  TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

     Each  Deposit  Account in the Bank at the time of the  consummation  of the
Conversion shall become, without further action by the holder, a Deposit Account
in the Bank  equivalent  in  withdrawable  amount  to the  withdrawal  value (as
adjusted to give effect to any  withdrawal  made for the purchase of  Conversion
Stock),  and subject to the same terms and  conditions  (except as to voting and
liquidation  rights) as such Deposit Account in the Bank  immediately  preceding
consummation  of the Conversion.  Holders of Deposit  Accounts in the Bank shall
not, as such holders, have any voting rights.


                                       23


<PAGE>



18.  REQUIREMENTS FOLLOWING CONVERSION FOR REGISTRATION, MARKET MAKING AND STOCK
     EXCHANGE LISTING

     In  connection  with  the  Conversion,   the  Holding  Company  shall  have
registered its Common Stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended,  and  undertaken  not to  deregister  such stock for a
period of three years  thereafter.  The Holding  Company also shall use its best
efforts to (i)  encourage  and assist a market maker to establish and maintain a
market for its Common Stock and (ii) list the Holding  Company Common Stock on a
national or regional  securities  exchange or to have  quotations for such stock
disseminated  on  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated
Quotation System.

19.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE BANK

     Each  person  serving as a Director  or Officer of the Bank or the  Holding
Company at the time of the  Conversion  shall continue to serve as a Director or
Officer of the Bank for the balance of the term for which the person was elected
prior to the Conversion, and until a successor is elected and qualified.

20.  REQUIREMENTS  FOR STOCK  PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS  FOLLOWING THE
     CONVERSION

     For a period of three years  following  the  Conversion,  the Directors and
Officers of the Holding Company, the Bank and their Associates may not purchase,
without the prior  written  approval of the OTS,  Holding  Company  Common Stock
except from a broker-dealer  registered with the SEC. This prohibition shall not
apply, however, to (i) a negotiated transaction arrived at by direct negotiation
between buyer and seller and involving more than 1% of the  outstanding  Holding
Company  Common  Stock  and  (ii)  purchases  of  stock  made by and held by any
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock Benefit Plan (and  purchases of stock made by and
held by any Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan following the receipt
of  stockholder  approval of such plan)  which may  attributable  to  individual
officers or directors.

     The  foregoing  restriction  on purchases of Holding  Company  Common Stock
shall be in  addition  to any  restrictions  that may be imposed by federal  and
state securities laws.

21.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF STOCK

     All shares of the  Conversion  Stock which are  purchased by Persons  other
than Directors and Officers shall be transferable without restriction, except in
connection with a transaction  prohibited by Section 22 of this Plan.  Shares of
Conversion Stock purchased by Directors and Officers of the Holding Company, the
Holding  Company  and the Bank on original  issue from the  Holding  Company (by
subscription or otherwise)  shall be subject to the


                                       24


<PAGE>



restriction  that such  shares  shall not be sold or  otherwise  disposed of for
value for a period of one year  following  the date of purchase,  except for any
disposition  of such shares  following  the death of the  original  purchaser or
pursuant to any merger or similar transaction approved by the OTS. The shares of
Conversion  Stock issued by the Holding  Company to Directors and Officers shall
bear  the  following   legend  giving   appropriate   notice  of  such  one-year
restriction.

          The shares of stock evidenced by this Certificate are restricted as to
     transfer  for a  period  of one  year  from  the  date of this  Certificate
     pursuant to Part 563b of the Rules and  Regulations of the Office of Thrift
     Supervision.  These  shares may not be  transferred  during  such  one-year
     period  without  a legal  opinion  of  counsel  for the  Company  that said
     transfer  is  permissible  under  the  provisions  of  applicable  law  and
     regulation. This restrictive legend shall be deemed null and void after one
     year from the date of this Certificate.

     In addition, the Holding Company shall give appropriate instructions to the
transfer  agent  for the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  with  respect  to the
applicable restrictions relating to the transfer of restricted stock. Any shares
issued  at a later  date as a stock  dividend,  stock  split or  otherwise  with
respect to any such restricted stock shall be subject to the same holding period
restrictions as may then be applicable to such restricted stock.

     The  foregoing  restriction  on  transfer  shall  be  in  addition  to  any
restrictions  on transfer  that may be imposed by federal  and state  securities
laws.

22.  RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF STOCK OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

     The articles of  incorporation  of the Holding  Company shall  prohibit any
Person  together  with  Associates  or group of Persons  acting in concert  from
offering to acquire or acquiring,  directly or indirectly,  beneficial ownership
of more than 10% of any class of equity securities of the Holding Company, or of
securities  convertible  into more than 10% of any such  class,  for five  years
following  completion of the Conversion.  The articles of  incorporation  of the
Holding Company also shall provide that all equity securities beneficially owned
by any  Person in excess of 10% of any class of equity  securities  during  such
five-year  period shall be  considered  "excess  shares," and that excess shares
shall not be  counted as shares  entitled  to vote and shall not be voted by any
Person or counted as voting shares in connection  with any matters  submitted to
the stockholders for a vote. The foregoing  restrictions  shall not apply to (i)
any offer with a view  toward  public  resale  made  exclusively  to the Holding
Company by  underwriters  or a selling  group  acting on this  behalf,  (ii) the
purchase of shares by a  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan  established
for the benefit of the  employees  of the Holding  Company and its  subsidiaries
which is exempt from approval requirements under 12 C. F. R.  ss.574.3(c)(1)(vi)
or any successor thereto, and (iii) any offer


                                       25


<PAGE>



or acquisition  approved in advance by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the
entire  Board of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company.  Directors,  Officers  or
Employees of the Holding Company or the Bank or any subsidiary thereof shall not
be deemed to be  Associates  or a group  acting in concert with respect to their
individual  acquisition of any class of equity securities of the Holding Company
solely as a result of their capacities as such.

23.  TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

     Consummation  of the  Conversion is  conditioned  upon prior receipt by the
Primary Parties of either a ruling or an opinion of counsel,  a tax advisor with
respect to federal tax laws, and either a ruling or an opinion of counsel or tax
advisor with respect to Florida tax laws, to the effect that consummation of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  will not result in a taxable  reorganization
under the provisions of the applicable codes or otherwise result in any material
adverse tax consequences to the Primary Parties or to account holders  receiving
Subscription  Rights before or after the Conversion,  except in each case to the
extent, if any, that Subscription Rights are deemed to have fair market value on
the date such rights are issued.

24.  STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

     A. The Holding Company is authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock
Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation an
employee stock ownership plan.

     B. The Holding  Company is also  authorized  to adopt stock  option  plans,
restricted stock grant plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit
Plans,  provided  that no stock  options  shall be  granted,  and no  shares  of
Conversion Stock shall be purchased,  pursuant to any of such plans prior to the
earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the consummation of the Conversion or
(ii) the receipt of  stockholder  approval of such plans at either the annual or
special  meeting of  stockholders  of the Holding Company to be held not earlier
than six months after the completion of the Conversion.

     C.  Existing  as well as any newly  created  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock
Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Conversion  Stock in the Offerings,  to the
extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

25.  DIVIDEND AND REPURCHASE RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK

     A. Except as may otherwise may be permitted by the OTS, the Holding Company
may not  repurchase  any  shares of its  capital  stock  during  the first  year
following  consummation  of the  Conversion.  During the second and third  years
following consummation of the Conversion, the Holding Company may not repurchase
any of its capital stock from any


                                       26


<PAGE>



person,  other than pursuant to (i) an offer to  repurchase  made by the Holding
Company on a pro rata basis to all of its  stockholders and which is approved by
the OTS, (ii) the repurchase of qualifying  shares of a director,  if any, (iii)
purchases in the open market by a Tax-Qualified  or  Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee
Stock Benefit Plan in an amount  reasonable and appropriate to fund the plan, or
(iv) a repurchase program approved by the OTS.

     B. The Bank may not declare or pay a cash  dividend on, or  repurchase  any
of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause the  regulatory  capital
of the Bank to be reduced below the amount required for the liquidation account.
Any dividend  declared or paid on, or  repurchase  of, the Bank's  capital stock
also shall be in  compliance  with Section  563.134 of the  Regulations,  or any
successor thereto.

     C.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Holding
Company  may  repurchase  its  capital  stock to the extent  and  subject to the
requirements  set  forth in  Section  563b.3(g)(3)  of the  Regulations,  or any
successor thereto, or as otherwise may be approved by the OTS.

26.  PAYMENT OF FEES TO BROKERS

     The Primary  Parties may elect to offer to pay fees on a per share basis to
securities brokers who assist purchasers of Conversion Stock in the Offerings.

27.  EFFECTIVE DATE

     The Effective Date of the Conversion  shall be the date upon which the last
of the following actions occurs:  (i) the filing of Articles of Combination with
the OTS with respect to the MHC Merger,  (ii) the closing of the issuance of the
shares  of  Conversion  Stock  in the  Offerings.  The  filing  of  Articles  of
Combination relating to the MHC Merger and the closing of the issuance of shares
of  Conversion  Stock in the  Offerings  shall  not occur  until  all  requisite
regulatory,  Member and Stockholder approvals have been obtained, all applicable
waiting  periods have expired and  sufficient  subscriptions  and orders for the
Conversion Stock have been received.  It is intended that the closing of the MHC
Merger,  and the sale of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offerings shall occur
consecutively and substantially simultaneously.

28.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     If deemed  necessary or desirable by the Boards of Directors of the Primary
Parties,  this Plan may be substantively  amended,  as a result of comments from
regulatory  authorities or otherwise,  at any time prior to the  solicitation of
proxies  from  members  and  Stockholders  to vote on the  Plan  and at any time
thereafter  with the  concurrence  of the OTS.  Any  amendment to this Plan made
after approval by the Members and  Stockholders  with the concurrence of the OTS
shall not necessitate  further  approval by the Members or  Stockholders  unless
otherwise


                                       27


<PAGE>



required  by the OTS.  This Plan  shall  terminate  if the sale of all shares of
Conversion  Stock is not completed within 24 months from the date of the Special
Meeting.  Prior to the  earlier of the  Special  Meeting  and the  Stockholders'
Meeting,  this Plan may be  terminated by the Boards of Directors of the Primary
Parties  without  approval  of  the  OTS;  after  the  Special  Meeting  or  the
Stockholder's Meeting, the Boards of Directors may terminate this Plan only with
the approval of the OTS.

29.  INTERPRETATION OF THE PLAN

     All  interpretations  of this Plan and  application  of its  provisions  to
particular circumstances by a majority of each of the Boards of Directors of the
Primary Parties shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.


                                       28


<PAGE>




                                                                         ANNEX A


                                 PLAN OF MERGER

     PLAN OF MERGER,  dated as of  September  24, 1997 ("Plan of Merger") by and
between  Harbor  Florida  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Holding  Company")  and  Harbor
Financial,  M.H.C.  ("Mutual Holding Company").  Unless otherwise noted, defined
terms shall have the same  meaning as those set forth in the Plan of  Conversion
and Plan of Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company between Holding Company
and the  Mutual  Holding  Company  (of  which  this  Plan of  Merger is an Annex
thereto).

WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS,   the  Mutual  Holding  Company,   through  a  reorganization  and
conversion,  owned 53.4% of the Common Stock of Harbor Federal Savings Bank (the
"Bank");

     WHEREAS,  on June 25, 1997, the Bank effected an additional  reorganization
as a result  of which  the Bank  became a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Holding
Company and the Holding  Company became the owner of 100% of the common stock of
the Bank;

     WHEREAS,  Holding Company now has 53.4% of its shares of common stock owned
by the Mutual  Holding  Company  and 46.6% of its shares held by the public (the
"Minority Shareholders");

     WHEREAS,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  has
determined  that it is in the best interests of the Mutual  Holding  Company and
its members to convert from the mutual to stock form of organization;

     WHEREAS, the Bank is wholly owned by Holding Company;

     WHEREAS, the conversion of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form will be
facilitated  by causing the Mutual  Holding  Company to convert  from the mutual
form to a federal  interim  stock  savings bank to be known as "Interim  Savings
Capital"  ("Interim")  and  simultaneously  merge with the  Holding  Company,  a
Delaware corporation; and

     WHEREAS,  immediately upon completion of the Conversion, the Mutual Holding
Company and the  existing  minority  stockholders  of the Holding  Company  will
supplement  their current shares of Holding  Company Common Stock with shares of
common  stock of the  Holding  Company  based upon a  Distribution  Exchange  or
Conversion Ratio established in accordance with the independent appraisal of the
Bank  upon  merger  with  Interim,  and  the  remaining  shares  will be sold in
subscription and community offerings, giving priority subscription rights as set
forth in the Plan in accordance with OTS conversion regulations.


                                       A-1


<PAGE>



     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
agreements  herein  contained,  and in accordance  with federal law, the Holding
Company  and the  Mutual  Holding  Company  hereby  agree  that,  subject to the
conditions  hereinafter set forth, the Mutual Holding Company shall convert from
the mutual form to a federal  interim stock savings bank, and Interim shall then
be merged with and into the  Holding  Company  with the  Holding  Company as the
surviving entity. The terms and conditions of such merger shall be as follows:

          1. Regulatory  Approvals.  The merger shall not become effective until
     receipt of approval  of the OTS and any other  agency  having  jurisdiction
     over the merger, if any.

          2. Identity and Name of Resulting Bank. The resulting  savings bank in
     the Merger shall be the Bank.

          3. Offices of Resulting Bank. The home office of the Bank shall be the
     Bank's office located at 100 S. Second Street,  Fort Pierce,  Florida.  The
     locations  of the branch  offices of the Bank shall be those of the Bank in
     existence on the date of this Plan of Merger.  In addition,  the Bank shall
     operate branch offices at such  additional  locations as may be approved by
     the OTS.

          4. The Bank's  Federal  Charter and Bylaws.  The federal stock charter
     and bylaws of the Bank as in effect  immediately prior to the effectiveness
     of the Merger shall be amended as necessary to accomplish the Merger.

          5. Effective  Date.  The effective date of the Conversion  ("Effective
     Date") shall be the date as soon as practicable  after the issuance  and/or
     execution by the OTS and any other federal or state regulatory agencies, of
     all  approvals,  certificates  and documents as may be required in order to
     cause the Conversion to become effective.

          6. Bank Stockholder  Approval.  The affirmative vote of the holders of
     two-thirds of the  outstanding  Holding Company Common Stock and at least a
     majority  of such  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  not held by the  Mutual
     Holding  Company  voting at a meeting of the Holding  Company  stockholders
     shall be required to approve this Plan of Merger.

          7. Mutual Holding Company Approval.  The approval of a majority of the
     members of the Mutual  Holding  Company,  as of a  specified  date shall be
     required to approve this Plan of Merger.

          8.  Cancellation  of Holding  Company  Common Stock held by the Mutual
     Holding Company and Member Interests; Liquidation Account.


                                       A-2


<PAGE>



               (a) On the Effective  Date,  (i) the  ownership  interest in each
          share  of  Holding   Company  Common  Stock  issued  and   outstanding
          immediately prior to the Effective Date and held by the Mutual Holding
          Company shall, by virtue of the  Reorganization and without any action
          on the part of the holder thereof, be canceled,  (ii) the interests in
          the Mutual Holding Company of any person,  firm or entity who or which
          qualified as a member of the Mutual Holding Company in accordance with
          its mutual  charter and bylaws and the laws of the United States prior
          to the Mutual Holding  Company's  conversion from mutual to stock form
          (the "Members")  shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action
          on  the  part  of  the  holder  thereof,  be  canceled,  and  (iii)  a
          liquidation  account shall be  established on behalf of each depositor
          member of the Mutual  Holding  Company,  as  defined  in the Plan,  in
          accordance with Section 16 of the Plan.

               (b) At or after the Effective Date and prior to the Merger,  each
          certificate  or  certificates   theretofore   evidencing   issued  and
          outstanding  shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock,  other than any
          such certificate or certificates  owned by the Mutual Holding Company,
          which  ownership  interest  shall be  extinguished,  shall continue to
          represent issued and outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock.

          9.  Dissenting  Shares.  No Member of the  Mutual  Holding  Company or
     stockholder  of the Holding  Company  shall have any dissenter or appraisal
     rights in connection with the Conversion.

          10.  Deposits of the Bank.  All deposit  accounts of the Bank shall be
     and will continue without change in their respective terms, interest rates,
     maturities,  minimum  required  balances or  withdrawal  values.  After the
     Effective  Date, the resulting  savings bank will continue to issue deposit
     accounts on the same basis as immediately prior to the Effective Date.

          11. Effect of Conversion.  Upon the Effective Date of the  Conversion,
     all assets and property (real, personal and mixed, tangible and intangible,
     chooses in action,  rights and credits) then owned by the Bank, the Holding
     Company or the Mutual  Holding  Company or which  would  inure to either of
     them,  shall  immediately  by operation of law and without any  conveyance,
     transfer or further action,  become the property of the Holding Company (or
     the Bank as the case may be), which shall have,  hold and enjoy them in its
     own right as fully and to the same extent as they were possessed,  held and
     enjoyed by the Bank,  the Holding  Company and the Mutual  Holding  Company
     immediately prior to the Effective Date of the Conversion.

          12. Directors and Executive Officers.  The persons who are the current
     officers and  directors of the Holding  Company will be the  directors  and
     officers  of the  Holding  Company  and  such  terms or  positions  will be
     unchanged.


                                       A-3


<PAGE>



          13.  Abandonment  of Plan  of  Merger.  This  Plan  of  Merger  may be
     abandoned by either the Holding  Company or the Mutual  Holding  Company at
     any time before the Effective Date in the manner set forth in Section 28 of
     the Plan.

          14.  Amendment  of this Plan of  Merger.  This  Plan of Merger  may be
     amended  or  modified  at any time by  mutual  agreement  of the  Boards of
     Directors  of the  Holding  Company and the Mutual  Holding  Company in the
     manner set forth in Section 28 of the Plan.

          15.  Governing Law. This Plan of Merger is made pursuant to, and shall
     be  construed  and be governed by, the laws of the United  States,  and the
     rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including without limitation,
     the rules and regulations of the OTS.

          16.  All Terms  Included.  This Plan of Merger  sets  forth all terms,
     conditions,  agreements and  understandings  of the Holding Company and the
     Mutual Holding Company with respect to the Conversion.

          17.  Counterparts.  This Plan of Merger  may be  executed  in  several
     identical  counterparts,  each of which when  executed  by the  Parties and
     delivered shall be an original,  but all of which together shall constitute
     a single  instrument.  In making proof of this Plan of Merger, it shall not
     be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this Plan of Merger to be
executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

                                         HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.


Attest:                               By:______________________________
       ______________________            Michael J. Brown, Sr.
       Secretary



                                         HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.



Attest:                               By:______________________________
       ______________________            Michael J. Brown, Sr.
       Secretary


                                       A-4



                                                                     Exhibit 8.3
                         [RP FINANCIAL, LC. LETTERHEAD]

                               October 2, 1997

Board of Directors
Harbor Federal Savings Bank
Harbor Financial, M.H.C.
Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc.
100 South Second Street
Fort Pierce, Florida  34950

Re:  Plan of Conversion: Subscription Rights

Gentlemen:

     All  capitalized  terms  not  otherwise  defined  in this  letter  have the
meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion  (the "Plan") adopted by the
Boards of Directors of yHarbor Florida Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company") and
Harbor Financial,  M.H.C. (the "Mutual Holding Company").  Pursuant to the Plan,
the Holding Company will offer and sell the Conversion Stock. 

     We  understand  that  "subscription  rights"  to  purchase  shares  of  the
Conversion  Stock are to be issued to (i)  Eligible  Account  Holders;  (ii) the
ESOP; (iii)  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders;  and, (iv) Other Members,
collectively referred to as the "Recipients".  Based solely upon our observation
that the subscription  rights will be available to such recipients without cost,
will be legally  non-transferable  and of short  duration,  and will  afford the
Recipients  the right only to purchase  shares of  Conversion  Stock at the same
price as will be paid by members of the general public in the Community Offering
and Syndicated  Community  Offering,  but without  undertaking  any  independent
investigation  of state or federal law or the position of the  Internal  Revenue
Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that:

     (1)  the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

     (2)  the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be
          more or less  than  the pro  forma  market  value of the  shares  upon
          issuance.

     Changes in the local and national  economy,  the legislative and regulatory
environment,  the stock market,  interest rates, and other external forces (such
as natural  disasters or significant  world events) may occur from time to time,
often with great  unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift
stocks as a whole or the Company's value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be
given that persons who subscribe to shares of Conversion Stock in the conversion
will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the
Subscription Offering. 

                              Sincerely, 

                              /s/ James J. Oren

                              James J. Oren 
                              Vice President









                                                                    Exhibit 23.1

                           CONSENT OF PEABODY & BROWN


The Boards of Directors
Harbor Financial, M.H.C.
Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc.


         We hereby consent to the use of our firm's name in the Form AC and Form
S-1, Registration Statement,  and Amendments thereto as filed with the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  and  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  by  Harbor
Financial,  M.H.C. and Harbor Florida Bancorp,  Inc.,  respectively,  and to the
references to our opinion therein under the heading "Legal and Tax Matters."



                                                     /s/ Peabody & Brown

                                                     Peabody & Brown

Washington, D.C.
October 2, 1997





                                                                    Exhibit 23.2
                              Accountants' Consent


The Board of Directors
Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the  heading  "Experts"  in the  prospectus.  Our report  refers to a
change in the method of accounting for income taxes as of October 1, 1993.


                                          /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick L.L.P.
                                          ----------------------------
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick L.L.P.

West Palm Beach, Florida
October 2, 1997


                                                                    Exhibit 23.3
                         [RP FINANCIAL, LC. LETTERHEAD]

                                October 2, 1997

Board of Directors
Harbor Federal Savings Bank
Harbor Financial, M.H.C.
Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc.
100 South Second Street
Fort Pierce, Florida  34950

Gentlemen:

     We hereby  consent to the use of our  firm's  name in the  Application  for
Conversion of Harbor  Financial,  M.H.C.,  the mutual holding company for Harbor
Florida Bancorp,  Inc., Fort Pierce,  Florida and any amendments thereto, in the
Form S-1  Registration  Statement  and any  amendments  thereto.  We also hereby
consent to the inclusion of, summary of and  references to our Appraisal  Report
and our statement  concerning  subscription rights in such filings including the
Prospectus of Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc.

                                   Sincerely,
                                   RP FINANCIAL, LC.
                                   
                                   /s/ James J. Oren

                                   James J. Oren
                                   Vice President








                                                                    Exhibit 99.2

                      NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS

                             HARBOR FINANCIAL M.H.C.
                              100 S. Second Street
                           Fort Pierce, Florida 34950
                                 (561) 461-2414


                      NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS

                        To Be Held on December ____, 1997


     NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a special  meeting  ("Special  Meeting") of the
members of Harbor Financial M.H.C.  (the "Mutual Holding  Company") will be held
at  _________________________  located at ________________________  Fort Pierce,
Florida on December ____,  1997 at ________,  Florida time, to consider and vote
upon:

     1.   The approval of the Plan of Conversion of the Mutual  Holding  Company
          and Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization  between the Mutual  Holding
          Company  and Harbor  Florida  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Plan" or "Plan of
          Conversion"), and

     2.   Such other business as may properly come before the Special Meeting or
          any  adjournment  thereof.  Except with respect to procedural  matters
          incident to the conduct of the meeting, management is not aware of any
          other such business.

     The Board of Directors has fixed  _________  ___, 1997 as the voting record
date for the  determination  of members entitled to notice of and to vote at the
Special Meeting and at any adjournment thereof. Only those members of the Mutual
Holding  Company  of  record as of the  close of  business  on that date will be
entitled to vote at the Special Meeting or at any such adjournment.


                                       BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS


                                       Michael J. Brown, Sr.
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer

Fort Pierce, Florida
November ____, 1997


                                       1


<PAGE>



     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU SIGN, DATE AND MARK THE ENCLOSED
PROXY CARD IN FAVOR OF THE  ADOPTION  OF THE PLAN AND RETURN IT  PROMPTLY IN THE
ENCLOSED SELF-ADDRESSED STAMPED ENVELOPE.  PROXY CARDS MUST BE RECEIVED PRIOR TO
THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING.  RETURNING PROXY CARDS WILL NOT PREVENT
YOU FROM VOTING IN PERSON IF YOU ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING.

     YOUR VOTE IS  IMPORTANT.  NOT  VOTING  WILL HAVE THE SAME  EFFECT AS A VOTE
AGAINST THE PLAN.  VOTING ON THE PLAN DOES NOT REQUIRE YOU TO PURCHASE  STOCK IN
THE OFFERINGS.


                                       2


<PAGE>



                             HARBOR FINANCIAL M.H.C.

                                 ---------------
                                 PROXY STATEMENT
                                 ---------------



                           SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS
                         To Be Held On December ___,1997


                                  INTRODUCTION


     This Proxy  Statement  is being  furnished  to you in  connection  with the
solicitation by the Board of Directors of Harbor Financial  M.H.C.  (the "Mutual
Holding  Company")  of proxies to be voted at the Special  Meeting of Members of
the Mutual  Holding  Company (the "Special  Meeting") to be held on December __,
1997 at ___________________________  located at ___________________________ Fort
Pierce,  Florida at ____,  Florida time, and at any adjournments  thereof.  This
Special  Meeting is being held for the purpose of considering  and voting upon a
Plan of  Conversion  of the Mutual  Holding  Company and  Agreement  and Plan of
Reorganization  ("Plan" or the "Plan of Conversion")  between the Mutual Holding
Company and Harbor Florida Bancorp Inc.  ("Harbor  Florida"),  pursuant to which
the Mutual  Holding  Company will convert into a interim  federal  stock savings
bank and  simultaneously  will merge with and into  Harbor  Florida  pursuant to
which the Mutual  Holding  Company  will cease to exist and the shares of Common
Stock held by the Mutual  Holding  Company will be canceled.  As a result of the
merger of the Mutual Holding  Company with and into Harbor Florida all shares of
Harbor  Florida  Common Stock except  those held by the Mutual  Holding  Company
defined  as  (the  "Public  Harbor  Florida   Shares")  will  be  deemed  to  be
Distribution  Exchange  Shares pursuant to the  Distribution  Exchange Ratio, as
defined in the  Prospectus,  which  will  result in the  holders of such  shares
owning in the aggregate  approximately the same percentage of Common Stock to be
outstanding  upon the  completion of the  conversion as the percentage of Public
Harbor  Florida Shares owned by them in the aggregate  immediately  prior to the
consummation of the conversion.  Additionally Harbor Florida will offer by means
of a Prospectus shares of its Common Stock to the public.  The offer and sale of
the Common Stock and the conversion of the Mutual  Holding  Company are referred
to herein as the "Conversion".


                                       3


<PAGE>



     Voting in favor of the Plan of  Conversion  will not obligate any person to
purchase  Common Stock.  Common Stock is being  offered only by the  Prospectus,
which is available upon request. See "How to Obtain Additional Information."

                  VOTING RIGHTS AND VOTE REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL

     Depositors of Harbor  Federal  Savings Bank (the "Bank") are members of the
Mutual Holding  Company under its current  Charter (the  "Members").  All of the
Members as of the close of  business on  ________________  (the  "Voting  Record
Date") who  continue  to be Members  on the date of the  Special  Meeting or any
adjournment thereof will be entitled to vote on the Plan of Conversion. If there
are not  sufficient  votes for  approval  of the Plan at the time of the Special
Meeting,  the Special Meeting may be adjourned to permit further solicitation of
proxies.

     At the Special Meeting,  each depositor Member will be entitled to cast one
vote for every $100.00,  or fraction  thereof,  of the total withdrawal value of
all of his accounts in the Bank as of the Voting  Record Date up to a maximum of
1,000 votes. Additionally, each borrower member of the Mutual Holding Company as
of both  January 6, 1994,  and the Voting  Record  Date,  who  continues to be a
borrower as of the date of the Special Meeting will be entitled to cast one vote
as a borrower member, in addition to any votes he or she may be entitled to cast
as a  depositor.  As of the  Voting  Record  Date,  the Bank  had  approximately
_________ deposit accounts, the holders of which are entitled to cast a total of
approximately ___________ votes at the Special Meeting.

     Pursuant to Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") regulations,  consummation
of the  Conversion is  conditioned  upon the approval of the Plan by the OTS, as
well as (1) the  approval  of the  holders of at least a  majority  of the total
number of votes  eligible  to be cast by the Members as of the close of business
on the Voting  Record Date at the Special  Meeting,  and (2) the approval of the
holders of at least  two-thirds  of the shares of the  outstanding  Common Stock
held by the Mutual Holding  Company and the holders of the Public Harbor Florida
Shares (the "Public Stockholders") (collectively,  the "Stockholders") as of the
Voting Record Date at a Special Meeting of  Stockholders  called for the purpose
of considering the Plan (the "Stockholders'  Meeting").  In addition, the Mutual
Holding Company, and Harbor Florida (the "Primary Parties") have conditioned the
consummation  of the Conversion on the approval of the Plan by the holders of at
least a  majority  of the votes  cast,  in person  or by  proxy,  by the  Public
Stockholders at the Stockholders' Meeting. The Mutual Holding Company intends to
vote its shares of Harbor  Florida  Common Stock,  which amount to 53.41% of the
outstanding shares, in favor of the Plan at the Stockholder's Meeting.

     This Proxy  Statement  and  related  materials  are first  being  mailed to
Members on or about November ___, 1997.


                                       4


<PAGE>




                                     PROXIES


     The Board of  Directors of the Mutual  Holding  Company is  soliciting  the
proxy which  accompanies  this Proxy  Statement for use at the Special  Meeting.
Each proxy  solicited  hereby,  if properly  executed,  duly returned before the
Special  Meeting,  and not revoked prior to or at the Special  Meeting,  will be
voted at the  Special  Meeting  in  accordance  with the  Member's  instructions
indicated  thereon.  If no  contrary  instructions  are given on the proxy,  the
proxy,  if signed,  will be voted in favor of the Plan of Conversion.  If you do
not  return a proxy or vote at the  meeting,  it will have the same  effect as a
vote against the Plan of the  Conversion.  If any other  matters  properly  come
before the Special  Meeting,  the persons  named as proxies  will vote upon such
matters according to their discretion. Except with respect to procedural matters
incident to the conduct of the meeting,  no  additional  matters are expected to
come before the Special Meeting.

     Any Member  giving a proxy may revoke it at any time  before it is voted by
delivering  to the  Secretary  of the Mutual  Holding  Company  either a written
revocation  of the proxy or a duly  executed  proxy  bearing a later date, or by
voting in person at the Special  Meeting.  Proxies are being  solicited only for
use at the Special Meeting and any and all adjournments  thereof and will not be
used for any other meeting.

     Proxies may be solicited by officers, directors and employees of the Mutual
Holding  Company  personally,  by  telephone or further  correspondence  without
additional compensation.

     Deposits  held in a trust or other  fiduciary  capacity may be voted by the
trustee or other  fiduciary to whom voting rights are delegated  under the trust
instrument  or  other  governing  document  or  applicable  law.  In the case of
individual  retirement  accounts and Keogh trusts  established  at the Bank, the
beneficiary may direct the trustee's vote on the Plan of Conversion by returning
a completed proxy card to the Mutual Holding  Company.  For retirement  accounts
and Keogh trusts,  if no proxy card is returned,  the trustee will vote in favor
of approval of the Plan of Conversion on behalf of such beneficiary.

     The  Board of  Directors  urges  you to mark,  sign,  date and  return  the
enclosed proxy card in the enclosed  postage-paid  envelope as soon as possible,
even if you do not intend to purchase  Conversion  Stock.  This will ensure that
your vote will be counted.


                                       5


<PAGE>



                    INCORPORATION OF INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

     The  accompanying  Prospectus of Harbor Florida is  incorporated  herein by
reference. The Prospectus sets forth a description of the Plan of Conversion and
the related  offering  of common  stock by the  Company  under the caption  "THE
CONVERSION."  Such caption also  describes the effects of the  Conversion on the
stockholders  of Harbor Florida and the members of the Mutual  Holding  Company,
including the tax  consequences  of the  Conversion and the  establishment  of a
liquidation  account for the  benefit of certain  depositors  of Harbor  Federal
Savings Bank (the "Bank").

     Information  regarding  Harbor  Florida,  the Bank and the  Mutual  Holding
Company  are set forth in the  Prospectus  under the  captions  "Harbor  Florida
Bancorp,  Inc.," "Harbor  Federal Savings Bank" and "Harbor  Financial  M.H.C.,"
respectively,  as well as under  the  caption  "Summary."  The  Prospectus  also
describes  the business and  financial  condition of the Bank under the captions
"Business of the Bank" and  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of  Operations."  The historical  financial  statements of
Harbor  Florida  and  the  Bank  are  included  in the  Prospectus.  Information
regarding the use of proceeds of the Offerings  conducted in connection with the
Conversion,  the  historical  capitalization  of the  Bank  and  the  pro  forma
capitalization of Harbor Florida,  and other pro forma data are set forth in the
Prospectus under the captions "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization" and "Pro Forma
Data," respectively.

     The  Prospectus  sets forth certain  information  as to the Harbor  Florida
Common Stock beneficially owned by (i) the only persons or entities who or which
were known to Harbor Florida to be the  beneficial  owner of more than 5% of the
issued and  outstanding  Harbor  Florida  Common  Stock,  (ii) the directors and
executive  officers of Harbor  Florida,  and (iii) all  directors  and executive
officers of Harbor  Florida as a group.  See  "Beneficial  Ownership  of Capital
Stock" in the Prospectus.


                                       6


<PAGE>



                              REVIEW OF OTS ACTION

     Any person  aggrieved by a final action of the OTS which approves,  with or
without  conditions,  or  disapproves a plan of conversion  may obtain review of
such  action by filing in the court of  appeals  of the  United  States  for the
circuit in which the principal office or residence of such person is located, or
in the United  States Court of Appeals for the  District of Columbia,  a written
petition praying that the final action of the OTS be modified, terminated or set
aside.  Such  petition  must be filed  within 30 days after the  publication  of
notice  of such  final  action in the  Federal  Register,  or 30 days  after the
mailing by the  applicant  of the notice to members as provided for in 12 C.F.R.
s.563b.6(c), whichever is later. The further procedure for review is as follows:
A copy of the petition is forthwith  transmitted  to the OTS by the clerk of the
court and  thereupon  the OTS files in the court the  record in  proceeding,  as
provided in Section 2112 of Title 28 of the United States Code.  Upon the filing
of the petition, the court has jurisdiction, which upon the filing of the record
is exclusive,  to affirm, modify,  terminate,  or set aside in whole or in part,
the  final  action of the OTS.  Review of such  proceedings  is as  provided  in
Chapter 7 of Title 5 of the United  States Code.  The judgment and decree of the
court is final, except that they are subject to review by the Supreme Court upon
certiorari as provided in Section 1254 of Title 28 of the United States Code.

                            REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

     The Common Stock is registered  under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended ("Exchange Act"). It will remain so registered in connection with the
Conversion. Harbor Florida has agreed not to deregister such shares for a period
of three years  following the Conversion.  The proxy rules,  tender offer rules,
insider  reporting  requirements and trading  restrictions,  annual and periodic
reporting and other  requirements  of the Exchange Act are  applicable to Harbor
Florida.  Harbor Florida will continue to furnish its  stockholders  with annual
reports containing audited financial statements as promptly as practicable after
the end of each fiscal year.


                      HOW TO OBTAIN ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     You may obtain a copy of the Plan of Conversion, as well as the Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws of Harbor Florida, from any office of the Bank or in
writing from the Mutual Holding Company. Any such requests should be directed to
Harbor  Financial  M.H.C.,  100 S. Second  Street,  Fort Pierce,  Florida 34950,
Attention: Secretary. So that you have sufficient time to receive and review the
requested  materials,  it is recommended  that any such requests be sent so that
they are received by the Mutual Holding Company by November ___, 1997.


                                       7


<PAGE>



                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The  Mutual  Holding  Company  has filed  with the OTS an  Application  for
Conversion  pursuant to which it will reorganize in accordance with the terms of
the Plan.  This Proxy  Statement  and the  Prospectus  omit certain  information
contained in such  Application.  The Application may be inspected at the offices
of the OTS, 1700 G Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20552, and at the Northeast
Regional  Office of the OTS located at 10  Exchange  Place,  18th Floor,  Jersey
City, New Jersey 07302.

     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") a
Registration  Statement  on Form S-1  (File  No.  333-_________)  ("Registration
Statement")  under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to the
Conversion Stock and Exchange Shares being offered in the Offerings.  This Proxy
Statement and the Prospectus do not contain all the information set forth in the
Registration  Statement,  certain parts of which are omitted in accordance  with
the rules and  regulations of the SEC. Such  information may be inspected at the
public  reference  facilities  maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,
Room 1024,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and copies may be obtained at  prescribed
rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at the same address.  The SEC
maintains a World Wide Web site on the Internet that contains reports, proxy and
information  statements  and other  information  regarding  registrants  such as
Harbor Florida that file  electronically  with the SEC. The address of such site
is:  http://www.sec.gov.  The statements  contained in this Prospectus as to the
contents  of  any  contract  or  other  document  filed  as an  exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement  describe all material  provisions of such  contracts or
other  documents.   Nevertheless,  such  statements  are,  of  necessity,  brief
descriptions  thereof and are not necessarily  complete;  each such statement is
qualified by reference to such contract or document.


                            ------------------------

     PLEASE  REMEMBER TO MARK,  SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IN
THE ENCLOSED  POSTAGE-PAID  ENVELOPE SO THAT YOUR IMPORTANT VOTE WILL BE COUNTED
AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.

                            ------------------------


                                       8


<PAGE>

     THIS PROXY  STATEMENT IS NEITHER AN OFFER TO SELL NOR THE  SOLICITATION  OF
ANY OFFER TO BUY STOCK. THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.


                                       9


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A




                                       10


<PAGE>





                               PLAN OF CONVERSION

                                       of

                            HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.

                                       and

                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                                     between

                            HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.

                                       and

                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.





                               SEPTEMBER 24, 1997










<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
1.   INTRODUCTION..........................................................  1
2.   DEFINITIONS...........................................................  3
3.   GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION......................................  10
4.   TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF
         CONVERSION STOCK..................................................  11
5.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS
        (FIRST PRIORITY)...................................................  13
6.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF THE TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE
        STOCK BENEFIT PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)..............................  15
7.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT
        HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)...........................................  15
8.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)................  16
9.   PUBLIC STOCKHOLDERS OFFERING..........................................  16
10. COMMUNITY OFFERING AND OTHER OFFERINGS.................................  17
11. LIMITATIONS ON SUBSCRIPTIONS AND PURCHASES OF
       CONVERSION STOCK....................................................  18
12. TIMING OF SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING., MANNER OF EXERCISING
       SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AND ORDER FORMS.................................  20
13. PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK...........................................  23
14. ACCOUNTHOLDERS IN NONQUALIFIED STATES OR FOREIGN
       COUNTRIES...........................................................  24
15. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS..........................................  24
16. LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT....................................................  25
17. TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS...........................................  26
18. REQUIREMENTS FOLLOWING CONVERSION FOR REGISTRATION,
       MARKET MAKING AND STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING............................  27
19. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE BANK.....................................  27
20. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
       FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION............................................  27
21. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF STOCK......................................  27
22. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF STOCK OF THE HOLDING COMPANY............  28
23. TAX RULINGS OR OPTIONS.................................................  29
24. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS...............................................  29
25. DIVIDEND AND REPURCHASE RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK..........................  29
26. PAYMENT OF FEES TO BROKERS.............................................  30
27. EFFECTIVE DATE.........................................................  30
28. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN...................................  30
29. INTERPRETATION OF THE PLAN.............................................  31
ANNEX A - PLAN OF MERGER BETWEEN THE MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY
       AND THE HOLDING COMPANY.............................................  A-1


                                       i


<PAGE>



1.   INTRODUCTION

     For  purposes  of this  section,  all  capitalized  terms have the  meaning
ascribed to them in Section 2.

     On January 6, 1994,  Harbor  Federal  Savings  Bank, a federally  chartered
mutual savings  institution  reorganized into the mutual holding company form of
organization and consummated a sale of stock to its members.  To accomplish this
transaction,  the Bank organized a federally chartered,  stock savings bank as a
wholly owned subsidiary.  The mutual Bank then transferred  substantially all of
its assets and liabilities to the stock Bank in exchange for 4,894,200 shares of
Bank Common Stock,  and  reorganized  itself into a federally  chartered  mutual
holding company known as Harbor  Financial,  M.H.C. and sold 2,239,831 shares of
Bank Common Stock to  directors,  employees and members of the Bank. On June 25,
1997,  the Bank  completed  a  reorganization  in which the Bank became a wholly
owned  subsidiary of a stock middle tier holding company known as Harbor Florida
Bancorp, Inc. ("Holding Company").  Shareholders of the Bank became, as a result
of the  reorganization,  shareholders  of the Holding  Company.  As of, June 30,
1997, the Mutual Holding Company and the Public Stockholders own an aggregate of
53.4 and 46.6% of the outstanding Holding Company Common Stock, respectively.

     The Boards of  Directors  of the Mutual  Holding  Company  and the  Holding
Company  believe that a conversion of the Mutual  Holding  Company to stock form
pursuant  to this Plan of  Conversion  is in the best  interests  of the  Mutual
Holding Company and the Bank, as well as the best interests of their  respective
Members and Stockholders.  The Boards of Directors  determined that this Plan of
Conversion  equitably provides for the interests of Members through the granting
of  subscription  rights and the  establishment  of a liquidation  account.  The
Conversion will result in the raising of additional capital for the Bank and the
Holding  Company and should  result in a more  active and liquid  market for the
Holding  Company  Common Stock than currently  exists,  although there can be no
assurances  that this will be the case. The Conversion is designed to enable the
Bank and  Holding  Company  to compete  more  effectively  in a market  which is
undergoing consolidation.

     If the Bank had undertaken a standard conversion involving the formation of
a stock holding company in 1994,  applicable OTS regulations would have required
a greater  amount of Bank Common Stock to be sold than resulted in the amount of
net proceeds  raised in the Bank's initial public  offering  undertaken with the
mutual holding company reorganization. In addition, if a standard conversion had
been conducted in 1994,  management of the Bank believes that it would have been
difficult to profitably invest the larger amount of capital that would have been
raised, when compared to the amount of net proceeds raised in the Bank's initial
public  offering.  A standard  conversion  in 1994 also  would have  immediately
eliminated  all aspects of the mutual form of  organization  and  possibly  have
subjected the Association to


                                       1


<PAGE>



greater interference from stockholders and from an unwanted acquisition or other
change in control of the Bank.

     Subsequent to the formation of the Mutual Holding Company,  there have been
certain changes in the policies of the OTS relating to mutual holding companies.
In addition,  market conditions for the stocks of savings institutions and their
holding  companies  have  improved.  The Bank and the Holding  Company have also
gained experience in being a company required to meet the filing requirements of
the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and in conducting  stockholder  meetings
and other stockholder  matters,  such as  communications,  press releases,  NASD
matters  and  dividend  payments.  In  light of the  foregoing,  the  Boards  of
Directors of the Mutual Holding  Company and the Holding Company believe that it
is in the best  interests of such  companies  and their  respective  Members and
Stockholders to reorganize into the stock form of organization at this time, and
that the most feasible way to do so is through the Conversion and Merger.

     The Bank formed the Holding  Company  which became the holding  company for
the Bank pursuant to a reorganization  completed in June of 1997. In the current
transaction, as described in more detail herein, the Mutual Holding Company will
convert to an interim federal stock savings  association and will simultaneously
merge with and into the Holding Company  pursuant to the Plan of Merger included
as Annex A hereto,  pursuant to which the Mutual  Holding  Company will cease to
exist and a liquidation account will be established for the benefit of depositor
Members as of  specified  dates.  Stock of the  Holding  Company  held by Public
Shareholders  shall  be  automatically  converted  into  the  right  to  receive
additional  shares of Holding  Company  stock based on a  Distribution  Exchange
Ratio plus cash in lieu of any fractional share interest.

     In connection with the Conversion, the Holding Company will offer shares of
Conversion Stock in the Offerings as provided herein. Shares of Conversion Stock
will be offered in a  Subscription  Offering in descending  order of priority to
Eligible   Account   Holders,   Tax-Qualified   Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plans,
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  Other Members and Public  Stockholders.
Any shares of Conversion Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription  Offering
will  be  offered  for  sale to the  public  through  a  Community  Offering  as
determined by the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company.

     The  Conversion  is intended to provide  support to the Bank's  lending and
investment  activities and thereby enhance the Bank's  capabilities to serve the
borrowing and other financial needs of the communities it serves.

     This Plan was  adopted by the  Boards of  Directors  of the Mutual  Holding
Company, the Holding Company and the Bank on September 24, 1997.


                                       2


<PAGE>



     This Plan is subject to the  approval of the OTS and must be adopted by (1)
at least a majority of the total  number of votes  eligible to be cast by Voting
Members of the Mutual Holding  Company at the Special Meeting and (2) holders of
at least  two-thirds  of the  outstanding  Holding  Company  Common Stock at the
Stockholders'  Meeting.  In addition,  the Primary parties have  conditioned the
consummation  of the  Conversion  on the  approval  of the  Plan  by at  least a
majority of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, by the Public Stockholders at
the Stockholders' Meeting.

     After the Conversion, the Bank will continue to be regulated by the OTS, as
its chartering authority, and by the FDIC, which insures the Bank's deposits. In
addition,  the Bank will  continue to be a member of the Federal  Home Loan Bank
System, and all insured savings deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC
up to the maximum provided by law.

2.   DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meaning:

     Actual  Purchase  Price  means the price per share at which the  Conversion
Stock is ultimately  sold by the Holding  Company in the Offerings in accordance
with the terms hereof.

     Affiliate means a Person who,  directly or indirectly,  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls or is  controlled  by or is under common  control with
Person specified.

     Associate,  when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i)
a corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company,  the Bank,
a  majority-owned  subsidiary of the Bank or the Holding  Company) of which such
Person is a  director,  officer or partner or is,  directly or  indirectly,  the
beneficial  owner of 10% or more of any  class of  equity  securities,  (ii) any
trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest
or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity,
provided,  however, that such term shall not include any Tax-Qualified  Employee
Stock Benefit Plan of the Holding Company or the Bank in which such Person has a
substantial  beneficial  interest  or  serves  as a.  trustee  or  in a  similar
fiduciary  capacity,  and (iii) any  relative or spouse of such  Person,  or any
relative  of such  spouse,  who has the  same  home as such  Person  or who is a
director  or  officer  of  the a  Holding  Company  or  the  Bank  or any of the
subsidiaries of the foregoing.

     Bank  means  Harbor  Federal  Savings  Bank in its  mutual or stock form or
Harbor Federal Savings Bank following  consummation  of the  Conversion,  as the
context of the reference indicates.

     Bank Common Stock means the common  stock of the Bank,  par value $1.00 per
share,  which  stock  is not and will not be  insured  by the FDIC or any  other
governmental authority.


                                       3


<PAGE>



     Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     Community  Offering  means the offering for sale by the Holding  Company of
any shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the  Subscription  Offering
to (i)  natural  persons  residing in the Local  Community,  and (ii) such other
Persons within or without the State of Florida as may be selected by the Holding
Company within its sole discretion.

     Control  (including the terms  "controlling,"  "controlled  by," and "under
common control with") means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power
to direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  and policies of a Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

     Conversion  means (i) the  conversion of the Mutual  Holding  Company to an
interim federal stock savings association and the subsequent merger, pursuant to
which the Mutual Holding  Company will cease to exist,  and (ii) the issuance of
Conversion  Stock by the Holding  Company in the  Offerings as provided  herein,
which will  increase  the  number of shares of a Holding  Company  Common  Stock
outstanding  (subject  to  approval  by Holding  Company  Shareholders)  and the
capitalization of the Holding Company and the Bank.

     Conversion  Stock means the Holding  Company  Common Stock to be issued and
sold in the Offerings pursuant to the Plan of Conversion.

     Deposit  Account  means  savings and demand  accounts,  including  passbook
accounts,  money market  deposit  accounts and  negotiable  order of  withdrawal
accounts,  and certificates of deposit and other authorized accounts of the Bank
held by a Member.

     Director,  Officer and Employee means the terms as applied  respectively to
any person who is a director. officer or employee of the Mutual Holding Company,
the Bank, the Holding Company or any subsidiary thereof.

     Distribution  Exchange  Ratio means the rate at which shares of the Holding
Company held by the Public Stockholders will be increased in connection with the
Holding Company Merger. The exact rate shall be determined by the Mutual Holding
Company and the Holding Company in order to ensure that upon consummation of the
Conversion the Public  Stockholders will own in the aggregate  approximately the
same  percentage  of the Holding  Company  Common Stock to be  outstanding  upon
completion of the Conversion as the  percentage of Holding  Company Common Stock
owned by them in the  aggregate on the Effective  Date,  before giving effect to
(a) cash paid in lieu of any  fractional  interests  of Holding  Company  Common
Stock  and  (b)  any  shares  of  Conversion   Stock  purchased  by  the  Public
Stockholders  in the  Offerings or  tax-qualified  employee  stock benefit plans
thereafter.


                                       4


<PAGE>



     Distribution Exchange Shares means the additional shares of Holding Company
Common  Stock to be issued to the Public  Stockholders  in  connection  with the
Holding Company Merger with the MHC.

     Eligible  Account Holder means any Person  holding a Qualifying  Deposit on
the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining  subscription rights and
establishing  subaccount  balances in the liquidation  account to be established
pursuant to the provision herein.

     Eligibility Record Date means the date for determining  Qualifying Deposits
of Eligible Account Holders and is the close of business on July 31, 1996.

     Estimated Price Range means the range of the estimated  aggregate pro forma
market  value  of  the  Conversion  Stock  to be  issued  in the  Offerings,  as
determined by the Independent Appraiser in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

     FDIC means the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or any  successor
thereto.

     Holding Company means Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc., a corporation organized
under  the laws of the  State of  Delaware.  Upon  completion  of the June  1997
Reorganization, the Holding Company held all of the outstanding capital stock of
the Bank.

     Holding Company Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Holding Company,
par value  $0.01 per share,  which  stock  cannot and will not be insured by the
FDIC or any other governmental authority.

     Independent Appraiser means the independent investment banking or financial
consulting  firm  retained  by the  Holding  Company  and the Bank to prepare an
appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock.

     Initial  Purchase  Price means the price per share to be paid  initially by
Participants  for shares of Conversion  Stock subscribed for in the Subscription
Offering and by Persons for shares of Conversion  Stock ordered in the Community
Offering.

     Interim means an interim federal stock savings  association,  which will be
formed as a result of the conversion of Harbor Financial,  M.H.C. into the stock
form of organization.

     Local Community means all counties in which the Bank has its home office or
a branch office.

     Member  means  any  Person  qualifying  as a member of the  Mutual  Holding
Company in  accordance  with its mutual  charter  and bylaws and the laws of the
United States.


                                       5


<PAGE>



     MHC Merger  means the merger of Interim  with and into the Holding  Company
pursuant to the Plan of Merger included as Annex A hereto.

     Mid-Tier  Holding Company - Harbor Florida Bancorp,  or Holding Company,  a
Delaware  chartered  corporation  which owns 100% of the common  stock of Harbor
Federal Savings Bank.

     Mutual Holding Company means Harbor Financial, M.H.C. (an owner of 53.4% of
the  common  stock of Holding  Company)  prior to the MHC's  conversion  into an
interim federal stock savings association.

     Offerings means the Subscription Offering, the Public Stockholders Offering
and the Community Offering.

     Officer  means  the  president,  all  senior  vice-presidents,   secretary,
treasurer or principal  financial officer,  comptroller or principal  accounting
officer and any other person  performing  similar  functions with respect to any
organization whether incorporated or unincorporated.

     Order  Form  means  the  form or forms  provided  by the  Holding  Company,
containing all such terms and  provisions as set forth herein,  to a Participant
or other Person by which Conversion Stock may be ordered in the Offerings.

     Other Member means a Voting Member who is not an Eligible Account Holder or
a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

     OTS means the Office of Thrift Supervision or any successor thereto.

     Participant means any Eligible Account Holder, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock
Benefit Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and Other Member.

     Person means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a
joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated  organization or a government or
any political subdivision thereof.

     Plan of Conversion and Plan of Merger means this Plan of Conversion and the
Plan of Merger as  adopted  by the Boards of  Directors  of the  Mutual  Holding
Company,  the Holding Company, and the Bank and any amendment hereto approved as
provided herein.  The Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall adopt this
Plan as soon as practicable following its organization.


                                       6


<PAGE>



     Primary Parties means the Mutual Holding Company,  the Holding Company, and
the Bank.

     Prospectus  means  the one or more  documents  to be used in  offering  the
Conversion Stock in the Offerings.

     Public Stockholders mean those Persons who own shares of Bank Common Stock,
excluding the Mutual Holding Company, as of the Stockholder Voting Record Date.

     Public  Stockholders  Offering  means the  offering for sale by the Holding
Company of any shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription
Offering  to Public  Stockholders,  at the sole  discretion  of the bank and the
Holding Company.

     Qualifying  Deposit means the aggregate  balance of all Deposit Accounts in
the Bank of (i) an  Eligible  Account  Holder  at the close of  business  on the
Eligibility  Record Date,  provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50,
and (ii) a Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the
Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date,  provided such aggregate  balance is not
less than $50.

     Resident means any person who, on the date  designated for that category of
subscriber  in the Plan,  maintained  a bona  fide  residence  within  the Local
Community . The  designated  dates for Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are July 31, 1996, September 30, 1997
and  __________________,  1997,  respectively.  To the  extent  the  person is a
corporation  or other  business  entity,  the  principal  place of  business  or
headquarters shall be within the Local Community.  To the extent the person is a
personal  benefit plan, the  circumstances  of the beneficiary  shall apply with
respect  to  this   definition.   In  the  case  of  all  other  benefit  plans,
circumstances  of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition.
The Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence  provided to
it to make a determination as to whether a person is a bona fide resident of the
Local Community.  Subscribers in the Community  Offering who are natural persons
will have a purchase preference if they were residents of the Local Community on
the date of the Prospectus.  In all cases,  however, such determination shall be
in the sole discretion of the Bank and Holding Company.

     SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Special  Meeting means the Special Meeting of Members of the Mutual Holding
Company and Public  Stockholders  called for the purpose of submitting this Plan
to the Members for their approval, and matters related to stockholders including
any adjournments of such meeting.


                                       7


<PAGE>



     Stockholders  means those  Persons  who own shares of the  Holding  Company
Common Stock.

     Stockholders'  Meeting means the annual or special  meeting of Stockholders
of the Holding  Company  called for the purpose of  submitting  this Plan to the
Stockholders for their approval, including any adjournments of such meeting.

     Stockholder  Voting Record Date means the date for  determining  the Public
Stockholders of the Bank eligible to vote at the Stockholders' Meeting.

     Subscription  Offering  means  the  offering  of the  Conversion  Stock  to
Participants.

     Subscription   Rights  means   nontransferable   rights  to  subscribe  for
Conversion Stock granted to Participants pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

     Supplemental Eligible Account Holder means any Person and their Associates.
holding a  Qualifying  Deposit  at the  close of  business  on the  Supplemental
Eligibility Record Date.

     Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, if  applicable,  means the date for
determining  Qualifying  Deposits of Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders and
shall be required if the Eligibility Record Date is more than 15 months prior to
the date of the latest  amendment to the Application for Conversion filed by the
Mutual  Holding  Company  prior to approval of such  application  by the OTS. If
applicable,  the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date shall be the last day of
the calendar  quarter  preceding OTS approval of the  Application for Conversion
submitted by the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to this Plan of Conversion.

     Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan means any defined benefit plan or
defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus
plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which is established for the benefit of
the  employees of the Holding  Company and the Bank and which,  with its related
trust, meets the requirements to be "qualified" under Section 401 of the Code as
from time to time in effect. A  "Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan"
is any defined benefit plan or defined  contribution stock benefit plan which is
not so qualified.

     Voting  Member  means a Person who at the close of  business  on the Voting
Record  Date is entitled  to vote as a Member of the Mutual  Holding  Company in
accordance with its mutual charter and bylaws.

     Voting Record Date means the date or dates for  determining the eligibility
of Members to vote at the Special Meeting


                                       8


<PAGE>



3.   GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION

     A. An application for the Conversion,  including the Plan of Conversion and
all other  requisite  material  (the  "Application  for  Conversion"),  shall be
submitted to the OTS for approval.  The Mutual  Holding  Company and the Holding
Company  also will  cause  notice of the  adoption  of the Plan by the Boards of
Directors of the Mutual Holding  Company and the Holding  Company to be given by
publication in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which
an office of the Bank is located;  and will cause  copies of the Plan to be made
available  at each  office  of the  Mutual  Holding  Company  and the  Bank  for
inspection by Members and Stockholders.  The Mutual Holding Company and the Bank
will post the notice of the filing of the  Application for Conversion in each of
their  offices  and will again cause to be  published,  in  accordance  with the
requirements  of applicable  regulations of the OTS, a notice of the filing with
the OTS of an application  to convert the Mutual Holding  Company from mutual to
stock form.

     B. Promptly  following receipt of requisite  approval of the OTS, this Plan
will be  submitted  to the Members for their  consideration  and approval at the
Special  Meeting.  The Mutual  Holding  Company may, at its option,  mail to all
Members as of the Voting Record Date,  at their last known address  appearing on
the  records of the Mutual  Holding  Company and the  Holding  Company,  a proxy
statement  in either  long or  summary  form  describing  the Plan which will be
submitted to a vote of the Members at the Special  Meeting.  The Holding Company
also shall mail to all such  Members  (as well as other  Participants)  either a
Prospectus  and Order  Form for the  purchase  of  Conversion  Stock or a letter
informing  them of their  right to  receive a  Prospectus  and Order  Form and a
postage  prepaid  card to request  such  materials,  subject  to the  provisions
herein. The Plan must be approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority
of the  total  number of votes  eligible  to be cast by  Voting  Members  at the
Special Meeting.

     C.  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  shares of  Conversion  Stock will be
issued  without  payment  therefor to Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members.

     D. The Holding Company shall file preliminary  proxy materials with the OTS
and SEC in order to seek the approval of the Plan by its Stockholders.  Promptly
following  clearance  of  such  proxy  materials  by the OTS and the SEC and the
receipt of any other  requisite  approval of the OTS,  the Holding  Company will
mail definitive proxy materials to all Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting
Record Date, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Holding
Company,  for their consideration and approval of this Plan at the Stockholders'
Meeting.  The Plan must be approved by the holders of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding  Holding  Company  Common  Stock as of the Voting  Record  Date.  In
addition,   the  Primary  Parties  have  conditioned  the  consummation  of  the
Conversion on the approval of


                                       9


<PAGE>



the Plan by at least a majority of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, by the
Public   Stockholders  as  of  the   Stockholder   Voting  Record  Date  at  the
Stockholders' Meeting.

     E. The  Conversion  Stock shall be first offered for sale in a Subscription
Offering to Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit
Plans,   Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holders  and  Other  Members.  It  is
anticipated  that any shares of  Conversion  Stock  remaining  unsold  after the
Subscription  Offering  will be  sold  first  through  the  Public  Stockholders
Offering and then through a Community Offering Community. The purchase price per
share for the Conversion Stock shall be a uniform price determined in accordance
with the provisions  herein. The Holding Company shall contribute to the Bank an
amount of the net  proceeds  received  by the Holding  Company  from the sale of
Conversion  Stock as shall be  determined  by the  Boards  of  Directors  of the
Holding Company, and the Bank and as shall be approved by the OTS.

     F. The  Effective  Date of the  Conversion  shall be the date set  forth in
Section 27 hereof.  Upon the effective  date, the following  transactions  shall
occur:

          (i) The Mutual Holding  Company shall convert into an interim  federal
     stock savings association,  Interim, and Interim shall simultaneously merge
     with and into the  Holding  Company  in the MHC  Merger,  with the  Holding
     Company being the surviving institution. As a result of the MHC Merger, (a)
     the shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock  currently  held by the Mutual
     Holding  Company  shall be canceled  and (b) Members of the Mutual  Holding
     Company  will  be  granted  interests  in  the  liquidation  account  to be
     established pursuant to Section 16 hereof.

          (ii)  The  Holding  Company  shall  sell the  Conversion  Stock in the
     Offerings, as provided herein.

     G. The Primary parties may retain and pay for the services of financial and
other  advisors and investment  bankers to assist in connection  with any or all
aspects of the  Conversion,  including in  connection  with the  Offerings,  the
payment of fees to brokers  and  investment  bankers  for  assisting  Persons in
completing  and/or  submitting  Order Forms. All fees,  expenses,  retainers and
similar items shall be reasonable.

4.   TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF CONVERSION STOCK

     A. The aggregate price at which shares of Conversion Stock shall be sold in
the Offerings  shall be based on a pro forma  valuation of the aggregate  market
value  of the  Conversion  Stock  prepared  by the  Independent  Appraiser.  The
valuation  shall be based  on  financial  information  relating  to the  Primary
Parties,  market, financial and economic conditions, a comparison of the Primary
Parties with selected publicly held financial


                                       10


<PAGE>



institutions and holding  companies and with comparable  financial  institutions
and holding  companies and such other factors as the  Independent  Appraiser may
deem to be  important.  The  valuation  shall be stated in terms of an Estimated
Price Range,  the maximum of which shall generally be no more than 15% above the
average of the  minimum and maximum of such price range and the minimum of which
shall  generally be no more than 15% below such average.  The valuation shall be
updated during the Conversion as market and financial  conditions warrant and as
may be required by the OTS.

     B. Based upon the  independent  valuation,  the Boards of  Directors of the
Primary  Parties shall fix the Initial  Purchase Price and the number (or range)
of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  ("Offering  Range")  to  be  offered  in  the
Subscription  Offering,  Public Stockholders Offering and Community Offering, if
applicable.  The  Actual  Purchase  Price  and the  total  number  of  shares of
Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offerings shall be determined by the Boards
of  Directors  of the  Primary  Parties  upon  conclusion  of the  Offerings  in
consultation  with  the  Independent  Appraiser  and any  financial  advisor  or
investment banker retained by the Primary Parties in connection therewith.

     C.  Subject to the approval of the OTS,  the  Estimated  Price Range may be
increased or  decreased to reflect  market,  financial  and economic  conditions
prior to completion of the Conversion,  and under such circumstances the Primary
Parties may  correspondingly  increase or decrease the total number of shares of
Conversion  Stock to be issued in the  Conversion  to reflect  any such  change.
Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary   contained   in  this  Plan,   no
resolicitation  of subscribers  shall be required and  subscribers  shall not be
permitted to modify or cancel their subscriptions unless the gross proceeds from
the sale of the  Conversion  Stock  issued in the  Conversion  are less than the
minimum or (excluding purchases,  if any, by the Holding Company's Tax-Qualified
Employee  Stock Benefit  Plans) more than 15% above the maximum of the Estimated
Price  Range set forth in the  Prospectus.  In the event of an  increase  in the
total  number of shares  offered in the  Conversion  due to an  increase  in the
Estimated Price Range, the priority of share allocation shall be as set forth in
this Plan, provided,  however, that such priority will have no effect whatsoever
on the ability of the Tax  Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit Plans to purchase
additional shares pursuant to Section 4.D.

     D. (i) In the event that  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit Plans are
unable to purchase  the number of shares  subscribed  for by such  Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans due to an oversubscription for shares of Conversion
Stock pursuant to Section 5 hereof,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans
may purchase from the Holding  Company,  and the Holding Company may sell to the
Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans, such additional shares ("Additional
Shares") of Holding Company Common Stock necessary to fill the  subscriptions of
the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans,  provided that such Additional
Shares  may not exceed 10% of the total  numbers of shares of  Conversion  Stock
sold in the Conversion.  The sale of Additional Shares, if necessary, will occur
contemporaneously  with the sale of the Conversion Stock. The sale of Additional
Shares to


                                       11


<PAGE>



Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans by the Holding Company is conditioned
upon receipt by the Holding Company of a letter from the  Independent  Appraiser
to the effect that such sale would not have a material  effect on the Conversion
or the Actual  Purchase  Price and the  approval of the OTS.  The ability of the
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock Benefit Plans to purchase up to an additional 10%
of the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock sold in the Conversion  shall
not  be  affected  or  limited  in any  manner  by the  priorities  or  purchase
limitations otherwise set forth in this Plan of Conversion.

     (ii)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this Plan, if
the final valuation of the Conversion Stock exceeds the maximum of the Estimated
Price Range, up to 10% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock sold in
the Conversion may be sold to Tax-Qualified Stock Benefit Plans prior to filling
any  other  orders  for  Conversion  Stock  from  such  shares  in excess of the
Estimated Price Range.

5.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

     A.  Each  Eligible   Account   Holder  shall  receive,   without   payment,
nontransferable  subscription  rights  equal to the  greater of (i) the  maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering, (ii) one-tenth of 1%
of the  total  offering  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  in the  Subscription
Offering, and (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number)
obtained by multiplying  the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock offered
in the Subscription Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount
of the Qualifying  Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is
the total amount of all  Qualifying  Deposits of all Eligible  Account  Holders,
subject to Section 14 hereof.

     B. In the  event of an  oversubscription  for  shares of  Conversion  Stock
pursuant to the provisions  herein,  available  shares shall be allocated  among
subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit, to the extent possible, to
purchase a number of shares which will make his or her total allocation equal to
the lesser of the number of shares  subscribed for or 100 shares.  Any available
shares  remaining  after  each  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holder  has been
allocated  the  lesser  of the  number  subscribed  for or 100  shares  shall be
allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders in the proportion which
the Qualifying Deposit of each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder bears to
the total Qualifying Deposits of all such subscribing  Eligible Account Holders,
provided  that no  fractional  shares  shall be issued.  Subscription  Rights of
Eligible Account Holders who are also Directors or Officers and their Associates
shall be subordinated  to those of other Eligible  Account Holders to the extent
that they are  attributable  to increased  deposits  during the one-year  period
preceding the Eligibility Record Date.


                                       12


<PAGE>



6.   SUBSCRIPTION  RIGHTS OF THE  TAX-QUALIFIED  EMPLOYEE  STOCK  BENEFIT  PLANS
     (SECOND PRIORITY)

     Notwithstanding  the purchase  limitations  discussed below,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Holding  Company and the Bank shall receive,
without  payment,   nontransferable  Subscription  Rights  to  purchase  in  the
aggregate  up to  10% of the  Conversion  Stock,  including  first  priority  to
purchase  any shares of  Conversion  Stock to be issued in the  Conversion  as a
result of an increase in the  Estimated  Price Range after  commencement  of the
Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion. Consistent with
applicable  laws  and  regulations  and  policies  and  practices  of  the  OTS,
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit Plans may use funds  contributed  by the
Holding  Company  or the Bank  and/or  borrowed  from an  independent  financial
institution to exercise such  Subscription  Rights,  and the Holding Company and
the Bank may make scheduled discretionary  contributions thereto,  provided that
such  contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet
any applicable regulatory capital requirement.

7.   SUBSCRIPTION  RIGHTS  OF  SUPPLEMENTAL   ELIGIBLE  ACCOUNT  HOLDERS  (THIRD
     PRIORITY)

     A. In the event  that the  Eligibility  Record  Date is more than 15 months
prior to the date of the latest  amendment  to the  Application  for  Conversion
filed  prior to OTS  approval,  then,  and only in that  event,  a  Supplemental
Eligibility  Record  Date shall be set and each  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder, shall, subject to the further limitations of Section 11 hereof, receive,
without  payment,  nontransferable  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  up to the
greater of (i) the maximum  purchase  limitation  established  for the Community
Offering,  (ii)  one-tenth of 1% of the total  offering of shares of  Conversion
Stock in the Subscription Offering, and (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down
to the next whole number)  obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of
Conversion  Stock offered in the Subscription  Offering by a fraction,  of which
the  numerator  is the amount of the  Qualifying  Deposits  of the  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of all
Qualifying  Deposits of all Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders,  subject to
Section  14  hereof  and the  availability  of shares  of  Conversion  Stock for
purchase after taking into account the shares of Conversion  Stock  purchased by
Eligible Account Holders and  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans though
the exercise of Subscription Rights under Sections 5 and 6 hereof.

     B. In the event of an  oversubscription  for  shares of  Conversion  Stock,
available  shares shall be allocated  among  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders so as to permit each  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder,  to
the extent  possible,  to purchase a number of shares  which will make his total
allocation  equal to the  lesser of the number of shares subscribed


                                       13


<PAGE>



for or 100  shares.  Any  available  shares  remaining  after  each  subscribing
Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has been allocated the lesser of the number
subscribed  for  or  100  shares  shall  be  allocated   among  the  subscribing
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders in the proportion  which the Qualifying
Deposit of each such subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder bears to
the total  Qualifying  Deposits of all such  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders, provided that no fractional shares shall be issued.

8.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

     A. Each Other  Member,  as of the Voting  Record  Date  ("Other  Members"),
shall, subject to the further limitations of Section 11, hereof, receive without
payment,  Subscription  Rights to  purchase up to the greater of (i) the maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering and (ii) one-tenth of
1% of the  total  offering  of shares of  Conversion  Stock in the  Subscription
Offering,  in each case  subject to Section  14 hereof and the  availability  of
shares of Conversion  Stock for purchase after taking into account the shares of
Conversion Stock purchased by Eligible Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Stock Benefit Plans, and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, if any, through
the exercise of Subscription Rights under Sections 5, 6 and 7 hereof.

     B. If,  pursuant to this Section,  Other Members  subscribe for a number of
shares of Conversion Stock in excess of the total number of shares of Conversion
Stock  remaining,  available shares shall be allocated among  subscribing  Other
Members shares so as to permit each such Other Member,  to the extent  possible,
to purchase a number of shares  which will make his total  allocations  equal to
the lesser of the number of shares  subscribed for or 100 shares.  Any remaining
shares after each subscribing  Other Member has been allocated the lesser of the
number  subscribed for or 100 shares shall be allocated among  subscribing Other
Members on a pro rata basis in the same  proportion as each such Other  Member's
subscription  bears to the total  subscriptions  of all such  subscribing  Other
Members, provided that no fractional shares shall be issued.

9.   PUBLIC STOCKHOLDERS OFFERING

     A. If less than the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock are sold in
the  Subscription  Offering,  all remaining  shares of  Conversion  Stock shall,
subject to the  further  limitations  of  Section  11 hereof,  be sold to Public
Stockholders  as of the  Stockholder  Voting  Record Date in an amount up to the
greater of (i) the maximum  purchase  limitation  established  for the Community
Offering and (ii) one tenth of 1% of the total  offering of shares of Conversion
Stock in the  Subscription  Offering,  in each case subject to Section 14 hereof
and the  availability  of shares of Conversion  Stock for purchase  after taking
into  account the shares of  Conversion  Stock  purchased  by  Eligible  Account
Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock Benefit  Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders  and Other  Members.  The  ability  of Public  Stockholders  to
purchase  stock in the Public  Stockholders  Offering is subject to the right of
the Primary Parties in their absolute discretion to accept or reject in whole or
in part all orders in the Public Stockholders Offering.


                                       14


<PAGE>



     B. If, pursuant to this Section,  Public Stockholders as of the Stockholder
Voting  Record  Date  subscribe  for a number of shares of  Conversion  Stock in
excess of the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock  remaining,  available
shares  shall be  allocated  among  subscribing  Public  Stockholders  as of the
Stockholder Voting Record Date in an equitable manner as determined by the Board
of Directors, provided that no fractional shares shall be issued.

10.  COMMUNITY OFFERING AND OTHER OFFERINGS

     A. If less than the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock are sold in
the Subscription  Offering and Public Stockholders  Offering,  it is anticipated
that all remaining shares of Conversion Stock shall, if practicable,  be sold in
a Community  Offering.  Subject to the requirements set forth herein, the manner
in which the  Conversion  Stock is sold in the Community  Offering shall have as
the objective the achievement of the widest possible distribution of such stock,
subject to the right of the Primary Parties,  in their absolute  discretion,  to
accept or reject in whole or in part all orders in the Community Offering.

     B. In the event of a Community  Offering,  all shares of  Conversion  Stock
which  are  not  subscribed  for  in  the   Subscription   Offering  and  Public
Stockholders  Offering shall be offered for sale by means of a direct  community
marketing  program,  which  may  provide  for the  use of  brokers,  dealers  or
investment  banking  firms  experienced  in the  sale of  financial  institution
securities.  Any available  shares in excess of those not  subscribed for in the
Subscription  Offering  will be available for purchase by members of the general
public to whom a  Prospectus  is  delivered  by the  Holding  Company  or on its
behalf,  with preference given to natural persons who are Residents of the Local
Community ("Preferred Subscribers").

     C. A  Prospectus  and Order Form shall be  furnished to such Persons as the
Primary Parties may select in connection with the Community  Offering,  and each
order for  Conversion  Stock in the Community  Offering  shall be subject to the
absolute  right of the  Primary  Parties  to accept or reject  any such order in
whole  or in part  either  at the  time of  receipt  of an  order  or as soon as
practicable  following  completion of the Community  Offering.  Available shares
will be allocated first to each Preferred  Subscriber whose order is accepted in
an amount  equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares  subscribed
for by each such  Preferred  Subscriber,  if possible.  Thereafter,  unallocated
shares shall be allocated among the Preferred  Subscribers whose accepted orders
remain  unsatisfied  in an  equitable  manner  as  determined  by the  Board  of
Directors.  If there  are any  shares  remaining  after all  accepted  orders by
Preferred  Subscribers  have  been  satisfied,  any  remaining  shares  shall be
allocated  to other  members  of the  general  public  who  place  orders in the
Community Offering,  applying the same allocation  described above for Preferred
Subscribers.


                                       15


<PAGE>



     D. The amount of  Conversion  Stock that any  Person  may  purchase  in the
Community  Offering  shall  (subject  to the further  limitations  of Section 11
hereof)  not  exceed  the number of shares of  Conversion  Stock as shall  equal
$500,000  divided by the Actual Purchase  Price,  provided,  however,  that this
amount may be  decreased  or  increased  by up to 5%,  subject  to any  required
regulatory  approval  but without the further  approval of Members of the Mutual
Holding Company or the Stockholders of the Holding Company.  The Primary Parties
may commence the Community Offering concurrently with, at any time during, or as
soon as  practicable  after the end of,  the  Subscription  Offering  and Public
Stockholders  Offering,  and the Community  Offering must be completed within 45
days after the completion of the Subscription  Offering and Public  Stockholders
Offering,  unless extended by the Primary  Parties with any required  regulatory
approval.

     E. In the event  that any  insignificant  residue  of shares of  Conversion
Stock  is not sold in the  Subscription  Offering  or  Community  Offering,  the
Primary Parties shall use their best efforts to obtain other purchasers for such
shares in such manner and upon such  conditions  as may be  satisfactory  to the
OTS.

11.  LIMITATIONS ON SUBSCRIPTIONS AND PURCHASES OF CONVERSION STOCK

     The following limitations shall apply to all purchases of Conversion Stock:

     A. The maximum number of shares of Conversion  Stock which may be purchased
by any Person in the First  Priority,  Third Priority and Fourth Priority in the
Subscription  Offering,  any Person in the Public Stockholders  Offering and any
person in the  Community  Offering  shall  not  exceed  the  number of shares of
Conversion Stock as shall equal $500,000 divided by the Actual Purchase Price.

     B. The maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be subscribed
for or purchased in all  categories in the  Conversion by any Person (or persons
through a single account) together with any Associate or group of persons Acting
in Concert shall not exceed such number of shares of  Conversion  Stock as shall
equal $750,000  divided by the Actual Purchase Price,  except for  Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans, which in the aggregate may subscribe for up to 10%
of the Conversion Stock.

     C. Except for the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans, the maximum
number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be purchased in all categories in
the Conversion by any Person (or persons through a single account) together with
any Associate or group of persons Acting in Concert shall not exceed such number
of shares that when  combined  with  Distribution  Exchange  Shares  shall equal
$3,000,000 divided by the Actual Purchase Price per share.


                                       16


<PAGE>




     D. The number of shares of  Conversion  Stock which  Directors and Officers
and their  Associates  may purchase in the  aggregate in the Offering  shall not
exceed  25% of the  total  number  of shares  of  Conversion  Stock  sold in the
Offerings,  including any shares which may be issued in the event of an increase
in the  maximum  of the  Estimated  Price  Range to  reflect  changes in market,
financial  and  economic  conditions  after  commencement  of  the  Subscription
Offering and prior to completion of the Offerings.

     E. No Person may purchase  fewer than 25 shares of Conversion  Stock in the
Offerings, to the extent such shares are available;  provided,  however, that if
the Actual Purchase Price is greater than $20.00 per share,  such minimum number
of shares shall be adjusted so that the aggregate Actual Purchase Price for such
minimum shares will not exceed $500.00.

     F. For  purposes of the  foregoing  limitations  and the  determination  of
Subscription  Rights, (i) Directors,  Officers and Employees shall not be deemed
to be  Associates  or a group  acting  in  concert  solely  as a result of their
capacities  as such,  (ii) shares  purchased  by  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock
Benefit  Plans  shall  not  be  attributable  to  the  individual   trustees  or
beneficiaries  of any such plan for purposes of determining  compliance with the
limitations set forth in this Section,  and (iii)  Distribution  Exchange Shares
shall be valued at the Actual Purchase Price.

     G. Subject to any required  regulatory  approval  and the  requirements  of
applicable laws and regulations,  but without further approval of the Members of
the Mutual  Holding  Company or the  Stockholders  of the Holding  Company,  the
Primary  Parties may  increase or decrease  any of the  individual  or aggregate
purchase  limitations set forth herein to a percentage  which does not exceed 5%
of the maximum  purchase  amount set forth herein  whether  prior to,  during or
after the  Subscription  Offering or  Community  Offering.  In the event that an
individual   purchase   limitation  is  increased  after   commencement  of  the
Subscription  Offering or any other  offering,  the Primary Parties shall permit
any Person who subscribed  for the maximum number of shares of Conversion  Stock
to  purchase  an  additional  number of  shares,  so that such  Person  shall be
permitted to subscribe  for the then  maximum  number of shares  permitted to be
subscribed  for by such  Person,  subject to the rights and  preferences  of any
Person who has priority  Subscription  Rights.  In the event that an  individual
purchase limitation is decreased after commencement of the Subscription Offering
or any other offering, the orders of any Person who subscribed for more than the
new purchase  limitation  shall be decreased by the minimum amount  necessary so
that such Person shall be in compliance  with the then maximum  number of shares
permitted to be subscribed for by such Person.

     H. The Primary Parties shall have the right to take all such action as they
may, in their sole discretion, deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order
to monitor and  enforce  the terms,  conditions,  limitations  and  restrictions
contained in this Section and  elsewhere in


                                       17


<PAGE>



this Plan and the terms,  conditions and representations  contained in the Order
Form,  including,  but not limited to, the absolute  right  (subject only to any
necessary  regulatory  approvals  or  concurrences)  to reject,  limit or revoke
acceptance  of any  subscription  or order and to delay,  terminate or refuse to
consummate any sale of Conversion Stock which they believe might violate,  or is
designed  to,  or is any part of a plan  to,  evade or  circumvent  such  terms,
conditions, limitations, restrictions and representations. Any such action shall
be final,  conclusive  and binding on all persons,  and the Primary  Parties and
their  respective  Boards  shall be free  from any  liability  to any  Person on
account of any such action.

     I.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this Plan,  the
Public Stockholders will not have to sell any Holding Company Common Stock or to
be limited in receiving  Distribution Exchange Shares even if their ownership of
Holding  Company Common Stock when converted into  Distribution  Exchange Shares
would exceed an applicable purchase limitation.

12.  TIMING OF SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING,  MANNER OF EXERCISING  SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS
     AND ORDER FORMS

     A. The Subscription  Offering may be commenced  concurrently with or at any
time after the  mailing to Voting  Members of the  Mutual  Holding  Company  and
Stockholders  of the  Holding  Company of the proxy  statement(s)  to be used in
connection  with  the  Special  Meeting  and  the  Stockholders'   Meeting.  The
Subscription  Offering  may  be  closed  before  the  Special  Meeting  and  the
Stockholders' Meeting,  provided that the offer and sale of the Conversion Stock
shall be conditioned  upon the approval of the Plan by the Voting Members of the
Mutual Holding  Company and the  Stockholders of the Bank at the Special Meeting
and the Stockholders' Meeting, respectively.

     B. The exact timing of the commencement of the Subscription  Offering shall
be  determined  by the  Primary  Parties in  consultation  with the  Independent
Appraiser and any  financial or advisory or investment  banking firm retained by
them in  connection  with the  Conversion.  The Primary  Parties may  consider a
number of factors,  including,  but not limited to, their  current and projected
future  earnings,  local and national  economic  conditions,  and the prevailing
market for stocks in general and stocks of financial institutions in particular.
The Primary Parties shall have the right to withdraw, terminate, suspend, delay,
revoke or modify any such  Subscription  Offering,  at any time and from time to
time, as they in their sole discretion may determine,  without  liability to any
Person,  subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and any necessary
regulatory approval or concurrence.

     C. The Primary  Parties  shall,  promptly  after the SEC has  declared  the
Registration  Statement,  which  includes  the  Prospectus,  effective  and  all
required regulatory  approvals have been obtained,  distribute or make available
the Prospectus,  together with Order Forms for the purchase of Conversion Stock,
to all  Participants  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  them  to  exercise  their


                                       18


<PAGE>



respective  Subscription  Rights,  subject to Section  14  hereof.  The  Primary
Parties may elect to mail a Prospectus and Order Form only to those Participants
who request  such  materials  by  returning a  postage-paid  card to the Primary
Parties by a date specified in the letter  informing them of their  Subscription
Rights. Under such circumstances,  the Subscription Offering shall not be closed
until the expiration of 30 days after the mailing by the Primary  Parties of the
postage-paid card to Participants.

     D. A single Order Form for all Deposit Accounts maintained with the Bank by
an Eligible Account Holder and any  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder may be
furnished,  notwithstanding  the number of Deposit Accounts  maintained with the
Bank on the Eligibility  Record Date and Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date.
respectively.

     E. The  recipient  of an Order  Form shall have no less than 20 days and no
more than 45 days from the date of  mailing  of the Order  Form  (with the exact
termination  date to be set forth on the Order  Form) to properly  complete  and
execute  the Order  Form and  deliver it to the  Primary  Parties.  The  Primary
Parties  may extend  such  period by such  amount of time as they  determine  is
appropriate.  Failure of any  Participant  to deliver a properly  executed Order
Form to the Primary Parties, along with payment (or authorization for payment by
withdrawal)  for the shares of  Conversion  Stock  subscribed  for,  within time
limits  prescribed,  shall be deemed a waiver and  release by such person of any
rights to subscribe for shares of Conversion  Stock.  Each Participant  shall be
required to confirm to the Primary  Parties by executing an Order Form that such
Person has fully  complied with all of the terms,  conditions,  limitations  and
restrictions in the Plan.

     F. The  Primary  Parties  shall  have the  absolute  right,  in their  sole
discretion and without  liability to any Participant or other Person,  to reject
any Order  Form,  including,  but not  limited  to,  any Order  Form that is (i)
improperly  completed or executed;  (ii) not timely received;  (iii) transmitted
via facsimile;  (iv) not accompanied by the proper payment (or  authorization of
withdrawal  for  payment)  or,  in the case of  institutional  investors  in the
Community  Offering,  not  accompanied by an  irrevocable  order together with a
legally binding commitment to pay the full amount of the purchase price prior to
48 hours before the  completion of the  Offerings;  or (v) submitted by a Person
whose  representations  the  Primary  Parties  believe  to be  false or who they
otherwise believe, either alone, or acting in concert with others, is violating,
evading or circumventing,  or intends to violate, evade or circumvent, the terms
and  conditions of the Plan.  The Primary  Parties may, but will not be required
to, waive any  irregularity  on any Order Form or may require the  submission of
corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for shares of Conversion
Stock by such  date as they  may  specify.  The  interpretation  of the  Primary
Parties  of the  terms and  conditions  of the  Order  Forms  shall be final and
conclusive.


                                       19


<PAGE>



13.  PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK

     A. Payment for shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for by Participants in
the Subscription  Offering and payment for shares of Conversion Stock ordered by
Persons in the  Stockholders  Offering and Community  Offering shall be equal to
the Initial  Purchase  Price  multiplied by the number of shares which are being
subscribed  for or ordered,  respectively.  Such payment may be made in cash, if
delivered  in person,  or by check or money  order at the time the Order Form is
delivered to the Primary Parties. Wire transfers of funds may be accepted in the
sole  discretion  of the Primary  Parties and there  shall be no  liability  for
failing to accept  such funds.  In  addition,  the Primary  Parties may elect to
provide  Participants  and/or other Persons who have a Deposit  Account with the
Bank the  opportunity to pay for shares of Conversion  Stock by authorizing  the
Bank to withdraw  from such  Deposit  Account an amount  equal to the  aggregate
Purchase  Price of such shares.  If the Actual  Purchase  Price is less than the
Initial  Purchase Price,  the Primary Parties shall refund the difference to all
Participants  and other  Persons,  unless the Primary  Parties choose to provide
Participants  and other  Persons the  opportunity  on the Order Form to elect to
have such  difference  applied to the  purchase of  additional  whole  shares of
Conversion Stock. If the Actual Purchase Price is more than the Initial Purchase
Price, the Primary Parties shall reduce the number of shares of Conversion Stock
ordered by Participants  and other Persons and refund any remaining amount which
is  attributable  to a fractional  share  interest,  unless the Primary  Parties
choose to provide Participants and other Persons the opportunity to increase the
Actual Purchase Price submitted to them.

     B.  Consistent  with  applicable  laws and  regulations  and  policies  and
practices of the OTS,  payment for shares of Conversion  Stock subscribed for by
Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may be made with funds contributed by
the Holding  Company,  and/or the Bank and/or funds obtained  pursuant to a loan
from an unrelated financial  institution  pursuant to a loan commitment which is
in force  from the time  that any such  plan  submits  an Order  Form  until the
closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     C. If a  Participant  or other Person  authorizes  the Bank to withdraw the
amount of the Initial Purchase Price from his or her Deposit  Account,  the Bank
shall have the right to make such  withdrawal  or to freeze  funds  equal to the
aggregate Initial Purchase Price upon receipt of the Order Form. Notwithstanding
any  regulatory  provisions  regarding  penalties  for  early  withdrawals  from
certificate  accounts,  the Bank intends to allow payment by means of withdrawal
from certificate accounts without the assessment of such penalties.  In the case
of an early  withdrawal  of only a  portion  of such  account,  the  certificate
evidencing  such account  shall be canceled if any  applicable  minimum  balance
requirement  ceases to be met. In such case,  the  remaining  balance  will earn
interest at the regular  passbook rate.  However,  where any applicable  minimum
balance is maintained  in such  certificate  account,  the rate of return on the
balance of the certificate  account shall remain the same as prior to such early
withdrawal.  This  waiver  of the  early  withdrawal  penalty  applies  only  to
withdrawals  made in  connection


                                       20


<PAGE>



with the purchase of Conversion  Stock and is entirely  within the discretion of
the Primary Parties.

     D. The Bank shall pay interest, at not less than the passbook rate, for all
amounts paid in cash,  by check or money order to purchase  shares of Conversion
Stock in the  Subscription  Offering and the  Community  Offering  from the date
payment is received until the date the Conversion is completed or terminated.

     E. The Bank shall not  knowingly  loan funds or otherwise  extend credit to
any Participant or other Person to purchase Conversion Stock.

     F. Each share of Conversion Stock shall be  non-assessable  upon payment in
full of the Actual Purchase Price.

14.  ACCOUNTHOLDERS IN NONQUALIFIED STATES OR FOREIGN COUNTRIES

     The  Primary  Parties  shall make  reasonable  efforts  to comply  with the
securities laws of all jurisdictions in the United States in which  Participants
reside.  However, no Participant will be offered or receive any Conversion Stock
under the Plan if such Participant  resides in a foreign country or resides in a
jurisdiction  of the United  States with  respect to which any of the  following
apply; (a) there are few Participants otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares
under  this  Plan  who  reside  in  such  jurisdiction;   (b)  the  granting  of
Subscription  Rights or the offer or sale of shares of Conversion  Stock to such
Participants  would  require  any of the  Primary  Parties  or their  respective
Directors and Officers,  under the laws of such  jurisdiction,  to register as a
broker-dealer, salesman or selling agent or to register or otherwise qualify the
Conversion  Stock for sale in such  jurisdiction,  or any of the Primary Parties
would be  required  to  qualify  as a foreign  corporation  or file a consent to
service   of  process  in  such   jurisdiction;   and  (c)  such   registration,
qualification  or  filing  in the  judgment  of the  Primary  Parties  would  be
impracticable or unduly burdensome for reasons of cost or otherwise.

15.  VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     Following consummation of the Conversion, voting rights with respect to the
Bank shall be held and exercised exclusively by the Holding Company as holder of
all of the Bank's  outstanding  voting  capital  stock,  and voting  rights with
respect to the Holding  Company shall be held and exercised  exclusively  by the
holders of the Holding Company's voting capital stock.


                                       21


<PAGE>



16.  LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

     A.  At the  time  of  the  MHC  Merger,  a  liquidation  account  shall  be
established  in an amount equal to the amount of the dividends  from Bank Common
Stock waived by the Mutual Holding Company plus the greater of (i)  $38,728,073,
which is equal to 100% of the retained earnings of the Bank as of June 30, 1993,
the date of the latest statement of financial  condition  contained in the final
offering circular utilized in the Bank's initial public offering,  or (ii) 53.4%
of the Bank's total stockholders' equity as reflected in its latest statement of
financial   condition   contained  in  the  final  Prospectus  utilized  in  the
Conversion.  The  function of the  liquidation  account  will be to preserve the
rights of certain  holders of Deposit  Accounts in the  association who maintain
such  accounts  in  the  Bank   following  the  Conversion  to  a  priority  for
distributions  in the unlikely event of a liquidation of the Bank  subsequent to
the Conversion.

     B. The liquidation  account shall be maintained for the benefit of Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, if any, who maintain
their  Deposit  Accounts  in the Bank after the  Conversion.  Each such  account
holder will, with respect to each Deposit Account held, have a related  inchoate
interest in a portion of the liquidation account balance, which interest will be
referred to in this Section 16 as the "subaccount balance." All Deposit Accounts
which have the same social  security  number will be aggregated  for purposes of
determining  the  initial  subaccount  balance  with  respect  to  such  Deposit
Accounts, except as provided in this Section.

     C. In the event of a complete  liquidation  of the Bank  subsequent  to the
Conversion  (and  only  in  such  event),   each  Eligible  Account  Holder  and
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder,  if any, shall be entitled to receive a
liquidation  distribution from the liquidation account in the amount of the then
current  subaccount  balances  for  Deposit  Accounts  then  held  (adjusted  as
described below) before any liquidation distribution may be made with respect to
the capital stock of the Bank. No merger, consolidation,  sale of bulk assets or
similar combination  transaction with another FDIC-insured  institution in which
the Bank is not the surviving entity shall be considered a complete  liquidation
for this purpose.  In any merger or consolidation  transaction,  the liquidation
account shall be assumed by the surviving entity.

     D. The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible
Account  Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder,  if any,  shall be
determined by multiplying the opening  balance in the  liquidation  account by a
fraction,  of which the  numerator is the amount of the  Qualifying  Deposits of
such  account  holder  and the  denominator  is the total  amount of  Qualifying
Deposits of all  Eligible  Account  Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders,  if any.  For Deposit  Accounts in  existence  at both the  Eligibility
Record Date and the  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date,  if any,  separate
initial  subaccount  balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying
Deposits in such Deposit Accounts on each such record date.  Initial  subaccount
balances shall not be increased,  and shall be subject to downward adjustment as
provided below.


                                       22


<PAGE>



     E. If the  aggregate  deposit  balance  in the  Deposit  Account(s)  of any
Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder, if any, at the
close of business on any annual  closing date and the  Supplemental  Eligibility
Record Date for  Eligible  Account  Holders and  subsequent  to the  Eligibility
Record Date for Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  is less than the lesser
of (a) the aggregate deposit balance in such Deposit  Account(s) at the close of
business on any other annual closing date subsequent to such record dates or (b)
the aggregate  deposit balance in such Deposit  Account(s) as of the Eligibility
Record Date or the Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance
for such  Deposit  Accounts(s)  shall be adjusted by  reducing  such  subaccount
balance in an amount  proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In
the event of such a downward  adjustment,  the  subaccount  balance shall not be
subsequently  increased,  notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit
balance of the related Deposit Account(s). The subaccount balance of an Eligible
Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder, if any, will be reduced
to zero if the Account  Holder ceases to maintain a Deposit  Account at the Bank
that has the same social security  number as appeared on his Deposit  Account(s)
at the Eligibility Record Date or, if applicable,  the Supplemental  Eligibility
Record Date.

     F.  Subsequent  to the  Conversion,  the Bank  may not pay  cash  dividends
generally on deposit accounts and/or capital stock of the Bank, if such dividend
or  repurchase  would reduce the Bank's  regulatory  capital below the aggregate
amount of the then current  subaccount  balances for Deposit Accounts then held;
otherwise,  the  existence  of the  liquidation  account  shall not  operate  to
restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of the Bank.

     G.  For  purposes  of  this   Section,   a  Deposit   Account   includes  a
predecessor/successor  account which is held by an Account  Holder with the same
social security number.

17.  TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

     Each  Deposit  Account in the Bank at the time of the  consummation  of the
Conversion shall become, without further action by the holder, a Deposit Account
in the Bank  equivalent  in  withdrawable  amount  to the  withdrawal  value (as
adjusted to give effect to any  withdrawal  made for the purchase of  Conversion
Stock),  and subject to the same terms and  conditions  (except as to voting and
liquidation  rights) as such Deposit Account in the Bank  immediately  preceding
consummation  of the Conversion.  Holders of Deposit  Accounts in the Bank shall
not, as such holders, have any voting rights.


                                       23


<PAGE>



18.  REQUIREMENTS FOLLOWING CONVERSION FOR REGISTRATION, MARKET MAKING AND STOCK
     EXCHANGE LISTING

     In  connection  with  the  Conversion,   the  Holding  Company  shall  have
registered its Common Stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended,  and  undertaken  not to  deregister  such stock for a
period of three years  thereafter.  The Holding  Company also shall use its best
efforts to (i)  encourage  and assist a market maker to establish and maintain a
market for its Common Stock and (ii) list the Holding  Company Common Stock on a
national or regional  securities  exchange or to have  quotations for such stock
disseminated  on  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated
Quotation System.

19.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE BANK

     Each  person  serving as a Director  or Officer of the Bank or the  Holding
Company at the time of the  Conversion  shall continue to serve as a Director or
Officer of the Bank for the balance of the term for which the person was elected
prior to the Conversion, and until a successor is elected and qualified.

20.  REQUIREMENTS  FOR STOCK  PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS  FOLLOWING THE
     CONVERSION

     For a period of three years  following  the  Conversion,  the Directors and
Officers of the Holding Company, the Bank and their Associates may not purchase,
without the prior  written  approval of the OTS,  Holding  Company  Common Stock
except from a broker-dealer  registered with the SEC. This prohibition shall not
apply, however, to (i) a negotiated transaction arrived at by direct negotiation
between buyer and seller and involving more than 1% of the  outstanding  Holding
Company  Common  Stock  and  (ii)  purchases  of  stock  made by and held by any
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock Benefit Plan (and  purchases of stock made by and
held by any Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan following the receipt
of  stockholder  approval of such plan)  which may  attributable  to  individual
officers or directors.

     The  foregoing  restriction  on purchases of Holding  Company  Common Stock
shall be in  addition  to any  restrictions  that may be imposed by federal  and
state securities laws.

21.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF STOCK

     All shares of the  Conversion  Stock which are  purchased by Persons  other
than Directors and Officers shall be transferable without restriction, except in
connection with a transaction  prohibited by Section 22 of this Plan.  Shares of
Conversion Stock purchased by Directors and Officers of the Holding Company, the
Holding  Company  and the Bank on original  issue from the  Holding  Company (by
subscription or otherwise)  shall be subject to the


                                       24


<PAGE>



restriction  that such  shares  shall not be sold or  otherwise  disposed of for
value for a period of one year  following  the date of purchase,  except for any
disposition  of such shares  following  the death of the  original  purchaser or
pursuant to any merger or similar transaction approved by the OTS. The shares of
Conversion  Stock issued by the Holding  Company to Directors and Officers shall
bear  the  following   legend  giving   appropriate   notice  of  such  one-year
restriction.

          The shares of stock evidenced by this Certificate are restricted as to
     transfer  for a  period  of one  year  from  the  date of this  Certificate
     pursuant to Part 563b of the Rules and  Regulations of the Office of Thrift
     Supervision.  These  shares may not be  transferred  during  such  one-year
     period  without  a legal  opinion  of  counsel  for the  Company  that said
     transfer  is  permissible  under  the  provisions  of  applicable  law  and
     regulation. This restrictive legend shall be deemed null and void after one
     year from the date of this Certificate.

     In addition, the Holding Company shall give appropriate instructions to the
transfer  agent  for the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  with  respect  to the
applicable restrictions relating to the transfer of restricted stock. Any shares
issued  at a later  date as a stock  dividend,  stock  split or  otherwise  with
respect to any such restricted stock shall be subject to the same holding period
restrictions as may then be applicable to such restricted stock.

     The  foregoing  restriction  on  transfer  shall  be  in  addition  to  any
restrictions  on transfer  that may be imposed by federal  and state  securities
laws.

22.  RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF STOCK OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

     The articles of  incorporation  of the Holding  Company shall  prohibit any
Person  together  with  Associates  or group of Persons  acting in concert  from
offering to acquire or acquiring,  directly or indirectly,  beneficial ownership
of more than 10% of any class of equity securities of the Holding Company, or of
securities  convertible  into more than 10% of any such  class,  for five  years
following  completion of the Conversion.  The articles of  incorporation  of the
Holding Company also shall provide that all equity securities beneficially owned
by any  Person in excess of 10% of any class of equity  securities  during  such
five-year  period shall be  considered  "excess  shares," and that excess shares
shall not be  counted as shares  entitled  to vote and shall not be voted by any
Person or counted as voting shares in connection  with any matters  submitted to
the stockholders for a vote. The foregoing  restrictions  shall not apply to (i)
any offer with a view  toward  public  resale  made  exclusively  to the Holding
Company by  underwriters  or a selling  group  acting on this  behalf,  (ii) the
purchase of shares by a  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan  established
for the benefit of the  employees  of the Holding  Company and its  subsidiaries
which is exempt from approval requirements under 12 C. F. R.  ss.574.3(c)(1)(vi)
or any successor thereto, and (iii) any offer


                                       25


<PAGE>



or acquisition  approved in advance by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the
entire  Board of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company.  Directors,  Officers  or
Employees of the Holding Company or the Bank or any subsidiary thereof shall not
be deemed to be  Associates  or a group  acting in concert with respect to their
individual  acquisition of any class of equity securities of the Holding Company
solely as a result of their capacities as such.

23.  TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

     Consummation  of the  Conversion is  conditioned  upon prior receipt by the
Primary Parties of either a ruling or an opinion of counsel,  a tax advisor with
respect to federal tax laws, and either a ruling or an opinion of counsel or tax
advisor with respect to Florida tax laws, to the effect that consummation of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  will not result in a taxable  reorganization
under the provisions of the applicable codes or otherwise result in any material
adverse tax consequences to the Primary Parties or to account holders  receiving
Subscription  Rights before or after the Conversion,  except in each case to the
extent, if any, that Subscription Rights are deemed to have fair market value on
the date such rights are issued.

24.  STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

     A. The Holding Company is authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock
Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation an
employee stock ownership plan.

     B. The Holding  Company is also  authorized  to adopt stock  option  plans,
restricted stock grant plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit
Plans,  provided  that no stock  options  shall be  granted,  and no  shares  of
Conversion Stock shall be purchased,  pursuant to any of such plans prior to the
earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the consummation of the Conversion or
(ii) the receipt of  stockholder  approval of such plans at either the annual or
special  meeting of  stockholders  of the Holding Company to be held not earlier
than six months after the completion of the Conversion.

     C.  Existing  as well as any newly  created  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock
Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Conversion  Stock in the Offerings,  to the
extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

25.  DIVIDEND AND REPURCHASE RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK

     A. Except as may otherwise may be permitted by the OTS, the Holding Company
may not  repurchase  any  shares of its  capital  stock  during  the first  year
following  consummation  of the  Conversion.  During the second and third  years
following consummation of the Conversion, the Holding Company may not repurchase
any of its capital stock from any


                                       26


<PAGE>



person,  other than pursuant to (i) an offer to  repurchase  made by the Holding
Company on a pro rata basis to all of its  stockholders and which is approved by
the OTS, (ii) the repurchase of qualifying  shares of a director,  if any, (iii)
purchases in the open market by a Tax-Qualified  or  Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee
Stock Benefit Plan in an amount  reasonable and appropriate to fund the plan, or
(iv) a repurchase program approved by the OTS.

     B. The Bank may not declare or pay a cash  dividend on, or  repurchase  any
of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause the  regulatory  capital
of the Bank to be reduced below the amount required for the liquidation account.
Any dividend  declared or paid on, or  repurchase  of, the Bank's  capital stock
also shall be in  compliance  with Section  563.134 of the  Regulations,  or any
successor thereto.

     C.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Holding
Company  may  repurchase  its  capital  stock to the extent  and  subject to the
requirements  set  forth in  Section  563b.3(g)(3)  of the  Regulations,  or any
successor thereto, or as otherwise may be approved by the OTS.

26.  PAYMENT OF FEES TO BROKERS

     The Primary  Parties may elect to offer to pay fees on a per share basis to
securities brokers who assist purchasers of Conversion Stock in the Offerings.

27.  EFFECTIVE DATE

     The Effective Date of the Conversion  shall be the date upon which the last
of the following actions occurs:  (i) the filing of Articles of Combination with
the OTS with respect to the MHC Merger,  (ii) the closing of the issuance of the
shares  of  Conversion  Stock  in the  Offerings.  The  filing  of  Articles  of
Combination relating to the MHC Merger and the closing of the issuance of shares
of  Conversion  Stock in the  Offerings  shall  not occur  until  all  requisite
regulatory,  Member and Stockholder approvals have been obtained, all applicable
waiting  periods have expired and  sufficient  subscriptions  and orders for the
Conversion Stock have been received.  It is intended that the closing of the MHC
Merger,  and the sale of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offerings shall occur
consecutively and substantially simultaneously.

28.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     If deemed  necessary or desirable by the Boards of Directors of the Primary
Parties,  this Plan may be substantively  amended,  as a result of comments from
regulatory  authorities or otherwise,  at any time prior to the  solicitation of
proxies  from  members  and  Stockholders  to vote on the  Plan  and at any time
thereafter  with the  concurrence  of the OTS.  Any  amendment to this Plan made
after approval by the Members and  Stockholders  with the concurrence of the OTS
shall not necessitate  further  approval by the Members or  Stockholders  unless
otherwise


                                       27


<PAGE>



required  by the OTS.  This Plan  shall  terminate  if the sale of all shares of
Conversion  Stock is not completed within 24 months from the date of the Special
Meeting.  Prior to the  earlier of the  Special  Meeting  and the  Stockholders'
Meeting,  this Plan may be  terminated by the Boards of Directors of the Primary
Parties  without  approval  of  the  OTS;  after  the  Special  Meeting  or  the
Stockholder's Meeting, the Boards of Directors may terminate this Plan only with
the approval of the OTS.

29.  INTERPRETATION OF THE PLAN

     All  interpretations  of this Plan and  application  of its  provisions  to
particular circumstances by a majority of each of the Boards of Directors of the
Primary Parties shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.


                                       28


<PAGE>







                                                                         ANNEX A

                                 PLAN OF MERGER

         PLAN OF MERGER,  dated as of  September  24, 1997 ("Plan of Merger") by
and between  Harbor  Florida  Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Holding  Company") and Harbor
Financial,  M.H.C.  ("Mutual Holding Company").  Unless otherwise noted, defined
terms shall have the same  meaning as those set forth in the Plan of  Conversion
and Plan of Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company between Holding Company
and the  Mutual  Holding  Company  (of  which  this  Plan of  Merger is an Annex
thereto).

WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  the Mutual  Holding  Company,  through a  reorganization  and
conversion,  owned 53.4% of the Common Stock of Harbor Federal Savings Bank (the
"Bank");

         WHEREAS,   on  June  25,  1997,   the  Bank   effected  an   additional
reorganization as a result of which the Bank became a wholly owned subsidiary of
Holding  Company and the Holding  Company became the owner of 100% of the common
stock of the Bank;

         WHEREAS,  Holding  Company now has 53.4% of its shares of common  stock
owned by the Mutual  Holding  Company and 46.6% of its shares held by the public
(the "Minority Shareholders");

         WHEREAS,  the Board of  Directors  of the Mutual  Holding  Company  has
determined  that it is in the best interests of the Mutual  Holding  Company and
its members to convert from the mutual to stock form of organization;

         WHEREAS, the Bank is wholly owned by Holding Company;

         WHEREAS,  the  conversion of the Mutual  Holding  Company to stock form
will be facilitated  by causing the Mutual  Holding  Company to convert from the
mutual  form to a federal  interim  stock  savings  bank to be known as "Interim
Savings Capital"  ("Interim") and simultaneously merge with the Holding Company,
a Delaware corporation; and

         WHEREAS,  immediately  upon  completion of the  Conversion,  the Mutual
Holding  Company and the existing  minority  stockholders of the Holding Company
will supplement their current shares of Holding Company Common Stock with shares
of common stock of the Holding  Company  based upon a  Distribution  Exchange or
Conversion Ratio established in accordance with the independent appraisal of the
Bank  upon  merger  with  Interim,  and  the  remaining  shares  will be sold in
subscription and community offerings, giving priority subscription rights as set
forth in the Plan in accordance with OTS conversion regulations.


                                      A-1


<PAGE>




         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and of the mutual
agreements  herein  contained,  and in accordance  with federal law, the Holding
Company  and the  Mutual  Holding  Company  hereby  agree  that,  subject to the
conditions  hereinafter set forth, the Mutual Holding Company shall convert from
the mutual form to a federal  interim stock savings bank, and Interim shall then
be merged with and into the  Holding  Company  with the  Holding  Company as the
surviving entity. The terms and conditions of such merger shall be as follows:

         1. Regulatory  Approvals.  The merger shall not become  effective until
receipt of approval of the OTS and any other agency having jurisdiction over the
merger, if any.

         2. Identity and Name of Resulting  Bank. The resulting  savings bank in
the Merger shall be the Bank.

         3. Offices of Resulting  Bank. The home office of the Bank shall be the
Bank's  office  located at 100 S.  Second  Street,  Fort  Pierce,  Florida.  The
locations  of the  branch  offices  of the  Bank  shall  be those of the Bank in
existence  on the date of this  Plan of  Merger.  In  addition,  the Bank  shall
operate  branch offices at such  additional  locations as may be approved by the
OTS.

         4. The Bank's Federal Charter and Bylaws. The federal stock charter and
bylaws of the Bank as in effect  immediately  prior to the  effectiveness of the
Merger shall be amended as necessary to accomplish the Merger.

         5. Effective  Date.  The effective  date of the Conversion  ("Effective
Date")  shall be the  date as soon as  practicable  after  the  issuance  and/or
execution by the OTS and any other federal or state regulatory agencies,  of all
approvals,  certificates  and documents as may be required in order to cause the
Conversion to become effective.

         6. Bank  Stockholder  Approval.  The affirmative vote of the holders of
two-thirds  of the  outstanding  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  and at least a
majority of such Holding  Company  Common  Stock not held by the Mutual  Holding
Company  voting  at a  meeting  of the  Holding  Company  stockholders  shall be
required to approve this Plan of Merger.

         7. Mutual Holding Company  Approval.  The approval of a majority of the
members of the Mutual Holding Company,  as of a specified date shall be required
to approve this Plan of Merger.

         8.  Cancellation  of Holding  Company  Common  Stock held by the Mutual
Holding Company and Member Interests; Liquidation Account.


                                      A-2


<PAGE>



          (a) On the Effective Date, (i) the ownership interest in each share of
     Holding  Company Common Stock issued and outstanding  immediately  prior to
     the Effective Date and held by the Mutual Holding  Company shall, by virtue
     of the  Reorganization  and  without  any  action on the part of the holder
     thereof,  be canceled,  (ii) the interests in the Mutual Holding Company of
     any person, firm or entity who or which qualified as a member of the Mutual
     Holding  Company in accordance  with its mutual  charter and bylaws and the
     laws of the United States prior to the Mutual Holding Company's  conversion
     from mutual to stock form (the  "Members")  shall,  by virtue of the Merger
     and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be canceled,  and
     (iii)  a  liquidation  account  shall  be  established  on  behalf  of each
     depositor member of the Mutual Holding Company,  as defined in the Plan, in
     accordance with Section 16 of the Plan.

          (b) At or after  the  Effective  Date and  prior to the  Merger,  each
     certificate or certificates  theretofore  evidencing issued and outstanding
     shares of Holding Company Common Stock,  other than any such certificate or
     certificates owned by the Mutual Holding Company,  which ownership interest
     shall be  extinguished,  shall continue to represent issued and outstanding
     shares of Bank Common Stock.

     9.  Dissenting   Shares.  No  Member  of  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  or
stockholder of the Holding Company shall have any dissenter or appraisal  rights
in connection with the Conversion.

     10.  Deposits of the Bank.  All  deposit  accounts of the Bank shall be and
will  continue  without  change  in  their  respective  terms,  interest  rates,
maturities,  minimum required balances or withdrawal values. After the Effective
Date, the resulting  savings bank will continue to issue deposit accounts on the
same basis as immediately prior to the Effective Date.

     11. Effect of Conversion.  Upon the Effective Date of the  Conversion,  all
assets and property (real, personal and mixed, tangible and intangible,  chooses
in action,  rights and credits) then owned by the Bank,  the Holding  Company or
the  Mutual  Holding  Company  or which  would  inure to either  of them,  shall
immediately by operation of law and without any conveyance,  transfer or further
action,  become the property of the Holding Company (or the Bank as the case may
be), which shall have,  hold and enjoy them in its own right as fully and to the
same extent as they were  possessed,  held and enjoyed by the Bank,  the Holding
Company and the Mutual Holding Company  immediately  prior to the Effective Date
of the Conversion.

     12.  Directors  and  Executive  Officers.  The  persons who are the current
officers and directors of the Holding Company will be the directors and officers
of the Holding Company and such terms or positions will be unchanged.


                                      A-3


<PAGE>



         13. Abandonment of Plan of Merger. This Plan of Merger may be abandoned
by either the Holding  Company or the Mutual Holding  Company at any time before
the Effective Date in the manner set forth in Section 28 of the Plan.

         14.  Amendment  of this Plan of  Merger.  This  Plan of  Merger  may be
amended or modified at any time by mutual  agreement  of the Boards of Directors
of the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company in the manner set forth in
Section 28 of the Plan.

         15.  Governing  Law. This Plan of Merger is made pursuant to, and shall
be construed  and be governed by, the laws of the United  States,  and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder,  including without limitation, the rules
and regulations of the OTS.

         16.  All Terms  Included.  This Plan of Merger  sets  forth all  terms,
conditions,  agreements and understandings of the Holding Company and the Mutual
Holding Company with respect to the Conversion.

         17.  Counterparts.  This  Plan of Merger  may be  executed  in  several
identical counterparts, each of which when executed by the Parties and delivered
shall  be an  original,  but all of which  together  shall  constitute  a single
instrument. In making proof of this Plan of Merger, it shall not be necessary to
produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Plan of Merger to be
executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

                                          HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.



Attest:                                By:____________________________
       ______________________             Michael J. Brown, Sr.
       Secretary



                                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.



Attest:                                By:____________________________
       ______________________             Michael J. Brown, Sr.
       Secretary


                                      A-4





                                                                    Exhibit 99.3

                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.
                              100 S. Second Street
                           Fort Pierce, Florida 34950
                                 (561) 461-2414


                    NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                       TO BE HELD ON DECEMBER ______, 1997


     NOTICE IS HEREBY  GIVEN that a Special  Meeting of  Stockholders  of Harbor
Florida    Bancorp,    Inc.    ("Harbor    Florida")    will    be    held    at
________________________   located  at   _______________________,   on  December
____________  at ________  Florida  time,  for the following  purposes,  as more
completely set forth in the accompanying Proxy Statement:

     1 . To approve and adopt the Plan of  Conversion  and Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization  (the  "Plan"  or "Plan of  Conversion"),  pursuant  to which (i)
Harbor  Financial  M.H.C.  ("the Mutual  Holding  Company")  will convert into a
interim federal stock savings bank and  simultaneously  will merge with and into
Harbor Florida Bancorp,  Inc. ("Harbor  Florida"),  pursuant to which the Mutual
Holding  Company  will cease to exist and the  shares of common  stock of Harbor
Florida held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled.  As a result of the
merger  of  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  with  and  into  Harbor  Florida  all
stockholders  of Harbor Florida  except the Mutual Holding  Company (the "Public
Stockholders") will receive a distribution of shares of common stock pursuant to
the distribution exchange ratio, as defined in the Prospectus, which will result
in the holders of such shares  owning in the  aggregate  approximately  the same
percentage of common stock to be outstanding  upon completion of the conversion.
In addition,  Harbor Florida is offering  additional  shares of its common stock
for sale by means of a Prospectus. The sale of such stock and the conversion are
referred to herein as the "Conversion".

     2. To consider  and vote upon a proposal to adopt and approve an  amendment
to Harbor Florida Bancorp,  Inc.'s  certificate of incorporation to increase the
authorized number of shares of common stock from 13,000,000 to __________.

     3. To transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting.
Except  with  respect  to  procedural  matters  incident  to the  conduct of the
meeting,  management  of Harbor  Florida is not aware of any matters  other than
those set forth above which may properly come before the meeting.

     Pursuant  to  Delaware  law,  stockholders  of Harbor  Florida  do not have
dissenters' rights or appraisal rights in connection with the Conversion.

     The Board of Directors of Harbor Florida has fixed  November ____,  1997 as
the voting record date for the determination of stockholders  entitled to notice
of and to vote at the


<PAGE>



Special Meeting.  Only those  stockholders of record as of the close of business
on the date  will be  entitled  to vote at the  Special  Meeting  or at any such
adjournment.


                       BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS





                                             Michael J. Brown
                                             President & CEO



November ___, 1997
Fort Pierce, Florida

     YOU ARE  URGED TO  COMPLETE,  SIGN,  DATE AND  RETURN  THE  ENCLOSED  PROXY
PROMPTLY IN THE  ENVELOPE  PROVIDED.  IF YOU ATTEND THE SPECIAL  MEETING YOU MAY
VOTE EITHER IN PERSON OR BY YOUR PROXY. ANY PROXY GIVEN MAY BE REVOKED BY YOU IN
WRITING OR IN PERSON AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXERCISE THEREOF.  PROXIES MUST BE
RECEIVED PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE MEETING.

     YOUR VOTE IS VERY  IMPORTANT.  VOTING ON THE PLAN OR THE  AMENDMENT  OF THE
CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION  DOES NOT REQUIRE  YOU TO  PURCHASE  STOCK IN THE
OFFERINGS.


                                       2


<PAGE>



                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.


                                 ---------------
                                 PROXY STATEMENT
                                 ---------------


                         SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS


     This Proxy Statement is being furnished to the holders of the common stock,
par value $0.01 per share  ("Common  Stock"),  of Harbor Florida  Bancorp,  Inc.
("Harbor Florida"),  in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board
of Directors for use at its Special Meeting of Stockholders  ("Special Meeting")
to be held at  _________________________  located at ______________________ Fort
Pierce,  Florida,  on December _____, 1997, at ______,  Florida time, and at any
adjournment thereof, for the purposes set forth in the Notice of Special Meeting
of  Stockholders.  This Proxy Statement is first being mailed to stockholders on
or about November ____, 1997.

     Each proxy  solicited  hereby,  if properly  signed and  returned to Harbor
Florida and not revoked prior to its use,  will be voted in accordance  with the
instructions  indicated on the proxies.  If no contrary  instructions are given,
each signed proxy  received will be voted in favor of the Plan of Conversion and
in favor of the  amendment  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and,  in the
discretion of the proxy  holder,  as to any other matter which may properly come
before the Special  Meeting.  Only  proxies that are returned can be counted and
voted at the Special Meeting.

     A Harbor  Florida  stockholder  who has given a proxy may  revoke it at any
time prior to its exercise at the Special  Meeting by (i) giving  written notice
of revocation to the Secretary of Harbor  Florida,  (ii) properly  submitting to
Harbor Florida a  duly-executed  proxy bearing a later date, or (iii)  attending
the Special Meeting and voting in person.  All written notices of revocation and
other  communications  with respect to revocation of proxies should be addressed
as follows:  Harbor Florida  Bancorp,  Inc., 100 S. Second Street,  Fort Pierce,
Florida 34950, Attention:  Secretary.  Proxies solicited hereby may be exercised
only at the Special Meeting and any adjournment thereof and will not be used for
any other meeting.


                       VOTING SECURITIES AND REQUIRED VOTE

     Pursuant to Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") regulations,  consummation
of the  Conversion is  conditioned  upon the approval of the Plan by the OTS, as
well as (1) the  approval  of the  holders of at least a  majority  of the total
number of votes  eligible  to be cast by the  members  of the  Harbor  Financial
M.H.C.  (the "Members") as of the close of business on


                                       3


<PAGE>



the voting record date at a special meeting of Members called for the purpose of
considering  the Plan (the  "Members'  Meeting"),  and (2) the  approval  of the
holders of at least  two-thirds  of the shares of the  outstanding  Common Stock
held by the stockholders as of the voting record date at the Special Meeting. In
addition,  Harbor Florida and the Mutual Holding Company (the "Primary Parties")
have  conditioned the consummation of the Conversion on the approval of the Plan
by the holders of at least a majority of the votes cast,  in person or by proxy,
by the holders of Common Stock excluding the Mutual Holding Company (the "Public
Stockholders") at the Special Meeting.

     The  affirmative  vote  of the  holders  of  record  of a  majority  of the
outstanding  shares of Harbor Florida entitled to vote is necessary to amend the
Certificate of  Incorporation.  The Mutual Holding  Company  intends to vote its
shares of Common Stock, which amount to approximately  53.41% of the outstanding
shares,  in favor of the Plan and to amend the Certificate of  Incorporation  at
the Special Meeting. In addition,  as of June 30, 1997,  directors and executive
officers  of Harbor  Florida as a group  (persons)  beneficially  owned  410,331
shares (including  exercisable stock options) or 8.26% of the outstanding Common
Stock,  which  shares can also be  expected to be voted in favor of the Plan and
the amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation at the Special Meeting.

     Only  holders of record  Common  Stock at the close of business on November
____,  1997 (the "Voting Record Date") will be entitled to notice of and to vote
at the Special  Meeting.  On the Voting Record Date, there were 4,934,454 shares
of Common Stock issued and  outstanding and Harbor Florida had no other class of
equity  securities  outstanding.  Each share of Common Stock is entitled to cast
one vote at the Special Meeting on all matters properly presented at the Special
Meeting.

     The presence in person or by proxy of at least a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote is necessary to constitute a
quorum at the Special  Meeting.  Shares as to which the  "ABSTAIN"  box has been
marked on the proxy and any shares held by brokers in street name for  customers
which are  present at the  Special  Meeting  and are not voted in the absence of
instructions from the customers ("broker  non-votes") will be counted as present
for  determining  if a  quorum  is  present.  Because  adoption  of the  Plan of
Conversion  must be  approved  by the  holders  of at  least  two-thirds  of the
outstanding  Common Stock, and the amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
must be approved by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Common
Stock,  abstentions  and broker  non-votes  will have the same  effect as a vote
against both proposals.  The Plan also conditions consummation of the Conversion
on the approval of the Plan by at least a majority of the votes cast,  in person
or by proxy, at the Special Meeting by the Public Stockholders.  Abstentions and
broker  non-votes  will  have no  effect  on the  required  vote  of the  Public
Stockholders.


                                       4


<PAGE>



                    AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

     Harbor Florida is seeking shareholder  approval to amend its Certificate of
Incorporation.  Currently the certificate authorizes 13,000,000 shares of Common
Stock and 1,000,000  shares of preferred  stock.  The offerings  contemplate the
sale of approximately  25,000,000  shares of Common Stock.  Accordingly,  Harbor
Florida intends to amend the certificate to authorize  ________ shares of Common
Stock.  Unless  such  amendment  is  approved,  Harbor  Florida  will  not  have
sufficient  shares to undertake  the  offering at the  offering  price of $10.00
pursuant  to the  Conversion.  The Mutual  Holding  Company  intends to vote its
shares in favor of such a proposal.  Passage is therefore assured.  The Board of
Directors believes that the amendment of Harbor Florida's Certificate,  which is
a precondition to the offerings, is in the best interest of shareholders in that
it will increase  capital,  enhance Harbor  Florida's  competitive  position and
provide the ability to expand under appropriate conditions.  See "The Conversion
- -- Purposes of the  Conversion," and "Business Of Harbor Federal Savings Bank --
Competition" in the Prospectus.

                    INCORPORATION OF INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

     The  accompanying  Prospectus of Harbor Florida is  incorporated  herein by
reference. The Prospectus sets forth a description of the Plan of Conversion and
the related  offering  of common  stock by the  Company  under the caption  "THE
CONVERSION."  Such caption also  describes the effects of the  Conversion on the
stockholders  of Harbor Florida and the members of the Mutual  Holding  Company,
including the tax  consequences  of the  Conversion and the  establishment  of a
liquidation  account for the  benefit of certain  depositors  of Harbor  Federal
Savings Bank (the "Bank").

     Information  regarding  Harbor  Florida,  the Bank and the  Mutual  Holding
Company  are set forth in the  Prospectus  under the  captions  "Harbor  Florida
Bancorp,  Inc.," "Harbor  Federal Savings Bank" and "Harbor  Financial  M.H.C.,"
respectively,  as well as under  the  caption  "Summary."  The  Prospectus  also
describes  the business and  financial  condition of the Bank under the captions
"Business of the Bank" and  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of  Operations."  The historical  financial  statements of
Harbor  Florida  and  the  Bank  are  included  in the  Prospectus.  Information
regarding the use of proceeds of the Offerings  conducted in connection with the
Conversion,  the  historical  capitalization  of the  Bank  and  the  pro  forma
capitalization of Harbor Florida,  and other pro forma data are set forth in the
Prospectus under the captions "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization" and "Pro Forma
Data," respectively.

     The  Prospectus  sets forth certain  information  as to the Harbor  Florida
Common Stock beneficially owned by (i) the only persons or entities who or which
were known to Harbor Florida to be the  beneficial  owner of more than 5% of the
issued and  outstanding  Harbor  Florida  Common  Stock,  (ii) the directors and
executive  officers of Harbor Florida, and (iii) all


                                       5


<PAGE>



directors and executive  officers of Harbor Florida as a group.  See "Beneficial
Ownership of Capital Stock" in the Prospectus.

                              STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

     Any  proposal  which a  stockholder  wished to have  included  in the proxy
solicitation  materials to be used in connection with the next annual meeting of
stockholders  of Harbor Florida which is expected to be held in January 1997, if
the Conversion is not consummated, must have been received at the main office of
Harbor Florida no later than September 19, 1997.


                                  OTHER MATTERS

     Each proxy  solicited  hereby also confers  discretionary  authority on the
Board of Directors of Harbor  Florida to vote the proxy upon such other  matters
as may properly come before the Special Meeting.  Management is not aware of any
business  that may  properly  come before the Special  Meeting  other than those
matters described above in this Proxy Statement.  However,  if any other matters
should properly come before the Special Meeting, it is intended that the proxies
solicited hereby will be voted with respect to those other matters in accordance
with the judgment of the persons voting the proxies.

     The cost of solicitation of proxies will be borne by Harbor Florida. Harbor
Florida  will  reimburse  brokerage  firms and other  custodians,  nominees  and
fiduciaries for reasonable  expenses incurred by them in sending proxy materials
to the  beneficial  owners of the Harbor  Florida  Common Stock.  In addition to
solicitations by mail,  directors,  officers and employees of Harbor Florida may
solicit proxies personally or by telephone without additional compensation.

     A copy of the Plan of Conversion  is attached  hereto as Exhibit A. You may
obtain a copy of the Certificate  Incorporation  and Bylaws of Harbor Florida in
writing from the Bank.  Any such requests  should be directed to Harbor  Florida
Bancorp,  Inc., 100 S. Second  Street,  Fort Pierce,  Florida 34950,  Attention:
Secretary.  So that you have sufficient time to receive and review the requested
materials,  it is  recommended  that any such  requests be sent so that they are
received by Harbor Florida by November ____, 1997.

     YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT! THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR
THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND THE AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION. WE
URGE YOU TO MARK,  SIGN AND DATE THE ENCLOSED  PROXY CARD AND RETURN IT TODAY IN
THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE.


                                       6


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A


                                       7



<PAGE>




                               PLAN OF CONVERSION

                                       of

                            HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.

                                       and

                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                                     between

                            HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.

                                       and

                          HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.





                               SEPTEMBER 24, 1997









<PAGE>






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Section                                                                     Page
- -------                                                                     ----
1.   INTRODUCTION.............................................................1
2.   DEFINITIONS..............................................................3
3.   GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION........................................10
4.   TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF
         CONVERSION STOCK....................................................11
5.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS
        (FIRST PRIORITY).....................................................13
6.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF THE TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE
        STOCK BENEFIT PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)................................15
7.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT
        HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY).............................................15
8.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)..................16
9.   PUBLIC STOCKHOLDERS OFFERING............................................16
10. COMMUNITY OFFERING AND OTHER OFFERINGS...................................17
11. LIMITATIONS ON SUBSCRIPTIONS AND PURCHASES OF
       CONVERSION STOCK......................................................18
12. TIMING OF SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING., MANNER OF EXERCISING
       SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AND ORDER FORMS...................................20
13. PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK.............................................23
14. ACCOUNTHOLDERS IN NONQUALIFIED STATES OR FOREIGN
       COUNTRIES.............................................................24
15. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS............................................24
16. LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT......................................................25
17. TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS.............................................26
18. REQUIREMENTS FOLLOWING CONVERSION FOR REGISTRATION,
       MARKET MAKING AND STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING..............................27
19. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE BANK.......................................27
20. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
       FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION..............................................27
21. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF STOCK........................................27
22. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF STOCK OF THE HOLDING COMPANY..............28
23. TAX RULINGS OR OPTIONS...................................................29
24. STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS.................................................29
25. DIVIDEND AND REPURCHASE RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK............................29
26. PAYMENT OF FEES TO BROKERS...............................................30
27. EFFECTIVE DATE...........................................................30
28. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.....................................30
29. INTERPRETATION OF THE PLAN...............................................31
ANNEX A - PLAN OF MERGER BETWEEN THE MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY
       AND THE HOLDING COMPANY..............................................A-1


                                       i


<PAGE>



1.   INTRODUCTION

     For  purposes  of this  section,  all  capitalized  terms have the  meaning
ascribed to them in Section 2.

     On January 6, 1994,  Harbor  Federal  Savings  Bank, a federally  chartered
mutual savings  institution  reorganized into the mutual holding company form of
organization and consummated a sale of stock to its members.  To accomplish this
transaction,  the Bank organized a federally chartered,  stock savings bank as a
wholly owned subsidiary.  The mutual Bank then transferred  substantially all of
its assets and liabilities to the stock Bank in exchange for 4,894,200 shares of
Bank Common Stock,  and  reorganized  itself into a federally  chartered  mutual
holding company known as Harbor  Financial,  M.H.C. and sold 2,239,831 shares of
Bank Common Stock to  directors,  employees and members of the Bank. On June 25,
1997,  the Bank  completed  a  reorganization  in which the Bank became a wholly
owned  subsidiary of a stock middle tier holding company known as Harbor Florida
Bancorp, Inc. ("Holding Company").  Shareholders of the Bank became, as a result
of the  reorganization,  shareholders  of the Holding  Company.  As of, June 30,
1997, the Mutual Holding Company and the Public Stockholders own an aggregate of
53.4 and 46.6% of the outstanding Holding Company Common Stock, respectively.

     The Boards of  Directors  of the Mutual  Holding  Company  and the  Holding
Company  believe that a conversion of the Mutual  Holding  Company to stock form
pursuant  to this Plan of  Conversion  is in the best  interests  of the  Mutual
Holding Company and the Bank, as well as the best interests of their  respective
Members and Stockholders.  The Boards of Directors  determined that this Plan of
Conversion  equitably provides for the interests of Members through the granting
of  subscription  rights and the  establishment  of a liquidation  account.  The
Conversion will result in the raising of additional capital for the Bank and the
Holding  Company and should  result in a more  active and liquid  market for the
Holding  Company  Common Stock than currently  exists,  although there can be no
assurances  that this will be the case. The Conversion is designed to enable the
Bank and  Holding  Company  to compete  more  effectively  in a market  which is
undergoing consolidation.

     If the Bank had undertaken a standard conversion involving the formation of
a stock holding company in 1994,  applicable OTS regulations would have required
a greater  amount of Bank Common Stock to be sold than resulted in the amount of
net proceeds  raised in the Bank's initial public  offering  undertaken with the
mutual holding company reorganization. In addition, if a standard conversion had
been conducted in 1994,  management of the Bank believes that it would have been
difficult to profitably invest the larger amount of capital that would have been
raised, when compared to the amount of net proceeds raised in the Bank's initial
public  offering.  A standard  conversion  in 1994 also  would have  immediately
eliminated  all aspects of the mutual form of  organization  and  possibly  have
subjected the Association to greater  interference from stockholders and from an
unwanted acquisition or other change in control of the Bank.


                                       1


<PAGE>



         Subsequent to the formation of the Mutual Holding  Company,  there have
been  certain  changes in the  policies of the OTS  relating  to mutual  holding
companies. In addition, market conditions for the stocks of savings institutions
and their holding companies have improved. The Bank and the Holding Company have
also  gained  experience  in  being  a  company  required  to  meet  the  filing
requirements  of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934  and in  conducting
stockholder  meetings and other  stockholder  matters,  such as  communications,
press releases,  NASD matters and dividend payments.  In light of the foregoing,
the Boards of Directors of the Mutual  Holding  Company and the Holding  Company
believe that it is in the best interests of such companies and their  respective
Members and  Stockholders  to reorganize  into the stock form of organization at
this time, and that the most feasible way to do so is through the Conversion and
Merger.

         The Bank formed the Holding  Company  which became the holding  company
for the Bank  pursuant to a  reorganization  completed  in June of 1997.  In the
current  transaction,  as described in more detail  herein,  the Mutual  Holding
Company will convert to an interim  federal stock savings  association  and will
simultaneously  merge with and into the Holding Company  pursuant to the Plan of
Merger included as Annex A hereto,  pursuant to which the Mutual Holding Company
will  cease to exist  and a  liquidation  account  will be  established  for the
benefit of depositor Members as of specified dates. Stock of the Holding Company
held by Public  Shareholders shall be automatically  converted into the right to
receive  additional  shares of Holding  Company  stock  based on a  Distribution
Exchange Ratio plus cash in lieu of any fractional share interest.

         In  connection  with the  Conversion,  the Holding  Company  will offer
shares of  Conversion  Stock in the  Offerings  as  provided  herein.  Shares of
Conversion Stock will be offered in a Subscription  Offering in descending order
of priority to Eligible  Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit
Plans,   Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,   Other  Members  and  Public
Stockholders.  Any  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  remaining  unsold  after  the
Subscription Offering will be offered for sale to the public through a Community
Offering as determined by the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company.

         The Conversion is intended to provide support to the Bank's lending and
investment  activities and thereby enhance the Bank's  capabilities to serve the
borrowing and other financial needs of the communities it serves.

         This Plan was adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual  Holding
Company, the Holding Company and the Bank on September 24, 1997.


                                       2


<PAGE>



     This Plan is subject to the  approval of the OTS and must be adopted by (1)
at least a majority of the total  number of votes  eligible to be cast by Voting
Members of the Mutual Holding  Company at the Special Meeting and (2) holders of
at least  two-thirds  of the  outstanding  Holding  Company  Common Stock at the
Stockholders'  Meeting.  In addition,  the Primary parties have  conditioned the
consummation  of the  Conversion  on the  approval  of the  Plan  by at  least a
majority of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, by the Public Stockholders at
the Stockholders' Meeting.

     After the Conversion, the Bank will continue to be regulated by the OTS, as
its chartering authority, and by the FDIC, which insures the Bank's deposits. In
addition,  the Bank will  continue to be a member of the Federal  Home Loan Bank
System, and all insured savings deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC
up to the maximum provided by law.

2.   DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meaning:

     Actual  Purchase  Price  means the price per share at which the  Conversion
Stock is ultimately  sold by the Holding  Company in the Offerings in accordance
with the terms hereof.

     Affiliate means a Person who,  directly or indirectly,  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls or is  controlled  by or is under common  control with
Person specified.

     Associate,  when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i)
a corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company,  the Bank,
a  majority-owned  subsidiary of the Bank or the Holding  Company) of which such
Person is a  director,  officer or partner or is,  directly or  indirectly,  the
beneficial  owner of 10% or more of any  class of  equity  securities,  (ii) any
trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest
or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity,
provided,  however, that such term shall not include any Tax-Qualified  Employee
Stock Benefit Plan of the Holding Company or the Bank in which such Person has a
substantial  beneficial  interest  or  serves  as a.  trustee  or  in a  similar
fiduciary  capacity,  and (iii) any  relative or spouse of such  Person,  or any
relative  of such  spouse,  who has the  same  home as such  Person  or who is a
director  or  officer  of  the a  Holding  Company  or  the  Bank  or any of the
subsidiaries of the foregoing.

     Bank  means  Harbor  Federal  Savings  Bank in its  mutual or stock form or
Harbor Federal Savings Bank following  consummation  of the  Conversion,  as the
context of the reference indicates.

     Bank Common Stock means the common  stock of the Bank,  par value $1.00 per
share,  which  stock  is not and will not be  insured  by the FDIC or any  other
governmental authority.

     Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


                                       3


<PAGE>



     Community  Offering  means the offering for sale by the Holding  Company of
any shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the  Subscription  Offering
to (i)  natural  persons  residing in the Local  Community,  and (ii) such other
Persons within or without the State of Florida as may be selected by the Holding
Company within its sole discretion.

     Control  (including the terms  "controlling,"  "controlled  by," and "under
common control with") means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power
to direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  and policies of a Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

     Conversion  means (i) the  conversion of the Mutual  Holding  Company to an
interim federal stock savings association and the subsequent merger, pursuant to
which the Mutual Holding  Company will cease to exist,  and (ii) the issuance of
Conversion  Stock by the Holding  Company in the  Offerings as provided  herein,
which will  increase  the  number of shares of a Holding  Company  Common  Stock
outstanding  (subject  to  approval  by Holding  Company  Shareholders)  and the
capitalization of the Holding Company and the Bank.

     Conversion  Stock means the Holding  Company  Common Stock to be issued and
sold in the Offerings pursuant to the Plan of Conversion.

     Deposit  Account  means  savings and demand  accounts,  including  passbook
accounts,  money market  deposit  accounts and  negotiable  order of  withdrawal
accounts,  and certificates of deposit and other authorized accounts of the Bank
held by a Member.

     Director,  Officer and Employee means the terms as applied  respectively to
any person who is a director. officer or employee of the Mutual Holding Company,
the Bank, the Holding Company or any subsidiary thereof.

     Distribution  Exchange  Ratio means the rate at which shares of the Holding
Company held by the Public Stockholders will be increased in connection with the
Holding Company Merger. The exact rate shall be determined by the Mutual Holding
Company and the Holding Company in order to ensure that upon consummation of the
Conversion the Public  Stockholders will own in the aggregate  approximately the
same  percentage  of the Holding  Company  Common Stock to be  outstanding  upon
completion of the Conversion as the  percentage of Holding  Company Common Stock
owned by them in the  aggregate on the Effective  Date,  before giving effect to
(a) cash paid in lieu of any  fractional  interests  of Holding  Company  Common
Stock  and  (b)  any  shares  of  Conversion   Stock  purchased  by  the  Public
Stockholders  in the  Offerings or  tax-qualified  employee  stock benefit plans
thereafter.


                                       4


<PAGE>


     Distribution Exchange Shares means the additional shares of Holding Company
Common  Stock to be issued to the Public  Stockholders  in  connection  with the
Holding Company Merger with the MHC.

     Eligible  Account Holder means any Person  holding a Qualifying  Deposit on
the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining  subscription rights and
establishing  subaccount  balances in the liquidation  account to be established
pursuant to the provision herein.

     Eligibility Record Date means the date for determining  Qualifying Deposits
of Eligible Account Holders and is the close of business on July 31, 1996.

     Estimated Price Range means the range of the estimated  aggregate pro forma
market  value  of  the  Conversion  Stock  to be  issued  in the  Offerings,  as
determined by the Independent Appraiser in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

     FDIC means the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  or any  successor
thereto.

     Holding Company means Harbor Florida Bancorp, Inc., a corporation organized
under  the laws of the  State of  Delaware.  Upon  completion  of the June  1997
Reorganization, the Holding Company held all of the outstanding capital stock of
the Bank.

     Holding Company Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Holding Company,
par value  $0.01 per share,  which  stock  cannot and will not be insured by the
FDIC or any other governmental authority.

     Independent Appraiser means the independent investment banking or financial
consulting  firm  retained  by the  Holding  Company  and the Bank to prepare an
appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock.

     Initial  Purchase  Price means the price per share to be paid  initially by
Participants  for shares of Conversion  Stock subscribed for in the Subscription
Offering and by Persons for shares of Conversion  Stock ordered in the Community
Offering.

     Interim means an interim federal stock savings  association,  which will be
formed as a result of the conversion of Harbor Financial,  M.H.C. into the stock
form of organization.

     Local Community means all counties in which the Bank has its home office or
a branch office.

     Member  means  any  Person  qualifying  as a member of the  Mutual  Holding
Company in  accordance  with its mutual  charter  and bylaws and the laws of the
United States.


                                       5


<PAGE>



     MHC Merger  means the merger of Interim  with and into the Holding  Company
pursuant to the Plan of Merger included as Annex A hereto.

     Mid-Tier  Holding Company - Harbor Florida Bancorp,  or Holding Company,  a
Delaware  chartered  corporation  which owns 100% of the common  stock of Harbor
Federal Savings Bank.

     Mutual Holding Company means Harbor Financial, M.H.C. (an owner of 53.4% of
the  common  stock of Holding  Company)  prior to the MHC's  conversion  into an
interim federal stock savings association.

     Offerings means the Subscription Offering, the Public Stockholders Offering
and the Community Offering.

     Officer  means  the  president,  all  senior  vice-presidents,   secretary,
treasurer or principal  financial officer,  comptroller or principal  accounting
officer and any other person  performing  similar  functions with respect to any
organization whether incorporated or unincorporated.

     Order  Form  means  the  form or forms  provided  by the  Holding  Company,
containing all such terms and  provisions as set forth herein,  to a Participant
or other Person by which Conversion Stock may be ordered in the Offerings.

     Other Member means a Voting Member who is not an Eligible Account Holder or
a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

     OTS means the Office of Thrift Supervision or any successor thereto.

     Participant means any Eligible Account Holder, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock
Benefit Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and Other Member.

     Person means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a
joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated  organization or a government or
any political subdivision thereof.

     Plan of Conversion and Plan of Merger means this Plan of Conversion and the
Plan of Merger as  adopted  by the Boards of  Directors  of the  Mutual  Holding
Company,  the Holding Company, and the Bank and any amendment hereto approved as
provided herein.  The Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall adopt this
Plan as soon as practicable following its organization.


                                       6


<PAGE>



     Primary Parties means the Mutual Holding Company,  the Holding Company, and
the Bank.

     Prospectus  means  the one or more  documents  to be used in  offering  the
Conversion Stock in the Offerings.

     Public Stockholders mean those Persons who own shares of Bank Common Stock,
excluding the Mutual Holding Company, as of the Stockholder Voting Record Date.

     Public  Stockholders  Offering  means the  offering for sale by the Holding
Company of any shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription
Offering  to Public  Stockholders,  at the sole  discretion  of the bank and the
Holding Company.

     Qualifying  Deposit means the aggregate  balance of all Deposit Accounts in
the Bank of (i) an  Eligible  Account  Holder  at the close of  business  on the
Eligibility  Record Date,  provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50,
and (ii) a Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the
Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date,  provided such aggregate  balance is not
less than $50.

     Resident means any person who, on the date  designated for that category of
subscriber  in the Plan,  maintained  a bona  fide  residence  within  the Local
Community . The  designated  dates for Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are July 31, 1996, September 30, 1997
and  __________________,  1997,  respectively.  To the  extent  the  person is a
corporation  or other  business  entity,  the  principal  place of  business  or
headquarters shall be within the Local Community.  To the extent the person is a
personal  benefit plan, the  circumstances  of the beneficiary  shall apply with
respect  to  this   definition.   In  the  case  of  all  other  benefit  plans,
circumstances  of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition.
The Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence  provided to
it to make a determination as to whether a person is a bona fide resident of the
Local Community.  Subscribers in the Community  Offering who are natural persons
will have a purchase preference if they were residents of the Local Community on
the date of the Prospectus.  In all cases,  however, such determination shall be
in the sole discretion of the Bank and Holding Company.

     SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Special  Meeting means the Special Meeting of Members of the Mutual Holding
Company and Public  Stockholders  called for the purpose of submitting this Plan
to the Members for their approval, and matters related to stockholders including
any adjournments of such meeting.


                                       7

<PAGE>


     Stockholders  means those  Persons  who own shares of the  Holding  Company
Common Stock.

     Stockholders'  Meeting means the annual or special  meeting of Stockholders
of the Holding  Company  called for the purpose of  submitting  this Plan to the
Stockholders for their approval, including any adjournments of such meeting.

     Stockholder  Voting Record Date means the date for  determining  the Public
Stockholders of the Bank eligible to vote at the Stockholders' Meeting.

     Subscription  Offering  means  the  offering  of the  Conversion  Stock  to
Participants.

     Subscription   Rights  means   nontransferable   rights  to  subscribe  for
Conversion Stock granted to Participants pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

     Supplemental Eligible Account Holder means any Person and their Associates.
holding a  Qualifying  Deposit  at the  close of  business  on the  Supplemental
Eligibility Record Date.

     Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, if  applicable,  means the date for
determining  Qualifying  Deposits of Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders and
shall be required if the Eligibility Record Date is more than 15 months prior to
the date of the latest  amendment to the Application for Conversion filed by the
Mutual  Holding  Company  prior to approval of such  application  by the OTS. If
applicable,  the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date shall be the last day of
the calendar  quarter  preceding OTS approval of the  Application for Conversion
submitted by the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to this Plan of Conversion.

     Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan means any defined benefit plan or
defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus
plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which is established for the benefit of
the  employees of the Holding  Company and the Bank and which,  with its related
trust, meets the requirements to be "qualified" under Section 401 of the Code as
from time to time in effect. A  "Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan"
is any defined benefit plan or defined  contribution stock benefit plan which is
not so qualified.

     Voting  Member  means a Person who at the close of  business  on the Voting
Record  Date is entitled  to vote as a Member of the Mutual  Holding  Company in
accordance with its mutual charter and bylaws.

     Voting Record Date means the date or dates for  determining the eligibility
of Members to vote at the Special Meeting


                                       8


<PAGE>



3.   GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION

     A. An application for the Conversion,  including the Plan of Conversion and
all other  requisite  material  (the  "Application  for  Conversion"),  shall be
submitted to the OTS for approval.  The Mutual  Holding  Company and the Holding
Company  also will  cause  notice of the  adoption  of the Plan by the Boards of
Directors of the Mutual Holding  Company and the Holding  Company to be given by
publication in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which
an office of the Bank is located;  and will cause  copies of the Plan to be made
available  at each  office  of the  Mutual  Holding  Company  and the  Bank  for
inspection by Members and Stockholders.  The Mutual Holding Company and the Bank
will post the notice of the filing of the  Application for Conversion in each of
their  offices  and will again cause to be  published,  in  accordance  with the
requirements  of applicable  regulations of the OTS, a notice of the filing with
the OTS of an application  to convert the Mutual Holding  Company from mutual to
stock form.

     B. Promptly  following receipt of requisite  approval of the OTS, this Plan
will be  submitted  to the Members for their  consideration  and approval at the
Special  Meeting.  The Mutual  Holding  Company may, at its option,  mail to all
Members as of the Voting Record Date,  at their last known address  appearing on
the  records of the Mutual  Holding  Company and the  Holding  Company,  a proxy
statement  in either  long or  summary  form  describing  the Plan which will be
submitted to a vote of the Members at the Special  Meeting.  The Holding Company
also shall mail to all such  Members  (as well as other  Participants)  either a
Prospectus  and Order  Form for the  purchase  of  Conversion  Stock or a letter
informing  them of their  right to  receive a  Prospectus  and Order  Form and a
postage  prepaid  card to request  such  materials,  subject  to the  provisions
herein. The Plan must be approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority
of the  total  number of votes  eligible  to be cast by  Voting  Members  at the
Special Meeting.

     C.  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  shares of  Conversion  Stock will be
issued  without  payment  therefor to Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members.

     D. The Holding Company shall file preliminary  proxy materials with the OTS
and SEC in order to seek the approval of the Plan by its Stockholders.  Promptly
following  clearance  of  such  proxy  materials  by the OTS and the SEC and the
receipt of any other  requisite  approval of the OTS,  the Holding  Company will
mail definitive proxy materials to all Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting
Record Date, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Holding
Company,  for their consideration and approval of this Plan at the Stockholders'
Meeting.  The Plan must be approved by the holders of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding  Holding  Company  Common  Stock as of the Voting  Record  Date.  In
addition,   the  Primary  Parties  have  conditioned  the  consummation  of  the
Conversion on the approval of the Plan by at least a majority of the votes cast,
in person or by proxy, by the Public  Stockholders as of the Stockholder  Voting
Record Date at the Stockholders' Meeting.

                                       9

<PAGE>

     E. The  Conversion  Stock shall be first offered for sale in a Subscription
Offering to Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit
Plans,   Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holders  and  Other  Members.  It  is
anticipated  that any shares of  Conversion  Stock  remaining  unsold  after the
Subscription  Offering  will be  sold  first  through  the  Public  Stockholders
Offering and then through a Community Offering Community. The purchase price per
share for the Conversion Stock shall be a uniform price determined in accordance
with the provisions  herein. The Holding Company shall contribute to the Bank an
amount of the net  proceeds  received  by the Holding  Company  from the sale of
Conversion  Stock as shall be  determined  by the  Boards  of  Directors  of the
Holding Company, and the Bank and as shall be approved by the OTS.

     F. The  Effective  Date of the  Conversion  shall be the date set  forth in
Section 27 hereof.  Upon the effective  date, the following  transactions  shall
occur:

                  (i) The Mutual  Holding  Company shall convert into an interim
         federal  stock  savings   association,   Interim,   and  Interim  shall
         simultaneously  merge  with  and into the  Holding  Company  in the MHC
         Merger, with the Holding Company being the surviving institution.  As a
         result of the MHC  Merger,  (a) the  shares of Holding  Company  Common
         Stock  currently held by the Mutual  Holding  Company shall be canceled
         and (b) Members of the Mutual Holding Company will be granted interests
         in the  liquidation  account to be  established  pursuant to Section 16
         hereof.

                  (ii) The Holding  Company shall sell the  Conversion  Stock in
         the Offerings, as provided herein.

     G. The Primary parties may retain and pay for the services of financial and
other  advisors and investment  bankers to assist in connection  with any or all
aspects of the  Conversion,  including in  connection  with the  Offerings,  the
payment of fees to brokers  and  investment  bankers  for  assisting  Persons in
completing  and/or  submitting  Order Forms. All fees,  expenses,  retainers and
similar items shall be reasonable.

4.   TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE OF CONVERSION STOCK

     A. The aggregate price at which shares of Conversion Stock shall be sold in
the Offerings  shall be based on a pro forma  valuation of the aggregate  market
value  of the  Conversion  Stock  prepared  by the  Independent  Appraiser.  The
valuation  shall be based  on  financial  information  relating  to the  Primary
Parties,  market, financial and economic conditions, a comparison of the Primary
Parties with selected publicly held financial institutions and holding companies
and with comparable financial  institutions and holding companies and such other
factors as the  Independent  Appraiser may deem to be  important.  The valuation
shall be stated in terms of an Estimated Price Range, the maximum of which shall
generally  be no more than 15% above the  average of the  minimum and maximum of
such price range and the minimum of which  shall  generally  be no more than 15%
below such average.  The  valuation  shall be updated  during the  Conversion as
market and financial conditions warrant and as may be required by the OTS.

                                       10

<PAGE>

     B. Based upon the  independent  valuation,  the Boards of  Directors of the
Primary  Parties shall fix the Initial  Purchase Price and the number (or range)
of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  ("Offering  Range")  to  be  offered  in  the
Subscription  Offering,  Public Stockholders Offering and Community Offering, if
applicable.  The  Actual  Purchase  Price  and the  total  number  of  shares of
Conversion Stock to be issued in the Offerings shall be determined by the Boards
of  Directors  of the  Primary  Parties  upon  conclusion  of the  Offerings  in
consultation  with  the  Independent  Appraiser  and any  financial  advisor  or
investment banker retained by the Primary Parties in connection therewith.

     C.  Subject to the approval of the OTS,  the  Estimated  Price Range may be
increased or  decreased to reflect  market,  financial  and economic  conditions
prior to completion of the Conversion,  and under such circumstances the Primary
Parties may  correspondingly  increase or decrease the total number of shares of
Conversion  Stock to be issued in the  Conversion  to reflect  any such  change.
Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary   contained   in  this  Plan,   no
resolicitation  of subscribers  shall be required and  subscribers  shall not be
permitted to modify or cancel their subscriptions unless the gross proceeds from
the sale of the  Conversion  Stock  issued in the  Conversion  are less than the
minimum or (excluding purchases,  if any, by the Holding Company's Tax-Qualified
Employee  Stock Benefit  Plans) more than 15% above the maximum of the Estimated
Price  Range set forth in the  Prospectus.  In the event of an  increase  in the
total  number of shares  offered in the  Conversion  due to an  increase  in the
Estimated Price Range, the priority of share allocation shall be as set forth in
this Plan, provided,  however, that such priority will have no effect whatsoever
on the ability of the Tax  Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit Plans to purchase
additional shares pursuant to Section 4.D.

     D. (i) In the event that  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit Plans are
unable to purchase  the number of shares  subscribed  for by such  Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans due to an oversubscription for shares of Conversion
Stock pursuant to Section 5 hereof,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans
may purchase from the Holding  Company,  and the Holding Company may sell to the
Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans, such additional shares ("Additional
Shares") of Holding Company Common Stock necessary to fill the  subscriptions of
the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans,  provided that such Additional
Shares  may not exceed 10% of the total  numbers of shares of  Conversion  Stock
sold in the Conversion.  The sale of Additional Shares, if necessary, will occur
contemporaneously  with the sale of the Conversion Stock. The sale of Additional
Shares to  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans by the Holding Company is
conditioned upon receipt by the Holding Company of a letter from the Independent
Appraiser  to the effect that such sale would not have a material  effect on the
Conversion or the Actual Purchase Price and the approval of the OTS. The ability
of  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit  Plans  to  purchase  up  to an
additional  10% of the total  number of shares of  Conversion  Stock sold in the
Conversion  shall not be affected or limited in any manner by the  priorities or
purchase limitations otherwise set forth in this Plan of Conversion.

                                       11

<PAGE>

     (ii)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this Plan, if
the final valuation of the Conversion Stock exceeds the maximum of the Estimated
Price Range, up to 10% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock sold in
the Conversion may be sold to Tax-Qualified Stock Benefit Plans prior to filling
any  other  orders  for  Conversion  Stock  from  such  shares  in excess of the
Estimated Price Range.

5.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

     A.  Each  Eligible   Account   Holder  shall  receive,   without   payment,
nontransferable  subscription  rights  equal to the  greater of (i) the  maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering, (ii) one-tenth of 1%
of the  total  offering  of  shares  of  Conversion  Stock  in the  Subscription
Offering, and (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number)
obtained by multiplying  the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock offered
in the Subscription Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount
of the Qualifying  Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is
the total amount of all  Qualifying  Deposits of all Eligible  Account  Holders,
subject to Section 14 hereof.

     B. In the  event of an  oversubscription  for  shares of  Conversion  Stock
pursuant to the provisions  herein,  available  shares shall be allocated  among
subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit, to the extent possible, to
purchase a number of shares which will make his or her total allocation equal to
the lesser of the number of shares  subscribed for or 100 shares.  Any available
shares  remaining  after  each  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holder  has been
allocated  the  lesser  of the  number  subscribed  for or 100  shares  shall be
allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders in the proportion which
the Qualifying Deposit of each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder bears to
the total Qualifying Deposits of all such subscribing  Eligible Account Holders,
provided  that no  fractional  shares  shall be issued.  Subscription  Rights of
Eligible Account Holders who are also Directors or Officers and their Associates
shall be subordinated  to those of other Eligible  Account Holders to the extent
that they are  attributable  to increased  deposits  during the one-year  period
preceding the Eligibility Record Date.

                                       12

<PAGE>



6.   SUBSCRIPTION  RIGHTS OF THE  TAX-QUALIFIED  EMPLOYEE  STOCK  BENEFIT  PLANS
     (SECOND PRIORITY)

     Notwithstanding  the purchase  limitations  discussed below,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Holding  Company and the Bank shall receive,
without  payment,   nontransferable  Subscription  Rights  to  purchase  in  the
aggregate  up to  10% of the  Conversion  Stock,  including  first  priority  to
purchase  any shares of  Conversion  Stock to be issued in the  Conversion  as a
result of an increase in the  Estimated  Price Range after  commencement  of the
Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion. Consistent with
applicable  laws  and  regulations  and  policies  and  practices  of  the  OTS,
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit Plans may use funds  contributed  by the
Holding  Company  or the Bank  and/or  borrowed  from an  independent  financial
institution to exercise such  Subscription  Rights,  and the Holding Company and
the Bank may make scheduled discretionary  contributions thereto,  provided that
such  contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet
any applicable regulatory capital requirement.

7.   SUBSCRIPTION  RIGHTS  OF  SUPPLEMENTAL   ELIGIBLE  ACCOUNT  HOLDERS  (THIRD
     PRIORITY)

     A. In the event  that the  Eligibility  Record  Date is more than 15 months
prior to the date of the latest  amendment  to the  Application  for  Conversion
filed  prior to OTS  approval,  then,  and only in that  event,  a  Supplemental
Eligibility  Record  Date shall be set and each  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder, shall, subject to the further limitations of Section 11 hereof, receive,
without  payment,  nontransferable  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  up to the
greater of (i) the maximum  purchase  limitation  established  for the Community
Offering,  (ii)  one-tenth of 1% of the total  offering of shares of  Conversion
Stock in the Subscription Offering, and (iii) 15 times the product (rounded down
to the next whole number)  obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of
Conversion  Stock offered in the Subscription  Offering by a fraction,  of which
the  numerator  is the amount of the  Qualifying  Deposits  of the  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holder  and  the  denominator  is  the  total  amount  of all
Qualifying  Deposits of all Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders,  subject to
Section  14  hereof  and the  availability  of shares  of  Conversion  Stock for
purchase after taking into account the shares of Conversion  Stock  purchased by
Eligible Account Holders and  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans though
the exercise of Subscription Rights under Sections 5 and 6 hereof.

     B. In the event of an  oversubscription  for  shares of  Conversion  Stock,
available  shares shall be allocated  among  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holders so as to permit each  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder,  to
the extent  possible,  to purchase a number of shares  which will make his total
allocation  equal to the  lesser of the number of shares  subscribed  for or 100
shares.  Any available  shares  remaining  after each  subscribing  Supplemental
Eligible  Account Holder has been allocated the lesser of the number  subscribed
for or 100 shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders in the  proportion  which the  Qualifying  Deposit of each such
subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder bears to the total Qualifying
Deposits of all such subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, provided
that no fractional shares shall be issued.

                                       13

<PAGE>


8.   SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

     A. Each Other  Member,  as of the Voting  Record  Date  ("Other  Members"),
shall, subject to the further limitations of Section 11, hereof, receive without
payment,  Subscription  Rights to  purchase up to the greater of (i) the maximum
purchase limitation established for the Community Offering and (ii) one-tenth of
1% of the  total  offering  of shares of  Conversion  Stock in the  Subscription
Offering,  in each case  subject to Section  14 hereof and the  availability  of
shares of Conversion  Stock for purchase after taking into account the shares of
Conversion Stock purchased by Eligible Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Stock Benefit Plans, and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, if any, through
the exercise of Subscription Rights under Sections 5, 6 and 7 hereof.

     B. If,  pursuant to this Section,  Other Members  subscribe for a number of
shares of Conversion Stock in excess of the total number of shares of Conversion
Stock  remaining,  available shares shall be allocated among  subscribing  Other
Members shares so as to permit each such Other Member,  to the extent  possible,
to purchase a number of shares  which will make his total  allocations  equal to
the lesser of the number of shares  subscribed for or 100 shares.  Any remaining
shares after each subscribing  Other Member has been allocated the lesser of the
number  subscribed for or 100 shares shall be allocated among  subscribing Other
Members on a pro rata basis in the same  proportion as each such Other  Member's
subscription  bears to the total  subscriptions  of all such  subscribing  Other
Members, provided that no fractional shares shall be issued.

9.   PUBLIC STOCKHOLDERS OFFERING

     A. If less than the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock are sold in
the  Subscription  Offering,  all remaining  shares of  Conversion  Stock shall,
subject to the  further  limitations  of  Section  11 hereof,  be sold to Public
Stockholders  as of the  Stockholder  Voting  Record Date in an amount up to the
greater of (i) the maximum  purchase  limitation  established  for the Community
Offering and (ii) one tenth of 1% of the total  offering of shares of Conversion
Stock in the  Subscription  Offering,  in each case subject to Section 14 hereof
and the  availability  of shares of Conversion  Stock for purchase  after taking
into  account the shares of  Conversion  Stock  purchased  by  Eligible  Account
Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock Benefit  Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible
Account  Holders  and Other  Members.  The  ability  of Public  Stockholders  to
purchase  stock in the Public  Stockholders  Offering is subject to the right of
the Primary Parties in their absolute discretion to accept or reject in whole or
in part all orders in the Public Stockholders Offering.

                                       14

<PAGE>

     B. If, pursuant to this Section,  Public Stockholders as of the Stockholder
Voting  Record  Date  subscribe  for a number of shares of  Conversion  Stock in
excess of the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock  remaining,  available
shares  shall be  allocated  among  subscribing  Public  Stockholders  as of the
Stockholder Voting Record Date in an equitable manner as determined by the Board
of Directors, provided that no fractional shares shall be issued.

10.  COMMUNITY OFFERING AND OTHER OFFERINGS

     A. If less than the total number of shares of Conversion  Stock are sold in
the Subscription  Offering and Public Stockholders  Offering,  it is anticipated
that all remaining shares of Conversion Stock shall, if practicable,  be sold in
a Community  Offering.  Subject to the requirements set forth herein, the manner
in which the  Conversion  Stock is sold in the Community  Offering shall have as
the objective the achievement of the widest possible distribution of such stock,
subject to the right of the Primary Parties,  in their absolute  discretion,  to
accept or reject in whole or in part all orders in the Community Offering.

     B. In the event of a Community  Offering,  all shares of  Conversion  Stock
which  are  not  subscribed  for  in  the   Subscription   Offering  and  Public
Stockholders  Offering shall be offered for sale by means of a direct  community
marketing  program,  which  may  provide  for the  use of  brokers,  dealers  or
investment  banking  firms  experienced  in the  sale of  financial  institution
securities.  Any available  shares in excess of those not  subscribed for in the
Subscription  Offering  will be available for purchase by members of the general
public to whom a  Prospectus  is  delivered  by the  Holding  Company  or on its
behalf,  with preference given to natural persons who are Residents of the Local
Community ("Preferred Subscribers").

     C. A  Prospectus  and Order Form shall be  furnished to such Persons as the
Primary Parties may select in connection with the Community  Offering,  and each
order for  Conversion  Stock in the Community  Offering  shall be subject to the
absolute  right of the  Primary  Parties  to accept or reject  any such order in
whole  or in part  either  at the  time of  receipt  of an  order  or as soon as
practicable  following  completion of the Community  Offering.  Available shares
will be allocated first to each Preferred  Subscriber whose order is accepted in
an amount  equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares  subscribed
for by each such  Preferred  Subscriber,  if possible.  Thereafter,  unallocated
shares shall be allocated among the Preferred  Subscribers whose accepted orders
remain  unsatisfied  in an  equitable  manner  as  determined  by the  Board  of
Directors.  If there  are any  shares  remaining  after all  accepted  orders by
Preferred  Subscribers  have  been  satisfied,  any  remaining  shares  shall be
allocated  to other  members  of the  general  public  who  place  orders in the
Community Offering,  applying the same allocation  described above for Preferred
Subscribers.

                                       15

<PAGE>

     D. The amount of  Conversion  Stock that any  Person  may  purchase  in the
Community  Offering  shall  (subject  to the further  limitations  of Section 11
hereof)  not  exceed  the number of shares of  Conversion  Stock as shall  equal
$500,000  divided by the Actual Purchase  Price,  provided,  however,  that this
amount may be  decreased  or  increased  by up to 5%,  subject  to any  required
regulatory  approval  but without the further  approval of Members of the Mutual
Holding Company or the Stockholders of the Holding Company.  The Primary Parties
may commence the Community Offering concurrently with, at any time during, or as
soon as  practicable  after the end of,  the  Subscription  Offering  and Public
Stockholders  Offering,  and the Community  Offering must be completed within 45
days after the completion of the Subscription  Offering and Public  Stockholders
Offering,  unless extended by the Primary  Parties with any required  regulatory
approval.

     E. In the event  that any  insignificant  residue  of shares of  Conversion
Stock  is not sold in the  Subscription  Offering  or  Community  Offering,  the
Primary Parties shall use their best efforts to obtain other purchasers for such
shares in such manner and upon such  conditions  as may be  satisfactory  to the
OTS.

11.  LIMITATIONS ON SUBSCRIPTIONS AND PURCHASES OF CONVERSION STOCK

     The following limitations shall apply to all purchases of Conversion Stock:

     A. The maximum number of shares of Conversion  Stock which may be purchased
by any Person in the First  Priority,  Third Priority and Fourth Priority in the
Subscription  Offering,  any Person in the Public Stockholders  Offering and any
person in the  Community  Offering  shall  not  exceed  the  number of shares of
Conversion Stock as shall equal $500,000 divided by the Actual Purchase Price.

     B. The maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be subscribed
for or purchased in all  categories in the  Conversion by any Person (or persons
through a single account) together with any Associate or group of persons Acting
in Concert shall not exceed such number of shares of  Conversion  Stock as shall
equal $750,000  divided by the Actual Purchase Price,  except for  Tax-Qualified
Employee Stock Benefit Plans, which in the aggregate may subscribe for up to 10%
of the Conversion Stock.

     C. Except for the  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plans, the maximum
number of shares of Conversion Stock which may be purchased in all categories in
the Conversion by any Person (or persons through a single account) together with
any Associate or group of persons Acting in Concert shall not exceed such number
of shares that when  combined  with  Distribution  Exchange  Shares  shall equal
$3,000,000 divided by the Actual Purchase Price per share.

                                       16

<PAGE>

     D. The number of shares of  Conversion  Stock which  Directors and Officers
and their  Associates  may purchase in the  aggregate in the Offering  shall not
exceed  25% of the  total  number  of shares  of  Conversion  Stock  sold in the
Offerings,  including any shares which may be issued in the event of an increase
in the  maximum  of the  Estimated  Price  Range to  reflect  changes in market,
financial  and  economic  conditions  after  commencement  of  the  Subscription
Offering and prior to completion of the Offerings.

     E. No Person may purchase  fewer than 25 shares of Conversion  Stock in the
Offerings, to the extent such shares are available;  provided,  however, that if
the Actual Purchase Price is greater than $20.00 per share,  such minimum number
of shares shall be adjusted so that the aggregate Actual Purchase Price for such
minimum shares will not exceed $500.00.

     F. For  purposes of the  foregoing  limitations  and the  determination  of
Subscription  Rights, (i) Directors,  Officers and Employees shall not be deemed
to be  Associates  or a group  acting  in  concert  solely  as a result of their
capacities  as such,  (ii) shares  purchased  by  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock
Benefit  Plans  shall  not  be  attributable  to  the  individual   trustees  or
beneficiaries  of any such plan for purposes of determining  compliance with the
limitations set forth in this Section,  and (iii)  Distribution  Exchange Shares
shall be valued at the Actual Purchase Price.

     G. Subject to any required  regulatory  approval  and the  requirements  of
applicable laws and regulations,  but without further approval of the Members of
the Mutual  Holding  Company or the  Stockholders  of the Holding  Company,  the
Primary  Parties may  increase or decrease  any of the  individual  or aggregate
purchase  limitations set forth herein to a percentage  which does not exceed 5%
of the maximum  purchase  amount set forth herein  whether  prior to,  during or
after the  Subscription  Offering or  Community  Offering.  In the event that an
individual   purchase   limitation  is  increased  after   commencement  of  the
Subscription  Offering or any other  offering,  the Primary Parties shall permit
any Person who subscribed  for the maximum number of shares of Conversion  Stock
to  purchase  an  additional  number of  shares,  so that such  Person  shall be
permitted to subscribe  for the then  maximum  number of shares  permitted to be
subscribed  for by such  Person,  subject to the rights and  preferences  of any
Person who has priority  Subscription  Rights.  In the event that an  individual
purchase limitation is decreased after commencement of the Subscription Offering
or any other offering, the orders of any Person who subscribed for more than the
new purchase  limitation  shall be decreased by the minimum amount  necessary so
that such Person shall be in compliance  with the then maximum  number of shares
permitted to be subscribed for by such Person.

     H. The Primary Parties shall have the right to take all such action as they
may, in their sole discretion, deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order
to monitor and  enforce  the terms,  conditions,  limitations  and  restrictions
contained in this Section and  elsewhere in this Plan and the terms,  conditions
and representations  contained in the Order Form, including, but not limited to,
the  absolute  right  (subject  only to any  necessary  regulatory  approvals or
concurrences) to reject, limit or revoke acceptance of any subscription or order
and to delay,  terminate or refuse to consummate  any sale of  Conversion  Stock
which they believe  might  violate,  or is designed to, or is any part of a plan
to, evade or circumvent such terms,  conditions,  limitations,  restrictions and
representations.  Any such action shall be final,  conclusive and binding on all
persons,  and the Primary Parties and their respective Boards shall be free from
any liability to any Person on account of any such action.

                                       17

<PAGE>

     I.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this Plan,  the
Public Stockholders will not have to sell any Holding Company Common Stock or to
be limited in receiving  Distribution Exchange Shares even if their ownership of
Holding  Company Common Stock when converted into  Distribution  Exchange Shares
would exceed an applicable purchase limitation.

12.  TIMING OF SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING,  MANNER OF EXERCISING  SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS
     AND ORDER FORMS

     A. The Subscription  Offering may be commenced  concurrently with or at any
time after the  mailing to Voting  Members of the  Mutual  Holding  Company  and
Stockholders  of the  Holding  Company of the proxy  statement(s)  to be used in
connection  with  the  Special  Meeting  and  the  Stockholders'   Meeting.  The
Subscription  Offering  may  be  closed  before  the  Special  Meeting  and  the
Stockholders' Meeting,  provided that the offer and sale of the Conversion Stock
shall be conditioned  upon the approval of the Plan by the Voting Members of the
Mutual Holding  Company and the  Stockholders of the Bank at the Special Meeting
and the Stockholders' Meeting, respectively.

     B. The exact timing of the commencement of the Subscription  Offering shall
be  determined  by the  Primary  Parties in  consultation  with the  Independent
Appraiser and any  financial or advisory or investment  banking firm retained by
them in  connection  with the  Conversion.  The Primary  Parties may  consider a
number of factors,  including,  but not limited to, their  current and projected
future  earnings,  local and national  economic  conditions,  and the prevailing
market for stocks in general and stocks of financial institutions in particular.
The Primary Parties shall have the right to withdraw, terminate, suspend, delay,
revoke or modify any such  Subscription  Offering,  at any time and from time to
time, as they in their sole discretion may determine,  without  liability to any
Person,  subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and any necessary
regulatory approval or concurrence.

     C. The Primary  Parties  shall,  promptly  after the SEC has  declared  the
Registration  Statement,  which  includes  the  Prospectus,  effective  and  all
required regulatory  approvals have been obtained,  distribute or make available
the Prospectus,  together with Order Forms for the purchase of Conversion Stock,
to all  Participants  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  them  to  exercise  their
respective  Subscription  Rights,  subject to Section  14  hereof.  The  Primary
Parties may elect to mail a Prospectus and Order Form only to those Participants
who request  such  materials  by  returning a  postage-paid  card to the Primary
Parties by a date specified in the letter  informing them of their  Subscription
Rights. Under such circumstances,  the Subscription Offering shall not be closed
until the expiration of 30 days after the mailing by the Primary  Parties of the
postage-paid card to Participants.

                                       18

<PAGE>

     D. A single Order Form for all Deposit Accounts maintained with the Bank by
an Eligible Account Holder and any  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder may be
furnished,  notwithstanding  the number of Deposit Accounts  maintained with the
Bank on the Eligibility  Record Date and Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date.
respectively.

     E. The  recipient  of an Order  Form shall have no less than 20 days and no
more than 45 days from the date of  mailing  of the Order  Form  (with the exact
termination  date to be set forth on the Order  Form) to properly  complete  and
execute  the Order  Form and  deliver it to the  Primary  Parties.  The  Primary
Parties  may extend  such  period by such  amount of time as they  determine  is
appropriate.  Failure of any  Participant  to deliver a properly  executed Order
Form to the Primary Parties, along with payment (or authorization for payment by
withdrawal)  for the shares of  Conversion  Stock  subscribed  for,  within time
limits  prescribed,  shall be deemed a waiver and  release by such person of any
rights to subscribe for shares of Conversion  Stock.  Each Participant  shall be
required to confirm to the Primary  Parties by executing an Order Form that such
Person has fully  complied with all of the terms,  conditions,  limitations  and
restrictions in the Plan.

     F. The  Primary  Parties  shall  have the  absolute  right,  in their  sole
discretion and without  liability to any Participant or other Person,  to reject
any Order  Form,  including,  but not  limited  to,  any Order  Form that is (i)
improperly  completed or executed;  (ii) not timely received;  (iii) transmitted
via facsimile;  (iv) not accompanied by the proper payment (or  authorization of
withdrawal  for  payment)  or,  in the case of  institutional  investors  in the
Community  Offering,  not  accompanied by an  irrevocable  order together with a
legally binding commitment to pay the full amount of the purchase price prior to
48 hours before the  completion of the  Offerings;  or (v) submitted by a Person
whose  representations  the  Primary  Parties  believe  to be  false or who they
otherwise believe, either alone, or acting in concert with others, is violating,
evading or circumventing,  or intends to violate, evade or circumvent, the terms
and  conditions of the Plan.  The Primary  Parties may, but will not be required
to, waive any  irregularity  on any Order Form or may require the  submission of
corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for shares of Conversion
Stock by such  date as they  may  specify.  The  interpretation  of the  Primary
Parties  of the  terms and  conditions  of the  Order  Forms  shall be final and
conclusive.

                                       19

<PAGE>


13.  PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK

     A. Payment for shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for by Participants in
the Subscription  Offering and payment for shares of Conversion Stock ordered by
Persons in the  Stockholders  Offering and Community  Offering shall be equal to
the Initial  Purchase  Price  multiplied by the number of shares which are being
subscribed  for or ordered,  respectively.  Such payment may be made in cash, if
delivered  in person,  or by check or money  order at the time the Order Form is
delivered to the Primary Parties. Wire transfers of funds may be accepted in the
sole  discretion  of the Primary  Parties and there  shall be no  liability  for
failing to accept  such funds.  In  addition,  the Primary  Parties may elect to
provide  Participants  and/or other Persons who have a Deposit  Account with the
Bank the  opportunity to pay for shares of Conversion  Stock by authorizing  the
Bank to withdraw  from such  Deposit  Account an amount  equal to the  aggregate
Purchase  Price of such shares.  If the Actual  Purchase  Price is less than the
Initial  Purchase Price,  the Primary Parties shall refund the difference to all
Participants  and other  Persons,  unless the Primary  Parties choose to provide
Participants  and other  Persons the  opportunity  on the Order Form to elect to
have such  difference  applied to the  purchase of  additional  whole  shares of
Conversion Stock. If the Actual Purchase Price is more than the Initial Purchase
Price, the Primary Parties shall reduce the number of shares of Conversion Stock
ordered by Participants  and other Persons and refund any remaining amount which
is  attributable  to a fractional  share  interest,  unless the Primary  Parties
choose to provide Participants and other Persons the opportunity to increase the
Actual Purchase Price submitted to them.

     B.  Consistent  with  applicable  laws and  regulations  and  policies  and
practices of the OTS,  payment for shares of Conversion  Stock subscribed for by
Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may be made with funds contributed by
the Holding  Company,  and/or the Bank and/or funds obtained  pursuant to a loan
from an unrelated financial  institution  pursuant to a loan commitment which is
in force  from the time  that any such  plan  submits  an Order  Form  until the
closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     C. If a  Participant  or other Person  authorizes  the Bank to withdraw the
amount of the Initial Purchase Price from his or her Deposit  Account,  the Bank
shall have the right to make such  withdrawal  or to freeze  funds  equal to the
aggregate Initial Purchase Price upon receipt of the Order Form. Notwithstanding
any  regulatory  provisions  regarding  penalties  for  early  withdrawals  from
certificate  accounts,  the Bank intends to allow payment by means of withdrawal
from certificate accounts without the assessment of such penalties.  In the case
of an early  withdrawal  of only a  portion  of such  account,  the  certificate
evidencing  such account  shall be canceled if any  applicable  minimum  balance
requirement  ceases to be met. In such case,  the  remaining  balance  will earn
interest at the regular  passbook rate.  However,  where any applicable  minimum
balance is maintained  in such  certificate  account,  the rate of return on the
balance of the certificate  account shall remain the same as prior to such early
withdrawal.  This  waiver  of the  early  withdrawal  penalty  applies  only  to
withdrawals  made in  connection  with the purchase of  Conversion  Stock and is
entirely within the discretion of the Primary Parties.

                                       20

<PAGE>

     D. The Bank shall pay interest, at not less than the passbook rate, for all
amounts paid in cash,  by check or money order to purchase  shares of Conversion
Stock in the  Subscription  Offering and the  Community  Offering  from the date
payment is received until the date the Conversion is completed or terminated.

     E. The Bank shall not  knowingly  loan funds or otherwise  extend credit to
any Participant or other Person to purchase Conversion Stock.

     F. Each share of Conversion Stock shall be  non-assessable  upon payment in
full of the Actual Purchase Price.

14.  ACCOUNTHOLDERS IN NONQUALIFIED STATES OR FOREIGN COUNTRIES

     The  Primary  Parties  shall make  reasonable  efforts  to comply  with the
securities laws of all jurisdictions in the United States in which  Participants
reside.  However, no Participant will be offered or receive any Conversion Stock
under the Plan if such Participant  resides in a foreign country or resides in a
jurisdiction  of the United  States with  respect to which any of the  following
apply; (a) there are few Participants otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares
under  this  Plan  who  reside  in  such  jurisdiction;   (b)  the  granting  of
Subscription  Rights or the offer or sale of shares of Conversion  Stock to such
Participants  would  require  any of the  Primary  Parties  or their  respective
Directors and Officers,  under the laws of such  jurisdiction,  to register as a
broker-dealer, salesman or selling agent or to register or otherwise qualify the
Conversion  Stock for sale in such  jurisdiction,  or any of the Primary Parties
would be  required  to  qualify  as a foreign  corporation  or file a consent to
service   of  process  in  such   jurisdiction;   and  (c)  such   registration,
qualification  or  filing  in the  judgment  of the  Primary  Parties  would  be
impracticable or unduly burdensome for reasons of cost or otherwise.

15.  VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     Following consummation of the Conversion, voting rights with respect to the
Bank shall be held and exercised exclusively by the Holding Company as holder of
all of the Bank's  outstanding  voting  capital  stock,  and voting  rights with
respect to the Holding  Company shall be held and exercised  exclusively  by the
holders of the Holding Company's voting capital stock.

                                       21

<PAGE>


16.  LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

     A.  At the  time  of  the  MHC  Merger,  a  liquidation  account  shall  be
established  in an amount equal to the amount of the dividends  from Bank Common
Stock waived by the Mutual Holding Company plus the greater of (i)  $38,728,073,
which is equal to 100% of the retained earnings of the Bank as of June 30, 1993,
the date of the latest statement of financial  condition  contained in the final
offering circular utilized in the Bank's initial public offering,  or (ii) 53.4%
of the Bank's total stockholders' equity as reflected in its latest statement of
financial   condition   contained  in  the  final  Prospectus  utilized  in  the
Conversion.  The  function of the  liquidation  account  will be to preserve the
rights of certain  holders of Deposit  Accounts in the  association who maintain
such  accounts  in  the  Bank   following  the  Conversion  to  a  priority  for
distributions  in the unlikely event of a liquidation of the Bank  subsequent to
the Conversion.

     B. The liquidation  account shall be maintained for the benefit of Eligible
Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, if any, who maintain
their  Deposit  Accounts  in the Bank after the  Conversion.  Each such  account
holder will, with respect to each Deposit Account held, have a related  inchoate
interest in a portion of the liquidation account balance, which interest will be
referred to in this Section 16 as the "subaccount balance." All Deposit Accounts
which have the same social  security  number will be aggregated  for purposes of
determining  the  initial  subaccount  balance  with  respect  to  such  Deposit
Accounts, except as provided in this Section.

     C. In the event of a complete  liquidation  of the Bank  subsequent  to the
Conversion  (and  only  in  such  event),   each  Eligible  Account  Holder  and
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder,  if any, shall be entitled to receive a
liquidation  distribution from the liquidation account in the amount of the then
current  subaccount  balances  for  Deposit  Accounts  then  held  (adjusted  as
described below) before any liquidation distribution may be made with respect to
the capital stock of the Bank. No merger, consolidation,  sale of bulk assets or
similar combination  transaction with another FDIC-insured  institution in which
the Bank is not the surviving entity shall be considered a complete  liquidation
for this purpose.  In any merger or consolidation  transaction,  the liquidation
account shall be assumed by the surviving entity.

     D. The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible
Account  Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder,  if any,  shall be
determined by multiplying the opening  balance in the  liquidation  account by a
fraction,  of which the  numerator is the amount of the  Qualifying  Deposits of
such  account  holder  and the  denominator  is the total  amount of  Qualifying
Deposits of all  Eligible  Account  Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders,  if any.  For Deposit  Accounts in  existence  at both the  Eligibility
Record Date and the  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date,  if any,  separate
initial  subaccount  balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying
Deposits in such Deposit Accounts on each such record date.  Initial  subaccount
balances shall not be increased,  and shall be subject to downward adjustment as
provided below.

                                       22

<PAGE>

     E. If the  aggregate  deposit  balance  in the  Deposit  Account(s)  of any
Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder, if any, at the
close of business on any annual  closing date and the  Supplemental  Eligibility
Record Date for  Eligible  Account  Holders and  subsequent  to the  Eligibility
Record Date for Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  is less than the lesser
of (a) the aggregate deposit balance in such Deposit  Account(s) at the close of
business on any other annual closing date subsequent to such record dates or (b)
the aggregate  deposit balance in such Deposit  Account(s) as of the Eligibility
Record Date or the Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance
for such  Deposit  Accounts(s)  shall be adjusted by  reducing  such  subaccount
balance in an amount  proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In
the event of such a downward  adjustment,  the  subaccount  balance shall not be
subsequently  increased,  notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit
balance of the related Deposit Account(s). The subaccount balance of an Eligible
Account Holder or Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder, if any, will be reduced
to zero if the Account  Holder ceases to maintain a Deposit  Account at the Bank
that has the same social security  number as appeared on his Deposit  Account(s)
at the Eligibility Record Date or, if applicable,  the Supplemental  Eligibility
Record Date.

     F.  Subsequent  to the  Conversion,  the Bank  may not pay  cash  dividends
generally on deposit accounts and/or capital stock of the Bank, if such dividend
or  repurchase  would reduce the Bank's  regulatory  capital below the aggregate
amount of the then current  subaccount  balances for Deposit Accounts then held;
otherwise,  the  existence  of the  liquidation  account  shall not  operate  to
restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of the Bank.

     G.  For  purposes  of  this   Section,   a  Deposit   Account   includes  a
predecessor/successor  account which is held by an Account  Holder with the same
social security number.

17.  TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

     Each  Deposit  Account in the Bank at the time of the  consummation  of the
Conversion shall become, without further action by the holder, a Deposit Account
in the Bank  equivalent  in  withdrawable  amount  to the  withdrawal  value (as
adjusted to give effect to any  withdrawal  made for the purchase of  Conversion
Stock),  and subject to the same terms and  conditions  (except as to voting and
liquidation  rights) as such Deposit Account in the Bank  immediately  preceding
consummation  of the Conversion.  Holders of Deposit  Accounts in the Bank shall
not, as such holders, have any voting rights.

                                       23

<PAGE>



18.  REQUIREMENTS FOLLOWING CONVERSION FOR REGISTRATION, MARKET MAKING AND STOCK
     EXCHANGE LISTING

     In  connection  with  the  Conversion,   the  Holding  Company  shall  have
registered its Common Stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended,  and  undertaken  not to  deregister  such stock for a
period of three years  thereafter.  The Holding  Company also shall use its best
efforts to (i)  encourage  and assist a market maker to establish and maintain a
market for its Common Stock and (ii) list the Holding  Company Common Stock on a
national or regional  securities  exchange or to have  quotations for such stock
disseminated  on  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated
Quotation System.

19.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE BANK

     Each  person  serving as a Director  or Officer of the Bank or the  Holding
Company at the time of the  Conversion  shall continue to serve as a Director or
Officer of the Bank for the balance of the term for which the person was elected
prior to the Conversion, and until a successor is elected and qualified.

20.  REQUIREMENTS  FOR STOCK  PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS  FOLLOWING THE
     CONVERSION

     For a period of three years  following  the  Conversion,  the Directors and
Officers of the Holding Company, the Bank and their Associates may not purchase,
without the prior  written  approval of the OTS,  Holding  Company  Common Stock
except from a broker-dealer  registered with the SEC. This prohibition shall not
apply, however, to (i) a negotiated transaction arrived at by direct negotiation
between buyer and seller and involving more than 1% of the  outstanding  Holding
Company  Common  Stock  and  (ii)  purchases  of  stock  made by and held by any
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock Benefit Plan (and  purchases of stock made by and
held by any Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan following the receipt
of  stockholder  approval of such plan)  which may  attributable  to  individual
officers or directors.

     The  foregoing  restriction  on purchases of Holding  Company  Common Stock
shall be in  addition  to any  restrictions  that may be imposed by federal  and
state securities laws.

21.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF STOCK

     All shares of the  Conversion  Stock which are  purchased by Persons  other
than Directors and Officers shall be transferable without restriction, except in
connection with a transaction  prohibited by Section 22 of this Plan.  Shares of
Conversion Stock purchased by Directors and Officers of the Holding Company, the
Holding  Company  and the Bank on original  issue from the  Holding  Company (by
subscription or otherwise)  shall be subject to the restriction that such shares
shall not be sold or  otherwise  disposed  of for value for a period of one year
following  the date of  purchase,  except  for any  disposition  of such  shares
following  the death of the  original  purchaser  or  pursuant  to any merger or
similar  transaction  approved by the OTS. The shares of Conversion Stock issued
by the Holding Company to Directors and Officers shall bear the following legend
giving appropriate notice of such one-year restriction.

                                       24

<PAGE>

                  The  shares  of  stock  evidenced  by  this   Certificate  are
         restricted  as to  transfer  for a period  of one year from the date of
         this Certificate  pursuant to Part 563b of the Rules and Regulations of
         the Office of Thrift  Supervision.  These shares may not be transferred
         during such one-year  period without a legal opinion of counsel for the
         Company  that said  transfer is  permissible  under the  provisions  of
         applicable law and regulation.  This restrictive legend shall be deemed
         null and void after one year from the date of this Certificate.

     In addition, the Holding Company shall give appropriate instructions to the
transfer  agent  for the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  with  respect  to the
applicable restrictions relating to the transfer of restricted stock. Any shares
issued  at a later  date as a stock  dividend,  stock  split or  otherwise  with
respect to any such restricted stock shall be subject to the same holding period
restrictions as may then be applicable to such restricted stock.

     The  foregoing  restriction  on  transfer  shall  be  in  addition  to  any
restrictions  on transfer  that may be imposed by federal  and state  securities
laws.

22.  RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF STOCK OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

     The articles of  incorporation  of the Holding  Company shall  prohibit any
Person  together  with  Associates  or group of Persons  acting in concert  from
offering to acquire or acquiring,  directly or indirectly,  beneficial ownership
of more than 10% of any class of equity securities of the Holding Company, or of
securities  convertible  into more than 10% of any such  class,  for five  years
following  completion of the Conversion.  The articles of  incorporation  of the
Holding Company also shall provide that all equity securities beneficially owned
by any  Person in excess of 10% of any class of equity  securities  during  such
five-year  period shall be  considered  "excess  shares," and that excess shares
shall not be  counted as shares  entitled  to vote and shall not be voted by any
Person or counted as voting shares in connection  with any matters  submitted to
the stockholders for a vote. The foregoing  restrictions  shall not apply to (i)
any offer with a view  toward  public  resale  made  exclusively  to the Holding
Company by  underwriters  or a selling  group  acting on this  behalf,  (ii) the
purchase of shares by a  Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit Plan  established
for the benefit of the  employees  of the Holding  Company and its  subsidiaries
which is exempt from approval requirements under 12 C. F. R.  ss.574.3(c)(1)(vi)
or any successor thereto, and (iii) any offer or acquisition approved in advance
by the  affirmative  vote of  two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors of the
Holding Company. Directors,  Officers or Employees of the Holding Company or the
Bank or any  subsidiary  thereof shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group
acting in concert with respect to their  individual  acquisition of any class of
equity  securities of the Holding Company solely as a result of their capacities
as such.

                                       25

<PAGE>

23.  TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

     Consummation  of the  Conversion is  conditioned  upon prior receipt by the
Primary Parties of either a ruling or an opinion of counsel,  a tax advisor with
respect to federal tax laws, and either a ruling or an opinion of counsel or tax
advisor with respect to Florida tax laws, to the effect that consummation of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  will not result in a taxable  reorganization
under the provisions of the applicable codes or otherwise result in any material
adverse tax consequences to the Primary Parties or to account holders  receiving
Subscription  Rights before or after the Conversion,  except in each case to the
extent, if any, that Subscription Rights are deemed to have fair market value on
the date such rights are issued.

24.  STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

     A. The Holding Company is authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock
Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation an
employee stock ownership plan.

     B. The Holding  Company is also  authorized  to adopt stock  option  plans,
restricted stock grant plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Stock Benefit
Plans,  provided  that no stock  options  shall be  granted,  and no  shares  of
Conversion Stock shall be purchased,  pursuant to any of such plans prior to the
earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the consummation of the Conversion or
(ii) the receipt of  stockholder  approval of such plans at either the annual or
special  meeting of  stockholders  of the Holding Company to be held not earlier
than six months after the completion of the Conversion.

     C.  Existing  as well as any newly  created  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock
Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Conversion  Stock in the Offerings,  to the
extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

25.  DIVIDEND AND REPURCHASE RESTRICTIONS ON STOCK

     A. Except as may otherwise may be permitted by the OTS, the Holding Company
may not  repurchase  any  shares of its  capital  stock  during  the first  year
following  consummation  of the  Conversion.  During the second and third  years
following consummation of the Conversion, the Holding Company may not repurchase
any of its capital stock from any person, other than pursuant to (i) an offer to
repurchase  made  by the  Holding  Company  on a pro  rata  basis  to all of its
stockholders and which is approved by the OTS, (ii) the repurchase of qualifying
shares  of a  director,  if  any,  (iii)  purchases  in  the  open  market  by a
Tax-Qualified  or  Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee  Stock  Benefit Plan in an amount
reasonable  and  appropriate  to fund the  plan,  or (iv) a  repurchase  program
approved by the OTS.

                                       26

<PAGE>

     B. The Bank may not declare or pay a cash  dividend on, or  repurchase  any
of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause the  regulatory  capital
of the Bank to be reduced below the amount required for the liquidation account.
Any dividend  declared or paid on, or  repurchase  of, the Bank's  capital stock
also shall be in  compliance  with Section  563.134 of the  Regulations,  or any
successor thereto.

     C.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Holding
Company  may  repurchase  its  capital  stock to the extent  and  subject to the
requirements  set  forth in  Section  563b.3(g)(3)  of the  Regulations,  or any
successor thereto, or as otherwise may be approved by the OTS.

26.  PAYMENT OF FEES TO BROKERS

                The  Primary  Parties  may  elect  to offer to pay fees on a per
        share basis to  securities  brokers who assist  purchasers of Conversion
        Stock in the Offerings.

27.  EFFECTIVE DATE

     The Effective Date of the Conversion  shall be the date upon which the last
of the following actions occurs:  (i) the filing of Articles of Combination with
the OTS with respect to the MHC Merger,  (ii) the closing of the issuance of the
shares  of  Conversion  Stock  in the  Offerings.  The  filing  of  Articles  of
Combination relating to the MHC Merger and the closing of the issuance of shares
of  Conversion  Stock in the  Offerings  shall  not occur  until  all  requisite
regulatory,  Member and Stockholder approvals have been obtained, all applicable
waiting  periods have expired and  sufficient  subscriptions  and orders for the
Conversion Stock have been received.  It is intended that the closing of the MHC
Merger,  and the sale of shares of Conversion Stock in the Offerings shall occur
consecutively and substantially simultaneously.

28.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     If deemed  necessary or desirable by the Boards of Directors of the Primary
Parties,  this Plan may be substantively  amended,  as a result of comments from
regulatory  authorities or otherwise,  at any time prior to the  solicitation of
proxies  from  members  and  Stockholders  to vote on the  Plan  and at any time
thereafter  with the  concurrence  of the OTS.  Any  amendment to this Plan made
after approval by the Members and  Stockholders  with the concurrence of the OTS
shall not necessitate  further  approval by the Members or  Stockholders  unless
otherwise  required  by the OTS.  This Plan shall  terminate  if the sale of all
shares of Conversion  Stock is not  completed  within 24 months from the date of
the  Special  Meeting.  Prior to the  earlier  of the  Special  Meeting  and the
Stockholders' Meeting, this Plan may be terminated by the Boards of Directors of
the Primary  Parties  without  approval of the OTS; after the Special Meeting or
the Stockholder's  Meeting, the Boards of Directors may terminate this Plan only
with the approval of the OTS.

                                       27

<PAGE>

29.  INTERPRETATION OF THE PLAN

     All  interpretations  of this Plan and  application  of its  provisions  to
particular circumstances by a majority of each of the Boards of Directors of the
Primary Parties shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.

                                       28
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX A
                                 PLAN OF MERGER

     PLAN OF MERGER,  dated as of  September  24, 1997 ("Plan of Merger") by and
between  Harbor  Florida  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Holding  Company")  and  Harbor
Financial,  M.H.C.  ("Mutual Holding Company").  Unless otherwise noted, defined
terms shall have the same  meaning as those set forth in the Plan of  Conversion
and Plan of Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company between Holding Company
and the  Mutual  Holding  Company  (of  which  this  Plan of  Merger is an Annex
thereto).

WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS,   the  Mutual  Holding  Company,   through  a  reorganization  and
conversion,  owned 53.4% of the Common Stock of Harbor Federal Savings Bank (the
"Bank");

     WHEREAS,  on June 25, 1997, the Bank effected an additional  reorganization
as a result  of which  the Bank  became a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Holding
Company and the Holding  Company became the owner of 100% of the common stock of
the Bank;

     WHEREAS,  Holding Company now has 53.4% of its shares of common stock owned
by the Mutual  Holding  Company  and 46.6% of its shares held by the public (the
"Minority Shareholders");

     WHEREAS,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  has
determined  that it is in the best interests of the Mutual  Holding  Company and
its members to convert from the mutual to stock form of organization;

     WHEREAS, the Bank is wholly owned by Holding Company;

     WHEREAS, the conversion of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form will be
facilitated  by causing the Mutual  Holding  Company to convert  from the mutual
form to a federal  interim  stock  savings bank to be known as "Interim  Savings
Capital"  ("Interim")  and  simultaneously  merge with the  Holding  Company,  a
Delaware corporation; and

     WHEREAS,  immediately upon completion of the Conversion, the Mutual Holding
Company and the  existing  minority  stockholders  of the Holding  Company  will
supplement  their current shares of Holding  Company Common Stock with shares of
common  stock of the  Holding  Company  based upon a  Distribution  Exchange  or
Conversion Ratio established in accordance with the independent appraisal of the
Bank  upon  merger  with  Interim,  and  the  remaining  shares  will be sold in
subscription and community offerings, giving priority subscription rights as set
forth in the Plan in accordance with OTS conversion regulations.

                                      A-1

<PAGE>

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
agreements  herein  contained,  and in accordance  with federal law, the Holding
Company  and the  Mutual  Holding  Company  hereby  agree  that,  subject to the
conditions  hereinafter set forth, the Mutual Holding Company shall convert from
the mutual form to a federal  interim stock savings bank, and Interim shall then
be merged with and into the  Holding  Company  with the  Holding  Company as the
surviving entity. The terms and conditions of such merger shall be as follows:

     1.  Regulatory  Approvals.  The  merger  shall not become  effective  until
receipt of approval of the OTS and any other agency having jurisdiction over the
merger, if any.

     2. Identity and Name of Resulting  Bank. The resulting  savings bank in the
Merger shall be the Bank.

     3.  Offices of  Resulting  Bank.  The home  office of the Bank shall be the
Bank's  office  located at 100 S.  Second  Street,  Fort  Pierce,  Florida.  The
locations  of the  branch  offices  of the  Bank  shall  be those of the Bank in
existence  on the date of this  Plan of  Merger.  In  addition,  the Bank  shall
operate  branch offices at such  additional  locations as may be approved by the
OTS.

     4. The Bank's  Federal  Charter and Bylaws.  The federal  stock charter and
bylaws of the Bank as in effect  immediately  prior to the  effectiveness of the
Merger shall be amended as necessary to accomplish the Merger.

     5. Effective Date. The effective date of the Conversion  ("Effective Date")
shall be the date as soon as practicable  after the issuance and/or execution by
the OTS and any other federal or state  regulatory  agencies,  of all approvals,
certificates  and documents as may be required in order to cause the  Conversion
to become effective.

     6. Bank  Stockholder  Approval.  The  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of
two-thirds  of the  outstanding  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  and at least a
majority of such Holding  Company  Common  Stock not held by the Mutual  Holding
Company  voting  at a  meeting  of the  Holding  Company  stockholders  shall be
required to approve this Plan of Merger.

     7.  Mutual  Holding  Company  Approval.  The  approval of a majority of the
members of the Mutual Holding Company,  as of a specified date shall be required
to approve this Plan of Merger.

     8.  Cancellation of Holding Company Common Stock held by the Mutual Holding
Company and Member Interests; Liquidation Account.

                                      A-2

<PAGE>

     (a) On the  Effective  Date,  (i) the  ownership  interest in each share of
Holding  Company Common Stock issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the
Effective  Date and held by the Mutual Holding  Company shall,  by virtue of the
Reorganization  and  without  any action on the part of the holder  thereof,  be
canceled,  (ii) the interests in the Mutual Holding Company of any person,  firm
or entity who or which  qualified as a member of the Mutual  Holding  Company in
accordance  with its mutual charter and bylaws and the laws of the United States
prior to the Mutual Holding Company's  conversion from mutual to stock form (the
"Members")  shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of
the holder  thereof,  be  canceled,  and (iii) a  liquidation  account  shall be
established on behalf of each depositor member of the Mutual Holding Company, as
defined in the Plan, in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan.

     (b)  At or  after  the  Effective  Date  and  prior  to  the  Merger,  each
certificate or certificates theretofore evidencing issued and outstanding shares
of Holding Company Common Stock, other than any such certificate or certificates
owned  by  the  Mutual  Holding  Company,  which  ownership  interest  shall  be
extinguished,  shall continue to represent issued and outstanding shares of Bank
Common Stock.

     9.  Dissenting   Shares.  No  Member  of  the  Mutual  Holding  Company  or
stockholder of the Holding Company shall have any dissenter or appraisal  rights
in connection with the Conversion.

     10.  Deposits of the Bank.  All  deposit  accounts of the Bank shall be and
will  continue  without  change  in  their  respective  terms,  interest  rates,
maturities,  minimum required balances or withdrawal values. After the Effective
Date, the resulting  savings bank will continue to issue deposit accounts on the
same basis as immediately prior to the Effective Date.

     11. Effect of Conversion.  Upon the Effective Date of the  Conversion,  all
assets and property (real, personal and mixed, tangible and intangible,  chooses
in action,  rights and credits) then owned by the Bank,  the Holding  Company or
the  Mutual  Holding  Company  or which  would  inure to either  of them,  shall
immediately by operation of law and without any conveyance,  transfer or further
action,  become the property of the Holding Company (or the Bank as the case may
be), which shall have,  hold and enjoy them in its own right as fully and to the
same extent as they were  possessed,  held and enjoyed by the Bank,  the Holding
Company and the Mutual Holding Company  immediately  prior to the Effective Date
of the Conversion.

     12.  Directors  and  Executive  Officers.  The  persons who are the current
officers and directors of the Holding Company will be the directors and officers
of the Holding Company and such terms or positions will be unchanged.

                                      A-3

<PAGE>

     13. Abandonment of Plan of Merger.  This Plan of Merger may be abandoned by
either the Holding  Company or the Mutual Holding Company at any time before the
Effective Date in the manner set forth in Section 28 of the Plan.

     14. Amendment of this Plan of Merger. This Plan of Merger may be amended or
modified  at any time by mutual  agreement  of the  Boards of  Directors  of the
Holding  Company  and the  Mutual  Holding  Company  in the  manner set forth in
Section 28 of the Plan.

     15.  Governing  Law.  This Plan of Merger is made pursuant to, and shall be
construed and be governed by, the laws of the United  States,  and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder,  including without limitation, the rules and
regulations of the OTS.

     16.  All  Terms  Included.  This  Plan of  Merger  sets  forth  all  terms,
conditions,  agreements and understandings of the Holding Company and the Mutual
Holding Company with respect to the Conversion.

     17. Counterparts.  This Plan of Merger may be executed in several identical
counterparts,  each of which when executed by the Parties and delivered shall be
an original, but all of which together shall constitute a single instrument.  In
making  proof of this Plan of Merger,  it shall not be  necessary  to produce or
account for more than one such counterpart.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this Plan of Merger to be
executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

                                                     HARBOR FINANCIAL, M.H.C.



Attest: ______________________                  By:______________________
        Secretary                                  Michael J. Brown, Sr.
       



                                                   HARBOR FLORIDA BANCORP, INC.



Attest:______________________                    By:______________________
       Secretary                                    Michael J. Brown, Sr.
         




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission